e10vk
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Form 10-K
|
|
|
þ
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
2010
|
or
|
o
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
For the transition period
from to
|
Commission file number
001-31909
ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS
LIMITED
(Exact name of registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Bermuda
|
|
Not Applicable
|
(State or other jurisdiction
of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
|
Maxwell Roberts Building
1 Church Street
Hamilton, Bermuda
(Address of principal
executive offices)
|
|
HM 11
(Zip Code)
|
Registrants
telephone number, including area code:
(441) 295-8201
Securities registered pursuant
to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:
|
|
|
Title of Each Class
|
|
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
|
|
Ordinary Shares, 0.15144558¢ par value
|
|
New York Stock Exchange, Inc.
|
5.625% Perpetual Preferred Income Equity
Replacement Securities
|
|
New York Stock Exchange, Inc.
|
7.401% Perpetual Non-Cumulative Preference Shares
|
|
New York Stock Exchange, Inc.
|
Securities registered pursuant
to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act: None.
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known
seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file
reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the
Exchange
Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed
all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Exchange Act during the preceding 12 months (or for
such shorter periods that the registrant was required to file
such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past
90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted
electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any,
every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted
pursuant to Rule 405 of
Regulation S-T
(§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant
was required to submit and post such
files). Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers
pursuant to Item 405 of
Regulation S-K
is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best
of the registrants knowledge, in the definitive proxy or
information statements incorporated by reference in
Part III of this
Form 10-K
or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated
filer þ
|
|
Accelerated
filer o
|
|
Non-accelerated
filer o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
|
|
Smaller reporting
company o
|
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company
(as defined in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange
Act). Yes o No þ
The aggregate market value of the ordinary shares held by
non-affiliates of the registrant, as of June 30, 2010, was
approximately $1.9 billion based on the closing price of
the ordinary shares on the New York Stock Exchange on that date,
assuming solely for the purpose of this calculation that all
directors and employees of the registrant were
affiliates. The determination of affiliate status is
not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes
and such status may have changed since June 30, 2010.
As of February 1, 2011, 70,579,959 ordinary shares were
outstanding.
ASPEN
INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
INDEX TO
FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
Aspen
Holdings and Subsidiaries
Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this
Annual Report to the Company, we,
us or our refer to Aspen Insurance
Holdings Limited (Aspen Holdings) or Aspen Holdings
and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Aspen Insurance UK Limited
(Aspen U.K.), Aspen (UK) Holdings Limited
(Aspen U.K. Holdings), Aspen Insurance UK Services
Limited (Aspen UK Services), AIUK Trustees Limited
(AIUK Trustees), Aspen Insurance Limited
(Aspen Bermuda), Aspen Underwriting Limited
(AUL, corporate member of Lloyds Syndicate
4711, Syndicate 4711), Aspen Managing Agency Limited
(AMAL), Aspen U.S. Holdings, Inc. (Aspen
U.S. Holdings), Aspen Specialty Insurance Company
(Aspen Specialty), Aspen Specialty Insurance
Management Inc. (Aspen Management), Aspen Re
America, Inc. (Aspen Re America), Aspen Insurance
U.S. Services Inc. (Aspen U.S. Services),
Aspen Re America California, LLC (ARA
CA), Aspen Specialty Insurance Solutions LLC
(ASIS), Aspen Re America Risk Solutions LLC
(Aspen Solutions), Acorn Limited
(Acorn), APJ Continuation Ltd. (APJ),
APJ Asset Protection Jersey Limited (APJ Jersey),
APJ Services Limited (APJ Services), Aspen Risk
Management Limited (ARML), Aspen American Insurance
Company (AAIC) and any other direct or indirect
subsidiary collectively, as the context requires. Aspen U.K.,
Aspen Bermuda, Aspen Specialty, AAIC, and AUL, as corporate
member of Syndicate 4711, are each referred to herein as an
Insurance Subsidiary, and collectively referred to
as the Insurance Subsidiaries. References in this
report to U.S. Dollars, dollars,
$ or ¢ are to the lawful currency
of the United States of America, references to British
Pounds, pounds or £ are
to the lawful currency of the United Kingdom, and references to
euros or are to the lawful
currency adopted by certain member states of the European Union
(the E.U.), unless the context otherwise
requires.
Forward-Looking
Statements
This
Form 10-K
contains, and the Company may from time to time make other
verbal or written, forward-looking statements within the meaning
of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the Securities Act), and Section 21E of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange
Act) that involve risks and uncertainties, including
statements regarding our capital needs, business strategy,
expectations and intentions. Statements that use the terms
believe, do not believe,
anticipate, expect, plan,
estimate, project, seek,
will, may, aim,
continue, intend, guidance
and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking
statements. These statements reflect our current views with
respect to future events and because our business is subject to
numerous risks, uncertainties and other factors, our actual
results could differ materially from those anticipated in the
forward-looking statements, including those set forth below
under Item 1, Business, Part II,
Item 7, Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations and
elsewhere in this report and the differences could be
significant. The risks, uncertainties and other factors set
forth below and under Item 1A, Risk Factors and
other cautionary statements made in this report should be read
and understood as being applicable to all related
forward-looking statements wherever they appear in this report.
All forward-looking statements address matters that involve
risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, there are or will be
important factors that could cause actual results to differ
materially from those indicated in these statements. We believe
that these factors include, but are not limited to, those set
forth under Risk Factors in Item 1A, and the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
the possibility of greater frequency or severity of claims and
loss activity, including as a result of natural or man-made
(including economic and political risks) catastrophic or
material loss events, than our underwriting, reserving,
reinsurance purchasing or investment practices have anticipated;
|
|
|
|
the reliability of, and changes in assumptions to, natural and
man-made catastrophe pricing, accumulation and estimated loss
models;
|
|
|
|
evolving issues with respect to interpretation of coverage after
major loss events;
|
|
|
|
the effectiveness of our loss limitation methods;
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
changes in the total industry losses, or our share of total
industry losses, resulting from past events such as the various
losses in Australia in late 2010 and early 2011, the Deepwater
Horizon incident in the Gulf of Mexico, the Chilean and the New
Zealand Earthquakes, Hurricanes Ike and Gustav and, with respect
to such events, our reliance on loss reports received from
cedants and loss adjustors, our reliance on industry loss
estimates and those generated by modeling techniques, changes in
rulings on flood damage or other exclusions as a result of
prevailing lawsuits and case law;
|
|
|
|
the impact of acts of terrorism and related legislation and acts
of war;
|
|
|
|
decreased demand for our insurance or reinsurance products and
cyclical changes in the insurance and reinsurance sectors;
|
|
|
|
any changes in our reinsurers credit quality and the
amount and timing of reinsurance recoverables;
|
|
|
|
changes in the availability, cost or quality of reinsurance or
retrocessional coverage;
|
|
|
|
the continuing and uncertain impact of the current depressed
economic environment in many of the countries in which we
operate;
|
|
|
|
the level of inflation in repair costs due to limited
availability of labor and materials after catastrophes;
|
|
|
|
changes in insurance and reinsurance market conditions;
|
|
|
|
increased competition on the basis of pricing, capacity,
coverage terms or other factors and the related demand and
supply dynamics as contracts come up for renewal;
|
|
|
|
a decline in our operating subsidiaries ratings with
Standard & Poors (S&P),
A.M. Best or Moodys Investor Service
(Moodys);
|
|
|
|
our ability to execute our business plan to enter new markets,
introduce new products and develop new distribution channels,
including their integration into our existing operations;
|
|
|
|
changes in general economic conditions, including inflation,
foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates and other
factors that could affect our investment portfolio;
|
|
|
|
the risk of a material decline in the value or liquidity of all
or parts of our investment portfolio;
|
|
|
|
changes in our ability to exercise capital management
initiatives or to arrange banking facilities as a result of
prevailing market changes or changes in our financial position;
|
|
|
|
changes in government regulations or tax laws in jurisdictions
where we conduct business;
|
|
|
|
Aspen Holdings or Aspen Bermuda becoming subject to income taxes
in the United States or the United Kingdom;
|
|
|
|
loss of key personnel; and
|
|
|
|
increased counterparty risk due to the credit impairment of
financial institutions.
|
In addition, any estimates relating to loss events involve the
exercise of considerable judgment and reflect a combination of
ground-up
evaluations, information available to date from brokers and
cedants, market intelligence, initial tentative loss reports and
other sources. Due to the complexity of factors contributing to
losses and the preliminary nature of the information used to
prepare estimates, there can be no assurance that our ultimate
losses will remain within stated amounts.
3
The foregoing review of important factors should not be
construed as exhaustive and should be read in conjunction with
the other cautionary statements that are included in this
report. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or review
any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new
information, future developments or otherwise or disclose any
difference between our actual results and those reflected in
such statements.
If one or more of these or other risks or uncertainties
materialize, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be
incorrect, actual results may vary materially from what we
projected. Any forward-looking statements you read in this
report reflect our current views with respect to future events
and are subject to these and other risks, uncertainties and
assumptions relating to our operations, results of operations,
growth strategy and liquidity. All subsequent written and oral
forward-looking statements attributable to us or individuals
acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety
by the points made above. You should specifically consider the
factors identified in this report which could cause actual
results to differ before making an investment decision.
4
General
We are a Bermuda holding company, incorporated on May 23,
2002, and conduct insurance and reinsurance business through our
wholly-owned subsidiaries in three major jurisdictions: Aspen
U.K. and AUL, corporate member of Syndicate 4711 at Lloyds
of London (United Kingdom), Aspen Bermuda (Bermuda), Aspen
Specialty and AAIC (United States). Aspen U.K. also has branches
in Paris (France), Zurich (Switzerland), Dublin (Ireland),
Cologne (Germany), Singapore, Australia and Canada. We operate
in the global markets for property and casualty insurance and
reinsurance.
For the year ended December 31, 2010, we wrote
$2,076.8 million in gross premiums and at December 31,
2010, we had total capital employed, including long-term debt,
of $3,740.7 million.
Our corporate structure as at February 15, 2011 was as
follows:
We have historically managed our business in four segments:
property reinsurance, casualty reinsurance, international
insurance and U.S. insurance. On January 14, 2010, we
announced a new organizational structure according to the way in
which we manage our insurance and reinsurance businesses as two
underwriting segments, Aspen Insurance and Aspen Reinsurance
(Aspen Re), to enhance and better serve our global
customer base.
Our insurance segment is comprised primarily of the former
international insurance and U.S. insurance segments, with
Rupert Villers and John Cavoores acting as Co-CEOs of Aspen
Insurance. Our reinsurance segment is comprised of property
reinsurance (catastrophe and other), casualty reinsurance and
specialty reinsurance (a portion of the latter previously
included in international
5
insurance). The reinsurance segment is led by Brian Boornazian,
CEO of Aspen Reinsurance and James Few, President of Aspen
Reinsurance.
Our insurance segment consists of property insurance, casualty
insurance, marine, energy and transportation insurance and
financial and professional lines insurance. Property insurance,
casualty insurance and financial and professional lines business
is written primarily in the London Market through Aspen U.K. and
Aspen Specialty. Our marine, energy and transportation insurance
business is written mainly through Aspen U.K. and AUL, which is
the sole corporate member of Syndicate 4711 at Lloyds of
London (Lloyds), managed by AMAL. We also
write some casualty business through AUL. In the U.S., we write
property and casualty insurance, predominantly through the
U.S. wholesale surplus lines broker network. In 2010, we
received regulatory approval to write U.S. insurance
business on an admitted basis through our acquisition of AAIC,
which will complement our existing U.S. insurance business
written on an excess and surplus lines basis. In 2011, we intend
to write property, casualty, marine and financial and
professional lines through AAIC in the U.S.
Our reinsurance segment consists of property catastrophe
reinsurance, other property reinsurance (risk excess, pro rata,
risk solutions and facultative), casualty reinsurance
(U.S. treaty, international treaty, and global facultative)
and specialty reinsurance (credit and surety, structured,
agriculture and specialty).
Property reinsurance business is assumed by Aspen Bermuda and
Aspen U.K. and written by teams located in Bermuda, London,
Paris, Singapore, Cologne, the U.S. and Zurich. The
property reinsurance business written in the U.S is written
exclusively by Aspen Re America and ARA-CA as reinsurance
intermediaries with offices in Connecticut, Illinois, Miami, New
York, Georgia and California.
Casualty reinsurance is mainly assumed by Aspen U.K. and written
by teams located in London, Zurich and the U.S. A small
number of casualty reinsurance contracts is written by Aspen
Bermuda. The business written in the U.S. is produced by
Aspen Re America.
Specialty reinsurance is assumed by Aspen Bermuda and Aspen U.K.
and written by teams located in London, Zurich and Bermuda. We
started writing credit and surety reinsurance out of our Zurich
branch for business incepting on or after January 1, 2009.
We also started writing agriculture reinsurance out of our
Zurich office in 2010.
Our
Business Strategy
We are both an insurer and reinsurer of specialty and similar
lines and our underwriting operations are organized and
presented under two distinct brands Aspen Re and
Aspen Insurance.
We aim to grow the Company over time, but with the caution that
growth opportunities are currently severely limited by weak
market conditions. Growth may be by recruitment of underwriters
with complementary skills and experience or by acquisition. Our
key evaluation criteria for any acquisition proposal will
include strategic fit, financial attractiveness, manageable
execution risks and consistency with our risk appetite.
Key strategies for Aspen Re. Aspen Res
strategy is to identify clients with sound underwriting which
are transparent in respect of their risks and exposures and
which have a commitment to viewing trading relationships over
the longer-term. We offer reinsurance globally for property
risks, both fire, natural peril and otherwise, casualty risks
including professional liability, management liability, workers
compensation and general casualty in addition to marine,
aviation, credit and other. From time to time, the underwriting
cycle allows us to deploy additional capacity on a more
opportunistic basis and a key part of our strategy is to
maintain the ability to identify special situations and take
advantage of them however and whenever they arise.
Our largest market is the United States which at this time is
not a market that offers significant growth opportunities. The
markets in Latin America and Asia-Pacific have historically been
less significant for us, but we believe they offer significant
growth potential, especially in the medium and longer-term. We
also believe that we have opportunity to increase our ultimate
market share in Europe
6
and we expect to see some growth in this region, conditional
upon the currently challenging market environment.
We aim to maintain sufficient capital strength and access to
capital markets to ensure that if market conditions harden
significantly following a major loss (or for any other reason),
we are able to rapidly expand capacity for existing reinsurance
clients and provide opportunistic capacity to new clients.
Key strategies for Aspen Insurance. Aspen
Insurance from its London-market base is a significant global
market for energy, marine, aviation, financial, professional,
specie and political risks and for excess casualty. This
requires specialized expertise, innovative underwriting and the
financial strength to offer meaningful capacity in these lines.
Aspen Insurance will not generally seek to offer retail personal
lines, including homeowners, private auto and health insurance.
A further part of Aspen Insurances strategy is to create a
profitable specialty insurer in the U.S. domestic market.
Our approach is highly focused and in the past 18 months,
we have hired teams with specialized focus on underwriting
opportunities in inland marine and ocean risks, professional
liability, management liability and directors and
officers insurance (D&O), which are
underwritten in addition to our established lines of property,
general casualty and environmental liability on an excess and
surplus lines basis. We have also invested significantly in
terms of IT infrastructure, actuarial resource, claims staff,
legal, human resource and other functions in order to provide
the right infrastructural base on which to build our
U.S. operations.
In addition to our U.S. and London-market insurance
operations, we offer focused capacity from our Bermuda and
Dublin operations for certain global casualty risks and
management liability and from our Zurich branch we offer certain
specialized risks within the Swiss market.
Targets and constraints. We aim to generate
returns on average common equity (ROE) which exceed
the prevailing three-year risk free rate (yield from U.S.
Treasury with
3-year
duration) by an average of at least 8% measured on a
time-weighted basis over the preceding 10 years, or from
inception of the Company if a shorter period, and with a target
of 10.5% measured on the same basis.
We aim to meet our return objective while limiting the risks we
take so as to restrict the chance of an ROE which is
5 percentage points worse than plan, to a probability of
less than 25% (i.e., 1 in 4 years).
We intend to maintain a level of qualifying equity capital at
least equal to the highest of:
|
|
|
|
|
1.75 times our internal estimate of Economic Capital (calibrated
to Tail
Value-at-Risk
(TVAR) at the 99th percentile) as produced by
our group Economic Capital Model (ECM) plus a
variable buffer above that level (the level of the buffer is
re-set from year to year depending on our assessment of our
access to capital markets);
|
|
|
|
the level required to meet our rating ambitions with all credit
rating agencies; and
|
|
|
|
the level required to meet all our regulatory capital
requirements.
|
For a discussion of risks and uncertainties impacting our
ability to achieve our targets and the related constraints, see
Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors, and
Forward-Looking
Statements.
Capital Management. We also set targets for
financial leverage which we believe provide an appropriate
balance between improving returns to our ordinary shareholders
while maintaining the levels of financial strength expected by
our customers and by the rating agencies. For this purpose we
define financial leverage as the ratio of long-term debt and
hybrid capital to total capital. The term
hybrid refers to securities, such as our preference
shares, which have characteristics of both debt and equity.
7
Strategic developments in 2010. Aspen Re
progressed its strategy of creating new platforms and marketing
new products by:
|
|
|
|
|
opening an office in Miami to access the Latin American
reinsurance markets;
|
|
|
|
opening an office in Cologne, Germany to access property
facultative business in the region; and
|
|
|
|
the introduction of
non-U.S. agriculture
reinsurance as a new specialty reinsurance product written in
our Zurich office.
|
We also progressed several efforts in respect of Aspen
Insurances strategy in 2010 including:
|
|
|
|
|
the purchase of a business that writes a specialist account of
Kidnap and Ransom (K&R) insurance which
complements our existing political and financial risk account;
|
|
|
|
the purchase of a U.S. insurance company with licenses to
write insurance business on an admitted basis in the
U.S. and the hire of
U.S.-based
underwriters with expertise in professional lines and management
liability risks, among others;
|
|
|
|
the establishment of a U.K. regional platform to improve our
distribution of general commercial property and casualty
insurance in the U.K.; and
|
|
|
|
the establishment of a Swiss insurance platform to write
specialized insurance products in Europe.
|
Business
Segments
We are organized into two business segments: reinsurance and
insurance. We have considered similarities in economic
characteristics, products, customers, distribution, the
regulatory environment of our operating segments and
quantitative thresholds to determine our reportable segments.
We have provided additional disclosures for corporate and other
(non-underwriting) income and expenses. Corporate and other
income includes net investment income, net realized and
unrealized investment gains or losses, corporate expense,
interest expense, net realized and unrealized foreign exchange
gains or losses and income taxes, which are not allocated to the
underwriting segments.
The gross written premiums are set forth below by business
segment for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, 2009
and 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Written
|
|
|
|
|
|
Written
|
|
|
|
|
|
Written
|
|
|
|
|
Business Segment
|
|
Premiums
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
Premiums
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
Premiums
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
|
($ in millions, except for percentages)
|
|
|
Reinsurance
|
|
$
|
1,162.2
|
|
|
|
56.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,176.0
|
|
|
|
56.9
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,114.3
|
|
|
|
55.7
|
%
|
Insurance
|
|
|
914.6
|
|
|
|
44.0
|
%
|
|
|
891.1
|
|
|
|
43.1
|
%
|
|
|
887.4
|
|
|
|
44.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
2,076.8
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
2,067.1
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
2,001.7
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For a review of our results by segment, see Part II,
Item 7, Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations and
Note 5 of our consolidated financial statements.
Reinsurance
Our reinsurance segment consists of property catastrophe
reinsurance, other property reinsurance (risk excess, pro rata,
risk solutions and facultative), casualty reinsurance
(U.S. treaty, international treaty, and global facultative)
and specialty reinsurance (credit and surety, structured,
agriculture and specialty).
8
The reinsurance business we write can be analyzed by geographic
region, reflecting the location of the reinsured risks, as
follows for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, 2009
and 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Written
|
|
|
|
|
|
Written
|
|
|
|
|
|
Written
|
|
|
|
|
Reinsurance
|
|
Premiums
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
Premiums
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
Premiums
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
|
($ in millions, except for percentages)
|
|
|
Australia/Asia
|
|
$
|
95.6
|
|
|
|
8.2
|
%
|
|
$
|
71.2
|
|
|
|
6.1
|
%
|
|
$
|
57.7
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
%
|
Caribbean
|
|
|
4.3
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
%
|
|
|
1.9
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
Europe
|
|
|
96.9
|
|
|
|
8.3
|
%
|
|
|
64.3
|
|
|
|
5.5
|
%
|
|
|
76.1
|
|
|
|
6.8
|
%
|
United Kingdom
|
|
|
23.8
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
|
26.8
|
|
|
|
2.3
|
%
|
|
|
40.5
|
|
|
|
3.6
|
%
|
United States & Canada(1)
|
|
|
564.5
|
|
|
|
48.6
|
%
|
|
|
659.3
|
|
|
|
56.1
|
%
|
|
|
648.1
|
|
|
|
58.2
|
%
|
Worldwide excluding United States(2)
|
|
|
55.4
|
|
|
|
4.8
|
%
|
|
|
67.3
|
|
|
|
5.7
|
%
|
|
|
70.1
|
|
|
|
6.3
|
%
|
Worldwide including United States(3)
|
|
|
291.9
|
|
|
|
25.1
|
%
|
|
|
273.3
|
|
|
|
23.2
|
%
|
|
|
201.6
|
|
|
|
18.1
|
%
|
Others
|
|
|
29.8
|
|
|
|
2.6
|
%
|
|
|
11.9
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
%
|
|
|
18.0
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,162.2
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,176.0
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,114.3
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
United States and
Canada comprises individual policies that insure risks
specifically in the United States and/or Canada, but not
elsewhere.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Worldwide excluding the
United States comprises individual policies that insure
risks wherever they may be across the world but specifically
excludes the United States.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Worldwide including the
United States comprises individual policies that insure
risks wherever they may be across the world but specifically
includes the United States.
|
Our gross written premiums by our principal lines of business
within our reinsurance segment for the twelve months ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross Written Premiums
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Written
|
|
|
|
|
|
Written
|
|
|
|
|
|
Written
|
|
|
|
|
Reinsurance
|
|
Premiums
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
Premiums
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
Premiums
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
|
($ in millions, except for percentages)
|
|
|
Property catastrophe reinsurance
|
|
$
|
292.9
|
|
|
|
25.2
|
%
|
|
$
|
254.3
|
|
|
|
21.6
|
%
|
|
$
|
253.0
|
|
|
|
22.7
|
%
|
Other property reinsurance
|
|
|
268.9
|
|
|
|
23.1
|
%
|
|
|
314.0
|
|
|
|
26.7
|
%
|
|
|
289.3
|
|
|
|
26.0
|
%
|
Casualty reinsurance
|
|
|
340.5
|
|
|
|
29.3
|
%
|
|
|
351.9
|
|
|
|
29.9
|
%
|
|
|
358.6
|
|
|
|
32.2
|
%
|
Specialty reinsurance
|
|
|
259.9
|
|
|
|
22.4
|
%
|
|
|
255.8
|
|
|
|
21.8
|
%
|
|
|
213.4
|
|
|
|
19.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,162.2
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,176.0
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,114.3
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property Catastrophe Reinsurance: Property
catastrophe reinsurance is generally written on a treaty excess
of loss basis where we provide protection to an insurer for an
agreed portion of the total losses from a single event in excess
of a specified loss amount. In the event of a loss, most
contracts provide for coverage of a second occurrence following
the payment of a premium to reinstate the coverage under the
contract, which is referred to as a reinstatement premium. The
coverage provided under excess of loss reinsurance contracts may
be on a worldwide basis or limited in scope to selected regions
or geographical areas.
Other Property Reinsurance: Other property
reinsurance is written on excess of loss, pro rata and
facultative basis (U.S. and international) and includes our
risk solutions business. Treaty excess of loss reinsurance
provides coverage to a reinsured where it experiences a loss in
excess of its retention level on a single risk
basis. A risk in this context might mean the
insurance coverage on one building or a
9
group of buildings for fire or explosion or the insurance
coverage under a single policy which the reinsured treats as a
single risk. This line of business is generally less exposed to
accumulations of exposures and losses but can still be impacted
by natural catastrophes, such as earthquakes and hurricanes.
Our treaty pro rata reinsurance product provides proportional
coverage to the reinsured. We share original losses in the same
proportion as our share of premium and policy amounts within
contractual terms. Pro rata contracts typically involve close
client relationships including regular audits of the
cedants data and is written for primary insurers in the
U.S. as well as worldwide. Our risk solutions business
writes property insurance risks for a select group of
U.S. program managers.
Casualty Reinsurance: Casualty reinsurance is
written on an excess of loss, pro rata and facultative basis and
consists of U.S. treaty, international treaty, and casualty
facultative. Our U.S. treaty business comprises exposures
to workers compensation (including catastrophe), medical
malpractice, general liability, auto liability, professional
liability and excess liability including umbrella liability. Our
international treaty business reinsures exposures mainly with
respect to general liability, auto liability, professional
liability, workers compensation and excess liability. We
also write casualty facultative reinsurance, both U.S. and
international. Our excess of loss positions come most commonly
from layered reinsurance structures with underlying ceding
company retentions.
Specialty Reinsurance: Specialty reinsurance
is written on an excess of loss and pro rata basis and consists
of credit and surety reinsurance, structured risks, agriculture
reinsurance and specialty lines. Our credit and surety
reinsurance business consists of trade credit reinsurance,
international surety reinsurance (mainly European, Japanese and
Latin American risks and excluding the U.S.) and a political
risks reinsurance portfolio. In February 2010, we started
writing agricultural reinsurance out of our Zurich office. This
business consists of European and Latin American agriculture
reinsurance primarily written on a treaty basis covering crop
and multi-peril business. Our specialty line of business is
composed principally of reinsurance treaties covering interests
similar to those underwritten in marine, energy, liability and
aviation insurance, as well as contingency, terrorism, nuclear,
personal accident and crop reinsurance. We also write satellite
insurance and reinsurance.
A very high percentage of the property reinsurance contracts
that we write excludes coverage for losses arising from the
peril of terrorism. Within the U.S., our reinsurance contracts
generally exclude or limit our liability to acts that are
certified as acts of terrorism by the
U.S. Treasury Department under the Terrorism Risk Insurance
Act (TRIA), the Terrorism Risk Insurance Extension
Act of 2005 (TRIEA) and now the Terrorism Risk
Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2007
(TRIPRA), which is currently set to expire on
December 31, 2014. With respect to personal lines risks,
losses arising from the peril of terrorism that do not involve
nuclear, biological or chemical attack are usually covered by
our reinsurance contracts. Such losses relating to commercial
lines risks are generally covered on a limited basis; for
example, where the covered risks fall below a stated insured
value or into classes or categories we deem less likely to be
targets of terrorism than others. We have written a limited
number of reinsurance contracts in this segment, both on a pro
rata and risk excess basis, specifically covering the peril of
terrorism. These contracts typically exclude coverage protecting
against nuclear, biological or chemical attack.
10
Insurance
Insurance Segment. Our insurance segment
consists of property insurance, casualty insurance, marine,
energy and transportation insurance and financial and
professional lines insurance.
The insurance business we write can be analyzed by geographic
region, reflecting the location of the insured risk, as follows
for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and
2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Written
|
|
|
|
|
|
Written
|
|
|
|
|
|
Written
|
|
|
|
|
Insurance
|
|
Premiums
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
Premiums
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
Premiums
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
|
($ in millions, except for percentages)
|
|
|
Australia/Asia
|
|
$
|
6.2
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
%
|
|
$
|
13.2
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
%
|
|
$
|
12.7
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
%
|
Caribbean
|
|
|
3.6
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
%
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
Europe
|
|
|
7.7
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
%
|
|
|
14.5
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
%
|
|
|
26.7
|
|
|
|
3.0
|
%
|
United Kingdom
|
|
|
117.8
|
|
|
|
12.9
|
%
|
|
|
104.8
|
|
|
|
11.8
|
%
|
|
|
147.6
|
|
|
|
16.6
|
%
|
United States & Canada(1)
|
|
|
275.0
|
|
|
|
30.1
|
%
|
|
|
265.2
|
|
|
|
29.7
|
%
|
|
|
278.6
|
|
|
|
31.4
|
%
|
Worldwide excluding United States(2)
|
|
|
90.6
|
|
|
|
9.9
|
%
|
|
|
83.3
|
|
|
|
9.3
|
%
|
|
|
42.8
|
|
|
|
4.8
|
%
|
Worldwide including United States(3)
|
|
|
381.4
|
|
|
|
41.7
|
%
|
|
|
386.5
|
|
|
|
43.4
|
%
|
|
|
351.8
|
|
|
|
39.6
|
%
|
Others
|
|
|
32.3
|
|
|
|
3.5
|
%
|
|
|
23.0
|
|
|
|
2.6
|
%
|
|
|
26.4
|
|
|
|
3.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
914.6
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
891.1
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
887.4
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
United States and
Canada comprises individual policies that insure risks
specifically in the United States and/or Canada, but not
elsewhere.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Worldwide excluding the
United States comprises individual policies that insure
risks wherever they may be across the world but specifically
excludes the United States.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Worldwide including the
United States comprises individual policies that insure
risks wherever they may be across the world but specifically
includes the United States.
|
Our gross written premiums by our principal lines of business
within our insurance segment for the twelve months ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross Written Premiums
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Written
|
|
|
|
|
|
Written
|
|
|
|
|
|
Written
|
|
|
|
|
Insurance
|
|
Premiums
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
Premiums
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
Premiums
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
|
($ in millions, except for percentages)
|
|
|
Property insurance
|
|
$
|
171.7
|
|
|
|
18.8
|
%
|
|
$
|
139.1
|
|
|
|
15.6
|
%
|
|
$
|
116.8
|
|
|
|
13.2
|
%
|
Casualty insurance
|
|
|
148.2
|
|
|
|
16.2
|
%
|
|
|
196.1
|
|
|
|
22.0
|
%
|
|
|
221.1
|
|
|
|
24.9
|
%
|
Marine, energy and transportation insurance
|
|
|
435.1
|
|
|
|
47.6
|
%
|
|
|
443.4
|
|
|
|
49.8
|
%
|
|
|
423.8
|
|
|
|
47.7
|
%
|
Financial and professional lines insurance
|
|
|
159.6
|
|
|
|
17.4
|
%
|
|
|
112.5
|
|
|
|
12.6
|
%
|
|
|
125.7
|
|
|
|
14.2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
914.6
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
891.1
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
887.4
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property Insurance: Our property insurance
line comprises U.K. commercial property and construction and
U.S. commercial property (excess and surplus lines basis),
written on a primary, excess, quota share and facultative basis.
In 2010, we established ARML, which will primarily distribute
U.K. regional commercial property and liability business.
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Property: The U.S. commercial
property team covers mercantile, manufacturing, municipal and
commercial real estate business.
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
U.K. Property: The U.K. commercial property
insurance team provides physical damage and business
interruption coverage as a result of weather, fire, theft and
other causes. Our client base is predominantly U.K.
institutional property owners, middle market corporate and
public sector clients.
|
Casualty Insurance: Our casualty insurance
line comprises U.K. commercial liability, global excess casualty
and U.S. casualty insurance, written on a primary, quota
share and facultative basis. In 2010, we significantly reduced
the amount of contractor business written in the U.S.
|
|
|
|
|
U.K. Commercial Liability: The U.K. commercial
liability team provides employers liability coverage and
public liability coverage for insureds domiciled in the U.K. and
Ireland.
|
|
|
|
Global Excess Casualty: The global excess
casualty line writes large, sophisticated and risk-managed
insureds worldwide and covers broad-based risks at high
attachment points, including general liability, commercial and
residential construction liability, life science, railroads,
trucking, product and public liability and associated types of
cover found in general liability policies in the global
insurance market.
|
|
|
|
U.S. Casualty: The U.S. casualty
account primarily consists of lines written within the general
liability and umbrella liability insurance segments. Coverage on
our general liability line is offered on those risks that are
primarily miscellaneous, products liability, contractors
(general contractors and artisans), real estate and retail risks
and other general liability business.
|
Marine, Energy and Transportation
Insurance: Our marine, energy and transportation
insurance line comprises marine, energy and construction
(M.E.C.) liability, energy physical damage, marine
hull, specie, and aviation, written on a primary, quota share
and facultative basis. In 2010, we hired a team in the
U.S. which writes U.S. inland marine and ocean risks.
|
|
|
|
|
M.E.C. Liability: The M.E.C. liability
business includes marine liability cover mainly related to the
liabilities of ship-owners and port operators, including
reinsurance of Protection and Indemnity Clubs (P&I
Clubs). It also provides liability cover for companies in
the oil and gas sector, both onshore and offshore and in the
power generation and U.S. commercial construction sectors.
|
|
|
|
Energy Physical Damage: Energy physical damage
provides insurance cover against physical damage losses in
addition to Operators Extra Expenses (OEE) for
companies operating in the oil and gas exploration and
production sector.
|
|
|
|
Marine Hull: The marine hull team insures
physical damage for ships (including war and associated perils)
and related marine assets.
|
|
|
|
Specie: The specie business line focuses on
the insurance of high value property items on an all risks
basis, including fine art, general and bank related specie,
jewelers block and armored car.
|
|
|
|
Aviation: The aviation team writes physical
damage insurance on hulls and spares (including war and
associated perils) and comprehensive legal liability for
airlines, smaller operators of airline equipment, airports and
associated business and non-critical component part
manufacturers. We also provide aviation hull deductible cover.
|
Financial and Professional Lines
Insurance: Our financial and professional lines
comprise financial institutions, professional liability
(including management & technology liability) and
financial and political risks, written on a primary, quota share
and facultative basis.
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Institutions: Our financial
institutions business is written on both a primary and excess of
loss basis and consists of professional liability, crime
insurance and D&O cover, with the largest exposure
comprising risks headquartered in the U.K., followed by
Australia and the U.S. and then Canada and Western Europe.
We cover financial institutions including commercial and
investment banks, asset managers, insurance companies,
stockbrokers and insureds with hybrid business models.
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
Professional Liability: Our professional
liability business is written out of the U.S. (including
Errors and Omissions (E&O)) and the U.K. and is
written on both a primary and excess of loss basis. The U.K.
team focuses on risks in the U.K. with some Australian and
European business while the U.S. team focuses on the
U.S. We insure a wide range of professions including
lawyers, surveyors, accountants, architects and engineers.
|
|
|
|
Management & Technology
Liability: We write on both a primary and excess
basis D&O insurance, technology-related policies in the
areas of network privacy, misuse of data and cyber liability and
warranty and indemnity insurance in connection with, or to
facilitate, corporate transactions.
|
|
|
|
Financial and Political Risks: The financial
and political risks team writes business covering the
credit/default risk on a variety of project and trade
transactions, as well as political risks, terrorism (including
multi-year war on land cover), piracy and K&R. We write
financial and political risks worldwide but with concentrations
in a number of countries, such as China, Egypt, Kazakhstan,
Russia, South Korea, Switzerland, U.K. and Turkey.
|
Underwriting
and Reinsurance
Our objective is to create a diversified portfolio with balanced
non-correlated risks through a portfolio of insurance and
reinsurance risks, diversified across lines of business,
products, geographic areas of coverage, cedants and sources. The
acceptance of appropriately priced risk is the core of our
business. Underwriting requires judgment, based on important
assumptions about matters that are inherently unpredictable and
beyond our control, and for which historical experience and
probability analysis may not provide sufficient guidance. We
view underwriting quality and risk management as critical to our
success.
Underwriting. In 2010, our underwriting
activities were managed in two product areas: reinsurance and
insurance. Under our organizational structure, our insurance
segment is led by Rupert Villers and John Cavoores as
Co-CEOs of Aspen Insurance. Our reinsurance segment is led
by Brian Boornazian, CEO of Aspen Reinsurance and James Few,
President of Aspen Reinsurance.
Our Chief Executive Officer is supported by our Director of
Underwriting, Kate Vacher. Our Director of Underwriting assists
in the management of the underwriting process by developing our
underwriting strategy, monitoring our underwriting principles
and acting as an independent reviewer of underwriting activity
across our businesses.
We underwrite according to the following principles:
|
|
|
|
|
operate within agreed boundaries as defined by the Aspen
Underwriting Principles (AUP) for the relevant line
of business;
|
|
|
|
operate within prescribed maximum underwriting authority limits,
which we delegate in accordance with an understanding of each
individuals capabilities, tailored to the lines of
business written by the particular underwriter;
|
|
|
|
price each submission based on our experience in the line of
business, and where appropriate, by deploying one or more
actuarial models either developed internally or licensed from
third-party providers;
|
|
|
|
where appropriate, make use of peer review to sustain high
standards of underwriting discipline and consistency; other than
for simpler insurance risks, risks underwritten are subject to
peer review by at least one qualified peer reviewer (for
reinsurance risks, peer review occurs mostly prior to risk
acceptance; for complex insurance risks, peer review may occur
before or after risk acceptance and for simpler insurance risks,
peer review is replaced by standardized underwriting systems and
controls over adherence);
|
|
|
|
more complex risks may involve peer review by several
underwriters and input from catastrophe risk management
specialists, our team of actuaries and senior management;
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
evaluate the underlying data provided by clients and adjust such
data where we believe it does not adequately reflect the
underlying exposure;
|
|
|
|
in respect of catastrophe perils and certain other key risks,
prepare monthly aggregation reports for review by our senior
management, which are reviewed quarterly by the Risk
Committee; and
|
|
|
|
risks outside of agreed underwriting authority limits are
referred to the Chief Executive Officer or the Group
Underwriting Committee as exceptions for approval before we
accept the risks.
|
We also have two additional subsidiary underwriting committees,
one focusing on insurance and the other on reinsurance, which
report to the Group Underwriting Committee mentioned above.
Reinsurance. We purchase reinsurance and
retrocession to limit and diversify our own risk exposure and to
increase our own insurance and reinsurance underwriting
capacity. These agreements provide for recovery of a portion of
losses and loss expenses from reinsurers.
In respect of our insurance lines of business, we have
reinsurance covers in place for many of our lines of business,
the majority of which are on an excess of loss basis. In 2011,
we anticipate renewing much of the reinsurance protecting our
insurance business that we bought in 2010 which is comprised of
specific excess of loss reinsurance on portfolios of property
insurance, casualty insurance, financial and professional
insurance, aviation insurance and marine, energy and liability
insurance. These covers provide protection in various layers and
excess of varying attachment points according to the scope of
cover provided. We have elected to take co-reinsurance
participations within some of these programs. We also have a
limited number of proportional treaty arrangements on specific
lines of business and we anticipate continuing with these in
most instances. Natural perils catastrophe coverage was included
within excess of loss programs purchased for two portfolios. For
our onshore U.S. insurance business, in 2010, we bought
protection of $82 million for natural catastrophe events.
For 2011, we increased the limit purchased to $110 million.
For our offshore exposures, excluding Gulf of Mexico hurricane
losses, we bought catastrophe cover of $80 million excess
of $20 million which expires February 28, 2011.
For our reinsurance business, we expect to continue the
philosophy first implemented in 2006 of limited and strategic
retrocession purchasing to manage within our risk tolerances. We
entered into various retrocession agreements to protect our
property reinsurance lines through 2010. The $100 million
limit purchased provided protection against frequency and
severity of natural perils events in the U.S. and Europe
for wind and earthquake, with flood coverage provided in
addition for European exposures. For 2011, we have renewed
$50 million of this limit and have expanded the territories
protected. In addition, in 2010, we renewed
12-month
reciprocal arrangements with two major reinsurers accepting
Japanese earthquake exposure and ceding our exposures to
windstorms in parts of the U.S. The total aggregate event
limit of these agreements is $120 million with both
reinsurances responding on an index trigger basis.
During 2010, we purchased reinsurance excess of $50 million
in respect of accumulation of losses arising out from all
classes of casualty and liability resulting from a common cause.
The total limit of cover provided by this reinsurance is
$58 million.
As is the case with most reinsurance treaties, we remain liable
to the extent that reinsurers do not meet their obligations
under these agreements, and therefore, in line with our risk
management objectives, we evaluate the financial condition of
our reinsurers and monitor concentrations of credit risk. Of our
reinsurers who have been rated by A.M. Best, 100% of our
uncollateralized reinsurance is provided by those who have been
assigned a rating of A− (Excellent) (the
fourth highest of fifteen rating levels) or better. In 2010,
$123 million of reinsurance capacity was secured from
reinsurance markets unrated by A.M. Best, of which
$100 million was fully collateralized with funds and
securities. Of the remaining $23 million, 58% was provided
by reinsurers rated A or better by S&P. Our total
reinsurance recoverables for all years were $85.0 million.
14
Risk
Management
Risk Governance. The Board of Directors
considers effective identification, assessment, monitoring and
mitigation of the risks facing our business to be key elements
of its responsibilities and those of the CEO and management. The
Boards responsibility for oversight of the groups
risk management framework is enabled by management reporting
processes that are designed to provide visibility to the Board
and its Committees about key risks. Senior management regularly
attend the Board meetings and are available to address any
questions or concerns raised by the Board on risk management
matters. The Board and its Committees also receive presentations
from senior management on risk management efforts. In summary,
the Board through its Committees oversees key risks to the
business through a well established and comprehensive approach,
which is described in greater detail below.
Board Committees. The Board manages the key
risks to the organization primarily through its Risk, Audit and
Investment Committees. Each of the Committees is chaired by an
independent director of the Company who also reports to the
Board on the committees discussions and matters arising.
Every director also receives all of the papers for each of the
Committees.
The membership of the Board Committees is set out under
Item 10 Directors, Executive Officers of the
Registrant and Corporate Governance.
Risk Committee: The purpose of the Committee
is to assist the Board in its oversight duties in respect of the
management of risk, including:
|
|
|
|
|
making recommendations to the Board regarding managements
proposals for the risk management framework, risk appetite, key
risk limits and the use of economic capital models;
|
|
|
|
monitoring compliance with the agreed Group risk appetite and
risk limits; and
|
|
|
|
oversight of the process of stress and scenario testing
established by management.
|
Audit Committee: This Committee is primarily
responsible for assisting the Board in its oversight of the
integrity of the financial statements. It is also responsible
for reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of the
Companys internal controls and receives regular reports
from both internal and external audit in this regard.
Investment Committee: This Committee is
responsible for, among other things, setting and monitoring the
groups investment risk and asset allocation policies and
ensuring that the Chairman of the Risk Committee is kept
informed of such matters.
Management Committees. The group also has a
number of executive management committees which have oversight
of risk and control effectiveness.
Group Executive Committee: This is the main
executive committee responsible for making proposals to the
Board relating to the strategy and conduct of the business of
the group. To assist in these duties, it receives regular
reports from the Group Chief Risk Officer.
Capital Allocation Group: This committee is
primarily responsible for determining and allocating capital for
the different lines of business. It also considers appropriate
levels of risk limits for underwriting and other exposures for
recommendation to the Risk Committee.
Reserve Committee: This committee is
responsible for managing reserving risk and recommending to
executive management who then recommend to the Board and the
Audit Committee the appropriate level of reserves to include in
the groups financial statements.
Underwriting Committee: The purpose of the
Underwriting Committee is to assist the Group Chief Executive
Officer in his oversight duties in respect of underwriting risk
and to advise insurance subsidiaries as to whether proposed
risks comply with group policies.
Reinsurance Credit Committee: This committee
sets credit limits, reviews our credit analysts evaluation
of insurance and reinsurance counterparties and approves
acceptable financial strength ratings
15
of our counterparties. Our risk management function monitors
individual exposures in addition to credit and market risk
accumulations compared to set tolerances.
Group Chief Risk Officer. Our Group Chief Risk
Officer, Julian Cusack, is a member of the Board and a member of
the Risk Committee. His role includes providing the Board of
Directors and the Risk Committee with input directly on risk
management issues.
Risk Strategy. We operate an integrated risk
management strategy designed to deliver shareholder value in a
sustainable manner while providing a high level of policyholder
protection. The use of the word integrated
emphasizes that risk management is not simply a support function
but is a way of thinking about and managing the business which
is central to the formulation of strategy and annual business
planning. The execution of our integrated risk management
strategy is based on:
|
|
|
|
|
employing the best available talent across a wide range of
risk-related disciplines;
|
|
|
|
sharing responsibility between a dedicated central team,
managers within risk accepting business units and designated
risk officers within each of our operating platforms;
|
|
|
|
the cascading of risk limits for material risks to risk
accepting business units and regulated subsidiaries;
|
|
|
|
the use, subject to an understanding of their limitations, of an
ECM and of stress and scenario testing to test strategic and
tactical business decisions;
|
|
|
|
high quality measurement and reporting of risk positions and
trends at business unit, regulated entity and group
levels; and
|
|
|
|
a proactive and forward looking outlook designed to detect and
analyze the impact of material changes in the external
environment and emerging risks.
|
Risk Appetite. In 2010, the Board approved a
group risk appetite statement, which it intends to review on an
annual basis.
The risk appetite statement is a central component of the
groups overall risk management framework. It sets out, at
a high level, how we think about risk in the context of our
business model, group objectives and strategy. It sets out
boundary conditions for the level of risk we assume, together
with a statement of what reward we aim to receive for this level
of risk.
It comprises the following components:
|
|
|
|
|
Risk preferences: a high level description of
the types of risks we prefer to assume and to avoid;
|
|
|
|
Return objective: the levels of return on
capital we seek to achieve, subject to our risk constraints;
|
|
|
|
Volatility constraint: a target limit on
earnings volatility; and
|
|
|
|
Capital constraint: a minimum level of risk
adjusted capital.
|
In 2010, S&P reaffirmed our Enterprise Risk Management
rating as Strong for the fourth year in succession.
We believe that this rating is an attestation of the strength of
our risk management processes.
Risk Components. The main types of risks that
we face are:
Insurance risk: The risk that claims occurring
or reported in a period exceed the expected amounts
(underwriting risk) or that reserves established in
respect of prior periods are understated (reserving
risk).
Credit risk: The risk that a firm is exposed
to if another party fails to perform its obligations. This
principally comprises credit risks relating to premiums
receivable and outward reinsurance. We include credit risks
related to our investment portfolio under market risk.
16
Market risk: The risk that arises from changes
in the value of our investment portfolio from fluctuations in
interest rates, bond yields, credit spreads and foreign currency
exchange rates. This includes the risk of issuer default or
ratings downgrades.
Operational risk: The risk of loss resulting
from inadequate or failed internal processes including the
failure to comply with procedures and regulations.
Liquidity risk: The risk that a firm fails to
maintain sufficient liquid financial resources to meet its
liabilities as they fall due, or can only secure them at
excessive costs resulting in realized losses.
Key Risk Limits. The Risk Committee of our
Board of Directors reviews and approves the risk limits proposed
by management. Only the relevant governing committees can make
decisions to accept risks above agreed levels. Any risks
accepted above agreed levels are reported to the Risk Committee.
For a further description of the risks that impact our business,
refer to Risk Factors below.
We set out below our approach to establishing and monitoring
risk limits for underwriting risk and market risk. Reserving
risk is discussed elsewhere within Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Critical Accounting Policies
Reserving Approach.
Underwriting risk. In addition to our risk
limits for natural catastrophes described below, we also
establish limits for our exposures to the risks of terrorism and
to events other than natural catastrophes where claims may rise
from multiple policies of insurance and reinsurance.
|
|
|
|
|
Category
|
|
Description
|
|
Tolerance
|
|
Natural catastrophe accumulation risk
|
|
The maximum net loss (1) we would expect from a single windstorm
or earthquake event having a probability of occurring more often
than once in every 250 years.
|
|
25% of Shareholders Equity (SHE)(2)
|
|
|
The maximum net loss we would expect from a single windstorm or
earthquake event having a probability of occurring more often
than once in 100 years.
|
|
17.5% of SHE
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Net loss means policyholder claims
less reinsurance recoveries plus the cost of any additional
reinsurance premiums payable less tax.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Shareholders equity means
the total of ordinary and preference shareholders equity
as reported in our balance sheets.
|
Natural catastrophe risk metrics are estimated using exposure
based models driven by key assumptions relating, inter alia, to
windstorm and earthquake frequencies and severities and the
damageability of buildings in events of varying severity. These
models are subject to unknown levels of model error and so our
assurance that catastrophe events will be consistent with our
risk limits cannot be absolute.
We seek to manage our exposure to the risk that premium levels
are insufficient to meet expected loss costs by requiring all
our pricing models to comply with our Group Pricing Standard
which includes requirements as to data standards, technical
pricing methods and independent quality control by our pricing
actuaries. In recognizing that pricing is a core part of our
underwriting approach, we manage pricing risk by continuously
developing and enforcing our Group Pricing Standards within our
Group Underwriting Control framework required for each
portfolio. Our Group Pricing Standard sets out the minimum
underwriting information and requires that all pricing decisions
are made with the knowledge of a technical price benchmark which
includes appropriate allowances for expected claims, internal
expenses and external costs. We seek to monitor how the actual
prices achieved compare to our technical price benchmarks over
time for each portfolio and for segments therein. Finally we
seek to improve the
17
quality of our pricing decisions by complimenting our
underwriting skills and expertise with robust actuarial analyses
both pre-and post- underwriting and also by developing high
quality pricing models and deploying them in an appropriately
controlled environment.
Market risk. We manage risk in our investment
portfolio in a number of ways including concentration limits and
single issuer limits, minimum average rating standards and
stress tests.
In addition, we monitor
Value-at-Risk
(VaR) at the 95% confidence level against a limit of
7% using a model which estimates the sensitivity of a portfolio
to a broad set of market risk factors model and is calibrated
from historical market observations. In other words, 95% of the
time, should the portfolio perform in accordance with the VaR
model, the portfolios loss in any one-year period is
expected to be less than or equal to the calculated VaR, stated
as a percentage of the measured portfolios initial value.
We measure VaR for our portfolio on two different bases that
place lower (short VaR) or higher (long VaR) weights on older
price observations. As at December 31, 2010, our short VaR
was 3.8% and our long VaR was 3.7%.
Like all such models, the VaR model we use suffers from
limitations particularly in relation to extreme tail risk and in
periods of extreme market volatility. Therefore, our policy for
the management of investment risk does not provide for automatic
action if VaR on either measure exceeds our risk limit. Other
considerations are taken into account when determining our asset
allocation policy. However, if VaR does move above the risk
limits management provides a report accordingly to the Risk and
Investment Committees where any appropriate action will be
determined.
Economic Capital Model. Since inception, we
have continually expanded our internal capabilities in terms of
supporting and developing our ECM and the model now plays a
central part in our risk management strategy.
The model has many and varied uses including helping us to:
|
|
|
|
|
understand our total capital requirements and the volatility of
our business plans and to aid in the construction of a risk
efficient portfolio; and
|
|
|
|
understand the risk adjusted returns of our underwriting and the
value inherent in committing capital to different lines of
business.
|
The ECM aims to capture all material and quantifiable risk types
faced within the business plan. We have identified the most
material types of risks at various points within the risk
distribution as:
|
|
|
|
|
retained catastrophe losses;
|
|
|
|
retained non-catastrophe underwriting losses;
|
|
|
|
reserving deficiency/improvement;
|
|
|
|
total investment gains/losses (including unrealized gains and
losses and default on investment counterparties);
|
|
|
|
credit-related losses from reinsurers or other debtor
default; and
|
|
|
|
operational and other losses.
|
The model has been constructed based around a number of key
underlying principles. The model aligns directly to the business
plan and planning assumptions for the current underwriting year
are assumed as best estimate for the model.
Limitations. Although the ECM is used widely
in the business to help evaluate the risk return trade offs of
various actions, we are aware of the limitations from the use of
this and other models. Therefore other considerations,
including, where appropriate, stress and scenarios testing, are
invariably taken into account when making business decisions.
18
In general we recognize that sound risk management systems
reduce, but cannot eliminate, the possibility of human error,
subjective judgment in decision-making, the deliberate
overriding of controls or the occurrence of unforeseeable
circumstances. As a result, our risk management strategy
including our risk capital modeling can only provide a
reasonable level of assurance rather than an absolute level. An
investor must therefore carefully consider all the risks. These
include the risk factors described elsewhere in this report
under Item 1A, Risk Factors, and which could
cause our actual results to differ materially from those in the
forward-looking and other statements contained in this report
and other documents that we file with the U.S. Securities
and Exchange Commission (SEC).
Business
Distribution
Our business is produced principally through brokers and
reinsurance intermediaries. The brokerage distribution channel
provides us with access to an efficient, variable cost and
global distribution system without the significant time and
expense which would be incurred in creating wholly-owned
distribution networks. The brokers and reinsurance
intermediaries typically act in the interest of ceding clients
or insurers; however, they are instrumental to our continued
relationship with our clients.
The following tables show our gross written premiums by broker
for each of our segments for the twelve months ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Written
|
|
|
|
|
|
Written
|
|
|
|
|
|
Written
|
|
|
|
|
Reinsurance
|
|
Premiums
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
Premiums
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
Premiums
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
|
($ in millions, except for percentages)
|
|
|
Aon Corporation(1)
|
|
$
|
305.1
|
|
|
|
26.3
|
%
|
|
$
|
369.9
|
|
|
|
31.4
|
%
|
|
$
|
305.8
|
|
|
|
27.4
|
%
|
Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc.
|
|
|
298.9
|
|
|
|
25.7
|
%
|
|
|
200.6
|
|
|
|
17.1
|
%
|
|
|
210.4
|
|
|
|
18.9
|
%
|
Willis Group Holdings, Ltd.
|
|
|
217.3
|
|
|
|
18.7
|
%
|
|
|
217.4
|
|
|
|
18.4
|
%
|
|
|
182.8
|
|
|
|
16.4
|
%
|
Denis M. Clayton & Co Ltd.
|
|
|
61.9
|
|
|
|
5.3
|
%
|
|
|
47.9
|
|
|
|
4.1
|
%
|
|
|
67.2
|
|
|
|
6.0
|
%
|
BMS Group Ltd.
|
|
|
15.8
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
%
|
|
|
20.9
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
%
|
|
|
26.6
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
%
|
Benfield Group Ltd(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
62.6
|
|
|
|
5.6
|
%
|
Others
|
|
|
263.2
|
|
|
|
22.6
|
%
|
|
|
319.3
|
|
|
|
27.2
|
%
|
|
|
258.9
|
|
|
|
23.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,162.2
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,176.0
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,114.3
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Written
|
|
|
|
|
|
Written
|
|
|
|
|
|
Written
|
|
|
|
|
Insurance
|
|
Premiums
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
Premiums
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
Premiums
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
|
($ in millions, except for percentages)
|
|
|
Aon Corporation(1)
|
|
$
|
98.7
|
|
|
|
10.8
|
%
|
|
$
|
93.6
|
|
|
|
10.5
|
%
|
|
$
|
58.5
|
|
|
|
6.6
|
%
|
Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc.
|
|
|
94.5
|
|
|
|
10.3
|
%
|
|
|
88.3
|
|
|
|
9.9
|
%
|
|
|
47.9
|
|
|
|
5.4
|
%
|
Willis Group Holdings, Ltd.
|
|
|
92.3
|
|
|
|
10.1
|
%
|
|
|
95.8
|
|
|
|
10.8
|
%
|
|
|
98.6
|
|
|
|
11.2
|
%
|
Jardine Lloyd Thompson Ltd.
|
|
|
77.0
|
|
|
|
8.4
|
%
|
|
|
21.3
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
%
|
|
|
17.5
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
Miller Insurance Services, Ltd.
|
|
|
48.2
|
|
|
|
5.3
|
%
|
|
|
54.8
|
|
|
|
6.1
|
%
|
|
|
45.5
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
%
|
Lloyd & Partners Ltd.
|
|
|
38.7
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Price Forbes & Partners Limited
|
|
|
35.3
|
|
|
|
3.9
|
%
|
|
|
39.6
|
|
|
|
4.4
|
%
|
|
|
17.7
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
RK Harrison Group Ltd.
|
|
|
20.9
|
|
|
|
2.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Others
|
|
|
409.0
|
|
|
|
44.7
|
%
|
|
|
497.7
|
|
|
|
55.9
|
%
|
|
|
601.7
|
|
|
|
67.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
914.6
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
891.1
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
887.4
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Benfield Group Limited was an
independent company prior to its acquisition by Aon Corporation
on November 28, 2008 and is therefore shown separately for
2008 in the above tables.
|
19
Claims
Management
We have a staff of experienced claims professionals organized
into insurance and reinsurance teams and managed separately. We
have developed processes and internal business controls for
identifying, tracking and settling claims, and authority levels
have been established for all individuals involved in the
reserving and settlement of claims.
The key responsibilities of our claims management departments
are to:
|
|
|
|
|
process, manage and resolve reported insurance or reinsurance
claims efficiently and accurately, using workflow management
systems, ensure the proper application of intended coverage,
reserving in a timely fashion for the probable ultimate cost of
both indemnity and expense and make timely payments in the
appropriate amount on those claims for which we are legally
obligated to pay;
|
|
|
|
select appropriate counsel and experts for claims, manage
claims-related litigation and regulatory compliance;
|
|
|
|
contribute to the underwriting process by collaborating with
both underwriting teams and senior management in terms of the
evolution of policy language and endorsements and providing
claim-specific feedback and education regarding legal activity;
|
|
|
|
contribute to the analysis and reporting of financial data and
forecasts by collaborating with the finance and actuarial
functions relating to the drivers of actual claim reserve
developments and potential for financial exposures on known
claims; and
|
|
|
|
support our marketing efforts through the quality of our claims
service.
|
On those accounts where it is applicable, a team of in-house
claims professionals oversees and regularly audits claims
handled under outsourcing agreements and manages those large
claims and coverage issues on referral as required under the
terms of those agreements.
Senior management receives a regular report on the status of our
reserves and settlement of claims. We recognize that fair
interpretation of our reinsurance agreements and insurance
policies with our customers, and timely payment of valid claims,
are a valuable service to our clients and enhance our reputation.
Reserves
Loss & Loss Expense Reserves. Under
U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
(U.S. GAAP), we are required to establish loss
reserves for the estimated unpaid portion of the ultimate
liability for losses and loss expenses under the terms of our
policies and agreements with our insured and reinsured
customers. These loss reserves consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
case reserves to cover the cost of claims that were reported to
us but not yet paid;
|
|
|
|
incurred but not reported (IBNR) reserves to cover
the anticipated cost of claims incurred but not
reported; and
|
|
|
|
a reserve for the expense associated with settling claims,
including legal and other fees and the general expenses of
administering the claims adjustment process, known as Loss
Adjustment Expenses (LAE).
|
Case Reserves. For reported claims, reserves
are established on a
case-by-case
basis within the parameters of coverage provided in the
insurance policy or reinsurance agreement. The method of
establishing case reserves for reported claims differs among our
operations. With respect to our insurance operations, we are
advised of potential insured losses and our claims handlers
record reserves for the estimated amount of the expected
indemnity settlement, loss adjustment expenses and cost of
defense where appropriate. The reserve estimate reflects the
judgment of the claims personnel and is based on claim
information obtained to date, general reserving practices, the
experience and knowledge of the
20
claims personnel regarding the nature of the specific claim and
where appropriate and available, advice from legal counsel, loss
adjusters and other claims experts.
With respect to our reinsurance claims operations, claims
handlers set case reserves for reported claims generally based
on the claims reports received from our ceding companies and
take into consideration our cedants own reserve
recommendations and prior loss experience with the cedant.
Additional case reserves (ACR), in addition to the
cedants own recommended reserves, may be established by us
to reflect our estimated ultimate cost of a loss. ACRs are
generally the result of either a claims handlers own
experience and knowledge of handling similar claims, general
reserving practices or the result of reserve recommendations
following an audit of cedants reserves.
Case reserves are based on a subjective judgment of facts and
circumstances and are established for the purposes of internal
reserving only. Accordingly, they do not represent a commitment
to any course of conduct or admission of liability on our behalf
in relation to any specific claim.
IBNR Reserves. The need for IBNR reserves
arises from time lags between when a loss occurs and when it is
actually reported and settled. By definition on most occasions,
we will not have specific information on IBNR claims; they need
to be estimated by actuarial methodologies. IBNR reserves are
therefore generally calculated at an aggregate level and cannot
generally be identified as reserves for a particular loss or
contract. We calculate IBNR reserves by line of business. IBNR
reserves are calculated by projecting our ultimate losses on
each class of business and subtracting paid losses and case
reserves.
The main projection methodologies that are used by our actuaries
are:
|
|
|
|
|
Initial expected loss ratio (IELR)
method: This method calculates an estimate of
ultimate losses by applying an estimated loss ratio to an
estimate of ultimate earned premium for each accident year. The
estimated loss ratio may be based on pricing information
and/or
industry data
and/or
historical claims experience revalued to the year under review.
|
|
|
|
Bornhuetter-Ferguson (BF)
method: The BF method uses as a starting point an
assumed IELR and blends in the loss ratio implied by the claims
experience to date by using benchmark loss development patterns
on paid claims data (Paid BF) or reported claims
data (Reported BF). Although the method tends to
provide less volatile indications at early stages of development
and reflects changes in the external environment, this method
can be slow to react to emerging loss development and if IELR
proves to be inaccurate can produce loss estimates which take
longer to converge with the final settlement value of loss.
|
|
|
|
Loss development (Chain
Ladder): This method uses actual loss data
and the historical development profiles on older accident years
to project more recent, less developed years to their ultimate
position.
|
|
|
|
Exposure-based method: This method is used for
specific large typically catastrophic events such as a major
Hurricane. All exposure is identified and we work with known
market information and information from our cedants to determine
a percentage of the exposure to be taken as the ultimate loss.
|
In addition to these methodologies, our actuaries may use other
approaches depending upon the characteristics of the line of
business and available data.
In general terms, the IELR method is most appropriate for lines
of business
and/or
accident years where the actual paid or reported loss experience
is not yet mature enough to override our initial expectations of
the ultimate loss ratios. Typical examples would be recent
accident years for lines of business in the casualty reinsurance
segment. The BF method is generally appropriate where there are
few reported claims and a relatively less stable pattern of
reported losses. Typical examples would be our treaty risk
excess line of business in our reinsurance segment and marine
hull line of business in our insurance segment. The Chain Ladder
method is appropriate when there is a relatively stable pattern
of loss emergence and a relatively large number of reported
claims. Typical examples are the U.K. commercial property and
U.K. commercial liability lines of business in the insurance
segment. There are
21
no differences between our year end and our quarterly reserving
procedures in the sense that our actuaries perform the basic
projections and analyses described above for each line of
business.
While our actuaries calculate the IELR, BF and Chain Ladder
methods for each line of business and each accident year, they
provide a range of ultimates within which managements best
estimate is most likely to fall. This range will usually reflect
a blend of the various methodologies. These methodologies do
involve significant subjective judgments reflecting many factors
such as changes in legislative conditions, changes in judicial
interpretation of legal liability policy coverages and
inflation. Our actuaries collaborate with underwriting, claims,
legal and finance in identifying factors which are incorporated
in their range of ultimates in which managements best
estimate is most likely to fall. The actuarial ranges are not
intended to include the minimum or maximum amount that the
claims may ultimately settle at, but are designed to provide
management with ranges from which it is reasonable to select a
single best estimate for inclusion in our financial statements.
Management through its Reserve Committee then reviews the range
of actuarial estimates and any other evidence before selecting
its best estimate of reserves for each line of business and
accident year. Management may select outside the range provided
by the actuaries but to date gross reserves are within the range
of actuarial estimates. This provides the basis for the
recommendation made by management to the Audit Committee and
Board of Directors regarding the reserve amount to be recorded
in the Companys financial statements. The Reserve
Committee is a management committee consisting of the Chief Risk
Officer (Chair of the Reserve Committee), the Group Chief
Actuary, the Chief Financial Officer and senior members of our
underwriting and claims staff.
Each line of business is reviewed in detail by management,
through its Reserve Committee, at least once a year; the timing
of such reviews varies throughout the year. Additionally, for
all lines of business, we review the emergence of actual losses
relative to expectations every fiscal quarter. If warranted from
these loss emergence tests, we may accelerate the timing of our
detailed actuarial reviews.
We take all reasonable steps to ensure that we utilize all
appropriate information and actuarial techniques in establishing
our IBNR reserves. However, given the uncertainty in
establishing claims liabilities, it is likely that the final
outcome will prove to be different from the original provision
established at the balance sheet date. Changes to our previous
estimates of prior period loss reserves impact the reported
calendar year underwriting results by worsening our reported
results if the prior year reserves prove to be deficient or
improving our reported results if the prior year reserves prove
to be redundant. A five percent change in our net loss reserves
equates to $177.0 million and represents 5.5% of
shareholders equity at December 31, 2010.
Reinsurance recoveries. In determining net
reserves, we estimate recoveries due under our proportional and
excess of loss reinsurance programs. For proportional
reinsurance we apply the appropriate cession percentages to
estimate how much of the gross reserves will be collectable. For
excess of loss recoveries, individual large losses are modeled
through our reinsurance program. An assessment is also made of
the collectability of reinsurance recoveries taking into account
market data on the financial strength of each of the reinsurance
companies.
22
The following tables show an analysis of consolidated loss and
loss expense reserve development net and gross of reinsurance
recoverables as at December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007,
2006, 2005, 2004, 2003 and 2002. No adjustment has been made for
foreign exchange movements.
Analysis
of Consolidated Loss and Loss Expense Reserve Development Net of
Reinsurance Recoverables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31,
|
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
Estimated liability for unpaid losses and loss expenses, net of
reinsurance recoverables
|
|
|
81.4
|
|
|
|
482.2
|
|
|
|
1,080.2
|
|
|
|
1,848.9
|
|
|
|
2,351.7
|
|
|
|
2,641.3
|
|
|
|
2,787.0
|
|
|
|
3,009.6
|
|
|
|
3,540.6
|
|
Liability re-estimate as of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
One year later
|
|
|
71.8
|
|
|
|
420.2
|
|
|
|
1,029.6
|
|
|
|
1,797.6
|
|
|
|
2,244.3
|
|
|
|
2,557.8
|
|
|
|
2,702.6
|
|
|
|
2,988.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Two years later
|
|
|
53.1
|
|
|
|
398.3
|
|
|
|
983.5
|
|
|
|
1,778.8
|
|
|
|
2,153.1
|
|
|
|
2,536.0
|
|
|
|
2,662.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three years later
|
|
|
52.4
|
|
|
|
381.2
|
|
|
|
952.1
|
|
|
|
1,726.4
|
|
|
|
2,114.8
|
|
|
|
2,480.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Four years later
|
|
|
49.5
|
|
|
|
369.5
|
|
|
|
928.4
|
|
|
|
1,687.2
|
|
|
|
2,066.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Five years later
|
|
|
47.3
|
|
|
|
365.0
|
|
|
|
910.5
|
|
|
|
1,641.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six years later
|
|
|
45.1
|
|
|
|
357.1
|
|
|
|
890.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Seven years later
|
|
|
44.2
|
|
|
|
342.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eight years later
|
|
|
40.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative redundancy
|
|
|
40.8
|
|
|
|
140.0
|
|
|
|
190.0
|
|
|
|
207.7
|
|
|
|
285.3
|
|
|
|
161.3
|
|
|
|
124.5
|
|
|
|
21.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative paid losses, net of reinsurance recoveries, as of:(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
One year later
|
|
|
9.0
|
|
|
|
88.0
|
|
|
|
399.7
|
|
|
|
332.4
|
|
|
|
585.1
|
|
|
|
534.2
|
|
|
|
677.0
|
|
|
|
550.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
Two years later
|
|
|
18.7
|
|
|
|
152.6
|
|
|
|
452.5
|
|
|
|
815.4
|
|
|
|
931.9
|
|
|
|
1,002.1
|
|
|
|
1,080.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three years later
|
|
|
19.6
|
|
|
|
156.3
|
|
|
|
555.1
|
|
|
|
1,083.3
|
|
|
|
1,240.0
|
|
|
|
1,227.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Four years later
|
|
|
25.4
|
|
|
|
203.3
|
|
|
|
597.7
|
|
|
|
1,310.0
|
|
|
|
1,379.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Five years later
|
|
|
27.7
|
|
|
|
210.4
|
|
|
|
652.4
|
|
|
|
1,397.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six years later
|
|
|
30.5
|
|
|
|
225.2
|
|
|
|
682.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Seven years later
|
|
|
31.3
|
|
|
|
233.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eight years later
|
|
|
31.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Analysis
of Consolidated Loss and Loss Expense Reserve Development Gross
of Reinsurance Recoverables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31,
|
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
Estimated liability for unpaid losses and loss expenses, gross
of reinsurance recoverables
|
|
|
93.9
|
|
|
|
525.8
|
|
|
|
1,277.9
|
|
|
|
3,041.6
|
|
|
|
2,820.0
|
|
|
|
2,946.0
|
|
|
|
3,070.3
|
|
|
|
3,331.1
|
|
|
|
3,820.5
|
|
Liability re-estimate as of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
One year later
|
|
|
88.4
|
|
|
|
455.4
|
|
|
|
1,260.0
|
|
|
|
3,048.3
|
|
|
|
2,739.9
|
|
|
|
2,883.3
|
|
|
|
3,041.9
|
|
|
|
3,338.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
Two years later
|
|
|
69.7
|
|
|
|
433.5
|
|
|
|
1,174.9
|
|
|
|
3,027.6
|
|
|
|
2,634.6
|
|
|
|
2,896.1
|
|
|
|
3,011.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three years later
|
|
|
69.0
|
|
|
|
403.7
|
|
|
|
1,157.4
|
|
|
|
2,957.4
|
|
|
|
2,625.9
|
|
|
|
2,853.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Four years later
|
|
|
61.8
|
|
|
|
398.5
|
|
|
|
1,134.1
|
|
|
|
2,943.6
|
|
|
|
2,589.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Five years later
|
|
|
65.2
|
|
|
|
393.5
|
|
|
|
1,118.4
|
|
|
|
2,909.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six years later
|
|
|
62.7
|
|
|
|
386.1
|
|
|
|
1,098.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Seven years later
|
|
|
62.2
|
|
|
|
371.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eight years later
|
|
|
58.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative redundancy (deficiency)
|
|
|
35.3
|
|
|
|
154.2
|
|
|
|
179.5
|
|
|
|
132.1
|
|
|
|
231.0
|
|
|
|
92.5
|
|
|
|
59.0
|
|
|
|
(7.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1)
|
|
The prior period cumulative paid
claims, net of reinsurance recoveries for the 2002 year, as of
seven years later, was previously reported as $77.8 million
and has been reduced by $46.5 million to
$31.3 million. The adjustment is due to the reallocation of
claims across 2003 and subsequent years. Cumulative paid claims
for each of the periods two years to six years later have also
been amended due to a similar reallocation.
|
23
All our reserves relate to reinsurance or insurance policies
incepting on or after January 1, 2002, except for the
following amounts assumed as a result of acquisitions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Reserves as at December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
Aspen U.K (formerly City Fire)
|
|
$
|
0.2
|
|
|
$
|
0.2
|
|
|
$
|
0.2
|
|
|
$
|
0.4
|
|
|
$
|
0.2
|
|
|
$
|
0.8
|
|
|
$
|
2.4
|
|
Aspen Specialty Runoff (Formerly Dakota Specialty)
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
1.9
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
|
|
|
2.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
0.4
|
|
|
$
|
0.4
|
|
|
$
|
2.1
|
|
|
$
|
1.0
|
|
|
$
|
0.7
|
|
|
$
|
2.4
|
|
|
$
|
5.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For additional information concerning our reserves, see
Part II, Item 7, Managements Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations and Part II, Item 8, Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data.
Investments
The Investment Committee of our Board of Directors establishes
investment guidelines and supervises our investment activity.
The Investment Committee regularly monitors our overall
investment results and reviews compliance with our investment
objectives and guidelines. These guidelines specify minimum
criteria on the overall credit quality and liquidity
characteristics of the portfolio. They include limitations on
the size of certain holdings as well as restrictions on
purchasing certain types of securities. Management and the
Investment Committee review our investment performance and
assess credit and market risk concentrations and exposures to
issuers.
We follow an investment strategy designed to emphasize the
preservation of invested assets and provide sufficient liquidity
for the prompt payment of claims. As of December 31, 2010,
our investments consisted of a diversified portfolio of
highly-rated, liquid, fixed income securities and money market
funds. In 2009, we invested $330.0 million into dedicated
credit portfolios which we have classified as trading securities
and which have an average credit rating of A.
For 2010, we engaged BlackRock Financial Management, Alliance
Capital Management L.P., Credit Agricole Asset Management
(Amundi), Deutsche Bank Asset Management, Pacific Investment
Management Company and Goldman Sachs Asset Management to provide
investment advisory and management services for our portfolio of
fixed income assets. We have agreed to pay investment management
fees based on the average market values of total assets held
under management at the end of each calendar quarter. These
agreements may be terminated generally by either party on short
notice without penalty.
The total return of our portfolio of fixed income investments,
cash and cash equivalents for the twelve months ended
December 31, 2010 was 4.8% (2009 6.1%). Total
return is calculated based on total net investment return,
including interest on cash equivalents and any change in
unrealized
gains/losses
on our investments, divided by the average market value of our
investments and cash balances during the twelve months ended
December 31, 2010.
Fixed Income Portfolio. We employ an active
investment strategy that focuses on the outlook for interest
rates, the yield curve and credit spreads. In addition, we
manage the duration of our fixed income portfolio having regard
to the average liability duration of our reinsurance and
insurance risks. In 2010, we did not make a strategic change in
the fixed income portfolio duration which was 3.3 years as
of December 31, 2010 (2009 3.3 years). As
of December 31, 2010, the fixed income portfolio book yield
was 3.7% compared to 4.2% as of December 31, 2009. We
continuously monitor interest rate market developments with a
view to managing portfolio duration accordingly. In this regard,
the fixed income portfolio duration was approximately
2.9 years when taking into account the $500.0 million
of interest rate swaps as at December 31, 2010.
We employ several third-party investment managers to manage our
fixed income assets. We agree separate investment guidelines
with each investment manager. These investment guidelines cover,
among
24
other things, counterparty limits, credit quality, and limits on
investments in any one sector. We expect our investment managers
to adhere to strict overall portfolio credit and duration limits
and a minimum
AA− portfolio credit rating for the portion of
the assets they manage.
The following presents the cost, gross unrealized gains and
losses, and estimated fair value of available for sale fixed
maturities as at December 31, 2010 and 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
Cost or
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Gains
|
|
|
Losses
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
U.S. Government Securities
|
|
$
|
701.5
|
|
|
$
|
25.5
|
|
|
$
|
(1.6
|
)
|
|
$
|
725.4
|
|
U.S. Agency Securities
|
|
|
278.7
|
|
|
|
23.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
302.3
|
|
Municipal Securities
|
|
|
31.1
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
|
|
30.7
|
|
Corporate Securities
|
|
|
2,208.4
|
|
|
|
121.0
|
|
|
|
(3.7
|
)
|
|
|
2,325.7
|
|
Foreign Government Securities
|
|
|
601.0
|
|
|
|
16.9
|
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)
|
|
|
616.9
|
|
Asset-backed Securities
|
|
|
54.0
|
|
|
|
4.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
58.8
|
|
Non-agency Commercial Mortgage-backed Securities
|
|
|
119.7
|
|
|
|
8.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
128.1
|
|
Agency Mortgaged-backed Securities
|
|
|
1,126.4
|
|
|
|
48.7
|
|
|
|
(2.6
|
)
|
|
|
1,172.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Fixed Maturities Available for Sale
|
|
$
|
5,120.8
|
|
|
$
|
249.3
|
|
|
$
|
(9.7
|
)
|
|
$
|
5,360.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Cost or
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Gains
|
|
|
Losses
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
U.S. Government Securities
|
|
$
|
492.1
|
|
|
$
|
17.4
|
|
|
$
|
(2.0
|
)
|
|
$
|
507.5
|
|
U.S. Agency Securities
|
|
|
368.6
|
|
|
|
20.7
|
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
|
|
389.1
|
|
Municipal Securities
|
|
|
20.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
|
19.5
|
|
Corporate Securities
|
|
|
2,178.1
|
|
|
|
90.3
|
|
|
|
(3.8
|
)
|
|
|
2,264.6
|
|
Foreign Government Securities
|
|
|
509.9
|
|
|
|
13.9
|
|
|
|
(1.5
|
)
|
|
|
522.3
|
|
Asset-backed Securities
|
|
|
110.0
|
|
|
|
5.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
115.1
|
|
Non-agency Residential Mortgage-backed Securities
|
|
|
34.2
|
|
|
|
8.6
|
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
|
42.2
|
|
Non-agency Commercial Mortgage-backed Securities
|
|
|
178.5
|
|
|
|
2.5
|
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)
|
|
|
180.0
|
|
Agency Mortgage-backed Securities
|
|
|
1,172.9
|
|
|
|
40.2
|
|
|
|
(3.5
|
)
|
|
|
1,209.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Fixed Maturities Available for Sale
|
|
$
|
5,064.3
|
|
|
$
|
198.7
|
|
|
$
|
(13.1
|
)
|
|
$
|
5,249.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Certain securities are denominated in currencies other than the
U.S. Dollar. Currency fluctuations are reflected in the
estimated fair value presented above.
25
The scheduled maturity distribution of available for sale fixed
maturity securities as of December 31, 2010 and
December 31, 2009 is set forth below. Actual maturities may
differ from contractual maturities because issuers of securities
may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without
call or prepayment penalties.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Cost or
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Ratings by
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Maturity
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
Due one year or less
|
|
$
|
337.7
|
|
|
$
|
343.8
|
|
|
AA
|
Due after one year through five years
|
|
|
2,236.3
|
|
|
|
2,330.9
|
|
|
AA+
|
Due after five years through ten years
|
|
|
1,146.6
|
|
|
|
1,222.2
|
|
|
AA−
|
Due after ten years
|
|
|
100.1
|
|
|
|
104.1
|
|
|
AA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal
|
|
|
3,820.7
|
|
|
|
4,001.0
|
|
|
|
Non-agency Commercial Mortgage-backed Securities
|
|
|
119.7
|
|
|
|
128.1
|
|
|
AA+
|
Agency Mortgage-backed Securities
|
|
|
1,126.4
|
|
|
|
1,172.5
|
|
|
AAA
|
Other Asset-backed Securities
|
|
|
54.0
|
|
|
|
58.8
|
|
|
AAA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Fixed Maturities Available for Sale
|
|
$
|
5,120.8
|
|
|
$
|
5,360.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Cost or
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Ratings by
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Maturity
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
Due one year or less
|
|
$
|
296.4
|
|
|
$
|
301.4
|
|
|
AA
|
Due after one year through five years
|
|
|
2,057.1
|
|
|
|
2,133.2
|
|
|
AA+
|
Due after five years through ten years
|
|
|
1,094.2
|
|
|
|
1,143.5
|
|
|
AA−
|
Due after ten years
|
|
|
121.0
|
|
|
|
124.9
|
|
|
AA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal
|
|
|
3,568.7
|
|
|
|
3,703.0
|
|
|
|
Non-agency Residential Mortgage-backed Securities
|
|
|
34.2
|
|
|
|
42.2
|
|
|
BBB−
|
Non-agency Commercial Mortgage-backed Securities
|
|
|
178.5
|
|
|
|
180.0
|
|
|
AAA
|
Agency Mortgage-backed Securities
|
|
|
1,172.9
|
|
|
|
1,209.6
|
|
|
AAA
|
Other Asset-backed Securities
|
|
|
110.0
|
|
|
|
115.1
|
|
|
AAA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Fixed Maturities Available for Sale
|
|
$
|
5,064.3
|
|
|
$
|
5,249.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26
The following table summarizes the pre-tax realized investment
gains and losses, and the change in unrealized gains and losses
on investments recorded in shareholders equity and in
comprehensive income.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
Pre-tax realized investment gains and losses included in income
statement:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Available for sale short-term investments and fixed maturities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross realized gains
|
|
$
|
45.3
|
|
|
$
|
24.6
|
|
|
$
|
12.1
|
|
Gross realized (losses)
|
|
|
(7.3
|
)
|
|
|
(10.9
|
)
|
|
|
(60.0
|
)
|
Trading portfolio short-term investments and fixed maturities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross realized gains
|
|
|
11.3
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross realized (losses)
|
|
|
(2.9
|
)
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Net change in gross unrealized gains
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
|
|
15.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impairments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
other-than-temporary
impairments
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
|
(23.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Equity accounted investments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross realized gains in Cartesian Iris
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total pre-tax realized and unrealized investment gains/(losses)
included in income statement
|
|
$
|
50.6
|
|
|
$
|
11.4
|
|
|
$
|
(47.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in available for sale unrealized gains and (losses):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed maturities
|
|
|
53.9
|
|
|
|
118.2
|
|
|
|
25.7
|
|
Short-term investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total change in pre-tax available for sale unrealized
gains/(losses)
|
|
$
|
53.9
|
|
|
$
|
118.2
|
|
|
$
|
25.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in taxes
|
|
|
2.9
|
|
|
|
(16.4
|
)
|
|
|
(5.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total change in unrealized gains/(losses), net of tax
|
|
$
|
56.8
|
|
|
$
|
101.8
|
|
|
$
|
19.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from sales and maturities of fixed investments during
the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 were
$2,712.0 million and $1,898.9 million, respectively.
Fixed Maturities Trading. The
following presents the cost, gross unrealized gains and losses,
and estimated fair value of trading investments in fixed
maturities as at December 31, 2010 and 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
Cost or
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Gains
|
|
|
Losses
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
U.S. Government Securities
|
|
$
|
48.9
|
|
|
$
|
0.1
|
|
|
$
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
$
|
48.3
|
|
U.S. Agency Securities
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
Municipal Securities
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.3
|
|
Corporate Securities
|
|
|
322.4
|
|
|
|
18.4
|
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)
|
|
|
339.8
|
|
Foreign Government Securities
|
|
|
8.9
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.4
|
|
Asset-backed Securities
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Fixed Maturities Trading
|
|
$
|
388.8
|
|
|
$
|
19.1
|
|
|
$
|
(1.7
|
)
|
|
$
|
406.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Cost or
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Fair Market
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Gains
|
|
|
Losses
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Government Securities
|
|
$
|
7.3
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.8
|
)
|
|
$
|
6.5
|
|
U.S. Agency Securities
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
Municipal Securities
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
Corporate Securities
|
|
|
313.2
|
|
|
|
16.6
|
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)
|
|
|
329.4
|
|
Foreign Government Securities
|
|
|
4.8
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
Asset-backed Securities
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Fixed Maturities Trading
|
|
$
|
332.5
|
|
|
$
|
16.8
|
|
|
$
|
(1.2
|
)
|
|
$
|
348.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We have elected to apply the provisions of Accounting Standards
Codification (ASC) 820 Fair Value
Measurement and Disclosures to these financial
instruments as this most closely reflects the facts and
circumstances of the investments held.
Gross unrealized loss. The following tables
summarize as at December 31, 2010 and December 31,
2009, by type of security, the aggregate fair value and gross
unrealized loss by length of time the security has been in an
unrealized loss position for our available for sale fixed
maturities portfolio.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
0-12 months
|
|
|
Over 12 months
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Government Securities
|
|
$
|
112.9
|
|
|
$
|
(1.6
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
112.9
|
|
|
$
|
(1.6
|
)
|
U.S. Agency Securities
|
|
|
5.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
Municipal Securities
|
|
|
16.0
|
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16.0
|
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
Foreign Government Securities
|
|
|
110.0
|
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
115.0
|
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)
|
Corporate Securities
|
|
|
212.5
|
|
|
|
(3.7
|
)
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
214.7
|
|
|
|
(3.7
|
)
|
Asset-backed Securities
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Agency Mortgage-backed Securities
|
|
|
182.6
|
|
|
|
(2.6
|
)
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
182.9
|
|
|
|
(2.6
|
)
|
Non-agency Commercial Mortgage-backed Securities
|
|
|
2.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Fixed Income
|
|
|
642.6
|
|
|
|
(9.7
|
)
|
|
|
7.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
650.1
|
|
|
|
(9.7
|
)
|
Short-term Investments
|
|
|
45.8
|
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45.8
|
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
688.4
|
|
|
$
|
(9.8
|
)
|
|
$
|
7.5
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
695.9
|
|
|
$
|
(9.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
0-12 months
|
|
|
Over 12 months
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
U.S. Government Securities
|
|
$
|
121.2
|
|
|
$
|
(2.0
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
121.2
|
|
|
$
|
(2.0
|
)
|
U.S. Agency Securities
|
|
|
9.9
|
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.9
|
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
Municipal Securities
|
|
|
15.1
|
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15.1
|
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
Foreign Government Securities
|
|
|
113.2
|
|
|
|
(1.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
113.2
|
|
|
|
(1.5
|
)
|
Corporate Securities
|
|
|
319.5
|
|
|
|
(3.6
|
)
|
|
|
20.0
|
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
|
|
339.5
|
|
|
|
(3.8
|
)
|
Asset-backed Securities
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
Agency Mortgage-backed Securities
|
|
|
307.5
|
|
|
|
(3.5
|
)
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
308.7
|
|
|
|
(3.5
|
)
|
Non-agency Residential Mortgage- backed Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.5
|
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
|
6.5
|
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
Non-agency Commercial Mortgage-backed Securities
|
|
|
14.6
|
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
43.8
|
|
|
|
(0.9
|
)
|
|
|
58.4
|
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
901.5
|
|
|
$
|
(11.4
|
)
|
|
$
|
71.5
|
|
|
$
|
(1.7
|
)
|
|
$
|
973.0
|
|
|
$
|
(13.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2010, we held 221 fixed maturities
(December 31, 2009 277 fixed maturities) in an
unrealized loss position with a fair value of
$650.1 million (2009 $973.0 million) and
gross unrealized losses of $9.7 million (2009
$13.1 million). We believe that the gross unrealized losses
are attributable mainly to a combination of widening credit
spreads and interest rate movements. We have assessed these
securities which are in an unrealized loss position and believe
the decline in value to be temporary.
Other-than-temporary
Impairment of Investments. The difference between
the cost and the estimated fair market value of available for
sale investments is monitored to determine whether any
investment has experienced a decline in value that is believed
to be
other-than-temporary.
Impairment occurs when there is no objective evidence to support
recovery in value before disposal and we intend to sell the
security or more likely than not will be required to sell the
securtiy before recovery of its adjusted amortized cost basis or
it is deemed probable that we will be unable to collect all
amounts due according to the contractual terms of the individual
security.
These impairments will be included within realized losses and
the cost basis of the investment reduced accordingly.
We review all of our fixed maturities on an individual security
basis for potential impairment each quarter based on criteria
including issuer-specific circumstances, credit ratings actions
and general macro-economic conditions. The total
other-than-temporary
impairment for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010,
was $0.3 million (2009 $23.2 million).
U.S. Government and Agency
Securities. U.S. government and agency
securities are composed of bonds issued by the
U.S. Treasury, Government National Mortgage Association
(GNMA) and government-sponsored enterprises such as
Federal National Mortgage Association, Federal Home Loan
Mortgage Corporation, Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Farm
Credit Bank.
Corporate Securities. Corporate securities are
composed of short-term, medium-term and long-term debt issued by
corporations and supra-national securities.
Foreign Government. Foreign government
securities are composed of bonds issued and guaranteed by
foreign governments such as the U.K., Canada and France.
Municipals. Municipal securities are composed
of bonds issued by U.S. municipalities.
29
Asset-Backed Securities. Asset-backed
securities are securities backed by notes or receivables against
assets other than real estate.
Mortgage-Backed Securities. Mortgage-backed
securities are securities that represent ownership in a pool of
mortgages. Both principal and income are backed by the group of
mortgages in the pool.
Short-Term Investments. Short-term investments
primarily consist of highly liquid debt securities with a
maturity greater than three months but less than one year from
the date of purchase and are held as part of the investment
portfolio of the Company. Short-term investments are classified
as either trading or available for sale according to the facts
and circumstances of the investment held, and carried at
estimated fair value.
Fair Value Measurements. Our estimates of fair
value for financial assets and liabilities are based on the
framework established in the fair value accounting guidance
included in ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and
Disclosures. The framework prioritizes the inputs, which
refer broadly to assumptions market participants would use in
pricing an asset or liability, into three levels, which are
described in more detail below.
We consider prices for actively traded Treasury securities to be
derived based on quoted prices in an active market for identical
assets, which are Level 1 inputs in the fair value
hierarchy. We consider prices for other securities priced via
vendors, indices and broker-dealers, or with reference to
interest rates and yield curves, to be derived based on inputs
that are observable for the asset, either directly or
indirectly, which are Level 2 inputs in the fair value
hierarchy. We consider securities, other financial instruments
and derivative insurance contracts subject to fair value
measurement whose valuation is derived by internal valuation
models to be based largely on unobservable inputs, which are
Level 3 inputs in the fair value hierarchy.
Our fixed income securities are traded on the
over-the-counter
market, based on prices provided by one or more market makers in
each security. Securities such as U.S. Government,
U.S. Agency, Foreign Government and investment grade
corporate bonds have multiple market makers in addition to
readily observable market value indicators such as expected
credit spread, except for Treasury securities, over the yield
curve. We use a variety of pricing sources to value our fixed
income securities including those securities that have pay
down/prepay features such as mortgage-backed securities and
asset-backed securities in order to ensure fair and accurate
pricing. The fair value estimates for the investment grade
securities in our portfolio do not use significant unobservable
inputs or modelling techniques.
The following tables present the level within the fair value
hierarchy at which our financial assets are measured on a
recurring basis at December 31, 2010 and December 31,
2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
Fixed income maturities, available for sale at fair value
|
|
$
|
1,232.9
|
|
|
$
|
4,120.7
|
|
|
$
|
6.8
|
|
|
$
|
5,360.4
|
|
Short-term investments, available for sale at fair value
|
|
|
246.8
|
|
|
|
39.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
286.0
|
|
Fixed income maturities, trading at fair value
|
|
|
52.4
|
|
|
|
353.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
406.2
|
|
Short-term investments, trading at fair value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
Derivatives at fair value (interest-rate swaps)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,532.1
|
|
|
$
|
4,524.2
|
|
|
$
|
6.8
|
|
|
$
|
6,063.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
Fixed income maturities, available for sale at fair value
|
|
$
|
1,029.8
|
|
|
$
|
4,205.2
|
|
|
$
|
14.9
|
|
|
$
|
5,249.9
|
|
Short-term investments, available for sale at fair value
|
|
|
293.1
|
|
|
|
75.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
368.2
|
|
Fixed income maturities, trading at fair value
|
|
|
11.6
|
|
|
|
336.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
348.1
|
|
Short-term investments, trading at fair value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.5
|
|
Derivatives at fair value (credit insurance contract)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.7
|
|
|
|
6.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,334.5
|
|
|
$
|
4,620.3
|
|
|
$
|
21.6
|
|
|
$
|
5,976.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed income maturities classified as Level 3 include
holdings where there are significant unobservable inputs in
determining the assets fair value. As at December 31,
2010, these were purely securities of Lehman Brothers Holdings,
Inc. (Lehman Brothers). Although the market value of
Lehman Brothers bonds was based on broker-dealer quoted prices,
management believes that the valuation is based, in part, on
market expectations of future recoveries out of bankruptcy
proceedings, which involve significant unobservable inputs to
the valuation. Derivatives at fair value at December 31,
2009, consisted of the credit insurance contract as described in
Note 9 of our consolidated financial statements.
The following table presents a reconciliation of the beginning
and ending balances for all assets measured at fair value on a
recurring basis using Level 3 inputs for the twelve months
ended December 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
Fixed Maturity
|
|
|
Derivatives at
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investments
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
Level 3 assets as of January 1, 2010
|
|
$
|
14.9
|
|
|
$
|
6.7
|
|
|
$
|
21.6
|
|
Total unrealized gains or (losses):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Included in earnings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6.7
|
)
|
|
|
(6.7
|
)
|
Included in comprehensive income
|
|
|
(1.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1.1
|
)
|
Settlements
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
(10.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 3 assets as of December 31, 2010
|
|
$
|
6.8
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
6.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Fixed Maturity
|
|
|
Derivatives at
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investments
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
Level 3 assets as of January 1, 2009
|
|
$
|
2.8
|
|
|
$
|
11.8
|
|
|
$
|
14.6
|
|
Securities transferred in/(out) of Level 3
|
|
|
14.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14.0
|
|
Total unrealized gains or (losses):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Included in earnings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7.4
|
)
|
|
|
(7.4
|
)
|
Included in comprehensive income
|
|
|
3.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.8
|
|
Settlements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2.7
|
)
|
|
|
(2.7
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
(5.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 3 assets as of December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
14.9
|
|
|
$
|
6.7
|
|
|
$
|
21.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31
The following table presents our liabilities within the fair
value hierarchy at which our financial liabilities are measured
on a recurring basis at December 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
Liabilities under derivative contracts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit insurance contract
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
Liabilities under derivative contracts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit insurance contract
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
9.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table presents a reconciliation of the beginning
and ending balances for the liabilities under derivative
contracts measured at fair value on a recurring basis using
Level 3 inputs during the twelve months ended
December 31, 2010 and 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
Beginning Balance
|
|
$
|
9.2
|
|
|
$
|
11.1
|
|
Fair value changes included in earnings
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
Settlements
|
|
|
(9.5
|
)
|
|
|
(6.2
|
)
|
Purchases/Premiums
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending Balance
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
9.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Investments. Other investments as at
December 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Carrying Value
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Carrying Value
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
Cartesian Iris 2009A L.P.
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
25.0
|
|
|
$
|
27.3
|
|
Cartesian Iris Offshore Fund L.P.
|
|
|
27.8
|
|
|
|
30.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other investments
|
|
$
|
27.8
|
|
|
$
|
30.0
|
|
|
$
|
25.0
|
|
|
$
|
27.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On May 19, 2009, Aspen Holdings invested $25.0 million
in Cartesian Iris 2009A L.P. through our wholly-owned
subsidiary, Acorn Limited. Cartesian Iris 2009A L.P. is a
Delaware Limited Partnership formed to provide capital to Iris
Re, a Class 3 Bermudian reinsurer focusing on
insurance-linked securities. On June 1, 2010, the
investment in Cartesian Iris 2009A L.P. matured and was
reinvested in the Cartesian Iris Offshore Fund L.P. The
Companys involvement with Cartesian Iris Offshore
Fund L.P. is limited to its investment in the fund, and it
is not committed to making further investments in Cartesian Iris
Offshore Fund L.P.; accordingly, the carrying value of the
investment represents the Companys maximum exposure to a
loss as a result of its involvement with the partnership at each
balance sheet date.
In addition to returns on our investment, we provide services on
risk selection, pricing and portfolio design in return for a
percentage of profits from Iris Re. In the twelve months ended
December 30, 2010, fees of $0.3 million
(2009 $0.1 million), were payable to us.
We have determined that each of Cartesian Iris 2009A L.P. and
Cartesian Iris Offshore Fund L.P. has the characteristics
of a variable interest entity that are addressed by the guidance
in ASC 810, Consolidation. Neither Cartesian Iris 2009A
L.P. nor Cartesian Iris Offshore Fund L.P. is consolidated
by
32
us. We have no decision-making power, those powers having been
reserved for the general partner. The arrangement with Cartesian
Iris Offshore Fund L.P. is simply that of an investee to
which we provide additional services.
We have accounted for our investments in Cartesian Iris 2009A
L.P. and Cartesian Offshore Fund L.P. in accordance with
the equity method of accounting. Adjustments to the carrying
value of this investment are made based on our share of capital
including our share of income and expenses, which is provided in
the quarterly management accounts of the partnership. The
adjusted carrying value approximates fair value. In the twelve
months ended December 31, 2010, our share of gains and
losses increased the value of our investment by
$2.7 million (2009 $2.3 million).The
increase in value has been recognized in realized and unrealized
gains and losses in the condensed consolidated statement of
operations. For more information, please see Notes 6 and 18
(c) of our consolidated financial statements.
For additional information concerning the Companys
investments, see Part II, Item 7,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and Part II,
Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary
Data.
Interest rate swaps. During 2010, we entered
into interest rate swaps with a total notional amount of
$500.0 million, due to mature between August 2, 2012
and November 9, 2020. The swaps are part of our ordinary
course investment activities to partially mitigate the negative
impact of rises in interest rates on the market value of our
fixed income portfolio. As at December 31, 2010, there was
a credit in respect of the interest rate swaps of
$6.8 million (2009 $Nil).
Non-cash collateral with a fair value of $7.7 million as at
December 31, 2010 (2009 $Nil) was transferred
by our counterparty. In accordance with FASB ASC 860 Topic
Transfers and Servicing, no amount has been recorded in our
balance sheet for the pledged assets. None of the collateral has
been sold or re-pledged.
Competition
The insurance and reinsurance industries are highly competitive.
We compete with major U.S., U.K., European and Bermudian
insurers and reinsurers and underwriting syndicates from
Lloyds, some of which have greater financial, marketing
and management resources than us, as well as participants in the
capital markets such as Nephila, DE Shaw and Aeolus. We compete
with insurers that provide property and casualty-based lines of
insurance and reinsurance, some of which may be more specific to
a particular product or geographical area.
In our reinsurance segment, we compete principally with ACE
Limited (ACE), Allied World, Arch Capital Group
Ltd., Axis Capital Holdings Limited (Axis),
Berkshire Hathaway Inc., Endurance Specialty Holdings Ltd.
(Endurance), Everest Re Group Limited, Folksamerica
Reinsurance Company, General Re Corporation, the Hannover Re
Group (Hannover Re), Lloyds, Montpelier Re
Holdings Limited, Alterra Capital Group, Munich Reinsurance
Company, PartnerRe Ltd., Platinum Underwriters Holdings Ltd.,
QBE Insurance Group, Renaissance Re Holdings Ltd., SCOR Group,
Swiss Reinsurance Company, Transatlantic Holdings, Inc., XL
Capital Ltd. (XL) and Converium. In addition, one of
the effects of Hurricane Katrina has been the formation of new
Bermudian reinsurers, the class of 2005, a number of
whom (Validus, Ariel, Flagstone and Lancashire) have become
competitors of ours.
In our insurance segment, we compete with ACE, Admiral Insurance
Company, Affiliated FM Insurance Company, Allianz SE, Allied
World, Amlin Plc, Aviva, Axis, AXA, Beazley Group Plc, Brit,
Catlin Group Ltd., Chartis, Chubb, CNA Financial Corporation,
The Colony Group, Crum & Forster Holdings Corp.,
Endurance, Gerling General Insurance Company, Global Aerospace
Underwriting Managers Limited, Hannover Re, Hiscox Ltd, Houston
Casualty Company, Ironshore, Lexington Insurance Company,
Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, QBE Insurance Group, Mitsui
Sumitomo Insurance Company Limited, Markel International
Insurance Company Limited (Markel),
Navigators, Pacific, Travelers Insurance,
Royal & Sun Alliance Insurance Group plc., RLI Corp.,
RSUI Group Inc.,
33
Tokio Marine Europe Insurance Limited, Towergate Underwriting
Group Limited, Scottsdale Insurance Company, White Mountains
Insurance Group, Zurich Re, XL and various Lloyds
syndicates.
Competition in the types of business that we underwrite is based
on many factors, including:
|
|
|
|
|
the experience of the management in the line of insurance or
reinsurance to be written;
|
|
|
|
financial ratings assigned by independent rating agencies and
actual and perceived financial strength;
|
|
|
|
responsiveness to clients, including speed of claims payment;
|
|
|
|
services provided, products offered and scope of business (both
by size and geographic location);
|
|
|
|
relationships with brokers;
|
|
|
|
premiums charged and other terms and conditions offered; and
|
|
|
|
reputation.
|
Increased competition could result in fewer submissions, lower
rates charged, slower premium growth and less favorable policy
terms, which could adversely impact our growth and profitability.
Ratings
Ratings by independent agencies are an important factor in
establishing the competitive position of insurance and
reinsurance companies and are important to our ability to market
and sell our products. Rating organizations continually review
the financial positions of insurers, including us. As of
February 15, 2011, our Insurance Subsidiaries are rated as
follows:
|
|
|
Aspen U.K.
|
|
|
S&P
|
|
A (Strong) (seventh highest of twenty-two levels)
|
A.M. Best
|
|
A (Excellent) (third highest of fifteen levels)
|
Moodys
|
|
A2 (Good) (eighth highest of twenty-three levels)
|
Aspen Bermuda
|
|
|
S&P
|
|
A (Strong) (seventh highest of twenty-two levels)
|
A.M. Best
|
|
A (Excellent) (third highest of fifteen levels)
|
Moodys
|
|
A2 (Good) (eighth highest of twenty-three levels)
|
Aspen Specialty
|
|
|
A.M. Best
|
|
A (Excellent) (third highest of fifteen levels)
|
AAIC
|
|
|
A.M. Best
|
|
A (Excellent) (third highest of fifteen levels)
|
These ratings reflect A.M. Bests, S&Ps and
Moodys respective opinions of Aspen U.K.s, Aspen
Specialtys, Aspen Bermudas and AAICs ability
to pay claims and are not evaluations directed to investors in
our ordinary shares and other securities and are not
recommendations to buy, sell or hold our ordinary shares and
other securities. A.M. Best maintains a letter scale rating
system ranging from A++ (Superior) to F
(in liquidation). S&P maintains a letter scale rating
system ranging from AAA (Extremely Strong) to
R (under regulatory supervision). Moodys
maintains a letter scale rating system ranging from
Aaa (Exceptional) to C (Lowest). Aspen
Specialtys and AAICs ratings reflect the Aspen group
rating issued by A.M. Best. These ratings are subject to
periodic review by, and may be revised downward or revoked at
the sole discretion of, A.M. Best, S&P and
Moodys.
34
Employees
As of December 31, 2010, we employed 678 persons
through the Company and our wholly-owned subsidiaries, Aspen
Bermuda, Aspen U.K. Services and Aspen U.S. Services, none
of whom was represented by a labor union.
As at December 31, 2010 and 2009, our employees were
located in the following countries:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at
|
|
|
As at
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
Country
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
United Kingdom
|
|
|
377
|
|
|
|
357
|
|
United States
|
|
|
199
|
|
|
|
171
|
|
Bermuda
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
France
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Switzerland
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
Singapore
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Ireland
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Germany
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
678
|
|
|
|
614
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35
Regulatory
Matters
General
The business of insurance and reinsurance is regulated in most
countries, although the degree and type of regulation varies
significantly from one jurisdiction to another.
The discussion below summarizes the material laws and
regulations applicable to our Insurance Subsidiaries. In
addition, our Insurance Subsidiaries have met and exceeded the
solvency margins and ratios applicable to them.
Bermuda
Regulation
General. As a holding company, Aspen Holdings
is not subject to Bermuda insurance regulations. However, the
Insurance Act 1978 of Bermuda and related regulations (the
Insurance Act), as amended, regulate the insurance
business of Aspen Bermuda, and provides that no person may carry
on any insurance business in or from within Bermuda unless
registered as an insurer by the Bermuda Monetary Authority (the
BMA) under the Insurance Act. Of the six
classifications of insurers carrying on general business, Aspen
Bermuda is registered as a Class 4 Insurer which is the
highest classification.
The Insurance Act requires Aspen Bermuda to appoint and maintain
a principal representative resident in Bermuda and to maintain a
principal office in Bermuda. The principal representative must
be knowledgeable in insurance and is responsible for arranging
the maintenance and custody of the statutory accounting records
and for filing the Annual Statutory Financial Return and Capital
and Solvency Return.
The Insurance Act imposes solvency, capital adequacy and
liquidity standards and auditing and reporting requirements, and
grants the BMA powers to supervise, investigate, require
information and the production of documents, and intervene in
the affairs of insurance companies. Significant requirements
include the appointment of an independent auditor, the
appointment of a loss reserve specialist, and the filing of the
required annual returns with the BMA.
Supervision. The BMA may appoint an inspector
with extensive powers to investigate the affairs of Aspen
Bermuda if it believes that such an investigation is in the best
interests of its policyholders or persons who may become
policyholders. In order to verify or supplement information
otherwise provided to the BMA, the BMA may direct Aspen Bermuda
to produce documents or information relating to matters
connected with its business. If it appears to the BMA that there
is a risk of Aspen Bermuda becoming insolvent, or being in
breach of the Insurance Act, or any conditions imposed upon its
registration under the Insurance Act, the BMA may, among other
things, direct Aspen Bermuda: (i) not to take on any new
insurance business; (ii) not to vary any insurance contract
if the effect would be to increase its liabilities;
(iii) not to make certain investments; (iv) to realize
certain investments; (v) to maintain in or transfer to the
custody of a specified bank certain assets; (vi) not to
declare or pay any dividends or other distributions, or to
restrict the making of such payments;
and/or
(vii) to limit its premium income.
Restrictions on Dividends. Aspen Bermuda and
Aspen Holdings must also comply with the provisions of the
Bermuda Companies Act 1981 (the Companies Act), as
amended, regulating the payment of dividends and distributions.
A Bermuda company may not declare or pay a dividend or make a
distribution out of contributed surplus if there are reasonable
grounds for believing that: (a) the company is, or would
after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they
become due; or (b) the realizable value of the
companys assets would thereby be less than the aggregate
of its liabilities and its issued share capital and share
premium accounts. Further, an insurer may not declare or pay any
dividends during any financial year if it would cause the
insurer to fail to meet its relevant margins, and an insurer
which fails to meet its relevant margins on the last day of any
financial year may not, without the approval of the BMA, declare
or pay any dividends during the next financial year. In
addition, as a Class 4 Insurer, Aspen Bermuda may not in
any financial year pay dividends which would exceed
36
25 percent of its total statutory capital and surplus, as
shown on its statutory balance sheet in relation to the previous
financial year, unless it files a solvency affidavit at least
seven days in advance.
Enhanced Capital Requirements and Minimum
Solvency. With effect from December 31,
2008, the BMA introduced a risk-based capital adequacy model
called the Bermuda Solvency Capital Requirement
(BSCR) for Class 4 insurers like Aspen Bermuda
to assist the BMA both in measuring risk and in determining
appropriate levels of capitalization. BSCR employs a standard
mathematical model that correlates the risk underwritten by
Bermuda insurers to the capital that is dedicated to their
business. The framework that has been developed and is set out
in the Insurance (Prudential Standards) (Class 4 Solvency
Requirement) Order 2008, published on December 31, 2008 and
amended on December 31, 2010 by the Insurance (Prudential
Standards) (Class 4 and Class 3B Solvency Requirement)
Amendment Order 2010, applies a standard measurement format to
the risk associated with an insurers assets, liabilities
and premiums, including a formula to take account of the
catastrophe risk exposure.
In order to minimize the risk of a shortfall in capital arising
from an unexpected adverse deviation and in moving towards the
implementation of a risk-based capital approach, the BMA
proposes that insurers operate at or above a threshold captive
level (termed the Target Capital Level (TCL)), which
exceeds the BSCR (Enhanced Capital Requirement
(ECR)) or approved internal model minimum amounts.
The new capital requirements require insurers to hold available
statutory capital and surplus equal to or exceeding ECR and set
the TCL at 120% of ECR. Aspen Bermuda holds capital in excess of
its TCL.
In addition to the new risk-based solvency capital regime
described above is the minimum solvency margin test set out in
the Insurance Returns and Solvency Amendment Regulations 1980
(as amended). While it must calculate its ECR annually by
reference to either the BSCR or an approved internal model, a
Class 4 Insurer is also required to meet a margin of
solvency as well as minimum amounts of
paid-up
capital for registration (termed the Regulatory Capital
Requirement) (RCR)). Under the RCR, the value of the
general business assets of a Class 4 insurer must exceed
the amount of its general business liabilities by an amount
greater than the prescribed minimum solvency margin, being equal
to the greater of:
(a) $100,000,000;
(b) 50% of net premiums written (being gross premiums
written less any premiums ceded by the insurer, but the insurer
may not deduct more than 25% of gross premiums when computing
net premiums written); or
(c) 15% of net losses and loss expense reserves.
Minimum Liquidity Ratio. The Insurance Act
provides a minimum liquidity ratio for general business
insurers, like Aspen Bermuda. An insurer engaged in general
business is required to maintain the value of its relevant
assets at not less than 75% of the amount of its relevant
liabilities. Relevant assets include, but are not limited to,
cash and time deposits, quoted investments, unquoted bonds and
debentures, first liens on real estate, investment income due
and accrued, accounts and premiums receivable, reinsurance
balances receivable and funds held by ceding reinsurers. There
are certain categories of assets which, unless specifically
permitted by the BMA, do not automatically qualify as relevant
assets, such as unquoted equity securities, investments in and
advances to affiliates and real estate and collateral loans. The
relevant liabilities are total general business insurance
reserves and total other liabilities less deferred income tax
and sundry liabilities (by interpretation, those not
specifically defined), letters of credit and guarantees.
Controller Notification. Under the Insurance
Act, each shareholder or prospective shareholder will be
responsible for notifying the BMA in writing of his becoming a
controller, directly or indirectly, of 10%, 20%, 33% or 50% of
Aspen Holdings and ultimately Aspen Bermuda within 45 days
of becoming such a controller. The BMA may serve a notice of
objection on any controller of Aspen Bermuda if it appears to
the BMA that the person is no longer fit and proper to be such a
controller. Aspen Bermuda is also required to notify the BMA in
writing in the event of any person ceasing to be a controller, a
controller being a managing director, chief executive or other
person in accordance with whose directions
37
or instructions the directors of Aspen Bermuda are accustomed to
act, including any person who holds, or is entitled to exercise,
10% or more of the voting shares or voting power or is able to
exercise a significant influence over the management of Aspen
Bermuda.
The Bermuda Insurance Code of Conduct. The BMA
has implemented a new insurance code, the Insurance Code of
Conduct (the Bermuda Insurance Code), which came
into effect on July 1, 2010. The BMA established
July 1, 2011 as the date of compliance for commercial
insurers, like Aspen Bermuda.
The Code is divided into six categories, including:
(1) Proportionality Principle;
(2) Corporate Governance;
(3) Risk Management;
(4) Governance Mechanism;
(5) Outsourcing; and
(6) Market Discipline and Disclosure.
These categories contain the duties, requirements and compliance
standards to be adhered to by all insurers. It stipulates that
in order to achieve compliance with the Bermuda Insurance Code,
insurers are to develop and apply policies and procedures
capable of assessment by the BMA.
Group Supervision. Emerging international
norms in the regulation of global insurance and reinsurance
groups are trending increasingly towards the imposition of
group-wide supervisory regimes by one principal home
regulator over all the legal entities in the group, no matter
where incorporated. The Insurance Amendment Act 2010 (2010
Amendment Act) which became operative on March 25,
2010, introduced such a regime into Bermuda insurance regulation.
The 2010 Amendment Act introduced into the Insurance Act a new
part concerning group supervision. As a result of the new part,
the BMA will publish a statement of principles regarding the
exercise of its discretion to determine whether it should be a
group supervisor. The new part includes new provisions regarding
group supervision, the authority to exclude specified entities
from group supervision, the power of the BMA to withdraw as
group supervisor, the functions of the BMA as group supervisor
and the power of the BMA to make rules regarding group
supervision.
The BMA also intends to publish an insurance code of conduct in
relation to group supervision. There is presently no indication
as to when group supervision may be implemented and what
companies may be included.
U.K.
and E.U. Regulation
General. The Financial Services Authority (the
FSA) is the single statutory regulator responsible
for regulating the financial services industry in respect of the
carrying on of regulated activities (including
insurance, investment management, deposit taking and most other
financial services carried on by way of business in the U.K.).
Aspen U.K. has received authorization from the FSA to effect and
carry out in the United Kingdom contracts of insurance (which
includes reinsurance) in all classes of general (non-life)
business. An insurance company with FSA authorization to write
insurance business in the United Kingdom may provide
cross-border services in other member states of the European
Economic Area (EEA) subject to notifying the FSA
prior to commencement of the provision of services and to the
FSA not having good reason to refuse consent. As an alternative,
such an insurance company may establish a branch office within
another member state. The FSA remains responsible for the
supervision of Aspen U.K.s European branches. On
November 26, 2010, Aspen U.K. exempted ARML from FSA
authorization, by making it an Appointed Representative. As a
consequence, Aspen U.K. accepts full
38
responsibility, including any liabilities that might arise, for
the regulated activities that ARML performs on its behalf.
The FSA has extensive powers to intervene in the affairs of an
authorized person, culminating in the ultimate sanction of the
removal of authorization to carry on a regulated activity. The
FSA has power, among other things, to enforce and take
disciplinary measures in respect of breaches of its rules by
authorized firms and approved persons.
Supervision. The FSA carried out a risk
assessment visit to Aspen U.K. in 2008 and no material items
arose out of the visit. The next risk assessment visit is
scheduled to take place in 2011.
Restrictions on Dividend Payments. The company
law of England and Wales prohibits Aspen U.K. from declaring a
dividend to its shareholders unless it has profits
available for distribution. The determination of whether a
company has profits available for distribution is based on its
accumulated realized profits less its accumulated realized
losses. While the U.K. insurance regulatory laws impose no
statutory restrictions on a general insurers ability to
declare a dividend, the FSAs rules require maintenance of
each insurance companys solvency margin within its
jurisdiction.
Solvency Requirements. Aspen U.K. is required
to maintain a margin of solvency at all times, the calculation
of which depends on the type and amount of insurance business
written. The method of calculation of the solvency margin (or
capital resources requirement) is set out in the
FSAs Prudential Sourcebook for Insurers, and for these
purposes, all assets and liabilities are subject to specific
valuation rules.
In addition to its required minimum solvency margin each
insurance company is required to calculate an ECR, which is a
measure of the capital resources a firm may need to hold, based
on risk-sensitive calculations applied to a companys
business profile which includes capital charges based on assets,
claims and premiums. An insurer is also required to maintain
financial resources which are adequate, both as to amount and
quality, to ensure that there is no significant risk that its
liabilities cannot be met as they fall due. This process is
called the Individual Capital Assessment (ICA). As
part of the ICA, the insurer is required to take comprehensive
risk factors into account, including market, credit,
operational, liquidity and group risks, and to carry out stress
and scenario tests to identify an appropriate range of realistic
adverse scenarios in which the risk crystallizes and to estimate
the financial resources needed in each of the circumstances and
events identified. The FSA gives individual capital guidance
regularly to insurers and reinsurers following receipt of
ICAs. If the FSA considers that there are insufficient
capital resources it can give guidance advising the insurer of
the amount and quality of capital resources it considers
necessary for that insurer. Additionally, Aspen U.K. is required
to meet local capital requirements for its branches in Canada,
Singapore, Australia and its insurance branch in Switzerland.
Aspen U.K. holds capital in excess of all of its regulatory
capital requirements.
An insurer that is part of a group is also required to perform
and submit to the FSA a solvency margin calculation return in
respect of its ultimate parent undertaking, in accordance with
the FSAs rules. This return is not part of an
insurers own solvency return and is not be publicly
available. Although there is no requirement for the parent
undertaking solvency calculation to show a positive result where
the ultimate parent undertaking is outside the EEA, the FSA may
take action where it considers that the solvency of the
insurance company is or may be jeopardized due to the group
solvency position. Further, an insurer is required to report in
its annual returns to the FSA all material related party
transactions (e.g., intra-group reinsurance, whose value is more
than 5% of the insurers general insurance business amount).
Change of Control. The FSA regulates the
acquisition of control of any U.K. insurance company
and Lloyds managing agent which are authorized under
Financial Services and Markets Act (FSMA). Any
company or individual that (together with its or his associates)
directly or indirectly acquires 10% or more of the shares in a
U.K. authorized insurance company or Lloyds managing
agent, or their parent company, or is entitled to exercise or
control the exercise of 10% or more of the voting power in such
authorized insurance company or Lloyds managing agent or
their parent company, would be considered
39
to have acquired control for the purposes of the
relevant legislation, as would a person who had significant
influence over the management of such authorized insurance
company or their parent company by virtue of his shareholding or
voting power in either. A purchaser of 10% or more of the
ordinary shares would therefore be considered to have acquired
control of Aspen U.K. or AMAL. Under FSMA, any
person proposing to acquire control over a U.K.
authorized insurance company must give prior notification to the
FSA of his intention to do so. The FSA would then have sixty
working days to consider that persons application to
acquire control. Failure to make the relevant prior
application could result in action being taken against Aspen
U.K. or AMAL (as relevant) by the FSA.
Changes to U.K. Regulation. In June 2010, the
U.K. Chancellor announced the governments intention to
create three new regulatory bodies:
|
|
|
|
|
the Prudential Regulation Authority (the PRA);
|
|
|
|
the Financial Policy Committee (the FPC); and
|
|
|
|
the Consumer Protection and Markets Authority (the
CPMA).
|
The FSA has established a regulatory reform program, which is
working jointly with the Bank of England and the Treasury to
design the regulatory and operating models for the new
authorities and manage the transition to the new structure. The
expectation is that the new regulatory structure will be in
place sometime in the second half of 2012.
The FSA has already started to evolve towards this new
structure. In April 2011, it will replace its current Risk and
Supervision business units with a Prudential business unit and a
Consumer Protection and Markets business unit. From this point,
the FSA will take a progressive approach to changing certain
regulatory processes permitted within existing statutory remit
so that the FSA can begin to operate a more twin
peaks style of regulation. It is Aspen U.K.s current
understanding that it will be supervised and regulated by both
the PRA and CPMA.
The FSA will be responsible for operating this transition
structure, but in designing it the FSA will be consulting with
the Bank of England to ensure maximum continuity in relation to
the PRA. The final design of the PRA will, of course, be a joint
decision with the Bank of England.
We should not underestimate the fact that a de-merger of the FSA
is a complex and resource-intensive exercise which carries
significant execution risk. The key risk stems from the impact
on the FSA staff and the need for FSA management to devote time
to the design and implementation of the new structure.
Switzerland
Insurance and Reinsurance Regulation
General. Aspen U.K. established a branch in
Zurich, Switzerland to write property and casualty reinsurance.
The Federal Office of Private Insurance (FOPI), a
predecessor to Financial Markets Supervisory Authority
(FINMA) confirmed that the Swiss branch of Aspen
U.K. for its reinsurance operations is not subject to its
supervision under the Insurance Supervision Act, so long as the
Swiss branch only writes reinsurance. If Swiss legislation is
amended, the Swiss reinsurance branch may be subject to
supervision by FINMA in the future.
On October 29, 2010, Aspen U.K. received approval from
FINMA to establish another branch in Zurich, Switzerland to
write insurance products. The activities of the Switzerland
insurance branch are regulated by FINMA pursuant to the
Insurance Supervision Act (Switzerland).
Supervision. Currently, the FSA assumes
regulatory authority over the Swiss reinsurance branch, while
FINMA assumes regulatory authority over the insurance branch.
FINMA has not conducted a review of the Swiss insurance branch
of Aspen U.K.
40
Singapore
Regulation
General. On June 23, 2008, Aspen U.K.
received approval from the Monetary Authority of Singapore
(MAS) to establish a branch in Singapore. The
activities of the Singapore branch are regulated by the MAS
pursuant to The Insurance Act of Singapore. Aspen U.K. is also
registered by the Accounting and Corporate Regulatory Authority
(ACRA) as a foreign company in Singapore and in the
capacity is separately regulated by ACRA pursuant to The
Companies Act of Singapore.
Supervision. The MAS conducted a review in
June 2010 of the Singapore branch of Aspen U.K. No material
issues were identified and this was reflected in the rating.
Canada
Regulation
General. Aspen U.K. has a Canadian branch
whose activities are regulated by the Office of the
Superintendent of Financial Institutions (OSFI).
OSFI is the federal regulatory authority that supervises federal
Canadian and non-Canadian insurance companies operating in
Canada pursuant to the Insurance Companies Act (Canada). In
addition, the branch is subject to the laws and regulations of
each of the provinces and territories in which it is licensed.
Supervision. OSFI carried out an inspection
visit to the Canadian branch of Aspen U.K. in November 2009. The
Canadian branch of Aspen U.K. received a moderate rating. No
material issues were identified and this was reflected in the
rating.
Australian
Regulation
General. On November 27, 2008, Aspen U.K.
received authorization from the Australian Prudential
Regulation Authority (APRA) to establish a
branch in Australia. The activities of the Australian branch are
regulated by APRA pursuant to the Insurance Act of Australia
1973. Aspen U.K. is also registered by the Australian Securities
and Investments Commission (ASIC) as a foreign
company in Australia under the Corporations Act of Australia
2001.
Supervision. APRA undertook a review of Aspen
U.K.s Australian branch in June 2009 and received a
Normal rating. No material issues were identified
and this was reflected in the rating.
Other
Applicable FSA Regulations
General. We purchased APJ Services, a U.K.
based insurance broker in 2010. APJ Services is authorized and
regulated by the FSA but is subject to a separate prudential
regime and other requirements for insurance intermediaries under
the FSA Handbook.
Lloyds
Regulation
General. We participate in the Lloyds
market through our ownership of AMAL and AUL. AMAL is the
managing agent for Syndicate 4711. AUL provides underwriting
capacity to Syndicate 4711 and is therefore a Lloyds
corporate member. Our Lloyds operations are subject to
regulation by the FSA, as established by FSMA. We received FSA
authorization on March 28, 2008 for AMAL. Our Lloyds
operations are also subject to supervision by the Council of
Lloyds. We received authorization from Lloyds for
Syndicate 4711 on April 4, 2008. The FSA has been granted
broad authorization and intervention powers as they relate to
the operations of all insurers, including Lloyds
syndicates, operating in the United Kingdom. Lloyds is
authorized by the FSA and is required to implement certain rules
prescribed by the FSA, which it does by the powers it has under
the Lloyds Act 1982 relating to the operation of the
Lloyds market. Lloyds prescribes, in respect of its
managing agents and corporate members, certain minimum standards
relating to their management and control, solvency and various
other requirements. The FSA directly monitors Lloyds
managing agents compliance with the systems and controls
prescribed by Lloyds. If it appears to the FSA that either
Lloyds is not fulfilling its delegated regulatory
responsibilities or that managing agents are not complying with
the applicable regulatory rules and guidance, the FSA may
intervene at its discretion. By entering into a membership
41
agreement with Lloyds, AUL undertakes to comply with all
Lloyds bye-laws and regulations as well as the provisions
of the Lloyds Acts and FSMA that are applicable to it. The
operation of Syndicate 4711, as well as AUL and their respective
directors, is subject to the Lloyds supervisory regime.
Solvency Requirements. Underwriting capacity
of a member of Lloyds must be supported by providing a
deposit (referred to as Funds at Lloyds) in
the form of cash, securities or letters of credit in an amount
determined under the ICA regime of the FSA as noted above. The
amount of such deposit is calculated for each member through the
completion of an annual capital adequacy exercise. Under these
requirements, Lloyds must demonstrate that each member has
sufficient assets to meet its underwriting liabilities plus a
required solvency margin. This margin can have the effect of
reducing the amount of funds available to distribute as profits
to the member or increasing the amount required to be funded by
the member to cover its solvency margin.
Restrictions. A Reinsurance to Close
(RTC) is a contract to transfer the responsibility
for discharging all the liabilities that attach to one year of
account of a syndicate into a later year of account of the same
or different syndicate in return for a premium. An RTC is put in
place after the third year of operations of a syndicate year of
account. If the managing agency concludes that an appropriate
RTC for a syndicate that it manages cannot be determined or
negotiated on commercially acceptable terms in respect of a
particular underwriting year, it must determine that the
underwriting year remain open and be placed into run-off. During
this period there cannot be a release of the Funds at
Lloyds of a corporate member that is a member of that
syndicate without the consent of Lloyds and such consent
will only be considered where the member has surplus Funds at
Lloyds.
Intervention Powers. The Council of
Lloyds has wide discretionary powers to regulate
members underwriting at Lloyds. It may, for
instance, change the basis on which syndicate expenses are
allocated or vary the Funds at Lloyds or the investment
criteria applicable to the provision of Funds at Lloyds.
Exercising any of these powers might affect the return on an
investment of the corporate member in a given underwriting year.
Further, the annual business plans of a syndicate are subject to
the review and approval of the Lloyds Franchise Board. The
Lloyds Franchise Board was formally constituted on
January 1, 2003 through the Franchise Board Directorate.
The Franchise Board is responsible for setting risk management
and profitability targets for the Lloyds market and
operates a business planning and monitoring process for all
syndicates.
If a member of Lloyds is unable to pay its debts to
policyholders, such debts may be payable by the Lloyds
Central Fund, which in many respects acts as an equivalent to a
state guaranty fund in the United States. If Lloyds
determines that the Central Fund needs to be increased, it has
the power to assess premium levies on current Lloyds
members. The Council of Lloyds has discretion to call or
assess up to 3% of a members underwriting capacity in any
one year as a Central Fund contribution. Above this level, it
requires consent of members voting at a general meeting.
States
of Jersey Regulation
General. On March 22, 2010, we purchased
APJ Jersey, a Jersey registered insurance company, which is
subject to the jurisdiction of the Jersey Financial Services
Commission (JFSC). The JFSC sets the solvency regime
for those insurance companies under its jurisdiction. APJ Jersey
holds funds in excess of the minimum requirement.
Supervision. JFSC undertook a review of APJ
Jersey in November 2009 just prior to our purchase of the
company. There were no material matters brought to the attention
of APJ Jerseys prior management arising from that review.
U.S.
Entities and Regulation
General. Aspen Specialty is licensed and
domiciled as a property and casualty insurance carrier in North
Dakota and is eligible to write surplus lines policies on an
approved, non-admitted basis in 46 jurisdictions. However,
following the enactment of the Non-Admitted and Reinsurance
Reform Act
42
(the NRRA) as part of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street
Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the Dodd-Frank
Act), as of July 22, 2011, no state can prohibit a
surplus lines broker from placing business with a
non-U.S. insurer, such as Aspen U.K., that appears on the
Quarterly Listing of the International Insurers Department of
the National Association of Insurance (IID List). In
practice, this means that Aspen U.K. will be eligible in every
U.S. state, even in states where Aspen U.K. may not be an
eligible surplus lines insurer today.
In addition, on August 16, 2010, we completed our purchase
of FFG Insurance Company, a Texas-domiciled insurance company
with licenses to write insurance business on an admitted basis
in the U.S. This company has been renamed Aspen American
Insurance Company (AAIC). AAIC has licenses to
transact insurance in 50 states and the District of
Columbia but before it can write the specific admitted business
it seeks to transact in the United States, it must amend its
licenses in certain states and complete form, rules and rate
filings. As at December 31, 2010, 32 U.S. states have
granted full licensing authority to AAIC.
Aspen Management is a licensed surplus lines brokerage company
based in Boston, Massachusetts with branch offices in Arizona
and Georgia. Aspen Management serves as a producer only for
companies within the Aspen Group, and normally does not act on
behalf of third parties or market directly to the public,
although it is authorized to do so.
ASIS is a California-domiciled insurance producer authorized to
place surplus lines business located in California. ASIS is
authorized to act on behalf of the Aspen Group and third
parties, under California law. In 2009, Aspen Solutions was
created as a Connecticut-domiciled property, casualty and
surplus lines producer.
Aspen Re America is incorporated in Delaware and functions as a
reinsurance intermediary with offices in Connecticut, Illinois,
Georgia, Miami and New York. It currently holds reinsurance
intermediary authorizations in those states requiring same.
Similarly, ARA-CA was created in 2007 to serve as a California
reinsurance intermediary. Aspen Re America and ARA-CA both act
as brokers for Aspen U.K. only, and do not currently serve as
intermediaries for third parties or market directly to the
public, although they are authorized to do so under their state
licenses.
Aspen U.S. Services is a management and service company
providing administrative and technical services to the above
entities, primarily from our Rocky Hill, Connecticut office. It
files annual reports with the Corporation Department, Secretary
of State or equivalent state agencies in the various states
where we have physical offices. In general, apart from periodic
license renewal filings, no filings are required with state
insurance departments.
Aspen U.S. Holdings is the direct holding company parent of
all above entities, domiciled in Delaware.
U.S. Insurance Holding Company Regulation of Aspen
Holdings. Aspen Specialty and its affiliates are
subject to the insurance holding company laws of North Dakota,
where Aspen Specialty is domiciled, and AAIC and its affiliates
are subject to the insurance holding company laws of Texas,
where AAIC is domiciled. These laws generally require that Aspen
Specialty furnish annual information about certain transactions
with affiliated companies within the same holding company
system. Generally, all material transactions among companies in
the holding company system affecting Aspen Specialty or AAIC,
including sales, loans, reinsurance agreements, service
agreements and dividend payments, must be fair and, if material
or of a specified category, require prior notice and approval or
non-disapproval by the North Dakota Commissioner of Insurance
(NDCI) for Aspen Specialty, or the Texas
Commissioner of Insurance (TCI) for AAIC. The NAIC
has just amended their model Holding Company Act to introduce
increased reporting requirements and increased group
supervision; however, such changes will not affect the group
until such time as either North Dakota or Texas amend such
insurance statutes to effect these changes.
Change of Control. Before a person can acquire
control of a U.S. domestic insurer, prior written approval must
be obtained from the insurance commissioner of the state where
the insurer is domiciled, or the acquiror must make a disclaimer
of control filing with the insurance department of such state
and obtain approval thereon. Prior to granting approval of an
application to acquire control of a domestic insurer, the
43
domiciliary state insurance commissioner will consider such
factors as the financial strength of the proposed acquiror, the
integrity and management of the acquirors Board of
Directors and executive officers, the acquirors plans for
the future operations of the domestic insurer and any
anti-competitive results that may arise from the consummation of
the acquisition of control. Generally, state insurance statutes
provide that control over a domestic insurer is presumed to
exist if any person, directly or indirectly, owns, controls,
holds with the power to vote, or holds proxies representing, ten
percent or more of the voting securities of the domestic
insurer. Because a person acquiring ten percent or more of Aspen
Holdings ordinary shares would indirectly acquire the same
percentage of common stock of Aspen Holdings U.S.
operating subsidiaries, the U.S. insurance change of control
laws will likely apply to such a transaction. These laws may
discourage potential acquisition proposals and may delay, deter
or prevent a change of control of Aspen Holdings, including
through transactions, and in particular unsolicited
transactions, that some or all of the shareholders of Aspen
Holdings might consider to be desirable.
State Insurance Regulation. State insurance
authorities have broad regulatory powers with respect to various
aspects of the surplus lines insurance business, including
licensing, admittance of assets to statutory surplus, regulating
unfair trade and claims practices, establishing reserve
requirements or solvency standards, filing of rates and forms
and regulating investments and dividends. State insurance laws
and regulations require Aspen Specialty, AAIC, Aspen U.K. and
other affiliates to file financial statements with insurance
departments in every state where it is licensed or authorized or
accredited or eligible to conduct insurance business; the
operations of our companies are subject to examination by those
departments at any time.
Aspen group entities prepare statutory financial statements in
accordance with Statutory Accounting Principles
(SAP) and procedures prescribed or permitted by
applicable domiciliary states. State insurance departments also
conduct periodic examinations of the books and records,
financial reporting, policy filings and market conduct of
insurance companies domiciled in their states, generally once
every three to five years. Examinations are generally carried
out in cooperation with the insurance departments of other
states under guidelines promulgated by the National Association
of Insurance Commissioners (NAIC). Of note, the
North Dakota regulator completed an examination of Aspen
Specialty in October 2008 and a final Report of Examination was
issued by the state in July of 2009. There were no material
issues reported. Financial statements and other reports are also
sent to other states to enable our companies to write business
on a non-admitted basis.
State Dividend Limitations. Under North Dakota
insurance law, Aspen Specialty may not pay dividends to
shareholders that exceed the greater of 10% of Aspen
Specialtys statutory surplus as shown on its latest annual
financial statement on file with the NDCI, or 100% of Aspen
Specialtys net income, not including realized capital
gains, for the most recent calendar year, without the prior
approval of the NDCI unless 30 days have passed after
receipt by the NDCI of notice of Aspen Specialtys
declaration of such payment without the NDCI having disapproved
of such payment. In addition, Aspen Specialty may not pay a
dividend, except out of earned, as distinguished from
contributed, surplus, nor when its surplus is less than the
surplus required by law for the kind or kinds of business the
company is authorized to transact, nor when the payment of a
dividend would reduce its surplus to less than such amount.
Aspen Specialty is required by North Dakota law to report to the
NDCI all dividends and other distributions to shareholders
within five business days following the declaration thereof and
not less than ten business days prior to payment thereof.
Similar laws in Texas apply to AAIC.
State Risk-Based Capital Regulations. Most
states required that their domiciled insurers report their
risk-based capital based on a formula calculated by applying
factors to various asset, premium and reserve items. The formula
takes into account the risk characteristics of the insurer,
including asset risk, insurance risk, interest rate risk and
business risk. The states use the formula as an early warning
regulatory tool to identify possibly inadequately capitalized
insurers for the purposes of initiating regulatory action, and
not as a means to rank insurers generally. Most states
insurance law impose broad confidentiality requirements on those
engaged in any manner in the insurance business and on the
regulator as to the use and publication of risk-based capital
data. The regulator typically has explicit regulatory authority
to require various actions by, or to take various actions
against, insurers whose total adjusted capital does not exceed
certain risk-based capital levels.
44
Statutory Accounting Principles. SAP is a
basis of accounting developed to assist insurance regulators in
monitoring and regulating the solvency of insurance companies.
SAP is primarily concerned with measuring an insurers
surplus to policyholders. Accordingly, statutory accounting
focuses on valuing assets and liabilities of insurers at
financial reporting dates in accordance with appropriate
insurance law and regulatory provisions applicable in each
insurers domiciliary state.
U.S. GAAP is concerned with a companys solvency, but
it is also concerned with other financial measurements, such as
income and cash flows. Accordingly, U.S. GAAP gives more
consideration to appropriate matching of revenue and expenses
and accounting for managements stewardship of assets than
does SAP. As a direct result, different assets and liabilities
and different amounts of assets and liabilities will be
reflected in financial statements prepared in accordance with
U.S. GAAP as opposed to SAP.
SAP established by the NAIC and adopted by the Departments of
Insurance of most states, determines, among other things, the
amount of statutory surplus and statutory net income of our
U.S. insurance subsidiaries and thus determines, in part,
the amount of funds they have available to pay as dividends to
parent company entities.
Guaranty Funds and Residual Market
Mechanisms. Licensed U.S. insurers such as
AAIC are required to participate in various state residual
market mechanisms whose goal is to provide affordability and
availability of insurance to those consumers who may not
otherwise be able to obtain insurance, including, for example
catastrophe insurance in high-risk areas. The mechanics of how
each states residual markets operate may differ, but
generally, risks are either assigned to various private carriers
or the state manages the risk through a pooling arrangement. If
losses exceed the funds the pool has available to pay those
losses, the pools have the ability to assess insurers to provide
additional funds to the pool. The amounts of the assessment for
each company are normally based upon the proportion of each
insurers (and in some cases the insurers and its
affiliates) written premium for coverages similar to those
provided by the pool, and are frequently uncapped. State
guaranty associations also have the ability to assess licensed
U.S. insurers in order to provide funds for payment of
losses for insurers which have become insolvent. In many cases,
but not all, assessed insurers may recoup the amount of these
guaranty fund and state pool assessments by surcharging future
policyholders.
Operations of Aspen U.K. and Aspen
Bermuda. Aspen U.K. and Aspen Bermuda are not
admitted to do business in the United States, although Aspen
U.K. is eligible to write surplus lines business in 51
U.S. jurisdictions as an alien, non-admitted insurer. The
laws of most states regulate or prohibit the sale of insurance
and reinsurance within their jurisdictions by non-domestic
insurers and reinsurers. We do not intend that Aspen Bermuda
maintains an office or solicits, advertises, settles claims or
conducts other insurance activities in any jurisdiction other
than Bermuda where the conduct of such activities would require
Aspen Bermuda to be so admitted. However, Aspen Bermuda has been
recently authorized by the BMA to commence writing excess
casualty insurance business. This effectively means that
U.S. insureds are able to go out of state directly to Aspen
Bermuda to insure their risks without the involvement of a local
broker. Aspen U.K. does not maintain an office in the
U.S. but writes excess and surplus lines business as an
approved, but non-admitted, alien surplus lines insurer. It
accepts business only though licensed surplus lines brokers and
does not market directly to the public. Although it does not
underwrite or handle claims directly in the U.S., Aspen U.K. may
grant limited underwriting authorities and retain third-party
administrators, duly licensed, for the purpose of facilitating
U.S business. Aspen U.K. has also issued limited underwriting
authorities to various affiliated U.S. entities described
above.
In addition to the regulatory requirements imposed by the
jurisdictions in which they are licensed, reinsurers
business operations are affected by regulatory requirements in
various states of the United States governing credit for
reinsurance which are imposed on their ceding companies.
In general, a ceding company which obtains reinsurance from a
reinsurer that is licensed, accredited or approved by the
jurisdiction or state in which the reinsurer files statutory
financial statements is permitted to reflect in its statutory
financial statements a credit in an aggregate amount equal to
the liability for unearned premiums (which are that portion of
premiums written which applies to the unexpired portion of the
45
policy period) and loss reserves and loss adjustment expense
reserves ceded to the reinsurer. Aspen Bermuda is not licensed,
accredited or approved in any state in the United States. The
great majority of states, however, permit a credit to statutory
surplus resulting from reinsurance obtained from a non-licensed
or non-accredited reinsurer to the extent that the reinsurer
provides a letter of credit or other acceptable security
arrangement. A few states do not allow credit for reinsurance
ceded to non-licensed reinsurers except in certain limited
circumstances and others impose additional requirements that
make it difficult to become accredited.
For its U.S. reinsurance activities, Aspen U.K. has
established and must retain a multi-beneficiary U.S. trust
fund for the benefit of its U.S. cedants so that they are
able to take financial statement credit without the need to post
contract-specific security. The minimum trust fund amount is
$20 million plus an amount equal to 100% of Aspen
U.K.s U.S. reinsurance liabilities, which were
$937.1 million and $1,065.5 million at
December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively. In the past,
Aspen U.K. has applied for trusteed reinsurer
approvals in states where U.S. cedants are domiciled and is
currently an approved trusteed reinsurer in 49
U.S. jurisdictions.
As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, beginning on July 21,
2011, only a ceding insurers state of domicile can dictate
the credit for reinsurance requirements. Other states in which a
ceding insurer is licensed will no longer be able to require
additional collateral from non-admitted reinsurers or otherwise
impose their own credit for reinsurance laws on ceding insurers
domiciled in other states. We note that as a result, several
states have begun efforts to change their credit for reinsurance
laws and regulations as Florida and New York already have, so
that qualifying non-admitted reinsurers meeting certain minimum
rating and capital requirements would, upon application to the
state Insurance Departments, be permitted to post less than the
100% collateral currently required in most U.S. states. As
collateral reduction efforts continue, we will continue to
monitor developments. Aspen U.K. and Aspen Bermuda intend to
seek approval to post reduced collateral in relevant states.
Aspen U.K. is also writing surplus lines business in certain
states, as noted above. In certain U.S. jurisdictions, in
order to obtain surplus lines approvals and eligibilities, a
company must first be included on the IID List. Pursuant to IID
requirements, Aspen U.K. has established a U.S. surplus
lines trust fund with a U.S. bank to secure
U.S. surplus lines policies. As at December 31, 2010,
Aspen U.K. surplus lines trust fund was $101.2 million.
Certain jurisdictions also require annual requalification
filings from Aspen U.K. to maintain the companys surplus
lines eligibility. Such filings customarily include financial
and related information, updated national and state-specific
business plans, descriptions of reinsurance programs, updated
officers and directors biographical affidavits and
similar information. As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, such
state regulatory filings for
non-U.S. surplus
lines insurers will presumably be eliminated, but it remains
unclear what the IID filing requirements will be in the future.
Apart from the financial and related filings required to
maintain Aspen U.K.s approvals and eligibilities, there is
limited application of U.S. jurisdictional regulation to
Aspen U.K. Specifically, rate and form regulations otherwise
applicable to authorized insurers generally do not apply to
Aspen U.K.s surplus lines transactions. Similarly,
U.S. solvency regulation tools, including risk-based
capital standards, investment limitations, credit for
reinsurance and holding company filing requirements, otherwise
applicable to authorized insurers do not generally apply to
alien surplus lines insurers such as Aspen U.K. However, Aspen
U.K. may be subject to state-specific incidental regulations in
areas such as those pertaining to post-disaster Emergency Orders
as noted above. We monitor all states for such activities and
comply as necessary with pertinent legislation or insurance
department directives, for all affected subsidiaries.
Lloyds is licensed as a market in Illinois, Kentucky and
the U.S Virgin Islands to write insurance business. It is also
eligible to write surplus lines and reinsurance business in all
other U.S. states and territories. Lloyds as a whole
makes certain returns to U.S. regulators and each syndicate
makes returns to the New York Insurance Department with respect
to its surplus lines and reinsurance business. Separate trust
funds are in place to support this business. Syndicate 4711 is
also listed in the Quarterly Listing of the IID. As at
December 31, 2010, Syndicate 4711s trust fund was
$51.5 million.
46
We outline below factors that could cause our actual results
to differ materially from those in the forward-looking and other
statements contained in this report and other documents that we
file with the SEC. The risks and uncertainties described below
are not the only ones we face. However, these are the risks our
management believes to be material as of the date of this
report. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we
currently deem immaterial may also impair our future business or
results of operations. Any of the risks described below could
result in a significant or material adverse effect on our
results of operations or financial condition.
Introduction
As with any publicly traded company, investing in our equity and
debt securities carries risks. Our risk management strategy is
designed to identify, measure, monitor and manage material risks
that could adversely affect our financial condition and results
of operations and we have invested significant resources to
develop the appropriate risk management policies and procedures
to implement this strategy. Nonetheless, the future business
environment is intrinsically uncertain and difficult to forecast
and our risk management methods may not be successful for this
reason or because of other unintended weaknesses in our approach.
We set out below the risks that we have identified using the
classification system that we use in our risk management process.
For this purpose, we divide risks into core and non-core risks.
Core risks comprise those risks which are inherent in the
operation of our business including insurance risks in respect
of our underwriting operations and market and liquidity risks in
respect of our investment activity. We intentionally expose the
Company to core risks with a view to generating shareholder
value, but seek to manage the resulting volatility in our
earnings and financial condition to within the limits defined by
our risk appetite.
However, these core risks are intrinsically difficult to measure
and manage and we may not therefore be successful in this
respect.
All other risks are classified as non-core, which include
regulatory and operational risks, and we seek as far as is
practicable and economic to avoid or minimize our exposure to
any such risks that we identify as potentially material.
Insurance
Risks
Our
financial condition and results of operations could be adversely
affected by the occurrence of natural catastrophic
events.
As part of our insurance and reinsurance operations, we assume
substantial exposure to losses resulting from natural
catastrophic events including severe weather, floods, wildfires,
volcanic eruptions and earthquakes. The severe weather events to
which we are exposed include tropical storms, cyclones,
hurricanes, winter storms, tornados, hailstorms and severe
rainfall causing flash floods.
The incidence and severity of such catastrophes are inherently
unpredictable and our losses from catastrophes have been and can
be substantial. The occurrence of large claims from catastrophic
events may result in substantial volatility in, and material
effects on, our financial condition or results of operations for
any fiscal quarter or year and our ability to write new business.
Our principal catastrophe exposures by peril and geographic
region are set out in the table below, but there are other
perils and geographic regions to which we also have exposure.
47
|
|
|
Tier 1 risks - our largest exposures
|
|
Tier 2 risks - other significant exposures
|
|
Tropical storms and hurricanes making landfall in the United States
Earthquakes in the United States
Windstorms making landfall in Europe and European flood risk
Tropical cyclones making landfall in Japan
Earthquakes in Japan
|
|
North American tornados, hailstorms and winter storms
Earthquakes in South and Central America and Canada
Earthquakes in Europe, Turkey and Israel
Earthquakes in Australia and New Zealand
Windstorms making landfall in Australia, Hong Kong and islands in the Caribbean
|
We expect that increases in the values and concentrations of
insured property will increase the severity of such occurrences
in the future and that climate change may increase the frequency
and severity of severe weather events. Although we attempt to
manage our exposure to these events via a multitude of
approaches including geographic diversification, geographical
limits, individual policy limits, exclusions or limitations from
coverage and limited purchase of reinsurance, these management
tools may not react in the way that we expect. In addition, a
single catastrophic event could affect multiple geographic zones
or the frequency or severity of catastrophic events could exceed
our estimates, either of which could have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition or results of
operations.
We seek to limit the amount of exposure from any one insured or
reinsured and the amount of the exposure to catastrophe losses
from a single event in any geographic zone. We monitor on a
regular basis our exposure to catastrophic events, including
earthquake and wind against set limits. Currently we seek to
limit the probable maximum post-tax loss to 25% of total
shareholders equity for a severe catastrophic event that
could be expected to occur on average once in 250 years and
to 17.5% for a catastrophic event that could be expected to
occur on average once in 100 years, although we may change
these thresholds at any time. There can be no guarantee that we
will not suffer losses in excess of these limits due to the
inherent uncertainties in estimating the severity and frequency
of the events and the error margin resulting from potential
inaccuracies and inadequacies in external data provided, the
modeling techniques and application of such techniques or as a
result of a decision to change the percentage of
shareholders equity exposed to a single catastrophic event.
We rely
significantly on models to determine probable maximum losses;
those models contain inherent uncertainties and as such our
results may differ significantly from expectations.
To assess our loss exposure when we are pricing and managing
accumulations, we rely on natural catastrophe models, which
model various scenarios using a variety of assumptions. These
models are developed by third-party vendors and are built partly
on science, partly on historical data and partly on the
professional judgment of our employees and other industry
specialists. While the models have evolved considerably since
the early 1990s they do not necessarily accurately predict
future losses or accurately measure losses currently incurred as
they have many limitations. These limitations are evidenced by:
significant variation in estimates between models and modelers;
material increases and decreases in model results over time due
to changes in the models and refinement of the underlying data
elements and assumptions; and questionable predictive capability
over longer time intervals. In addition, the models are not
always fully reflective of policy language, demand surges,
accumulations of losses under similar policies and loss
adjustment expenses, each of which is subject to wide variation
by storm.
The validity of modeled outputs also relies heavily upon the
quality of the underlying exposure location data. While the
quality of data is improving for the industry as a whole, it
still needs improvement in all areas but particularly outside of
the peak zones in the United States, Europe and Japan which have
been most closely studied and modeled.
Modeled outputs may also be misinterpreted. Therefore, our
results of operations may differ significantly from expectations
and the experience represented in our historical financial
statements.
48
The
frequency and severity of weather-related catastrophes may
increase due to cyclical variations in climate and global
climate change.
Weather patterns, including the frequency and severity of
powerful storms, are believed to be influenced by cyclical
phenomena operating over periods of months or years.
For example, many observers believe that the Atlantic basin is
in the active phase of a multi-decadal cycle in which conditions
in the ocean and atmosphere, including warmer than average
sea-surface temperatures and low wind shear enhance hurricane
activity. This increase in the number and intensity of tropical
storms and hurricanes can span multiple decades (approximately
20 to 30 years). There have been larger than average number
of Atlantic tropical storms and hurricanes in recent years
although the impact on insurance losses is determined not by the
number of storms that form, but by the number making landfall in
populated areas with high insured values.
There is widespread consensus in the scientific community that
there is a long term upward trend in global air and sea
temperatures and that this is likely to increase the frequency
and severity of severe weather events over the coming decades.
Given the scientific uncertainty of predicting the effect of
climate cycles and global warming on the frequency and severity
of catastrophes and the lack of adequate predictive tools, we
may not be able to adequately model the associated exposures and
potential losses.
We could
face unanticipated large losses from events other than natural
catastrophes, some of which may involve clash losses under
several contracts, and these could have a material adverse
effect on our financial condition and results of
operations.
Large losses from single events can occur if we are exposed to
such events through more than one insurance or reinsurance
contract. Such losses are referred to as clash
losses. Our results can be adversely affected if there is
an unexpectedly large number of clash losses in a period or if
there is one or more such loss of unexpectedly large value.
We seek to manage our exposure to clash risk by identifying
possible scenarios under which we could be exposed and limiting
our exposure to these potential scenarios.
Some of the more significant scenarios which we have identified
in this respect are a terrorism attack in the U.S. or
Europe, fire or explosion at a refinery or offshore oil and gas
installation, a poison gas cloud, the collapse of a major office
building in the U.S. or Europe, a nuclear core melt, the
collision of two ships and the loss of a passenger airplane.
In addition, we may suffer multiple losses from economic,
political and financial market events through our writing of
lines of business such as financial and political risks, credit
and surety reinsurance, professional indemnity and management
liability.
For example, we may have substantial exposure to large,
unexpected losses resulting from acts of war, acts of terrorism
and political instability. Although we may attempt to exclude
losses from terrorism and certain other similar risks from some
coverages we write, we may not be successful in doing so. In our
political and financial risk lines, we write traditional
political risks including equity based investment risks, lenders
interest, asset protection against political violence and
related physical damage. These risks are inherently difficult to
underwrite as they require a complex evaluation of the credit
and geo-political risks. We also underwrite financial risk which
includes all types of trade, debt and project finance. We
attempt to manage our risk by diversifying our portfolio and
enforcing line size and country aggregation limits and enforcing
a global stress loss limit of 20% of capital for these lines of
business. However, due to the inherent uncertainties in the
model including but not limited to the assumptions and
underlying data used and the current economic climate, there
could be an increase in frequency
and/or
severity of political events in multiple countries that could
result in losses that could materially exceed our expectations.
49
We also write war and terrorism cover on a stand-alone basis,
although such stand-alone policies are written on a greatly
reduced net basis. For example, we generally exclude acts of
terrorism and losses stemming from nuclear, biological, chemical
and radioactive events; however, some states in the United
States do not permit exclusion of fires following terrorist
attacks from insurance policies and reinsurance treaties. Where
we believe we are able to obtain pricing that adequately covers
our exposure, we have written a limited number of reinsurance
contracts covering solely the peril of terrorism, including
losses stemming from nuclear, biological, chemical and
radioactive events. These risks are inherently unpredictable and
recent events may lead to increased frequency and severity of
losses. It is difficult to predict the timing of these events
with statistical certainty or to estimate the amount of loss
that any given occurrence will generate. To the extent that
losses from these risks occur, our financial condition and
results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
We may
suffer from an unexpected accumulation of attritional
losses.
In addition to our exposures to natural catastrophe and other
large losses as discussed above, our results of operations may
also be adversely affected by unexpectedly large accumulations
of smaller losses. We seek to manage this risk by using
appropriate underwriting processes to guide the pricing and
acceptance of risks. These processes, which include pricing
models where appropriate, are intended to ensure that premiums
received are sufficient to cover the expected levels of
attritional loss as well as a contribution to the cost of
natural catastrophes and large losses where necessary. However,
it is possible that our underwriting approaches or our pricing
models may not work as intended in this respect and that actual
losses from a class of risks may materially exceed the premiums
received thus causing adverse variation in our results of
operations.
The
effects of emerging claim and coverage issues on our business
are uncertain, particularly under current adverse market
conditions.
While global financial conditions remain volatile and uncertain
and industry practices and legal, judicial, social and other
environmental conditions change, unexpected and unintended
issues related to claims and coverage may emerge. These issues
may adversely affect our business by either extending coverage
beyond our underwriting intent or by increasing the number or
size of claims. In some instances, these changes may not become
apparent until some time after we have issued insurance or
reinsurance contracts that are affected by the changes. As a
result, the full extent of our liability under insurance or
reinsurance policies may not be known for many years after the
policies are issued. Emerging claim and coverage issues could
have an adverse effect on our results of operations and
financial condition.
In addition, we are unable to predict the extent to which the
courts may expand the theories of liability under a casualty
insurance contract, such as the range of the occupational
hazards causing losses under employers liability
insurance. In particular, our exposure to casualty reinsurance
and liability insurance lines increase our potential exposure to
this risk due to the uncertainties of expanded theories of
liability and the long-tail nature of these lines of
business.
We may face increased exposure as a result of litigation related
to the crisis in the financial markets and recession, volatility
in the capital and credit markets and the distress of global
financial institutions. These economic and market conditions may
increase allegations of misconduct or fraud against institutions
that are impacted. Shareholders are bringing securities class
actions against companies and lawsuits against company
executives, directors and officers at investment banks,
insurance companies,
U.S. sub-prime
lenders, Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs), and
other financial institutions, as well as their respective
advisors. Actions like this could result in significant
professional liability claims on D&O and E&O policies.
The full extent of our liability and exposure to financial
institutions and professional liability claims in our financial
and professional lines as well as our casualty reinsurance line
may not be known for many years after a contract is issued. This
could adversely affect our financial condition or results of
operations.
50
The
insurance and reinsurance business is historically cyclical and
we expect to experience periods with excess underwriting
capacity and unfavorable premium rates and policy terms and
conditions.
Historically, insurers and reinsurers have experienced
significant fluctuations in operating results due to
competition, frequency of occurrence or severity of catastrophic
events, levels of capacity, general economic conditions and
other factors. The supply of insurance and reinsurance is
related to prevailing prices, the level of insured losses and
the level of industry surplus which, in turn, may fluctuate in
response to changes in rates of return on investments being
earned in the insurance and reinsurance industry.
As a result, the insurance and reinsurance business historically
has been a cyclical industry characterized by periods of intense
competition on price and policy terms due to excessive
underwriting capacity as well as periods when shortages of
capacity permitted favorable premium levels. In addition, any
prolonged economic downturn could result in reduced demand for
insurance and reinsurance products which could adversely impact
the pricing of our products. The supply of insurance and
reinsurance may increase, either by capital provided by new
entrants or by the commitment of additional capital by existing
or new insurers or reinsurers, which may cause prices to
decrease. In 2010, a general climate of poor rate levels and
soft market conditions continued for a significant number of our
business lines. For 2011, we believe that the conditions will
remain at the same levels overall. In respect of current market
conditions, see Part II, Item 7,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Current Market
Conditions, Rate Trends and Developments in Early 2011.
Any of these factors could lead to a significant reduction in
premium rates, less favorable policy terms and fewer submissions
for our underwriting services. In addition to these
considerations, changes in the frequency and severity of losses
suffered by insureds and insurers may affect the cycles of the
insurance and reinsurance business significantly, and we expect
to experience the effects of such cyclicality. To the extent
these trends emerge, our financial condition or results of
operations could be adversely affected.
If actual
renewals of our existing contracts do not meet expectations, our
premiums written in future years and our future results of
operations could be materially adversely affected.
Many of our contracts in most of our lines of business are
generally for a one-year term. In our financial forecasting
process, we make assumptions about the renewal of our prior
years contracts. If actual renewals do not meet
expectations or if we choose not to write on a renewal basis
because of pricing conditions, our premiums written in future
years and our future results of operations could be materially
adversely affected. This risk is especially prevalent in the
first quarter of each year when a larger number of reinsurance
contacts are subject to renewal.
We could
be materially adversely affected to the extent that managing
general agents, general agents and other producers exceed their
underwriting authorities or otherwise breach obligations owed to
us.
From time to time, we authorize managing general agents, general
agents and other producers to write business on our behalf
within underwriting authorities prescribed by us. We must rely
on the underwriting controls of these agents to write business
within the underwriting authorities provided by us. Although we
monitor our underwriting on an ongoing basis, our monitoring
efforts may not be adequate or our agents may exceed their
underwriting authorities or otherwise breach obligations owed to
us. To the extent that our agents exceed their authorities or
otherwise breach obligations owed to us in the future, our
results of operations and financial condition could be
materially adversely affected.
The
aggregated risks associated with reinsurance underwriting could
adversely affect us.
In our reinsurance treaty business, we do not separately
evaluate each of the individual risks assumed under most
reinsurance treaties. This is common among reinsurers.
Therefore, we are largely dependent on the original underwriting
decisions made by ceding companies. We are subject to the risk
51
that the ceding companies may not have adequately evaluated the
risks to be reinsured and that the premiums ceded to us may not
adequately compensate us for the risks we assume and the losses
we may incur.
The
failure of any risk management and loss limitation methods
including risk transfer tools we employ could have a material
adverse effect on our financial condition and our results of
operations.
We seek to mitigate our loss exposure by writing a number of our
insurance and reinsurance contracts on an excess of loss basis,
such that we must pay losses that exceed a specified retention.
In addition, we limit program size for each client and from time
to time purchase reinsurance for our own account. Reinsurance
purchased may not always act in the way intended in the event of
a claim due to ambiguities in the wordings leading to potential
disputes. In the case of proportional property reinsurance
treaties, we seek per occurrence limitations or loss and loss
expense ratio caps to limit the impact of losses from any one
event, though we may not be able to obtain such limits based on
market conditions at such time. We also seek to limit our loss
exposure by geographic diversification. Geographic zone
limitations involve significant underwriting judgments,
including the determination of the area of the zones and the
inclusion of a particular policy within a particular zones
limits. We also apply a similar approach to our political risk
exposures.
Various provisions of our policies, such as limitations or
exclusions from coverage or choice of forum, negotiated to limit
our risks may not be enforceable in the manner we intend. We
cannot be sure that any of these loss limitation methods will be
effective or that disputes relating to coverage will be resolved
in our favor. As a result of the risks we insure and reinsure,
unforeseen events could result in claims that substantially
exceed our expectations, which could have a material adverse
effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
The
reinsurance that we purchase may not be available on favorable
terms or we may choose to retain a higher proportion of
particular risks than in previous years.
From time to time, market conditions have limited, and in some
cases have prevented, insurers and reinsurers from obtaining the
types and amounts of reinsurance that they consider adequate for
their business needs. Accordingly, we may not be able to obtain
our desired amount of reinsurance or retrocession protection on
terms that are acceptable to us from entities with a
satisfactory credit rating. We also may choose to retain a
higher proportion of particular risks than in previous years due
to pricing, terms and conditions or strategic emphasis. We have
sought previously alternative ways of reducing our risk such as
catastrophe bonds, and we may seek other ways such as contingent
capital, sidecars or other capital market solutions, which
solutions may not provide commensurate levels of protection
compared to traditional retrocession. Our inability to obtain
adequate reinsurance or other protection for our own account
could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of
operations and financial condition.
If actual
claims exceed our loss reserves, our financial results could be
significantly adversely affected.
Our results of operations and financial condition depend upon
our ability to assess accurately the potential losses associated
with the risks that we insure and reinsure. Establishing an
appropriate level of loss reserves is an inherently uncertain
process. To the extent actual claims exceed our expectations, we
will be required immediately to recognize the less favorable
experience. This could cause a material increase in our
provisions for liabilities and a reduction in our profitability,
including operating losses and reduction of capital. If natural
catastrophic events or other large losses occur, we may fail to
adequately estimate our reserve requirements and our actual
losses and loss expenses may deviate, perhaps substantially,
from our reserve estimates.
52
There are specific areas of our selected reserves which have
additional uncertainty associated with them. In property
reinsurance, there is still the potential for adverse
development from litigation associated with Hurricane Katrina.
In casualty reinsurance, there are additional uncertainties
associated with claims emanating from the global financial
crisis. There is also a potential for new areas of claims to
emerge as underlying this segment are many long-tail lines of
business. In the insurance segment, we wrote a book of financial
institutions risks which have a number of notifications relating
to the financial crisis in 2008 and 2009 and there is also a
specific area of uncertainty relating to a book of New York
Contractor business.
We establish loss reserves to cover our estimated liability for
the payment of all losses and loss expenses incurred with
respect to premiums earned on the policies that we write. Under
U.S. GAAP, we are not permitted to establish reserves for
losses and loss expenses, which include case reserves and IBNR
reserves, until an event which gives rise to a claim occurs. As
a result, only reserves applicable to losses incurred up to the
reporting date may be set aside on our financial statements,
with no allowance for the provision of loss reserves to account
for possible other future losses. See Item 1 above,
Business Reserves and Part II,
Item 7, Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations for further
description of our reserving process and methodology.
Profitability
may be adversely impacted by inflated costs of settling
claims.
Our calculation of reserves for losses and loss expenses
includes assumptions about future payments for settlement of
claims and claims-handling expenses, such as medical treatments
and litigation costs. We write liability/casualty business in
the United States, the United Kingdom and Australia and certain
other territories, where claims inflation has in many
years run at higher rates than general inflation. To the extent
inflation causes these costs to increase above reserves
established for these claims, we will be required to increase
our loss reserves with a corresponding reduction in our net
income in the period in which the deficiency is identified. See
also Part II, Item 7, Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations.
Market
and Liquidity Risks
We may be
adversely affected by changes in interest rates and bond
yields.
Our financial condition and operating results are affected by
the performance of our investment portfolio. Our investment
portfolio contains fixed income securities which are valued in
the balance sheet at market value. The market value of fixed
income securities generally moves in the contrary direction to
the market yields of bonds. Thus their value declines when bond
yields rise. Bond yields may rise or fall in response to market
expectations of future interest rates and as a result of changes
in the market valuation of the credit worthiness of the relevant
issuers. Bond yields were volatile during 2010, which impacted
our financial results. Changes in bond yields also affect the
rate at which funds are reinvested and this may have an adverse
effect on investment income and consequently on the results of
operations.
Interest rates and bond yields are highly sensitive to many
factors, including governmental monetary policies, domestic and
international economic and political conditions and other
factors beyond our control. Although we attempt to take measures
to manage the risks of investing in a changing interest rate
environment, we may not be able to mitigate interest rate
sensitivity effectively. Our interest rate strategy includes
maintaining a portfolio, diversified by obligor and emphasizing
higher-rated securities, with a short duration of 3.3 years
to reduce the effect of interest rate changes on book value. In
addition we are currently using interest rate swaps to hedge
interest rate risk where we pay fixed and receive floating
coupons. Despite our mitigation efforts, a significant increase
in interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our
book value and results of operations.
53
Deterioration
in the public debt and equity markets could lead to investment
losses, which could affect our financial results and ability to
conduct business.
Our funds are invested by several professional investment
management firms under the direction of our Investment Committee
in accordance with detailed investment guidelines set by us. See
Business Investments under Item 1,
above. Although our investment policies stress diversification
of risks, conservation of principal and liquidity through
conservative investment guidelines, our investments are subject
to general economic conditions, market risks and fluctuations,
as well as to risks inherent in particular securities. Prolonged
and severe disruptions in the public debt and equity markets,
including, among other things, widening of credit spreads,
bankruptcies, defaults, and significant ratings downgrades of
some credits, may put our investments at risk. Market volatility
can make it difficult to value certain of our securities if
trading becomes less frequent. Depending on market conditions,
we could incur substantial additional realized and unrealized
investment losses in future periods. Separately, the occurrence
of large claims may force us to liquidate securities at an
inopportune time, which may cause us to realize capital losses.
Large investment losses could decrease our asset base, thereby
affecting our ability to underwrite new business. Additionally,
such losses could have a material adverse impact on our equity,
business and financial strength and debt ratings. For the twelve
months ended December 31, 2010, 68.2% or
$232.0 million, of our income before tax was derived from
our net invested assets.
Unexpected
volatility or illiquidity associated with some of our
investments could significantly and negatively affect our
financial results and ability to conduct business.
We hold, and may in the future purchase, certain investments
that may lack liquidity, such as non-agency Residential
Mortgage-Backed Securities, Asset-Backed Securities and
Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities and our reinvestment of
$30.0 million in Cartesian Iris 2009A L.P./Cartesian Iris
Offshore Fund L.P., which was formed to provide capital for
a new Bermudian reinsurer, focusing on insurance-linked
securities. These investments represented approximately 0.5% of
our investment portfolio as of December 31, 2010. During
the height of the financial crisis even some of our very high
quality assets were more illiquid than normal. If we require
significant amounts of cash on short notice in excess of normal
cash requirements, we may have difficulty selling these
investments in a timely manner, be forced to sell them for less
than we otherwise would have been able to realize, or both. The
reported value of our relatively illiquid types of investments,
our investments in the asset classes described above and, at
times, our high quality, generally liquid asset classes, do not
necessarily reflect the lowest current market price for the
asset. If we were forced to sell certain of our assets in
unfavorable market conditions, there can be no assurance that we
will be able to sell them for the prices at which we have
recorded them and we may be forced to sell them at significantly
lower prices. As a result, our business, financial condition or
results of operations could be adversely affected.
Our
investment portfolio includes below investment-grade or unrated
securities that have a higher degree of credit or default risk
which could adversely affect our results of operations and
financial condition.
Our investment portfolio is primarily invested in high quality,
investment-grade securities. However, as a result of downgrades,
a small portion of the portfolio is in below investment-grade or
unrated securities. At December 31, 2010, below
investment-grade or unrated securities comprised approximately
0.2% of our investment portfolio. These securities also have a
higher degree of credit or default risk and are much less liquid
than the rest of our portfolio. These securities may also be
less liquid in times of economic weakness or market disruptions.
While we have put in place investment guidelines to monitor the
credit risk and liquidity of our invested assets, it is possible
that, in periods of prolonged economic weakness, we may
experience default losses in our portfolio. This may result in a
reduction of net income and capital, adversely affecting our
financial condition and results of operations.
54
We may be
adversely affected by foreign currency fluctuations.
Our reporting currency is the U.S. Dollar. The functional
currencies of our segments are the U.S. Dollar, the British
Pound, the Euro, the Swiss Franc, the Australian Dollar, the
Canadian Dollar and the Singaporean Dollar. During the course of
2010, the U.S. Dollar/British Pound exchange rate, our most
significant exchange rate exposure, fluctuated from a high of
£1:$1.6379 to a low of £1:$1.4334. For the twelve
months ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, 19.8%, 15.2%
and 14.1%, respectively, of our gross premiums were written in
currencies other than the U.S. Dollar and the British
Pound. A portion of our loss reserves and investments are also
in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar and the British
Pound. We may, from time to time, experience losses resulting
from fluctuations in the values of these
non-U.S./non-British
currencies, which could adversely affect our results of
operations.
We have used forward exchange contracts to manage our foreign
currency exposure. However, it is possible that we will not
successfully structure those contracts so as to effectively
manage these risks, which could adversely affect our operating
results.
Credit
Risks
Our
reliance on brokers subjects us to their credit risk.
In accordance with industry practice, we generally pay amounts
owed on claims under our insurance and reinsurance contracts to
brokers and these brokers, in turn, pay these amounts over to
the clients that have purchased insurance or reinsurance from
us. Although the law is unsettled and depends upon the facts and
circumstances of the particular case, in some jurisdictions, if
a broker fails to make such a payment, in a significant majority
of business that we write, it is highly likely that we will be
liable to the client for the deficiency because of local laws or
contractual obligations. Likewise, when the client pays premiums
for these policies to brokers for payment over to us, these
premiums are considered to have been paid and, in most cases,
the client will no longer be liable to us for those amounts,
whether or not we have actually received the premiums.
Consequently, we assume a degree of credit risk associated with
brokers around the world with respect to most of our insurance
and reinsurance business. However, due to the unsettled and
fact-specific nature of the law, we are unable to quantify our
exposure to this risk. To date, we have not experienced any
material losses related to such credit risks.
Since we
depend on a few brokers for a large portion of our insurance and
reinsurance revenues, loss of business provided by any one of
them could adversely affect us.
We market our insurance and reinsurance worldwide primarily
through insurance and reinsurance brokers. See Item 1
above, Business Business Distribution
for our principal brokers by segment. Several of these brokers
also have, or may in the future acquire, ownership interests in
insurance and reinsurance companies that compete with us, and
these brokers may favor their own insurers or reinsurers over
other companies. In addition, as brokers merge with, or acquire,
each other, there could be further strain on our ability to
access business through a reduction in distribution channels.
Loss of all or a substantial portion of the business provided by
one or more of these brokers could have a material adverse
effect on our business.
Our
purchase of reinsurance subjects us to third-party credit
risk.
We purchase reinsurance for our own account in order to mitigate
the effect of certain large and multiple losses upon our
financial condition. Our reinsurers are dependent on their
ratings in order to continue to write business, and some have
suffered downgrades in ratings as a result of their exposures in
the past. Our reinsurers may also be affected by recent adverse
developments in the financial markets, which could adversely
affect their ability to meet their obligations to us. A
reinsurers insolvency, its inability to continue to write
business or its reluctance to make timely payments under the
terms of its reinsurance agreement with us could have a material
adverse effect on us because we may remain liable to our
insureds or cedants.
55
Certain
of our policyholders and intermediaries may not pay premiums
owed to us due to bankruptcy or other reasons.
Bankruptcy, liquidity problems, distressed financial condition
or the general effects of economic recession may increase the
risk that policyholders or intermediaries, such as insurance
brokers, may not pay a part of or the full amount of premiums
owed to us, despite an obligation to do so. The terms of our
contracts may not permit us to cancel our insurance even though
we have not received payment. If non-payment becomes widespread,
whether as a result of bankruptcy, lack of liquidity, adverse
economic conditions, operational failure or otherwise, it could
have a material adverse impact on our business and results of
operations.
The
impairment of financial institutions increases our counterparty
risk.
We have exposure to many different industries and
counterparties, and routinely execute transactions with
counterparties in the financial services industry, including
brokers and dealers, commercial banks, investment banks, and
other institutions. We also hold as investments various fixed
interest securities issued by financial institutions, which may
be unsecured. Many of these transactions expose us to credit
risk in the event of default of our counterparty. In addition,
with respect to secured transactions, our credit risk may be
exacerbated when our collateral cannot be realized or is
liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount
of the loan or derivative exposure due to it. Any such losses or
impairments to the carrying value of these assets could
materially and adversely affect our business and results of
operations.
Our
ability to pay dividends or to meet ongoing cash requirements
may be constrained by our holding company structure.
We are a holding company and, as such, have no substantial
operations of our own. We do not expect to have any significant
operations or assets other than our ownership of the shares of
our Insurance Subsidiaries. Dividends and other permitted
distributions and loans from our Insurance Subsidiaries are
expected to be our sole source of funds to meet ongoing cash
requirements, including our debt service payments and other
expenses, and to pay dividends, to our preference shareholders
and ordinary shareholders, if any. Our Insurance Subsidiaries
are subject to significant regulatory restrictions limiting
their ability to declare and pay dividends and make loans to
other Group companies. The inability of our Insurance
Subsidiaries to pay dividends in an amount sufficient to enable
us to meet our cash requirements at the holding company level
could have a material adverse effect on our business. See
Business Regulatory Matters
Bermuda Regulation Restrictions on Dividends,
Business Regulatory Matters U.K.
and E.U. Regulation Restrictions on Dividend
Payments, and Business Regulatory
Matters U.S. Entities and
Regulation State Dividend Limitations in
Item 1, above.
Certain
regulatory and other constraints may limit our ability to pay
dividends.
We are subject to Bermuda regulatory constraints that will
affect our ability to pay dividends on our ordinary shares and
make other distributions. Under the Bermuda Companies Act, we
may declare or pay a dividend out of contributed surplus only if
we have reasonable grounds to believe that we are, and would
after the payment be, able to pay our liabilities as they become
due or if the realizable value of our assets would thereby not
be less than the aggregate of our liabilities and issued share
capital and share premium accounts. There are further
restrictions to those outlined above and as such if you require
dividend income you should carefully consider these risks before
investing in us. For more information regarding restrictions on
the payment of dividends by us and our Insurance Subsidiaries,
see Business Regulatory Matters in
Item 1, above and Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Liquidity in Part II,
Item 7.
56
Strategic
Risks
We
operate in a highly competitive environment, and substantial new
capital inflows into the insurance and reinsurance industry may
increase competition.
The insurance and reinsurance markets continue to be highly
competitive. We continue to compete with existing international
and regional insurers and reinsurers some of which have greater
financial, marketing, and management resources than we do. We
also compete with new companies entering the market and with
alternative products such as insurance/risk-linked securities,
catastrophe bonds and derivatives. See
Business Competition under Item 1,
above for a list of our competitors. There has also been a move
for insureds to retain a greater proportion of their risk
portfolios than previously, and industrial and commercial
companies have been increasingly relying upon their own
subsidiary insurance companies, and other mechanisms for funding
their risks, rather than risk transferring insurance.
Increased competition could result in fewer submissions, lower
premium rates and less favorable policy terms and conditions,
which could have a material adverse impact on our growth and
profitability. We have recently experienced increased
competition in some lines of business which has caused a decline
in rate increases or a reduction in rates. See Part II,
Item 7, Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
Recent
events may result in political, regulatory and industry
initiatives which could adversely affect our business.
Governments may take unpredictable action to ensure continued
supply of insurance particularly where a large event leads to
withdrawal of capacity from the market. As a result of the
financial crisis affecting the banking system and financial
markets, a number of government initiatives have been launched
recently that are designed to stabilize market conditions. The
U.S. Federal Government, Federal Reserve, U.K. Treasury and
Government and other governmental and regulatory bodies have
taken or are considering taking other extraordinary actions to
address the global financial crisis. There can be no assurance
as to the effect that any such governmental actions will have on
the financial markets generally or on our competitive position,
business and financial condition in particular. See
Regulatory Risks below.
Our
Insurance Subsidiaries are rated, and our Lloyds business
benefits from a rating by one or more of A.M. Best,
S&P and Moodys, and a decline in any of these ratings
could affect our standing among brokers and customers and cause
our premiums and earnings to decrease.
Ratings have become an increasingly important factor in
establishing the competitive position of insurance and
reinsurance companies. The ratings of our Insurance Subsidiaries
are subject to periodic review by, and may be placed on credit
watch, revised downward or revoked at the sole discretion of,
A.M. Best, S&P
and/or
Moodys. A.M. Best affirmed Aspen Bermudas and
Aspen U.K.s financial strength rating to A (Excellent). In
addition, Aspen Specialtys and AAICs rating was
affirmed as part of the Aspen Group rating. Our business written
through Syndicate 4711 also benefits from Lloyds rating
which is currently A (Excellent) by A.M. Best and A+
(Strong) by S&P. If our or Lloyds ratings are reduced
from their current levels by any of A.M. Best, Moodys
or S&P, our competitive position in the insurance industry
might suffer and it might be more difficult for us to market our
products and to expand our insurance and reinsurance portfolio
and renew our existing insurance and reinsurance policies and
agreements. A downgrade also may require us to establish trusts
or post letters of credit for ceding company clients, and could
trigger provisions allowing some ceding company clients to
terminate their insurance and reinsurance contracts with us.
Some contracts also provide for the return of premium to the
ceding client in the event of a downgrade. It is increasingly
common for our reinsurance contracts to contain such terms. A
significant downgrade could result in a substantial loss of
business as ceding companies and brokers that place such
business move to other reinsurers with higher ratings and
therefore may materially and adversely impact our business,
results of operations, liquidity and financial flexibility.
57
A downgrade of the financial strength rating of Aspen U.K.,
Aspen Bermuda or Aspen Specialty by A.M. Best below
B++ or by S&P below A− would
constitute an event of default under our revolving credit
facility with Barclays Bank plc and other lenders, which might
adversely impact our liquidity and financial flexibility.
If we
fail to develop the necessary infrastructure as we grow, our
future financial results may be adversely affected.
Our expansion will continue to place increased demands on our
financial, managerial and human resources. In 2010, we increased
our business written in Latin America, entered the
U.S. admitted insurance market, added a U.K. regional
platform and established an office in Cologne, Germany and an
insurance branch in Zurich, Switzerland. In addition, the
increased regulatory complexity of our business brought about by
operating in multiple jurisdictions increases our regulatory
risk profile. To the extent we are unable to attract additional
professionals, our financial, managerial and human resources may
be strained. The growth in our staff and infrastructure also
creates more managerial responsibilities for our current senior
executives, potentially diverting their attention from the
underwriting and business origination functions for which they
are also responsible. Our future profitability depends in part
on our ability to further develop our resources and systems to
effectively support such transition or expansion. Our inability
to achieve such development or to manage effectively such growth
may impair our future financial results.
Acquisitions
or strategic investments that we may make could turn out to be
unsuccessful.
As part of our long-term strategy, we may pursue growth through
acquisitions
and/or
strategic investments in businesses or new underwriting or
marketing platforms. The negotiation of potential acquisitions
or strategic investments as well as the integration of an
acquired business, new personnel, new underwriting or marketing
platforms could result in a substantial diversion of management
resources. Acquisitions could involve numerous additional risks
such as potential losses from unanticipated litigation, higher
levels of claims than is reflected in reserves and an inability
to generate sufficient revenue to offset acquisition costs. Any
future acquisitions may expose us to operational risks including:
|
|
|
|
|
integrating financial and operational reporting systems;
|
|
|
|
establishing satisfactory budgetary and other financial controls;
|
|
|
|
funding increased capital needs and overhead expenses;
|
|
|
|
the value of assets acquired may be lower than expected or may
diminish due to credit defaults or changes in interest rates and
liabilities assumed may be greater than expected; and
|
|
|
|
financial exposures in the event that the sellers of the
entities we acquire are unable or unwilling to meet their
indemnification, reinsurance and other obligations to us.
|
We have limited experience in identifying quality merger
candidates, as well as successfully acquiring and integrating
their operations.
Our ability to manage our growth through acquisitions, strategic
investments or new platforms will depend, in part, on our
success in addressing these risks. Any failure by us to
effectively implement our acquisitions or strategic investment
strategies could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition or results of operations.
We may
fail to execute our strategy in new lines of business and
territories, which would impair our future financial
results.
We continue to expand our operations and in 2010, among other
things, increased business written in Latin America, established
a U.K. regional platform and a Swiss insurance branch. Our
expansion into new lines of business such as professional
liability insurance, global excess casualty and non-marine
transportation liability in 2007, financial and political risk,
financial institutions and management and
58
technology liability insurance in 2008, specie and credit and
surety reinsurance business incepting in 2009 and
non-U.S. agriculture
reinsurance and professional liability, D&O and excess
casualty insurance in the U.S. in 2010, presents us with
new and expanded challenges and risks which we may not manage
successfully. We are continuing to strengthen the operational
processes to support these lines of business. In general, our
techniques for evaluating and modeling risk in these new lines
of business are not as developed as the models for pre-existing
lines of business. If we fail to continue to develop the
necessary infrastructure, or otherwise fail to execute our
strategy, our results from these new lines of business will
likely suffer, perhaps substantially, and our future financial
results may be adversely affected.
We may
require additional capital in the future, which may not be
available or may only be available on unfavorable
terms.
Our future capital requirements depend on many factors,
including our ability to write new business successfully, to
deploy capital into more profitable business lines, to identify
acquisition opportunities, to manage investments and preserve
capital in volatile markets, and to establish premium rates and
reserves at levels sufficient to cover losses. We monitor our
capital adequacy on a regular basis. To the extent that our
funds are insufficient to fund future operating requirements
and/or cover
claims losses, we may need to raise additional funds through
financings or curtail our growth and reduce our assets. Our
additional needs for capital will depend on our actual claims
experience, especially for any catastrophic events. Any equity,
hybrid or debt financing, if available at all, may be on terms
that are not favorable to us. In the case of equity financings,
dilution to our shareholders could result, and, in any case,
such securities may have rights, preferences and privileges that
are senior to those of our outstanding securities. If we cannot
obtain adequate capital on favorable terms or at all, our
business, financial condition and results of operations could be
adversely affected.
Our debt,
credit and International Swap Dealers Association (ISDA)
agreements may limit our financial and operational flexibility,
which may affect our ability to conduct our business.
We have incurred indebtedness and may incur additional
indebtedness in the future. Additionally, we have entered into
credit facilities and ISDA agreements with various institutions.
Under these credit facilities, the institutions provide
revolving lines of credit to us and our major operating
subsidiaries and issue letters of credit to our clients in the
ordinary course of business.
The agreements relating to our debt, credit facilities and ISDA
agreements contain various covenants that may limit our ability,
among other things, to borrow money, make particular types of
investments or other restricted payments, sell assets, merge or
consolidate. Some of these agreements also require us to
maintain specified ratings and financial ratios, including a
minimum net worth covenant. If we fail to comply with these
covenants or meet required financial ratios, the lenders or
counterparties under these agreements could declare a default
and demand immediate repayment of all amounts owed to them.
If we are in default under the terms of these agreements, then
we would also be restricted in our ability to declare or pay any
dividends, redeem, purchase or acquire any shares or make a
liquidation payment.
We may be
unable to enter into sufficient reinsurance security
arrangements and the cost of these arrangements may materially
impact our margins.
As
non-U.S. reinsurers,
Aspen Bermuda and Aspen U.K. are required to post collateral
security with respect to liabilities they assume from ceding
insurers domiciled in the United States. The posting of
collateral security is generally required in order for
U.S. ceding companies to obtain credit in their
U.S. statutory financial statements with respect to
liabilities ceded to unlicensed or unaccredited reinsurers.
Under applicable statutory provisions, the security arrangements
may be in the form of letters of credit, reinsurance trusts
maintained by third-party trustees or funds-withheld
arrangements whereby the trust assets are held by the ceding
company. Aspen U.K. and Aspen Bermuda are required to post
59
letters of credit or establish other security for their
U.S. cedants in an amount equal to 100% of reinsurance
recoverables under the agreements to which they are a party with
the U.S. cedants.
As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, beginning on July 21,
2011, only a ceding insurers state of domicile can dictate
the credit for reinsurance requirements. Other states in which a
ceding insurer is licensed will no longer be able to require
additional collateral from non-admitted reinsurers or otherwise
impose their own credit for reinsurance laws on ceding insurers
domiciled in other states. We note that as a result, several
states have begun efforts to change their credit for reinsurance
laws and regulations as Florida and New York already have, so
that qualifying non-admitted reinsurers meeting certain minimum
rating and capital requirements would, upon application to the
state Insurance Departments, be permitted to post less than the
100% collateral currently required in most U.S. states.
Aspen U.K. and Aspen Bermuda intend to seek approval to post
reduced collateral in relevant states.
We have currently in place letters of credit facilities and
trust funds, as further described in Part II, Item 7,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Liquidity,
to satisfy these requirements. If these facilities are not
sufficient or if we are unable to renew these facilities at
their expiration due to credit market constraints or unable to
arrange for other types of security on commercially-acceptable
terms, the ability of Aspen Bermuda and Aspen U.K. to provide
reinsurance to
U.S.- based
clients may be severely limited. Security arrangements may
subject our assets to security interests
and/or
require that a portion of our assets be pledged to, or otherwise
held by, third parties and, consequently, reduce the liquidity
of our assets. Although the investment income derived from our
assets while held in trust typically accrues to our benefit, the
investment of these assets is governed by the investment
regulations of the state of domicile of the ceding insurer,
which may be more restrictive than the investment regulations
applicable to us under Bermuda or U.K. law or under our
investment guidelines. These restrictions may result in lower
investment yields on these assets, which could adversely affect
our profitability. As at December 31, 2010, we had
$729.9 million in trust funds or pledged as collateral for
secured letters of credit.
The
development of our
U.S.-based
insurance operations is subject to increased risk from changing
market conditions.
Excess and surplus lines insurance is a substantial portion of
the business written by our
U.S.-based
insurance operations. Excess and surplus lines insurance covers
risks that are typically more complex and unusual than standard
risks and require a high degree of specialized underwriting. As
a result, excess and surplus lines risks do not often fit the
underwriting criteria of standard insurance carriers. Our excess
and surplus lines insurance business fills the insurance needs
of businesses with unique characteristics and is generally
considered higher risk than those in the standard market. If our
underwriting staff inadequately judges and prices the risks
associated with the business underwritten in the excess and
surplus lines market, our financial results could be adversely
impacted.
Further, the excess and surplus lines market is significantly
affected by the conditions of the property and casualty
insurance market in general. This cyclicality can be more
pronounced in the excess and surplus market than in the standard
insurance market. During times of hard market conditions (when
market conditions are more favorable to insurers), as rates
increase and coverage terms become more restrictive, business
tends to move from the admitted market to the excess and surplus
lines market and growth in the excess and surplus market can be
significantly more rapid than growth in the standard insurance
market. When soft market conditions are prevalent (when market
conditions are less favorable to insurers), standard insurance
carriers tend to loosen underwriting standards and expand market
share by moving into business lines traditionally characterized
as excess and surplus lines, exacerbating the effect of rate
decreases. If we fail to manage the cyclical nature and
volatility of the revenues and profit we generate in the excess
and surplus lines market, our financial results could be
adversely impacted.
60
Regulatory
Risks
The
regulatory system under which we operate, and potential changes
thereto, could have a material adverse effect on our
business.
Our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries may not be able to
maintain necessary licenses, permits, authorizations or
accreditations in territories where we currently engage in
business or obtain them in new territories, or may be able to do
so only at significant cost. In addition, we may not be able to
comply fully with, or obtain appropriate exemptions from, the
wide variety of laws and regulations applicable to insurance or
reinsurance companies or holding companies. Failure to comply
with or to obtain appropriate authorizations
and/or
exemptions under any applicable laws could result in
restrictions on our ability to do business or to engage in
certain activities that are regulated in one or more of the
jurisdictions in which we operate and could subject us to fines
and other sanctions, which could have a material adverse effect
on our business. In addition, changes in the laws or regulations
to which our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries are subject
could have a material adverse effect on our business. See
Business Regulatory Matters in
Item 1, above.
Aspen U.K. Aspen U.K. has authorization from
the FSA to write all classes of general insurance business in
the United Kingdom. As an FSA authorized insurer, the insurance
and reinsurance businesses of Aspen U.K. will be subject to
supervision by the FSA. Changes in the FSAs structure or
requirements from time to time may have an adverse impact on the
business of Aspen U.K.
In June 2010, the U.K. Government announced its intention to
create three new regulatory bodies to replace the FSA. We can
give no assurance as to how this change in regulatory structure
may impact the regulatory landscape in the U.K. Unexpected
change to market practices may become necessary or desirable as
a result of actions taken by the new regulatory bodies, which
may impact our results of operations.
Material
changes in voting rights and connected party transactions may
require regulatory approval or oversight by the
FSA.
If any entity were to hold 10% or more of the voting rights or
10% or more of the issued ordinary shares of Aspen Holdings,
transactions between Aspen U.K. and such entity may have to be
reported to the FSA if the value of those transactions exceeds
certain threshold amounts that would render them material
connected party transactions. In these circumstances, we can
give no assurance that these material connected party
transactions will not be subject to regulatory intervention by
the FSA.
Any transactions between Aspen U.K., AMAL (as managing agent of
Syndicate 4711), AUL (as corporate member of Syndicate 4711),
Aspen Specialty, AAIC and Aspen Bermuda that are material
connected party transactions would also have to be reported to
the FSA. We can give no assurance that the existence or effect
of such connected party transactions and the FSAs
assessment of the overall solvency of Aspen Holdings and its
subsidiaries, even in circumstances where Aspen U.K. has on its
face sufficient assets of its own to cover its required margin
of solvency, would not result in regulatory intervention by the
FSA with regard to Aspen U.K.
Aspen
U.K. may be required to hold additional capital in order to meet
the FSAs solvency requirements.
Aspen U.K. is required to provide the FSA with information about
Aspen Holdings notional solvency, which involves
calculating the solvency position of Aspen Holdings in
accordance with the FSAs rules. In this regard, if Aspen
Bermuda, Aspen Specialty or Syndicate 4711 were to experience
financial difficulties, it could affect the solvency
position of Aspen Holdings and in turn trigger regulatory
intervention by the FSA with respect to Aspen U.K. The FSA
requires insurers and reinsurers to calculate their ECR, an
indicative measure of the capital resources a firm may need to
hold, based on risk-sensitive calculations applied to its
business profile which includes capital charges based on assets,
claims and premiums. The FSA may give guidance regularly to
insurers under individual capital
61
guidance, which may result in guidance that a company
should hold capital in excess of the ECR. These changes may
increase the required regulatory capital of Aspen U.K.,
impacting our profitability.
Changes
at the EU level may also affect Aspen U.K. and
AMAL.
In addition, given that the framework for supervision of
insurance and reinsurance companies in the United Kingdom must
comply with E.U. directives (which are implemented by member
states through national legislation), changes at the E.U. level
may affect the regulatory scheme under which Aspen U.K., AMAL
and AUL will operate. We can give no assurance as to how E.U.
and other relevant laws will be applied within the sectors in
which Aspen U.K. is currently active. Unexpected changes to
market practices may be necessary or desirable as a result of
any action taken by the E.U. Commission, which may impact our
results of operations.
The EU
Directive on Solvency II may affect the way in which Aspen
U.K. manages its business and may lead to Aspen Bermuda posting
collateral in respect of its EEA cedants.
An E.U. directive covering the capital adequacy, risk management
and regulatory reporting for insurers, known as Solvency II, was
adopted by the European Parliament in April 2009 and is expected
to be implemented on December 31, 2012. Solvency II
presents a number of risks to Aspen U.K. and AMAL. The
FSAs existing regime is expected to meet many of the new
measures but insurers are expecting to undertake a significant
amount of work to ensure that they will meet the new
requirements and this may divert finite resources from other
business related tasks. In addition, the measures implementing
Solvency II are currently subject to a consultation process
and are not expected to be finalized until late 2011;
consequently, Aspens implementation plans are based on its
current understanding of the Solvency II requirements,
which may change. Increases in capital requirements as a result
of Solvency II may be required and may impact our results
of operations. Further, under Solvency II, unless the European
Commission assesses the regulatory regime in Bermuda as
equivalent to Solvency II, then Aspen Bermuda may be
required to post collateral in respect of any reinsurance of EEA
cedants, including Aspen U.K., which may have a negative impact
on Aspen Bermudas and Aspen Holdings results. This
is because under Solvency II, the prohibition on EEA member
states imposing collateral requirements on its cedants wishing
to take credit for reinsurance only applies in cases of the
reinsurers who are situated in a country whose solvency regime
is deemed equivalent to Solvency II. Therefore, if
Bermudas solvency regime is not deemed
equivalent to Solvency II, then Aspen Bermudas
EEA cedants may be required to seek collateral from Aspen
Bermuda in order for the cedant to take credit for such
reinsurance. The European Unions Committee of European
Insurance and Occupational Pensions Supervisors
(CEIOPS) has recommended to the European Commission
that Bermuda be among the first countries assessed for
equivalence with Solvency II. However, the final decision as to
whether Bermuda is deemed equivalent to Solvency II can
only be made by the European Commission, which has stated that
it will publish its decisions on equivalence by July 2012. As of
January 1, 2011, the European Insurance and Occupational
Pensions Authority (EIOPA) replaces CEIOPS.
The
activities of Aspen U.K. may be subject to review by other
insurance regulators.
Aspen U.K. is authorized to do business in the United Kingdom
and has permission to conduct business in Canada, Switzerland,
Australia, Singapore, France, Ireland, Germany, all other EEA
states and certain Latin American countries. In addition, Aspen
U.K. is eligible to write surplus lines business in 51
U.S. jurisdictions. We can give no assurance, however, that
insurance regulators in the United States, Bermuda or elsewhere
will not review the activities of Aspen U.K. and assess that
Aspen U.K. is subject to such jurisdictions licensing or
other requirements.
62
The
Bermudian regulatory system and potential changes thereto, could
have a material adverse effect on our business.
Aspen Bermuda is a registered Class 4 Bermuda insurance and
reinsurance company. Among other matters, Bermuda statutes,
regulations and policies of the BMA require Aspen Bermuda to
maintain minimum levels of statutory capital, surplus and
liquidity, to meet solvency standards, to obtain prior approval
of ownership and transfer of shares (in certain circumstances)
and to submit to certain periodic examinations of its financial
condition. These statutes and regulations may, in effect,
restrict Aspen Bermudas ability to write insurance and
reinsurance policies, to make certain investments and to
distribute funds. With effect from December 31, 2008, the
BMA introduced a risk-based capital adequacy model called the
BSCR for Class 4 insurers like Aspen Bermuda to assist the
BMA both in measuring risk and in determining appropriate levels
of capitalization.
The BMA has published a number of consultation and discussion
papers covering the following proposed regulatory changes which
may or may not become adopted in present or revised form in the
future:
|
|
|
|
|
the introduction, for solvency purposes, of an economic balance
sheet to ensure that all assets and liabilities are valued on a
consistent economic basis;
|
|
|
|
enhancements to the disclosure and transparency regime by
introducing a number of additional qualitative and quantitative
public and regulatory disclosure requirements; and
|
|
|
|
the introduction of own risk and solvency assessment which will
require insurers to demonstrate the link between capital
adequacy, risk governance process and strategic decision making.
|
The
insurance laws or regulations of other jurisdictions could have
a material adverse effect on our business.
Aspen Bermuda does not maintain a principal office, and its
personnel do not solicit, advertise, settle claims or conduct
other activities that may constitute the transaction of the
business of insurance or reinsurance, in any jurisdiction in
which it is not licensed or otherwise not authorized to engage
in such activities. Although Aspen Bermuda does not believe it
is or will be in violation of insurance laws or regulations of
any jurisdiction outside Bermuda, inquiries or challenges to
Aspen Bermudas insurance or reinsurance activities may
still be raised in the future. The offshore insurance and
reinsurance regulatory environment has become subject to
increased scrutiny in many jurisdictions, including the United
States and various states within the United States. Compliance
with any new laws, regulations or settlements impacting offshore
insurers or reinsurers, such as Aspen Bermuda, could have a
material adverse effect on our business.
AMAL and AUL. AMAL is the managing agency and
AUL is the sole corporate member for our Lloyds platform,
Syndicate 4711. Both entities are incorporated in the U.K. Both
the FSA and Lloyds have regulatory authority over AMAL and
Lloyds has regulatory authority over AUL. Both regulators
have substantial powers in relation to the companies they
regulate, including the removal of authorization to carry on a
regulated activity or to continue as a member of Lloyds.
The
failure of AAIC to amend all of its licenses to write admitted
business in the United States.
AAIC has licenses to transact insurance in 50 states and
the District of Columbia but before it can write the specific
admitted business it seeks to transact in the United States, it
must amend these licenses in certain states and complete form,
rules and rate filings. As at December 31, 2010, 32
U.S. states have granted full licensing authority to AAIC.
However, if for any unforeseen reasons AAIC is unable to amend
the remaining licenses as required, AAIC will be unable to
transact business in all 50 states and the District of
Columbia as intended.
63
The
Council of Lloyds and the Lloyds Franchise Board
have wide discretionary powers to supervise members of
Lloyds.
The Council of Lloyds may, for instance, vary the method
by which the capital requirement is determined, or the
investment criteria applicable to Funds at Lloyds. The
former restriction might affect the maximum amount of the
overall premium income that we are able to underwrite and both
might affect our return on investments. The Lloyds
Franchise Board also has wide discretionary powers in relation
to the business of Lloyds managing agents, such as AMAL,
including the requirement for compliance with the franchise
performance and underwriting guidelines. The Lloyds
Franchise Board imposes certain restrictions on underwriting or
on reinsurance arrangements for any Lloyds syndicate and
changes in these requirements imposed on us may have an adverse
impact on our ability to underwrite which in turn will have an
adverse effect on our financial performance.
Changes
in Lloyds regulation or the Lloyds market could make
Syndicate 4711 less attractive.
Changes in Lloyds regulation or other developments in the
Lloyds market could make operating Syndicate 4711 less
attractive. For example, Lloyds imposes a number of
charges on businesses operating in the Lloyds market,
including, for example, annual subscriptions and central fund
levies for members and policy signing charges. Despite the
principle that each member of Lloyds is only responsible
for a proportion of risk written on his or her behalf, a central
fund acts as a policyholders protection fund to make
payments where other members have failed to pay valid claims.
The Council of Lloyds may resolve to make payments from
the central fund for the advancement and protection of members,
which could lead to additional or special levies being payable
by Syndicate 4711. The bases and amounts of these charges may be
varied by Lloyds and could adversely affect our financial
and operating results.
Syndicate 4711 may also be affected by a number of other
changes in Lloyds regulation, such as changes to the
process for the release of profits and new member compliance
requirements. The ability of Lloyds syndicates to trade in
certain classes of business at current levels may be dependent
on the maintenance by Lloyds of a satisfactory credit
rating issued by an accredited rating agency. At present, the
financial security of the Lloyds market is regularly
assessed by three independent rating agencies, A.M. Best,
S&P and Fitch Ratings. See Our Insurance
Subsidiaries are rated, and our Lloyds business benefits
from a rating by one or more of A.M. Best, S&P and
Moodys, and a decline in any of these ratings could affect
our standing among brokers and customers and cause our premiums
and earnings to decrease, above.
The syndicate capital setting process within AMAL is also under
the FSA rules but is delegated to Lloyds to deal with the
detailed procedures. Lloyds could request an increase in
capital under the FSA rules in similar circumstances as set out
above in the section on Aspen U.K. As an E.U.-based insurer,
Syndicate 4711 is also subject to the provisions of
Solvency II as noted above.
U.S. Entities Aspen Specialty, Aspen
American Insurance Company, and affiliated producer
entities. Aspen Specialty is organized in and has
received a license to write certain lines of insurance business
in the State of North Dakota and, as a result, is subject to
North Dakota law and regulation under the supervision of the
NDCI. AAIC is organized in Texas and has licenses to write
property and casualty insurance business on an admitted basis in
all 50 states and the District of Columbia. These states
also have regulatory authority over a number of affiliate
transactions between the insurance companies and other members
of our holding company system. The purpose of the state
insurance regulatory statutes is to protect
U.S. policyholders, not our shareholders or noteholders.
Among other matters, state insurance regulations will require
Aspen entities to maintain minimum levels of capital, surplus
and liquidity, require insurers to comply with applicable
risk-based capital requirements and will impose restrictions on
the payment of dividends and distributions. These statutes and
regulations may, in effect, restrict the ability of Aspen
entities in the U.S. to write new business or distribute
assets to Aspen Holdings.
64
New laws and regulations or changes in existing laws and
regulations or the interpretation of these laws and regulations
could have a material adverse effect on our business or results
of operations.
Along
with our peers in the industry, we will continue to monitor such
changes in existing laws and regulations and the possibility of
a dual regulatory framework in the U.S.
In recent years, the U.S. insurance regulatory framework
has come under increased federal scrutiny, and some state
legislators have considered or enacted laws that may alter or
increase state regulation of insurance and reinsurance companies
and holding companies. In addition, the U.S. Congress has
enacted legislation providing a greater role for the federal
government in the regulation of insurance. Moreover, the NAIC
and state insurance regulators regularly examine existing laws
and regulations. Changes in federal or state laws and
regulations or the interpretation of such laws and regulations
could have a material adverse effect on our business.
As an example of such federal regulation, in response to the
tightening of supply in certain insurance and reinsurance
markets resulting from, among other things, the World Trade
Center tragedy, TRIA was enacted in 2002 to ensure the
availability of insurance coverage for certain terrorist acts in
the United States. This law has been extended twice, and is
currently scheduled to expire on December 31, 2014. TRIA
established a federal assistance program to help the commercial
property and casualty insurance industry cover claims related to
future terrorism related losses and regulates the terms of
insurance relating to terrorism coverage. Thus, for their direct
insurance business, Aspen Specialty, AAIC and Aspen U.K. are
required to offer terrorism coverage including both domestic and
foreign terrorism, and have adjusted the pricing of TRIA
coverage as appropriate to reflect the broader scope of coverage
being provided. Similar federally-sponsored mandatory programs
may come into play in the near future for funding of
catastrophic risk or other risks of loss in the public eye, with
unknown impact to Aspen.
On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act became law in the
U.S. In addition to introducing sweeping reform of the
U.S. financial services industry, the Dodd-Frank Act
introduces certain changes to U.S. insurance regulation in
general, and to non-admitted insurance and reinsurance in
particular. The Dodd-Frank Act incorporates the NRRA which will
become effective on July 22, 2011. The NRRA would establish
national standards on how states may regulate and tax surplus
lines insurers and also sets national standards concerning the
regulation of reinsurance. In particular, the NRRA gives
regulators in an insureds home state authority over most
aspects of surplus lines insurance, including the right to
collect and allocate premium tax with respect to policies with
multi-state perils, and regulators in a reinsurers state
of domicile are given the sole responsibility for regulating the
reinsurers financial solvency. The NRRA also prohibits a
state from denying credit for reinsurance if the domiciliary
state of the insurer purchasing reinsurance recognizes credit
for reinsurance. At the present time, it appears the changes
specific to non-admitted insurance and reinsurance will likely
have a positive effect for companies such as Aspen Specialty and
Aspen U.K., although there is still significant uncertainty as
to how these and other provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will be
implemented in practice.
The Dodd-Frank Act also creates the Federal Insurance Office
(FIO) within the Department of Treasury, designed to
promote national coordination within the insurance sector and
would have the authority, in part, to monitor all aspects of the
insurance industry, including identifying issues or gaps in the
regulation of insurers that could contribute to a systemic
crisis in the insurance industry or the United States financial
system. The Act also provides the FIO, jointly with the
Secretary of the Treasury and U.S. Trade Representative,
with the power to enter into agreements with foreign governments
relating to the recognition of prudential measures for the
business of insurance or reinsurance. In entering into such
agreements, the FIO will have the authority to preempt state law
if it is determined that a state law is inconsistent with the
international agreement and treats a
non-U.S. insurer
less favorably than a U.S. insurer. These measures could
ultimately lead to regulation which could have a material
financial impact on us.
65
Changes
in U.S. State insurance legislation and insurance department
legislation may impact on liabilities assumed by our
business.
Aspen Specialty, AAIC, Aspen U.K. and various affiliates are
subject to periodic changes in U.S. state insurance
legislation and insurance department regulation which may
materially affect the liabilities assumed by the companies in
such states. For example, as a result of natural disasters,
Emergency Orders and related regulations may be periodically
issued or enacted by individual states. This may impact the
cancellation or non-renewal of property policies issued in those
states for an extended period of time, increasing the potential
liability to the company on such extended policies. Failure to
adhere to these regulations could result in the imposition of
fines, fees, penalties and loss of approval to write business in
such states. Certain states with catastrophe exposures (e.g.,
California earthquakes, Florida hurricanes) have opted to
establish state-run, state-owned reinsurers that compete with us
and our peers. These entities tend to reduce the amount of
business available to us.
Our
business could be adversely affected by Bermuda employment
restrictions.
From time to time, we may need to hire additional employees to
work in Bermuda. Under Bermuda law, non-Bermudians (other than
spouses of Bermudians) may not engage in any gainful occupation
in Bermuda without an appropriate governmental work permit. Work
permits are granted or renewed by the Bermuda Department of
Immigration upon showing that, after proper public advertisement
in most cases, no Bermudian (or spouse of a Bermudian) is
available who meets the minimum standard requirements for the
advertised position. In April 2001, the Bermuda government
announced a policy whereby unless a work permit holder is
otherwise exempt, he or she will be limited to a maximum term of
six years. Renewal beyond the general maximum of six years is
possible if the employer makes a compelling case to justify it
because of genuine and real need to renew the permit. Generally,
no extensions will be permitted beyond a further three years
bringing the maximum to nine years in total. Non-Bermudian
employees who have been granted key status to Aspen
Bermuda by the Bermuda Department of Immigration have been
granted an exemption from those term limits.
As of December 31, 2010, we had 54 employees in
Bermuda. Julian Cusack, the current Group Chief Risk Officer and
Chairman and CEO of Aspen Bermuda and James Few, President,
Aspen Re and Chief Underwriting Officer of Aspen Bermuda are
non-Bermudian who are working under work permits that will
expire in March 2013. Messrs. Cusack and Few have been
granted key worker status by the Bermuda Department of
Immigration and therefore term limits do not apply, however, key
worker work permits still require renewal to remain valid. Even
with an exemption from term limits, renewals of work permits are
subject to approval by the Bermuda Department of Immigration. In
this case, their work permits would only not be renewed in the
event that a Bermudian (and/or spouse of a Bermudian) is
qualified to perform their duties. None of our current
non-Bermudian employees for whom we have applied for a work
permit has been denied. We could lose the services of
Messrs. Cusack or Few or another key employee who is
non-Bermudian if we were unable to obtain or renew their work
permits, which could have a material adverse affect on our
business.
From time
to time, government authorities seek to more closely monitor and
regulate the insurance industry, which may adversely affect our
business.
The Attorneys General for multiple states and other insurance
regulatory authorities have previously investigated a number of
issues and practices within the insurance industry, and in
particular insurance brokerage compensation practices.
To the extent that state regulation of brokers and
intermediaries becomes more onerous, costs of regulatory
compliance for Aspen Management, ASIS, Aspen Re America and
ARA-CA will increase. Finally, to the extent that any of the
brokers with whom we do business suffer financial difficulties
as a result of the investigations or proceedings, we could
suffer increased credit risk. See Our reliance
on brokers subjects us to their credit risk and
Since we depend on a few brokers for a large
portion of
66
our insurance and reinsurance revenues, loss of business
provided by any one of them could adversely affect us
above.
These investigations of the insurance industry in general,
whether involving the Company specifically or not, together with
any legal or regulatory proceedings, related settlements and
industry reform or other changes arising therefrom, may
materially adversely affect our business and future financial
results or results of operations.
The
preparation of our financial statements requires us to make many
estimates and judgments that are more difficult than those made
in a more mature company because we have more limited historical
information through December 31, 2010.
The preparation of our consolidated financial statements
requires us to make many estimates and judgments that affect the
reported amounts of assets, liabilities (including reserves),
revenues and expenses and related disclosures of contingent
liabilities. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates,
including those related to revenue recognition, insurance and
other reserves, reinsurance recoverables, investment valuations,
intangible assets, bad debts, impairments, income taxes,
contingencies, derivatives and litigation. We base our estimates
on historical experience, where possible, and on various other
assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the
circumstances, which form the basis for our judgments about the
carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily
apparent from other sources.
Estimates and judgments for a relatively new insurance and
reinsurance company, like us, are more difficult to make than
those made for a more mature company because we have more
limited historical information through December 31, 2010. A
significant part of our current loss reserves is in respect of
IBNR. This IBNR reserve is based almost entirely on estimates
involving actuarial and statistical projections of our
expectations of the ultimate settlement and administration
costs. In addition to limited historical information, we utilize
actuarial models as well as historical insurance industry loss
development patterns to establish loss reserves. Accordingly,
actual claims and claim expenses paid may deviate, perhaps
substantially, from the reserve estimates reflected in our
financial statements.
Other
Operational Risks
The loss
of underwriters or underwriting teams could adversely affect
us.
Our success has depended, and will continue to depend in
substantial part, upon our ability to attract and retain our
teams of underwriters in various business lines. Although we are
not aware of any planned departures, the loss of one or more of
our senior underwriters could adversely impact our business by,
for example, making it more difficult to retain clients or other
business contacts whose relationship depends in part on the
service of the departing personnel. In addition, the loss of
services of underwriters could strain our ability to execute our
new business lines, as described elsewhere in this report. In
general, the loss of key services of any members of our current
underwriting teams may adversely affect our business and results
of operations.
We could
be adversely affected by the loss of one or more principal
employees or by an inability to attract and retain senior
staff.
Our success will depend in substantial part upon our ability to
retain our principal employees and to attract additional
employees. We rely substantially upon the services of our senior
management team. Although we have employment agreements with all
of the members of our senior management team, if we were to
unexpectedly lose the services of members of our senior
management team our business could be adversely affected. We do
not currently maintain key-man life insurance policies with
respect to any of our employees.
67
Changes
in employment laws, taxation and acceptable remuneration
practice may limit our ability to attract senior employees to
our current operating platforms.
Our insurance and reinsurance operations are, by their nature,
international and we compete for senior employees on a global
basis. Changes in employment legislation, taxation and the
approach of regulatory bodies to remuneration practice within
our operating jurisdictions may impact our ability to recruit or
retain senior employees or the cost to us of doing so. Any
failure to retain senior employees may adversely affect the
strategic growth of our business and the results of operations.
We may be
adversely affected by action taken against us by former
employers of our staff who allege that their former employees
may be in breach of legal obligations to them.
Within our industry it is common for employers to seek to
restrict an employees ability either to work for a
competitor or to engage in business activities with the
customers or staff of a former employer after leaving
employment. In addition, our employees may owe statutory or
fiduciary obligations to former employers. The extent of any
such post-termination restrictions and the extent to which any
alleged contractual restrictions are enforceable is highly fact
specific and dependant upon the local laws in the applicable
jurisdiction in any case. Action taken by former employers to
enforce such restrictions, however, even if ultimately found not
to be legally binding, may adversely affect our ability to
pursue current business objectives.
We rely
on third-party service providers for some of our operations and
systems.
We rely on third-party service providers for a variety of
services and systems, which include but are not limited to,
claims handling activity, support on our underwriting and
finance systems, investment management and catastrophe modeling.
If our third-party service providers fail to perform as
expected, it could have a negative impact on our business and
results of operations.
Risks
Related to Our Ordinary Shares
Future
sales of ordinary shares may affect their market price and the
future exercise of options may result in immediate and
substantial dilution.
As of December 31, 2010, there were 70,508,013 ordinary
shares outstanding. Of these shares, most are freely
transferable, except for any shares sold to our
affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144
under the Securities Act.
Moreover, as of December 31, 2010, an additional 1,126,285
ordinary shares were issuable upon the full exercise on a cash
basis of outstanding options by Appleby Services (Bermuda) Ltd,
formerly Appleby (Bermuda) Trust Limited (the
Names Trustee), as successor trustee of the
Names Trust, which holds the options and shares for the
benefit of the members of Syndicate 2020 who were not corporate
members of Wellington Underwriting Agencies Limited
(WUAL). The Names Trustee may exercise its
options on a cashless basis, which allows it to realize the
economic benefit of the difference between the subscription
price under the options and the then prevailing market price
without having to pay the subscription price for any such
ordinary shares in cash. Thus, the option holder receives fewer
shares upon exercise. This cashless exercise feature may provide
an incentive for the Names Trustee to exercise their
options more quickly. In the event that the outstanding options
to purchase ordinary shares are exercised, you will suffer
immediate dilution of your investment.
In addition, we have filed registration statements on
Form S-8
under the Securities Act to register ordinary shares issued or
reserved for issuance under our share incentive plan, our
non-employee director plan, our employee share purchase plan and
our sharesave scheme. Subject to the exercise of issued and
outstanding options, shares registered under the registration
statement on
Form S-8
may be available for sale into the public markets.
We cannot predict what effect, if any, future sales of our
ordinary shares, or the availability of ordinary shares for
future sale, will have on the market price of our ordinary
shares. Sales of substantial
68
amounts of our ordinary shares in the public market, or the
perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect
the market price of our ordinary shares.
Furthermore, on December 12, 2005, we issued 4,000,000
5.625% Perpetual Income Equity Replacement Security (the
Perpetual PIERS). Each Perpetual PIERS will be
convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, into one
perpetual preference share and a number of our ordinary shares,
if any, based on an initial conversion rate of 1.7077 ordinary
shares per $50 liquidation preference of Perpetual PIERS,
subject to specified adjustments. In addition, at any time on or
after January 1, 2009, under certain circumstances, we may,
at our option, cause each Perpetual PIERS to be automatically
converted into $50 in cash and ordinary shares, if any. The
conversion of some or all of our Perpetual PIERS will dilute the
ownership interest of our existing shareholders. Any sales in
the public market of our ordinary shares issuable upon such
conversion could adversely affect prevailing market prices of
our ordinary shares. In addition, the existence of our Perpetual
PIERS may encourage short selling by market participants because
the conversion of our Perpetual PIERS could depress the price of
our ordinary shares.
There are
provisions in our charter documents which may reduce or increase
the voting rights of our ordinary shares.
In general, and except as provided below, shareholders have one
vote for each ordinary share held by them and are entitled to
vote at all meetings of shareholders. However, if, and so long
as, the ordinary shares of a shareholder are treated as
controlled shares (as determined under
section 958 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the Code)) of any U.S. Person (as
defined below) and such controlled shares constitute 9.5% or
more of the votes conferred by our issued shares, the voting
rights with respect to the controlled shares of such
U.S. Person (a 9.5% U.S. Shareholder)
shall be limited, in the aggregate, to a voting power of less
than 9.5%, under a formula specified in our bye-laws. The
formula is applied repeatedly until the voting power of all 9.5%
U.S. Shareholders has been reduced to less than 9.5%. In
addition, our Board of Directors may limit a shareholders
voting rights (including appointment rights, if any, granted to
holders of our Perpetual PIERS or to holders of our 7.401%
Perpetual Non-Cumulative Preference Shares (liquidation
preference $25 per share) (the Perpetual Preference
Shares)) where it deems it appropriate to do so to
(i) avoid the existence of any 9.5% U.S. Shareholder,
and (ii) avoid certain material adverse tax, legal or
regulatory consequences to us or any holder of our shares or its
affiliates. Controlled shares includes, among other
things, all shares of the Company that such U.S. Person is
deemed to own directly, indirectly or constructively (within the
meaning of section 958 of the Code). As of
December 31, 2010, there were 70,508,013 ordinary shares
outstanding of which 6,698,261 ordinary shares would constitute
9.5% of the votes conferred by our issued and outstanding shares.
For purposes of this discussion, the term
U.S. Person means: (i) a citizen or
resident of the United States, (ii) a partnership or
corporation, or entity treated as a corporation, created or
organized in or under the laws of the United States, or any
political subdivision thereof, (iii) an estate the income
of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation
regardless of its source, or (iv) a trust if either
(x) a court within the United States is able to exercise
primary supervision over the administration of such trust and
one or more U.S. Persons have the authority to control all
substantial decisions of such trust or (y) the trust has a
valid election in effect to be treated as a U.S. Person for
U.S. federal income tax purposes or (z) any other
person or entity that is treated for U.S. federal income
tax purposes as if it were one of the foregoing.
Under these provisions, certain shareholders may have their
voting rights limited to less than one vote per share, while
other shareholders may have voting rights in excess of one vote
per share. See Part II, Item 5, Market for
Registrants Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and
Issuer Purchaser of Equity Securities
Bye-Laws. Moreover, these provisions could have the effect
of reducing the votes of certain shareholders who would not
otherwise be subject to the 9.5% limitation by virtue of their
direct share ownership. Our bye-laws provide that shareholders
will be notified of their voting interests prior to any vote to
be taken by them.
69
As a result of any reallocation of votes, voting rights of some
of our shareholders might increase above 5% of the aggregate
voting power of the outstanding ordinary shares, thereby
possibly resulting in such shareholders becoming a reporting
person subject to Schedule 13D or 13G filing requirements
under the Exchange Act. In addition, the reallocation of the
votes of our shareholders could result in some of the
shareholders becoming subject to filing requirements under
Section 16 of the Exchange Act in the event that the
Company no longer qualifies as a foreign private issuer.
We also have the authority under our bye-laws to request
information from any shareholder for the purpose of determining
whether a shareholders voting rights are to be reallocated
under the bye-laws. If a shareholder fails to respond to our
request for information or submits incomplete or inaccurate
information in response to a request by us, we may, in our sole
discretion, eliminate such shareholders voting rights.
There are
provisions in our bye-laws which may restrict the ability to
transfer ordinary shares and which may require shareholders to
sell their ordinary shares.
Our Board of Directors may decline to register a transfer of any
ordinary shares if it appears to the Board of Directors, in
their sole and reasonable discretion, after taking into account
the limitations on voting rights contained in our bye-laws, that
any non-de minimis adverse tax, regulatory or legal consequences
to us, any of our subsidiaries or any of our shareholders or
their affiliates may occur as a result of such transfer.
Our bye-laws also provide that if our Board of Directors
determines that share ownership by a person may result in
material adverse tax consequences to us, any of our subsidiaries
or any shareholder or its affiliates, then we have the option,
but not the obligation, to require that shareholder to sell to
us or to third parties to whom we assign the repurchase right
for fair market value the minimum number of ordinary shares held
by such person which is necessary to eliminate the material
adverse tax consequences.
Laws and
regulations of the jurisdictions where we conduct business could
delay or deter a takeover attempt that shareholders might
consider to be desirable and may make it more difficult to
replace members of our Board of Directors and have the effect of
entrenching management, and your ability to purchase more than
10% of our voting shares will be restricted.
Ordinary shares may be offered or sold in Bermuda only in
compliance with the provisions of the Investment Business Act
2003 of Bermuda which regulates the sale of securities in
Bermuda. In addition, the BMA must approve all issuances and
transfers of shares of a Bermuda-exempted company other than in
cases where the BMA has granted a general permission. The BMA in
its policy dated June 1, 2005 provides that where any
equity securities of a Bermuda company are listed on an
appointed stock exchange, general permission is given for the
issue and subsequent transfer of the securities of the company
from and/or
to a non-resident of Bermuda, for as long as any equity
securities of the company remain so listed. Notwithstanding the
above general permission, we have obtained from the BMA their
permission for the issue and free transferability of the
ordinary shares in the Company, as long as the shares are listed
on the New York Stock Exchange (the NYSE) (which is
an appointed stock exchange) or other appointed stock exchange,
to and among persons who are non-residents of Bermuda for
exchange control purposes and of up to 20% of the ordinary
shares to and among persons who are residents in Bermuda for
exchange control purposes. The BMA and the Registrar of
Companies accept no responsibility for the financial soundness
of any proposal or for the correctness of any of the statements
made or opinions expressed in this report.
Under the Insurance Act, each shareholder or prospective
shareholder will be responsible for notifying the BMA in writing
of his becoming a controller, directly or indirectly, of 10%,
20%, 33% or 50% of Aspen Holdings and ultimately Aspen Bermuda
within 45 days of becoming such a controller. The BMA may
serve a notice of objection on any controller of Aspen Bermuda
if it appears to the BMA that the person is no longer fit and
proper to be such a controller.
70
The FSA regulates the acquisition of control of any
U.K. insurance company or Lloyds managing agent which are
authorized under the FSMA. Any company or individual that
(together with its or his associates) directly or indirectly
acquires 10% or more of the shares of a U.K. authorized
insurance company or Lloyds managing agent, or their
parent company, or is entitled to exercise or control the
exercise of 10% or more of the voting power in such authorized
insurance company or Lloyds managing agent or their parent
company, would be considered to have acquired
control for the purposes of relevant legislation, as
would a person who had significant influence over the management
of such authorized insurance company or Lloyds managing
agent or their parent company by virtue of his shareholding or
voting power in either. A purchaser of 10% or more of our
ordinary shares would therefore be considered to have acquired
control of Aspen U.K. or AMAL. Under FSMA, any
person proposing to acquire control over a U.K.
authorized insurance company must notify the FSA of his
intention to do so and obtain the FSAs prior approval. The
FSA would then have sixty working days to consider that
persons application to acquire control. In
considering whether to approve such application, the FSA must be
satisfied both that the acquirer is a fit and proper person to
have such control and that the interests of
consumers would not be threatened by such acquisition of
control. Failure to make the relevant prior
application would constitute a criminal offense. A person who is
already deemed to have control will require prior
approval of the FSA if such person increases their level of
control beyond certain percentages. These
percentages are 20%, 30% and 50%.
Additionally, as we are the holding company of AMAL and AUL and
since Lloyds supervises AMAL and AUL, the prior consent of
Lloyds is required for any acquisition of
control, as defined above, of AMAL and AUL.
Under the North Dakota Insurance and Texas Holding Company
statutes, if a holder would acquire beneficial ownership of 10%
or more of our outstanding voting securities without the prior
approval of the North Dakota and Texas Insurance Departments,
then our North Dakota and Texas insurance subsidiaries or the
North Dakota and Texas Insurance Departments are entitled to
injunctive relief, including enjoining any proposed acquisition,
or seizing ordinary shares owned by any person who has acquired
control without prior approval, and such ordinary shares would
not be entitled to be voted.
There can be no assurance that the applicable regulatory body
would agree that a shareholder who owned greater than 10% of our
ordinary shares did not, because of the limitation on the voting
power of such shares, control the applicable Insurance
Subsidiary.
These laws may discourage potential acquisition proposals and
may delay, deter or prevent a change of control of the Company,
including through transactions, and in particular unsolicited
transactions, that some or all of our shareholders might
consider to be desirable. If these restrictions delay, deter or
prevent a change of control, such restrictions may make it more
difficult to replace members of our Board of Directors and may
have the effect of entrenching management regardless of their
performance.
We cannot
pay a dividend on our ordinary shares unless the full dividends
for the most recently ended dividend period on all outstanding
Perpetual PIERS, underlying perpetual preference shares and
Perpetual Preference Shares have been declared and
paid.
Our Perpetual PIERS, our perpetual preference shares that are
issuable upon conversion of our Perpetual PIERS at the option of
the holders thereof and our Perpetual Preference Shares will
rank senior to our ordinary shares with respect to the payment
of dividends. As a result, unless the full dividends for the
most recently ended dividend period on all outstanding Perpetual
PIERS, underlying perpetual preference shares and Perpetual
Preference Shares have been declared and paid (or declared and a
sum (or, if we so elect with respect to our Perpetual PIERS and
underlying perpetual preference shares, ordinary shares)
sufficient for the payment thereof has been set aside), we
cannot declare or pay a dividend on our ordinary shares. Under
the terms of our Perpetual PIERS and our Perpetual Preference
Shares, these restrictions will continue until full dividends on
all outstanding Perpetual PIERS, underlying perpetual preference
shares and Perpetual Preference Shares for four consecutive
dividend periods have been declared and paid (or declared and a
sum (or, if we so elect with respect to our
71
Perpetual PIERS and underlying perpetual preference shares,
ordinary shares) sufficient for the payment thereof has been set
aside for payment).
Our
ordinary shares rank junior to our Perpetual PIERS, underlying
perpetual preference shares and Perpetual Preference Shares in
the event of a liquidation, winding up or dissolution of the
Company.
In the event of a liquidation, winding up or dissolution of the
Company, our ordinary shares rank junior to our Perpetual PIERS,
our perpetual preference shares issuable upon conversion of our
Perpetual PIERS and our Perpetual Preference Shares. In such an
event, there may not be sufficient assets remaining, after
payments to holders of our Perpetual PIERS, underlying perpetual
preference shares and Perpetual Preference Shares, to ensure
payments to holders of ordinary shares.
U.S.
persons who own our ordinary shares may have more difficulty in
protecting their interests than U.S. persons who are
shareholders of a U.S. corporation.
The Companies Act, which applies to us, differs in some material
respects from laws generally applicable to
U.S. corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below
is a summary of certain significant provisions of the Companies
Act which includes, where relevant, information on modifications
thereto adopted under our bye-laws, applicable to us, which
differ in certain respects from provisions of Delaware corporate
law (which is representative of the corporate law of the various
states comprising the United States). Because the following
statements are summaries, they do not discuss all aspects of
Bermuda law that may be relevant to us and our shareholders.
Interested Directors. Under Bermuda law and
our bye-laws, a transaction entered into by us, in which a
director has an interest, will not be voidable by us, and such
director will not be accountable to us for any benefit realized
under that transaction, provided the nature of the interest is
disclosed at the first opportunity at a meeting of directors, or
in writing, to the directors. In addition, our bye-laws allow a
director to be taken into account in determining whether a
quorum is present and to vote on a transaction in which that
director has an interest following a declaration of the interest
under the Companies Act, unless the majority of the
disinterested directors determine otherwise. Under Delaware law,
the transaction would not be voidable if:
|
|
|
|
|
the material facts as to the interested directors
relationship or interests were disclosed or were known to the
Board of Directors and the Board of Directors in good faith
authorized the transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority
of the disinterested directors;
|
|
|
|
the material facts were disclosed or were known to the
shareholders entitled to vote on such transaction and the
transaction was specifically approved in good faith by vote of
the majority of shares entitled to vote thereon; or
|
|
|
|
the transaction was fair as to the corporation at the time it
was authorized, approved or ratified.
|
Business Combinations with Large Shareholders or
Affiliates. As a Bermuda company, we may enter
into business combinations with our large shareholders or one or
more wholly-owned subsidiaries, including asset sales and other
transactions in which a large shareholder or a wholly-owned
subsidiary receives, or could receive, a financial benefit that
is greater than that received, or to be received, by other
shareholders or other wholly-owned subsidiaries, without
obtaining prior approval from our shareholders and without
special approval from our Board of Directors. Under Bermuda law,
amalgamations require the approval of the Board of Directors,
and except in the case of amalgamations with and between
wholly-owned subsidiaries, shareholder approval. However, when
the affairs of a Bermuda company are being conducted in a manner
which is oppressive or prejudicial to the interests of some
shareholders, one or more shareholders may apply to a Bermuda
court, which may make an order as it sees fit, including an
order regulating the conduct of the companys affairs in
the future or ordering the purchase of the shares of any
shareholders by other shareholders or the company. If we were a
Delaware company, we would need prior approval from our Board of
Directors or a supermajority of our shareholders to enter
72
into a business combination with an interested shareholder for a
period of three years from the time the person became an
interested shareholder, unless we opted out of the relevant
Delaware statute. Bermuda law or our bye-laws would require
Board of Directors approval and, in some instances,
shareholder approval of such transactions.
Shareholders Suits. The rights of
shareholders under Bermuda law are not as extensive as the
rights of shareholders in many U.S. jurisdictions. Class
actions and derivative actions are generally not available to
shareholders under the laws of Bermuda. However, the Bermuda
courts ordinarily would be expected to follow English case law
precedent, which would permit a shareholder to commence a
derivative action in our name to remedy a wrong done to us where
an act is alleged to be beyond our corporate power, is illegal
or would result in the violation of our memorandum of
association or bye-laws. Furthermore, consideration would be
given by the court to acts that are alleged to constitute a
fraud against the minority shareholders or where an act requires
the approval of a greater percentage of our shareholders than
actually approved it. The winning party in such an action
generally would be able to recover a portion of attorneys
fees incurred in connection with the action. Our bye-laws
provide that shareholders waive all claims or rights of action
that they might have, individually or in the right of the
Company, against any director or officer for any act or failure
to act in the performance of such directors or
officers duties, except with respect to any fraud or
dishonesty of the director or officer or to recover any gain,
personal profit or advantage to which the director or officer is
not legally entitled. Class actions and derivative actions
generally are available to shareholders under Delaware law for,
among other things, breach of fiduciary duty, corporate waste
and actions not taken in accordance with applicable law. In such
actions, the court has discretion to permit the winning party to
recover attorneys fees incurred in connection with the
action.
Indemnification of Directors and
Officers. Under Bermuda law and our bye-laws, we
may indemnify our directors, officers, any other person
appointed to a committee of the Board of Directors or resident
representative (and their respective heirs, executors or
administrators) to the full extent permitted by law against all
actions, costs, charges, liabilities, loss, damage or expense,
incurred or suffered by such persons by reason of any act done,
conceived in or omitted in the conduct of our business or in the
discharge of their duties; provided that such indemnification
shall not extend to any matter which would render such
indemnification void under the Companies Act. Under Delaware
law, a corporation may indemnify a director or officer of the
corporation against expenses (including attorneys fees),
judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and
reasonably incurred in defense of an action, suit or proceeding
by reason of such position if (i) such director or officer
acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be
in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and
(ii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding,
such director or officer had no reasonable cause to believe his
conduct was unlawful.
Anti-takeover
provisions in our bye-laws could impede an attempt to replace or
remove our directors, which could diminish the value of our
ordinary shares.
Our bye-laws contain provisions that may entrench directors and
make it more difficult for shareholders to replace directors
even if the shareholders consider it beneficial to do so. In
addition, these provisions could delay or prevent a change of
control that a shareholder might consider favorable. For
example, these provisions may prevent a shareholder from
receiving the benefit from any premium over the market price of
our ordinary shares offered by a bidder in a potential takeover.
Even in the absence of an attempt to effect a change in
management or a takeover attempt, these provisions may adversely
affect the prevailing market price of our ordinary shares if
they are viewed as discouraging changes in management and
takeover attempts in the future.
For example, our bye-laws contain the following provisions that
could have such an effect:
|
|
|
|
|
election of directors is staggered, meaning that members of only
one of three classes of directors are elected each year;
|
|
|
|
directors serve for a term of three years (unless 70 years
or older);
|
73
|
|
|
|
|
our directors may decline to approve or register any transfer of
shares to the extent they determine, in their sole discretion,
that any non-de minimis adverse tax, regulatory or legal
consequences to Aspen Holdings, any of its subsidiaries,
shareholders or affiliates would result from such transfer;
|
|
|
|
if our directors determine that share ownership by any person
may result in material adverse tax consequences to Aspen
Holdings, any of its subsidiaries, shareholders or affiliates,
we have the option, but not the obligation, to purchase or
assign to a third party the right to purchase the minimum number
of shares held by such person solely to the extent that it is
necessary to eliminate such material risk;
|
|
|
|
shareholders have limited ability to remove directors; and
|
|
|
|
if the ordinary shares of any U.S. Person constitute 9.5%
or more of the votes conferred by the issued shares of Aspen
Holdings, the voting rights with respect to the controlled
shares of such U.S. Person shall be limited, in the
aggregate, to a voting power of less than 9.5%.
|
We are a
Bermuda company and it may be difficult to enforce judgments
against us or our directors and executive officers.
We are incorporated under the laws of Bermuda and our business
is based in Bermuda. In addition, certain of our directors and
officers reside outside the United States, and a substantial
portion of our assets and the assets of such persons are located
in jurisdictions outside the United States. As such, it may be
difficult or impossible to effect service of process within the
United States upon us or those persons or to recover against us
or them on judgments of U.S. courts, including judgments
predicated upon civil liability provisions of the
U.S. federal securities laws. Further, no claim may be
brought in Bermuda against us or our directors and officers in
the first instance for violation of U.S. federal securities
laws because these laws have no extraterritorial jurisdiction
under Bermuda law and do not have force of law in Bermuda. A
Bermuda court may, however, impose civil liability, including
the possibility of monetary damages, on us or our directors and
officers if the facts alleged in a complaint constitute or give
rise to a cause of action under Bermuda law.
We have been advised by Bermuda counsel that there is no treaty
in force between the U.S. and Bermuda providing for the
reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil and
commercial matters. As a result, whether a U.S. judgment
would be enforceable in Bermuda against us or our directors and
officers depends on whether the U.S. court that entered the
judgment is recognized by the Bermuda court as having
jurisdiction over us or our directors and officers, as
determined by reference to Bermuda conflict of law rules. A
judgment debt from a U.S. court that is final and for a sum
certain based on U.S. federal securities laws will not be
enforceable in Bermuda unless the judgment debtor had submitted
to the jurisdiction of the U.S. court, and the issue of
submission and jurisdiction is a matter of Bermuda (not U.S.)
law.
In addition to and irrespective of jurisdictional issues, the
Bermuda courts will not enforce a U.S. federal securities
law that is either penal or contrary to public policy. It is the
advice of our Bermuda counsel that an action brought pursuant to
a public or penal law, the purpose of which is the enforcement
of a sanction, power or right at the instance of the state in
its sovereign capacity, will not be entertained by a Bermuda
court. Certain remedies available under the laws of
U.S. jurisdictions, including certain remedies under
U.S. federal securities laws, would not be available under
Bermuda law or enforceable in a Bermuda court, as they would be
contrary to Bermuda public policy. Further, no claim may be
brought in Bermuda against us or our directors and officers in
the first instance for violation of U.S. federal securities
laws because these laws have no extraterritorial jurisdiction
under Bermuda law and do not have force of law in Bermuda. A
Bermuda court may, however, impose civil liability on us or our
directors and officers if the facts alleged in a complaint
constitute or give rise to a cause of action under Bermuda law.
74
Risks
Related to Taxation
Our
non-U.S.
companies (other than AUL) may be subject to U.S. tax and that
may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations
and your investment.
If Aspen Holdings or any of its
non-U.S. subsidiaries
(other than AUL) were considered to be engaged in a trade or
business in the United States, it could be subject to
U.S. corporate income and additional branch profits taxes
on the portion of its earnings effectively connected to such
U.S. business, in which case its results of operations
could be materially adversely affected (although its results of
operations should not be materially adversely affected if Aspen
U.K. is considered to be engaged in a U.S. trade or
business solely as a result of the binding authorities granted
to Aspen Re America, ARA-CA, ASIS, Aspen Management, Aspen
Solutions and Wellington Underwriting Inc. (WU Inc.).
Aspen Holdings, Aspen Bermuda, and Acorn Limited are Bermuda
companies, Aspen U.K. Holdings, Aspen U.K., Aspen U.K. Services,
AMAL, AUL, AIUK Trustees, ARML, APJ and APJ Services are U.K.
companies and APJ Jersey is a Jersey company. We intend to
manage our business so that each of these companies (other than
AUL) will operate in such a manner that none of these companies
should be subject to U.S. tax (other than U.S. excise
tax on insurance and reinsurance premium income attributable to
insuring or reinsuring U.S. risks and U.S. withholding
tax on certain U.S. source investment income, and the
likely imposition of U.S. corporate income and additional
branch profits tax on the profits attributable to the business
of Aspen U.K. produced pursuant to the binding authorities
granted to Aspen Re America, ARA-CA, ASIS, Aspen Solutions and
Aspen Management, as well as the binding authorities previously
granted to WU Inc.) because none of these companies should be
treated as engaged in a trade or business within the United
States (other than Aspen U.K. with respect to the business
produced pursuant to the Aspen Re America, ARA-CA, ASIS, Aspen
Management and prior WU Inc. binding authorities agreements).
However, because there is considerable uncertainty as to the
activities which constitute being engaged in a trade or business
within the United States, we cannot be certain that the
U.S. Internal Revenue Service (IRS) will not
contend successfully that some or all of Aspen Holdings or its
non-U.S. subsidiaries
(other than AUL) is/are engaged in a trade or business in the
United States based on activities in addition to the binding
authorities discussed above. AUL is a member of Lloyds and
subject to a closing agreement between Lloyds and the IRS
(the Closing Agreement). Pursuant to the terms of
the Closing Agreement all members of Lloyds, including
AUL, are subject to U.S. federal income taxation. Those
members that are entitled to the benefits of a U.S. income
tax treaty are deemed to be engaged in a U.S. trade or
business through a U.S. permanent establishment. Those
members not entitled to the benefits of such a treaty are merely
deemed to be engaged in a U.S. trade or business. The
Closing Agreement provides rules for determining the income
considered to be attributable to the permanent establishment or
U.S. trade or business. We believe that AUL may be entitled
to the benefits of the U.S. income tax treaty with the U.K.
(the U.K. Treaty), although the position is not
certain.
Our
non-U.K. companies may be subject to U.K. tax that may have a
material adverse effect on our results of operations.
None of us, except for Aspen U.K. Holdings, Aspen U.K., Aspen
U.K. Services, AMAL, AUL, AIUK Trustees, ARML, APJ and APJ
Services, is incorporated in the United Kingdom. Accordingly,
none of us, other than Aspen U.K. Holdings, Aspen U.K., Aspen
U.K. Services, AMAL, AUL, AIUK Trustees, ARML, APJ and APJ
Services, should be treated as being resident in the United
Kingdom for corporation tax purposes unless our central
management and control is exercised in the United Kingdom. The
concept of central management and control is indicative of the
highest level of control of a company, which is wholly a
question of fact. Each of us, other than Aspen U.K. Holdings,
Aspen U.K., Aspen U.K. Services, AMAL, AUL, AIUK Trustees, ARML,
APJ and APJ Services, currently intends to manage our affairs so
that none of us, other than Aspen U.K. Holdings, Aspen U.K.,
Aspen U.K. Services, AMAL, AUL, AIUK Trustees, ARML, APJ and APJ
Services, is resident in the United Kingdom for tax purposes.
75
A company not resident in the United Kingdom for corporation tax
purposes can nevertheless be subject to U.K. corporation tax if
it carries on a trade through a permanent establishment in the
United Kingdom but the charge to U.K. corporation tax is limited
to profits (including revenue profits and capital gains)
attributable directly or indirectly to such permanent
establishment.
Each of us, other than Aspen U.K. Holdings, Aspen U.K., Aspen
U.K. Services, AMAL, AUL, AIUK Trustees, ARML, APJ and APJ
Services, (which should be treated as resident in the United
Kingdom by virtue of being incorporated and managed there),
currently intends that we will operate in such a manner so that
none of us (other than Aspen U.K. Holdings, Aspen U.K., Aspen
U.K. Services, AMAL, AUL, AIUK Trustees, ARML, APJ and APJ
Services), carries on a trade through a permanent establishment
in the United Kingdom. Nevertheless, because neither case law
nor U.K. statute definitively defines the activities that
constitute trading in the United Kingdom through a permanent
establishment, Her Majestys Revenue and Customs might
contend successfully that any of us (other than Aspen U.K.
Holdings, Aspen U.K., Aspen U.K. Services, AMAL, AUL, AIUK
Trustees, ARML, APJ and APJ Services) are/is trading in the
United Kingdom through a permanent establishment.
The United Kingdom has no income tax treaty with Bermuda. There
are circumstances in which companies that are neither resident
in the United Kingdom nor entitled to the protection afforded by
a double tax treaty between the United Kingdom and the
jurisdiction in which they are resident may be exposed to income
tax in the United Kingdom (other than by deduction or
withholding) on the profits of a trade carried on there even if
that trade is not carried on through a permanent establishment
but each of us intends that we will operate in such a manner
that none of us will fall within the charge to income tax in the
United Kingdom (other than by deduction or withholding) in this
respect.
If any of us, other than Aspen U.K. Holdings, Aspen U.K., Aspen
U.K. Services, AMAL, AUL, AIUK Trustees, ARML, APJ and APJ
Services were treated as being resident in the United Kingdom
for U.K. corporation tax purposes, or if any of us were to be
treated as carrying on a trade in the United Kingdom, whether or
not through a permanent establishment, our results of operations
could be materially adversely affected.
Our U.K.
operations may be affected by future changes in U.K. tax
law.
Aspen U.K. Holdings, Aspen U.K., Aspen U.K. Services, AMAL, AUL,
AIUK Trustees, ARML, APJ and APJ Services, should be treated as
resident in the United Kingdom (by virtue of being incorporated
and managed there) and accordingly be subject to U.K. tax in
respect of their worldwide income and gains. Any change in the
basis or rate of U.K. corporation tax could materially adversely
affect the operations of the U.K. companies.
The Taxation (International and Other Provisions) Act 2010
contains a restriction on the deductibility of interest costs in
computing taxable profits of companies for U.K. tax purposes,
known as the worldwide debt cap, which applies to
accounting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2010.
Broadly, U.K. tax deductions for the net finance expense of the
U.K. companies in a group are restricted by reference to (if
less) the amount of the gross consolidated finance expense of
the worldwide group.
However, there is an exemption from the worldwide debt
cap, if all or substantially all of either the U.K.
trading income or the worldwide trading income of the group is
derived from the effecting or carrying out of insurance
contracts, or investment business arising directly from such
insurance activities. On the basis of the current business
activities of the Aspen group, we consider that this exemption
should apply. However, any disallowance of interest costs in
computing taxable profits for U.K. tax purposes could adversely
affect the tax charge to which the Aspen group is subject.
Consultation is ongoing with regard to changes to the U.K.
controlled foreign company rules. In November 2010, the U.K.
Government published the details of the new proposed regime and
draft legislation, with a view to legislating in the Finance
Bill 2011 (in respect of the proposed interim improvements to
the controlled foreign company rules and announced its intention
to further legislate in
76
the Finance Bill 2012). Any changes to the U.K. controlled
foreign company rules might affect the U.K.-resident entities of
the Aspen group.
Our U.K.
operations may be adversely affected by a transfer pricing
adjustment in computing U.K. taxable profits.
Any arrangements between U.K.-resident entities of the Aspen
group and other members of the Aspen group are subject to the
U.K. transfer pricing regime. Consequently, if any agreement
(including any reinsurance agreements) between a U.K.-resident
entity of the Aspen group and any other Aspen group entity
(whether that entity is resident in or outside the U.K.) is
found not to be on arms length terms and as a result a
U.K. tax advantage is being obtained, an adjustment will be
required to compute U.K. taxable profits as if such an agreement
were on arms length terms. Any transfer pricing adjustment
could adversely impact the tax charge suffered by the relevant
U.K.-resident entities of the Aspen group.
Holders
of 10% or more of Aspen Holdings shares may be subject to
U.S. income taxation under the controlled foreign
corporation (CFC) rules.
If you are a 10% U.S. Shareholder (defined as a
U.S. Person (as defined below) who owns (directly,
indirectly through
non-U.S. entities
or constructively (as defined below)) at least 10%
of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock
entitled to vote of a
non-U.S. corporation),
that is a CFC for an uninterrupted period of 30 days or
more during a taxable year, and you own shares in the
non-U.S corporation directly or indirectly through
non-U.S. entities
on the last day of the
non-U.S. corporations
taxable year on which it is a CFC, you must include in your
gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes your pro
rata share of the CFCs subpart F income, even
if the subpart F income is not distributed. Subpart F
income of a
non-U.S. insurance
corporation typically includes
non-U.S. personal
holding company income (such as interest, dividends and other
types of passive income), as well as insurance and reinsurance
income (including underwriting and investment income). A
non-U.S. corporation
is considered a CFC if 10% U.S. Shareholders
own (directly, indirectly through
non-U.S. entities
or by attribution by application of the constructive ownership
rules of section 958(b) of the Code (i.e.,
constructively)) more than 50% of the total combined
voting power of all classes of voting stock of that
non-U.S. corporation,
or the total value of all stock of that
non-U.S. corporation.
For purposes of taking into account insurance income, a CFC also
includes a
non-U.S. insurance
company earning insurance income in which more than 25% of the
total combined voting power of all classes of stock (or more
than 25% of the total value of the stock) is owned by 10%
U.S. Shareholders on any day during the taxable year of
such corporation, if the gross amount of premiums or other
consideration for the reinsurance or the issuing of insurance or
annuity contracts (other than certain insurance or reinsurance
related to some country risks written by certain insurance
companies, not applicable here) exceeds 75% of the gross amount
of all premiums or other consideration in respect of all risks.
For purposes of this discussion, the term
U.S. Person means: (i) a citizen or
resident of the United States, (ii) a partnership or
corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the
United States, or organized under the laws of any political
subdivision thereof, (iii) an estate the income of which is
subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its
source, (iv) a trust if either (x) a court within the
United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the
administration of such trust and one or more U.S. Persons
have the authority to control all substantial decisions of such
trust or (y) the trust has a valid election in effect to be
treated as a U.S. Person for U.S. federal income tax
purposes and (v) any other person or entity that is treated
for U.S. federal income tax purposes as if it were one of
the foregoing.
We believe that because of the anticipated dispersion of our
share ownership, provisions in our organizational documents that
limit voting power (these provisions are described under
Bye-laws in Part II, Item 5 below) and
other factors, no U.S. Person who owns shares of Aspen
Holdings directly or indirectly through one or more
non-U.S. entities
should be treated as owning (directly, indirectly through
non-U.S. entities,
or constructively) 10% or more of the total voting power of all
classes of shares of
77
Aspen Holdings or any of its
non-U.S. subsidiaries.
It is possible, however, that the IRS could successfully
challenge the effectiveness of these provisions.
U.S.
Persons who hold our shares may be subject to U.S. income
taxation at ordinary income rates on their proportionate share
of our related party insurance income
(RPII).
If the RPII (determined on a gross basis) of any of our
non-U.S. Insurance
Subsidiaries were to equal or exceed 20% of that companys
gross insurance income in any taxable year and direct or
indirect insureds (and persons related to those insureds) own
directly or indirectly through entities 20% or more of the
voting power or value of Aspen Holdings, then a U.S. Person
who owns any shares of such
non-U.S. Insurance
Subsidiary (directly or indirectly through
non-U.S. entities)
on the last day of the taxable year on which it is an RPII CFC
would be required to include in its income for U.S. federal
income tax purposes such persons pro rata share of such
companys RPII for the entire taxable year, determined as
if such RPII were distributed proportionately only to
U.S. Persons at that date regardless of whether such income
is distributed, in which case your investment could be
materially adversely affected. In addition, any RPII that is
includible in the income of a U.S. tax-exempt organization
may be treated as unrelated business taxable income. The amount
of RPII earned by a
non-U.S. Insurance
Subsidiary (generally, premium and related investment income
from the indirect or direct insurance or reinsurance of any
direct or indirect U.S. holder of shares or any person
related to such holder) will depend on a number of factors,
including the identity of persons directly or indirectly insured
or reinsured by the company. We believe that the direct or
indirect insureds of each of our
non-U.S. Insurance
Subsidiaries (and related persons) did not directly or
indirectly own 20% or more of either the voting power or value
of our shares in prior years of operation and we do not expect
this to be the case in the foreseeable future. Additionally, we
do not expect gross RPII of each of our foreign Insurance
Subsidiaries to equal or exceed 20% of its gross insurance
income in any taxable year for the foreseeable future, but we
cannot be certain that this will be the case because some of the
factors which determine the extent of RPII may be beyond our
control.
U.S.
Persons who dispose of our shares may be subject to U.S. federal
income taxation at the rates applicable to dividends on a
portion of such disposition.
Section 1248 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended, in conjunction with the RPII rules provides that if a
U.S. Person disposes of shares in a
non-U.S. corporation
that earns insurance income in which U.S. Persons own 25%
or more of the shares (even if the amount of gross RPII is less
than 20% of the corporations gross insurance income and
the ownership of its shares by direct or indirect insureds and
related persons is less than the 20% threshold), any gain from
the disposition will generally be treated as a dividend to the
extent of the holders share of the corporations
undistributed earnings and profits that were accumulated during
the period that the holder owned the shares (whether or not such
earnings and profits are attributable to RPII). In addition,
such a holder will be required to comply with certain reporting
requirements, regardless of the amount of shares owned by the
holder. These RPII rules should not apply to dispositions of our
shares because Aspen Holdings will not itself be directly
engaged in the insurance business. The RPII provisions, however,
have never been interpreted by the courts or the Treasury
Department in final regulations, and regulations interpreting
the RPII provisions of the Code exist only in proposed form. It
is not certain whether these regulations will be adopted in
their proposed form or what changes or clarifications might
ultimately be made thereto or whether any such changes, as well
as any interpretation or application of the RPII rules by the
IRS, the courts, or otherwise, might have retroactive effect.
The Treasury Department has authority to impose, among other
things, additional reporting requirements with respect to RPII.
Accordingly, the meaning of the RPII provisions and the
application thereof to us is uncertain.
78
U.S.
Persons who hold our shares will be subject to adverse tax
consequences if we are considered to be a passive foreign
investment company (PFIC) for U.S. federal income
tax purposes.
If we are considered a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax
purposes, a U.S. Person who owns any of our shares will be
subject to adverse tax consequences including subjecting the
investor to a greater tax liability than might otherwise apply
and subjecting the investor to tax on amounts in advance of when
tax would otherwise be imposed, in which case your investment
could be materially adversely affected. In addition, if we were
considered a PFIC, upon the death of any U.S. individual
owning shares, such individuals heirs or estate would not
be entitled to a
step-up
in the basis of the shares that might otherwise be available
under U.S. federal income tax laws. We believe that we are
not, have not been, and currently do not expect to become, a
PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We cannot assure
you, however, that we will not be deemed a PFIC by the IRS. If
we were considered a PFIC, it could have material adverse tax
consequences for an investor that is subject to
U.S. federal income taxation. There are currently no
regulations regarding the application of the PFIC provisions to
an insurance company. New regulations or pronouncements
interpreting or clarifying these rules may be forthcoming. We
cannot predict what impact, if any, such guidance would have on
an investor that is subject to U.S. federal income taxation.
U.S.
tax-exempt organizations who own our shares may recognize
unrelated business taxable income.
A U.S. tax-exempt organization may recognize unrelated
business taxable income if a portion of the insurance income of
any of our
non-U.S. Insurance
Subsidiaries is allocated to the organization, which generally
would be the case if any of our
non-U.S. Insurance
Subsidiaries is a CFC and the tax-exempt shareholder is a
U.S. 10% Shareholder or there is RPII, certain exceptions
do not apply and the tax-exempt organization owns any of our
shares. Although we do not believe that any U.S. Persons
should be allocated such insurance income, we cannot be certain
that this will be the case. U.S. tax-exempt investors are
advised to consult their own tax advisors.
Scope of
application of recently enacted legislation is
uncertain.
The U.S. Congress enacted legislation in 2010 that would
require our
non-U.S. companies
to enter into agreements with the IRS that would require our
non-U.S. companies,
if characterized as foreign financial institutions,
to obtain information about our noteholders and shareholders and
to disclose information about our U.S. noteholders and
shareholders to the IRS and would appear to impose a 30%
withholding tax on certain payments of U.S. source income
to our
non-U.S. companies
if they do not enter into the agreement, are unable to obtain
information about our U.S. noteholders and shareholders or
otherwise fails to satisfy the obligations under the agreement.
Additionally, if our
non-U.S. companies
are characterized as a foreign financial institution
and do enter into such an agreement with the IRS, a 30%
withholding tax could be imposed on noteholders and shareholders
that do not provide the required information. If our
non-U.S. companies
are characterized as a foreign financial institution
and cannot satisfy these obligations, payments of
U.S. source income made after December 31, 2012 on
obligations not outstanding on March 18, 2012 to our
non-U.S. companies
or, in the case of a company that enters into the appropriate
agreement with the IRS, payments by our
non-U.S. companies
related to such U.S. source income to noteholders or
shareholders that do not provide the required information after
this date will be subject to such withholding tax under the
legislation. As a result, noteholders and shareholders may be
required to provide any information that our
non-U.S. companies
determines necessary to avoid the imposition of such withholding
tax in order to allow our
non-U.S. companies
to satisfy such obligations. Further, if our
non-U.S. companies
are not characterized as foreign financial
institutions, they would appear to be subject to such 30%
withholding tax on certain payments of U.S. source income
unless they either provide information to withholding agents
with respect to our substantial U.S. owners or
make certain certifications. Companion provisions may require
individual shareholders to annually report with their
U.S. federal income tax returns certain information with
respect to our
non-U.S. companies
(specified foreign financial assets). The
U.S. Treasury is expected to
79
issue regulations clarifying the scope of this legislation. For
these purposes, a foreign financial institution is
generally a
non-U.S. entity
that (i) accepts deposits in the ordinary course of a
banking or similar business, (ii) holds financial assets
for the accounts of others as a substantial portion of its
business or (iii) is engaged primarily in the business of
investing, reinvesting, or trading in securities, partnership
interests, commodities, or any interest in such securities,
partnership interests or commodities.
Potential
FBAR reporting and reporting of Specified Foreign
Financial Assets.
U.S. Persons holding our shares (and
Non-U.S. Persons
holding our shares that are in and doing business in the United
States) should consider their possible obligation to file a IRS
Form TD F
90-22.1
Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts Report with
respect to their shares. Additionally, such U.S. and
non-U.S. persons
should consider their possible obligations to annually report
certain information with respect to us with their
U.S. federal income tax returns. Shareholders should
consult their tax advisors with respect to these or any other
reporting requirement which may apply with respect to their
ownership of our shares.
Changes
in U.S. federal income tax law could materially adversely affect
an investment in our shares.
Legislation has been introduced in the U.S. Congress
intended to eliminate certain perceived tax advantages of
companies (including insurance companies) that have legal
domiciles outside the United States but have certain
U.S. connections. For example, legislation has been
introduced in Congress to limit the deductibility of reinsurance
premiums paid by U.S. companies to non
U.S. affiliates, which, if enacted, could adversely impact
our results.
Further, the U.S. federal income tax laws and
interpretations regarding whether a company is engaged in a
trade or business within the United States, or is a PFIC, or
whether U.S. Persons would be required to include in their
gross income the subpart F income or the RPII of a
CFC are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.
There are currently no regulations regarding the application of
the PFIC rules to insurance companies and the regulations
regarding RPII are still in proposed form. New regulations or
pronouncements interpreting or clarifying such rules may be
forthcoming. We cannot be certain if, when or in what form such
regulations or pronouncements may be provided and whether such
guidance will have a retroactive effect.
The
impact of Bermudas letter of commitment to the
Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development to
eliminate harmful tax practices is uncertain and could adversely
affect our tax status in Bermuda.
The Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (the
OECD), has published reports and launched a global
dialogue among member and non-member countries on measures to
limit harmful tax competition. These measures are largely
directed at counteracting the effects of tax havens and
preferential tax regimes in countries around the world. In the
OECDs progress report dated April 2, 2009, Bermuda
was designated as an OECD White List jurisdiction
that has substantially implemented the internationally agreed
tax standards. The standards for the OECD compliance are to have
at least 12 signed Tax Information Exchange Agreements (TIEAs)
with other OECD members or non-OECD members. As of
December 31, 2010, Bermuda had 23 signed TIEAs which exceed
the requisite amount, demonstrating the Bermuda
Governments commitment to preserve the standards. We are
not able to predict what changes will arise from the commitment
or whether such changes will subject us to additional taxes.
Additional
Information
Aspens website address is www.aspen.bm. We make
available on our website our Annual Reports on
Form 10-K,
Quarterly Reports on
Form 10-Q,
Current Reports on
Form 8-K,
and all amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably
practicable after such material is electronically filed with or
furnished to the SEC.
80
|
|
Item 1B.
|
Unresolved
Staff Comments
|
Not applicable.
We entered into an agreement in July 2004 to lease three floors
comprising a total of approximately 15,000 square feet in
Hamilton, Bermuda for our holding company and Bermuda
operations. The term of the rental lease agreement is for six
years from September 1, 2005 to August 31, 2011, with
an additional three-year option commencing September 1,
2011. We have agreed a three-year extension effective
September 1, 2011.
For our U.K.-based reinsurance and insurance operations, on
April 1, 2005, Aspen U.K. signed an agreement for under
leases (following our entry in October 2004 into a heads of
terms agreement) with B.L.C.T. (29038) Limited (the
landlord), Tamagon Limited and Cleartest Limited in connection
with leasing office space in London of approximately a total of
49,500 square feet covering three floors. The term of each
lease for each floor commenced in November 2004 and runs for
15 years. In 2007, the building was sold to Tishman
International. The terms of the lease remain unchanged. Each
lease will be subject to
5-yearly
upwards-only rent reviews. We also license office space within
the Lloyds building on the basis of a renewable
twelve-month lease. We have also leased additional premises in
London covering 9,800 square feet for a period of five
years.
We also have entered into leases for office space in locations
of our subsidiary operations. These locations include Boston,
Massachusetts; Rocky Hill, Connecticut; Alpharetta, Georgia;
Scottsdale, Arizona; Pasadena, California; Manhattan Beach,
California; Atlanta, Georgia; Miami, Florida; and Jersey City,
New Jersey. In 2010, we entered into a five-year lease for
office space in Manhattan, New York, covering 24,000 square
feet.
Our international offices for our subsidiaries include locations
in Paris, Zurich, Singapore, Cologne and Dublin.
We believe that our office space is sufficient for us to conduct
our operations for the foreseeable future in these locations.
|
|
Item 3.
|
Legal
Proceedings
|
In common with the rest of the insurance and reinsurance
industry, we are also subject to litigation and arbitration in
the ordinary course of our business. Our Insurance Subsidiaries
are regularly engaged in the investigation, conduct and defense
of disputes, or potential disputes, resulting from questions of
insurance or reinsurance coverage or claims activities. Pursuant
to our insurance and reinsurance arrangements, many of these
disputes are resolved by arbitration or other forms of
alternative dispute resolution. In some jurisdictions,
noticeably the U.S., a failure to deal with such disputes or
potential disputes in an appropriate manner could result in an
award of bad faith punitive damages against our
Insurance Subsidiaries.
While any legal or arbitration proceedings contain an element of
uncertainty, we do not believe that the eventual outcome of any
specific litigation, arbitration or alternative dispute
resolution proceedings to which we are currently a party will
have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of or
business as a whole.
81
|
|
Item 5.
|
Market
for the Registrants Common Equity, Related Stockholder
Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
|
Market
Information
Our ordinary shares began publicly trading on December 4,
2003. Our NYSE symbol for our ordinary shares is AHL. Prior to
that time, there was no trading market for our ordinary shares.
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the
high and low sales prices per share of our ordinary shares as
reported in composite New York Stock Exchange trading:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Price Range of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ordinary Shares
|
|
|
Dividends Paid Per
|
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
Ordinary Share
|
|
|
Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
$
|
29.03
|
|
|
$
|
25.42
|
|
|
$
|
0.15
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
$
|
29.46
|
|
|
$
|
23.80
|
|
|
$
|
0.15
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
$
|
30.46
|
|
|
$
|
24.39
|
|
|
$
|
0.15
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
$
|
31.60
|
|
|
$
|
28.00
|
|
|
$
|
0.15
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
$
|
25.43
|
|
|
$
|
18.46
|
|
|
$
|
0.15
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
$
|
24.99
|
|
|
$
|
20.44
|
|
|
$
|
0.15
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
$
|
27.50
|
|
|
$
|
22.45
|
|
|
$
|
0.15
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
$
|
28.44
|
|
|
$
|
25.20
|
|
|
$
|
0.15
|
|
Number of
holders of ordinary shares
As of February 1, 2011, there were 62 holders of record of
our ordinary shares, not including beneficial owners of ordinary
shares registered in nominee or street name, and there was one
holder of record of each of our Perpetual PIERS and Perpetual
Preference Shares.
Dividends
Any determination to pay cash dividends will be at the
discretion of our Board of Directors and will be dependent upon
our results of operations and cash flows, our financial position
and capital requirements, general business conditions, legal,
tax, regulatory and any contractual restrictions on the payment
of dividends and any other factors our Board of Directors deems
relevant at the time. See table above for dividends paid.
We are a holding company and have no direct operations. Our
ability to pay dividends depends, in part, on the ability of our
Insurance Subsidiaries to pay us dividends. The Insurance
Subsidiaries are subject to significant regulatory restrictions
limiting their ability to declare and pay dividends. For a
summary of these restrictions, see Part I, Item 1,
Business Regulatory Matters and
Part II, Item 7, Managements Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations.
Additionally, we are subject to Bermuda regulatory constraints
that will affect our ability to pay dividends on our ordinary
shares and make other payments. Under the Companies Act, we may
declare or pay a dividend out of distributable reserves only if
we have reasonable grounds for believing that we are, and would
after the payment be, able to pay our liabilities as they become
due and if the realizable value of our assets would thereby not
be less than the aggregate of our liabilities and issued share
capital and share premium accounts.
Generally, unless the full dividends for the most recently ended
dividend period on all outstanding Perpetual PIERS, any
preference shares issued upon conversion of our Perpetual PIERS,
and Perpetual
82
Preference Shares have been declared and paid, we cannot declare
or pay a dividend on our ordinary shares. Our credit facilities
also restrict our ability to pay dividends. See Part II,
Item 7, Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Liquidity.
Recent
sale of unregistered securities
In connection with our Names Options, under the Option
Instrument (as defined below), the Names Trustee may
exercise the Names Options on a monthly basis. The
Names Options were exercised on a cash and cashless basis
at the exercise price as described further under Investor
Options below.
As a result, we issued the following unregistered shares to the
Names Trustee and its beneficiaries in the three months
ending December 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
Date Issued
|
|
Shares Issued
|
|
October 15, 2010
|
|
|
3,509
|
|
November 15, 2010
|
|
|
35,486
|
|
December 15, 2010
|
|
|
1,935
|
|
None of the transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting
discounts or commissions, or any public offering and we believe
that each transaction, if deemed to be a sale of a security, was
exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act
by virtue of Section 4(2) thereof or Regulation S for
offerings of securities outside the United States. Such
securities were restricted as to transfers and appropriate
legends were affixed to the share certificates and instruments
in such transactions.
Purchases
of equity securities by issuer and affiliated
purchasers
The following table provides information about purchases by the
Company of the Companys equity securities during the three
months ended December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number (or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Approximate Dollar
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Value) of Shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares (or Units)
|
|
|
(or Units)
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Purchased as Part
|
|
|
That May
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
of Publicly
|
|
|
Yet Be Purchased
|
|
|
|
Shares (or
|
|
|
Paid per
|
|
|
Announced
|
|
|
Under the
|
|
|
|
Units)
|
|
|
Shares (or
|
|
|
Plans or
|
|
|
Plans or
|
|
Period
|
|
Purchased
|
|
|
Units)
|
|
|
Programs
|
|
|
Programs
|
|
|
October 1, 2010 to October 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
November 2, 2010 to November 15, 2010
|
|
|
550,000
|
|
|
$
|
28.87
|
|
|
|
550,000
|
|
|
$
|
376.4 million
|
|
November 15, 2010 to December 15, 2010(1)
|
|
|
5,737,449
|
|
|
$
|
32.07(2
|
)
|
|
|
5,737,449
|
|
|
$
|
192.4 million
|
|
Total
|
|
|
6,287,449
|
|
|
$
|
31.79(2
|
)
|
|
|
6,287,449
|
|
|
$
|
192.4 million
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
On November 10, 2010, we
entered into a contract with Barclays Capital for the purchase
of ordinary shares to the fixed value of $184.0 million.
Under this arrangement, we acquired and canceled
4,429,161 shares on November 15, 2010, which is the
initial settlement amount. In addition, we acquired and canceled
an additional 1,308,288 shares on December 15, 2010,
which is the additional amount making up the total number of
minimum shares to be canceled under the contract
(5,737,449 shares). When the contract expires, we may
receive and subsequently cancel further shares, with the actual
number being determined by the volume weighted average price of
our shares over the period from December 10, 2010 (the end
of the hedge period) and the date of termination, less a
discount. Apart from our payment of $184 million on
November 10, 2010, we will make no further payments or
transfer shares under this contract, except under certain
circumstances in connection with friendly acquisitions.
|
83
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
The average price paid assumes
that no further shares are cancelled under the agreement to
purchase shares referenced in (1) above. If further shares are
cancelled under the contract, the price per share will decrease.
|
For information regarding securities authorized for issuance
under our equity compensation plans, see Part III,
Item 12, Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial
Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
included in this report.
Shareholders
Agreement and Registration Rights Agreement
We entered into an amended and restated shareholders
agreement dated as of September 30, 2003 with all of the
shareholders who purchased their shares in our initial private
placement, and certain members of management. Of these initial
shareholders, the Names Trustee is the only remaining
shareholder to which such agreement applies.
If a change of control (as defined in the shareholders
agreement) is approved by the Board of Directors and by
investors (as defined in the shareholders agreement)
holding not less than 60% of the voting power of shares held by
the investors (in each case, after taking into account voting
power adjustments under the bye-laws), the Names Trustee
undertakes to:
|
|
|
|
|
exercise respective voting rights as shareholders to approve the
change of control; and
|
|
|
|
tender its respective shares for sale in relation to the change
of control on terms no less favorable than those on which the
investors sell their shares.
|
We also entered into an amended and restated registration rights
agreement dated as of November 14, 2003 with the existing
shareholders prior to our initial public offering, pursuant to
which we may be required to register our ordinary shares held by
such parties under the Securities Act. Any such shareholder
party or group of shareholders (other than directors, officers
or employees of the Company) that held in the aggregate
$50 million of our shares had the right to request
registration for a public offering of all or a portion of its
shares. Of these initial shareholders, the Names Trustee
is the only remaining shareholder to which such agreement
applies.
Under the registration rights agreement, if we propose to
register the sale of any of our securities under the Securities
Act (other than a registration on
Form S-8
or F-4), such parties (now only the Names Trustee) holding
our ordinary shares or other securities convertible into,
exercisable for or exchangeable for our ordinary shares, will
have the right to participate proportionately in such sale.
The registration rights agreement contains various
lock-up, or
hold-back, agreements preventing sales of ordinary shares just
prior to and for a period following an underwritten offering. In
general, the Company agreed in the registration rights agreement
to pay all fees and expenses of registration and the subsequent
offerings, except the underwriting spread or pay brokerage
commission incurred in connection with the sales of the ordinary
shares.
Bye-Laws
Our Board of Directors approved amendments to our bye-laws on
March 3, 2005, February 16, 2006, February 6,
2008 and February 3, 2009, which were subsequently approved
by our shareholders at our annual general meetings on
May 26, 2005, May 25, 2006, April 30, 2008 and
April 29, 2009 respectively. Below is a description of our
bye-laws as amended.
Our Board of Directors and Corporate
Action. Our bye-laws provide that the Board of
Directors shall consist of not less than six and not more than
15 directors. Subject to our bye-laws and Bermuda law, the
directors shall be elected or appointed by holders of ordinary
shares. Our Board of Directors is divided into three classes,
designated Class I, Class II and Class III and is
elected by the shareholders as follows. Our Class I
directors are elected to serve until the 2011 annual general
meeting, our Class II directors are elected to serve until
the 2012 annual general meeting and our Class III directors
are elected to serve until our 2010 annual general meeting.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, directors who are
84
70 years or older shall be elected every year and shall not
be subject to a three-year term. In addition, notwithstanding
the foregoing, each director shall hold office until such
directors successor shall have been duly elected or until
such director is removed from office or such office is otherwise
vacated. In the event of any change in the number of directors,
the Board of Directors shall apportion any newly created
directorships among, or reduce the number of directorships in,
such class or classes as shall equalize, as nearly as possible,
the number of directors in each class. In no event will a
decrease in the number of directors shorten the term of any
incumbent director.
Generally, the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors
present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be
required to authorize corporate action. Corporate action may
also be taken by a unanimous written resolution of the Board of
Directors without a meeting and with no need to give notice,
except in the case of removal of auditors or directors. The
quorum necessary for the transaction of business of the Board of
Directors may be fixed by the Board of Directors and, unless so
fixed at any other number, shall be a majority of directors in
office from time to time and in no event less than two directors.
Voting cutbacks. In general, and except as
provided below, shareholders have one vote for each ordinary
share held by them and are entitled to vote at all meetings of
shareholders. However, if, and so long as, the shares of a
shareholder in the Company are treated as controlled
shares (as determined pursuant to section 958 of the
Code) of any U.S. Person and such controlled shares
constitute 9.5% or more of the votes conferred by the issued
shares of Aspen Holdings, the voting rights with respect to the
controlled shares owned by such U.S. Person shall be
limited, in the aggregate, to a voting power of less than 9.5%,
under a formula specified in our bye-laws. The formula is
applied repeatedly until the voting power of all 9.5%
U.S. Shareholders has been reduced to less than 9.5%. In
addition, our Board of Directors may limit a shareholders
voting rights when it deems it appropriate to do so to
(i) avoid the existence of any 9.5% U.S. Shareholder;
and (ii) avoid certain material adverse tax, legal or
regulatory consequences to the Company or any of its
subsidiaries or any shareholder or its affiliates.
Controlled shares includes, among other things, all
shares of the Company that such U.S. Person is deemed to
own directly, indirectly or constructively (within the meaning
of section 958 of the Code). The amount of any reduction of
votes that occurs by operation of the above limitations will
generally be reallocated proportionately among all other
shareholders of Aspen Holdings whose shares were not
controlled shares of the 9.5% U.S. Shareholder
so long as such: (i) reallocation does not cause any person
to become a 9.5% U.S. Shareholder and provided further
that; (ii) no portion of such reallocation shall apply to
the shares held by Wellington or the Names Trustee, except
where the failure to apply such increase would result in any
person becoming a 9.5% shareholder, and (iii) reallocation
shall be limited in the case of existing shareholders 3i,
Phoenix and Montpelier Reinsurance Limited so that none of their
voting rights exceed 10% (no longer relevant as they are not
shareholders of the Company any longer). The references in the
previous sentence to Wellington, 3i, Phoenix and Montpelier
Reinsurance Limited are no longer relevant as they are no longer
shareholders of the Company.
These voting cut-back provisions have been incorporated into the
Companys bye-laws to seek to mitigate the risk of any
U.S. person that owns our ordinary shares directly or
indirectly through
non-U.S.
entities being characterized as a 10% U.S. shareholders for
purposes of the U.S. controlled foreign corporation rules.
If such a direct or indirect U.S. shareholder of the
Company were characterized as 10% U.S. shareholder of the
Company and the Company or one of its subsidiaries were
characterized as a CFC, such shareholder might have to include
its pro rata share of the Company income (subject to certain
exceptions) in its U.S. federal gross income, even if there
have been no distributions to the U.S. shareholders by the
Company.
Under these provisions, certain shareholders may have their
voting rights limited to less than one vote per share, while
other shareholders may have voting rights in excess of one vote
per share.
Moreover, these provisions could have the effect of reducing the
votes of certain shareholders who would not otherwise be subject
to the 9.5% limitation by virtue of their direct share
ownership. Our bye-
85
laws provide that shareholders will be notified of their voting
interests prior to any vote to be taken by them.
We are authorized to require any shareholder to provide
information as to that shareholders beneficial share
ownership, the names of persons having beneficial ownership of
the shareholders shares, relationships with other
shareholders or any other facts the directors may deem relevant
to a determination of the number of ordinary shares attributable
to any person. If any holder fails to respond to this request or
submits incomplete or inaccurate information, we may, in our
sole discretion, eliminate the shareholders voting rights.
All information provided by the shareholder shall be treated by
the Company as confidential information and shall be used by the
Company solely for the purpose of establishing whether any 9.5%
U.S. Shareholder exists (except as otherwise required by
applicable law or regulation).
Shareholder Action. Except as otherwise
required by the Companies Act and our bye-laws, any question
proposed for the consideration of the shareholders at any
general meeting shall be decided by the affirmative vote of a
majority of the voting power of votes cast at such meeting (in
each case, after taking into account voting power adjustments
under the bye-laws). Our bye-laws require 21 days
notice of annual general meetings.
The following actions shall be approved by the affirmative vote
of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the voting power of
shares entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders (in each
case, after taking into account voting power adjustments under
the bye-laws): any amendment to Bye-Laws 13 (first
sentence Modification of Rights); 24 (Transfer of
Shares); 49 (Voting); 63, 64, 65 and 66 (Adjustment of Voting
Power); 67 (Other Adjustments of Voting Power); 76 (Purchase of
Shares); 84 or 85 (Certain Subsidiaries); provided, however,
that in the case of any amendments to Bye-Laws 24, 63, 64, 65,
66, 67 or 76, such amendment shall only be subject to this
voting requirement if the Board of Directors determines in its
sole discretion that such amendment could adversely affect any
shareholder in any non-de minimis respect. The following actions
shall be approved by the affirmative vote of at least sixty-six
percent (66%) of the voting power of shares entitled to vote at
a meeting of shareholders (in each case, after taking into
account voting power adjustments under the bye-laws): (i) a
merger or amalgamation with, or a sale, lease or transfer of all
or substantially all of the assets of the Company to a third
party, where any shareholder does not have the same right to
receive the same consideration as all other shareholders in such
transaction; or (ii) discontinuance of the Company out of
Bermuda to another jurisdiction. In addition, any amendment to
Bye-Law 50 shall be approved by the affirmative vote of at least
sixty-six percent (66%) of the voting power of shares entitled
to vote at a meeting of shareholders (after taking into account
voting power adjustments under the bye-laws).
Shareholder action may be taken by resolution in writing signed
by the shareholder (or the holders of such class of shares) who
at the date of the notice of the resolution in writing represent
the majority of votes that would be required if the resolution
had been voted on at a meeting of the shareholders.
Amendment. Our bye-laws may be revoked or
amended by a majority of the Board of Directors, but no
revocation or amendment shall be operative unless and until it
is approved at a subsequent general meeting of the Company by
the shareholders by resolution passed by a majority of the
voting power of votes cast at such meeting (in each case, after
taking into account voting power adjustments under the bye-laws)
or such greater majority as required by our bye-laws.
Voting of
Non-U.S. Subsidiary
Shares. If the voting rights of any shares of the
Company are adjusted pursuant to our bye-laws and we are
required or entitled to vote at a general meeting of any of
Aspen U.K., Aspen Bermuda, Aspen U.K. Holdings, Aspen U.K.
Services, AIUK Trustees, AMAL, AUL, Acorn or any other
non-U.S. subsidiary
of ours (together, the
Non-U.S. Subsidiaries),
our directors shall refer the subject matter of the vote to our
shareholders and seek direction from such shareholders as to how
they should vote on the resolution proposed by the
Non-U.S. Subsidiary.
In the event that a voting cutback is required, substantially
similar provisions are or will be contained in the bye-laws (or
equivalent governing documents) of the
Non-U.S. Subsidiaries.
This
86
provision was amended at the 2009 annual general meeting to
require the application of this bye-law only in the event that a
voting cutback is required, as described above.
Capital Reduction. At the 2009 annual general
meeting, our bye-laws were amended to permit a capital reduction
of part of a class or series of shares.
Treasury Shares. Our bye-laws permit the Board
of Directors, at its discretion and without the sanction of a
shareholder resolution, to authorize the acquisition of our own
shares, or any class, at any price (whether at par or above or
below) to be held as treasury shares upon such terms as the
Board of Directors may determine, provided always that such
acquisition is effected in accordance with the provisions of the
Companies Act. Subject to the provisions of the bye-laws, any of
our shares held as treasury shares shall be at the disposal of
the Board, which may hold all or any of the shares, dispose of
or transfer all or any of the shares for cash or other
consideration, or cancel all or any of the shares.
Corporate Purpose. Our certificate of
incorporation, memorandum of association and our bye-laws do not
restrict our corporate purpose and objects.
Investor
Options
Upon our formation in June 2002, we issued to the Names
Trustee, as trustee of the Names Trust for the benefit of
the unaligned members of Syndicate 2020 (the Unaligned
Members), options to purchase 3,006,760 non-voting shares
(the Names Options). All non-voting shares
issued or to be issued upon the exercise of the Names
Options will automatically convert into ordinary shares at a
one-to-one
ratio upon issuance. As of February 15, 2011, the
Names Trustee held 1,123,772 Names Options. The
rights of the holders of the Names Options are governed by
an option instrument dated June 21, 2002, which was amended
and restated on December 2, 2003 and further amended and
restated on September 30, 2005, to effect certain of the
provisions described below (the Option Instrument).
The term of the Names Options expires on June 21,
2012. The Names Options may be exercised in whole or in
part.
The Names Options are exercisable without regard to a
minimum number of options to be exercised, at a sale (as defined
in the Option Instrument) and on a monthly basis beginning in
October 2005 (expiring June 21, 2012 unless earlier lapsed)
following notification by the Unaligned Members to the
Names Trustee of their elections to exercise the
Names Options.
The Names Options will lapse on the earlier occurrence of
(i) the end of the term of the Investor Options,
(ii) the liquidation of the Company (other than a
liquidation in connection with a reconstruction or amalgamation)
or (iii) the completion of a sale (if such options are not
exercised in connection with such sale).
The exercise price payable for each option share is £10,
together with interest accruing at 5% per annum (less any
dividends or other distributions) from the date of issue of the
Names Options (June 21, 2002) until the date of
exercise of the Names Options. The exercise price per
option as at February 15, 2011, was approximately
£12.20. Each optionholder may exercise its options on a
cashless basis, subject to relevant requirements of the
Companies Act. A cashless exercise allows the optionholders to
realize, through the receipt of ordinary shares, the economic
benefit of the difference between the subscription price under
the Names Options and the then-prevailing market prices
without having to pay the subscription price for any such
ordinary shares. As a result, the optionholder receives fewer
shares upon exercise. For any exercise of the Names
Options on a cashless basis, the number of ordinary shares to be
issued would be based on the difference between the exercise
price on the date of exercise and the then-prevailing market
price of the ordinary shares, calculated using the average
closing price for five preceding trading days.
Following the issuance of the Names Options, there are a
range of anti-dilution protections for the optionholders if any
issuance or reclassification of our shares or similar matters
are effected below fair market value, subject to certain
exceptions. Under these circumstances, an adjustment to the
subscription rights of the optionholders or the subscription
price of the Names Options shall be made by our Board
87
of Directors. If optionholders holding 75% or more of the rights
to subscribe for non-voting shares under the Names Options
so request, any adjustment proposed by our Board of Directors
may be referred to independent financial advisors for their
determination.
Description
of our Perpetual PIERS
In December 2005, our Board of Directors authorized the issuance
and sale of up to an aggregate amount of 4,600,000 of our 5.625%
Perpetual PIERS, with a liquidation preference of $50 per
security. In the event of a liquidation, winding up or
dissolution of the Company, our ordinary shares will rank junior
to our Perpetual PIERS.
Dividends on our Perpetual PIERS are payable on a non-cumulative
basis only when, as and if declared by our Board of Directors at
the annual rate of 5.625% of the $50 liquidation preference of
each Perpetual PIERS, payable quarterly in cash, or if we elect,
ordinary shares or a combination of cash and ordinary shares.
Generally, unless the full dividends for the most recently ended
dividend period on all outstanding Perpetual PIERS, any
perpetual preference shares issued upon conversion of the
Perpetual PIERS and Perpetual Preference Shares have been
declared and paid, we cannot declare or pay a dividend on our
ordinary shares.
Each Perpetual PIERS is convertible, at the holders option
at any time, initially based on a conversion rate of 1.7077
ordinary shares per $50 liquidation preference of Perpetual
PIERS (equivalent to an initial conversion price of
approximately $29.28 per ordinary share), subject to certain
adjustments.
Whenever dividends on any Perpetual PIERS have not been declared
and paid for the equivalent of any six dividend periods, whether
or not consecutive (a nonpayment), subject to
certain conditions, the holders of our Perpetual PIERS will be
entitled to the appointment of two directors, and the number of
directors that comprise our Board will be increased by the
number of directors so appointed. These appointing rights and
the terms of the directors so appointed will continue until
dividends on our Perpetual PIERS and any such series of voting
preference shares following the nonpayment shall have been fully
paid for at least four consecutive dividend periods.
In addition, the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of
at least
662/3%
of the aggregate liquidation preference of outstanding Perpetual
PIERS and any series of appointing preference shares, acting
together as a single class, will be required for the
authorization or issuance of any class or series of share
capital (or security convertible into or exchangeable for
shares) ranking senior to our Perpetual PIERS as to dividend
rights or rights upon our liquidation,
winding-up
or dissolution and for amendments to our memorandum of
association or bye-laws that would materially adversely affect
the rights of holders of Perpetual PIERS. Our Perpetual PIERS
are listed on the NYSE under the symbol AHLPR.
Description
of our Perpetual Preference Shares
In November 2006, our Board of Directors authorized the issuance
and sale of up to an aggregate amount of 8,000,000 of our 7.401%
Perpetual Preference Shares, with a liquidation preference of
$25 per security. In the event of our liquidation, winding up or
dissolution, our ordinary shares will rank junior to our
Perpetual Preference Shares. On March 31, 2009, we
purchased 2,672,500 of our 7.401% $25 liquidation price
preference shares at a price of $12.50 per share.
Dividends on our Perpetual Preference Shares are payable on a
non-cumulative basis only when, as and if declared by our Board
of Directors at the annual rate of 7.401% of the $25 liquidation
preference of each Perpetual Preference Share, payable quarterly
in cash. Commencing on January 1, 2017, dividends on our
Perpetual Preference Shares will be payable, on a non-cumulative
basis, when, as and if declared by our Board of Directors, at a
floating annual rate equal to
3-month
LIBOR plus 3.28%. This floating dividend rate will be reset
quarterly. Generally, unless the full dividends for the most
recently ended dividend period on all outstanding Perpetual
Preference Shares, Perpetual PIERS and any
88
perpetual preference shares issued upon conversion of the
Perpetual PIERS have been declared and paid, we cannot declare
or pay a dividend on our ordinary shares.
Whenever dividends on any Perpetual Preference Shares shall have
not been declared and paid for the equivalent of any six
dividend periods, whether or not consecutive (a
nonpayment), subject to certain conditions, the
holders of our Perpetual Preference Shares, acting together as a
single class with holders of any and all other series of
preference shares having similar appointing rights then
outstanding (including any Perpetual PIERS and any perpetual
preference shares issued upon conversion of the Perpetual
PIERS), will be entitled to the appointment of two directors,
and the number of directors that comprise our Board will be
increased by the number of directors so appointed. These
appointing rights and the terms of the directors so appointed
will continue until dividends on our Perpetual Preference Shares
and any such series of voting preference shares following the
nonpayment shall have been fully paid for at least four
consecutive dividend periods.
In addition, the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of
at least
662/3%
of the aggregate liquidation preference of outstanding Perpetual
Preference Shares and any series of appointing preference shares
(including any Perpetual PIERS and any perpetual preference
shares issued upon conversion of the Perpetual PIERS), acting
together as a single class, will be required for the
authorization or issuance of any class or series of share
capital (or security convertible into or exchangeable for
shares) ranking senior to the Perpetual Preference Shares as to
dividend rights or rights upon our liquidation,
winding-up
or dissolution and for amendments to our memorandum of
association or bye-laws that would materially adversely affect
the rights of holders of Perpetual Preference Shares.
On and after January 1, 2017, we may redeem the Perpetual
Preference Shares at our option, in whole or in part, at a
redemption price equal to $25 per Perpetual Preference Share,
plus any declared and unpaid dividends.
Our Perpetual Preference Shares are listed on the NYSE under the
symbol AHLPRA.
89
Performance
Graph
The following information is not deemed to be
soliciting material or to be filed with
the SEC or subject to the liabilities of Section 18 of the
Exchange Act, and the report shall not be deemed to be
incorporated by reference into any prior or subsequent filing by
the Company under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.
The following graph compares cumulative return on our ordinary
shares, including reinvestment of dividends of our ordinary
shares, to such return for the S&P 500 Composite Stock
Price Index and S&Ps Super Composite
Property-Casualty Insurance Index, for the period commencing
December 31, 2005 and ending on December 31, 2010,
assuming $100 was invested on December 31, 2005. The
measurement point on the graph below represents the cumulative
shareholder return as measured by the last sale price at the end
of each calendar month during the period from December 31,
2005 through December 31, 2010. As depicted in the graph
below, during this period, the cumulative total return
(1) on our ordinary shares was 36.1%, (2) for the
S&P 500 Composite Stock Price Index was 12.0% and
(3) for the S&P Super Composite Property-Casualty
Insurance Index was -12.2%.
90
|
|
Item 6.
|
Selected
Consolidated Financial Data
|
The following table sets forth our selected historical financial
information for the periods ended and as of the dates indicated.
The summary income statement data for the twelve months ended
December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2006 and the
balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008,
2007 and 2006 are derived from our audited consolidated
financial statements. The consolidated financial statements as
of December 31, 2010, and for each of the twelve months
ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, and the report
thereon of KPMG Audit Plc, an independent registered public
accounting firm, are included elsewhere in this report. These
historical results, including the ratios presented below, are
not necessarily indicative of results to be expected from any
future period. You should read the following selected
consolidated financial information along with the information
contained in this report, including Item 8, Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data and Item 7,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and the audited
consolidated financial statements, condensed consolidated
financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in
this report.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
($ in millions, except per share amounts and percentages)
|
|
Summary Income Statement Data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross written premiums
|
|
$
|
2,076.8
|
|
|
$
|
2,067.1
|
|
|
$
|
2,001.7
|
|
|
$
|
1,818.5
|
|
|
$
|
1,945.5
|
|
Net premiums written
|
|
|
1,891.1
|
|
|
|
1,836.8
|
|
|
|
1,835.5
|
|
|
|
1,601.4
|
|
|
|
1,663.6
|
|
Net premiums earned
|
|
|
1,898.9
|
|
|
|
1,823.0
|
|
|
|
1,701.7
|
|
|
|
1,733.6
|
|
|
|
1,676.2
|
|
Loss and loss adjustment expenses
|
|
|
(1,248.7
|
)
|
|
|
(948.1
|
)
|
|
|
(1,119.5
|
)
|
|
|
(919.8
|
)
|
|
|
(889.9
|
)
|
Policy acquisition, general, administrative and corporate
expenses
|
|
|
(587.1
|
)
|
|
|
(586.6
|
)
|
|
|
(507.4
|
)
|
|
|
(518.7
|
)
|
|
|
(490.7
|
)
|
Net investment income
|
|
|
232.0
|
|
|
|
248.5
|
|
|
|
139.2
|
|
|
|
299.0
|
|
|
|
204.4
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
312.7
|
|
|
|
473.9
|
|
|
|
103.8
|
|
|
|
489.0
|
|
|
|
378.1
|
|
Basic earnings per share
|
|
|
3.80
|
|
|
|
5.82
|
|
|
|
0.92
|
|
|
|
5.25
|
|
|
|
3.82
|
|
Fully diluted earnings per share
|
|
|
3.62
|
|
|
|
5.64
|
|
|
|
0.89
|
|
|
|
5.11
|
|
|
|
3.75
|
|
Basic weighted average shares outstanding (millions)
|
|
|
76.3
|
|
|
|
82.7
|
|
|
|
83.0
|
|
|
|
87.8
|
|
|
|
94.8
|
|
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding (millions)
|
|
|
80.0
|
|
|
|
85.3
|
|
|
|
85.5
|
|
|
|
90.4
|
|
|
|
96.7
|
|
Selected Ratios (based on U.S. GAAP income statement
data):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss ratio (on net premiums earned)(1)
|
|
|
66
|
%
|
|
|
52
|
%
|
|
|
66
|
%
|
|
|
53
|
%
|
|
|
53
|
%
|
Expense ratio (on net premiums earned)(2)
|
|
|
31
|
%
|
|
|
32
|
%
|
|
|
30
|
%
|
|
|
30
|
%
|
|
|
29
|
%
|
Combined ratio(3)
|
|
|
97
|
%
|
|
|
84
|
%
|
|
|
96
|
%
|
|
|
83
|
%
|
|
|
82
|
%
|
Summary Balance Sheet Data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cash and investments(4)
|
|
$
|
7,320.0
|
|
|
$
|
6,811.9
|
|
|
$
|
5,974.9
|
|
|
$
|
5,930.5
|
|
|
$
|
5,218.1
|
|
Premiums receivable(5)
|
|
|
905.0
|
|
|
|
793.4
|
|
|
|
762.5
|
|
|
|
680.1
|
|
|
|
688.1
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
8,832.1
|
|
|
|
8,257.2
|
|
|
|
7,288.8
|
|
|
|
7,201.3
|
|
|
|
6,640.1
|
|
Loss and loss adjustment expense reserves
|
|
|
3,820.5
|
|
|
|
3,331.1
|
|
|
|
3,070.3
|
|
|
|
2,946.0
|
|
|
|
2,820.0
|
|
Reserves for unearned premiums
|
|
|
859.0
|
|
|
|
907.6
|
|
|
|
810.7
|
|
|
|
757.6
|
|
|
|
841.3
|
|
Bank debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
498.8
|
|
|
|
249.6
|
|
|
|
249.5
|
|
|
|
249.5
|
|
|
|
249.4
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
|
3,241.9
|
|
|
|
3,305.4
|
|
|
|
2,779.1
|
|
|
|
2,817.6
|
|
|
|
2,389.3
|
|
Per Share Data (Based on U.S. GAAP Balance Sheet
Data):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Book value per ordinary share(6)
|
|
$
|
40.96
|
|
|
$
|
35.42
|
|
|
$
|
28.95
|
|
|
$
|
28.05
|
|
|
$
|
22.44
|
|
Diluted book value per share (treasury stock method)(7)
|
|
$
|
38.90
|
|
|
$
|
34.14
|
|
|
$
|
28.19
|
|
|
$
|
27.17
|
|
|
$
|
21.92
|
|
Cash dividend declared per ordinary share
|
|
$
|
0.60
|
|
|
$
|
0.60
|
|
|
$
|
0.60
|
|
|
$
|
0.60
|
|
|
$
|
0.60
|
|
91
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
The loss ratio is calculated by
dividing losses and loss adjustment expenses by net premiums
earned.
|
|
(2)
|
|
The expense ratio is calculated by
dividing policy acquisition expenses and general and
administrative expenses by net premiums earned.
|
|
(3)
|
|
The combined ratio is the sum of
the loss ratio and the expense ratio.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Total cash and investments include
cash, cash equivalents, fixed maturities, other investments,
short-term investments, accrued interest and receivables for
investments sold.
|
|
(5)
|
|
Premiums receivable including
funds withheld.
|
|
(6)
|
|
Book value per ordinary share is
based on total shareholders equity excluding the aggregate
value of the liquidation preferences of our preference shares,
divided by the number of shares outstanding of 87,788,375,
85,510,673, 81,506,503, 83,327,594 and 70,508,013 at
December 31, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.
In calculating the number of shares outstanding as at
December 31, 2007 for this purpose, we have deducted shares
delivered to us and canceled on January 22, 2008 pursuant
to our accelerated share repurchase agreement.
|
|
(7)
|
|
Diluted book value per share is
calculated based on total shareholders equity excluding
the aggregate value of the liquidation preferences of our
preference shares, at December 31, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009
and 2010, divided by the number of dilutive equivalent shares
outstanding of 89,876,459, 88,268,968, 83,705,984, 86,465,357
and 74,172,657 at December 31, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 and
2010, respectively. At December 31, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009
and 2010, there were 2,088,084, 2,758,295, 2,199,481, 3,137,763
and 3,664,644 of dilutive equivalent shares, respectively.
Potentially dilutive shares outstanding are calculated using the
treasury method and all relate to employee, director and
investor options. In calculating the number of shares
outstanding as at December 31, 2007 for this purpose, we
have deducted shares delivered to us and canceled on
January 22, 2008 pursuant to our accelerated share
repurchase agreement.
|
92
|
|
Item 7.
|
Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations
|
The following is a discussion and analysis of the results of our
operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010,
2009 and 2008 and of our financial condition at
December 31, 2010. This discussion and analysis should be
read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial
statements and accompanying Notes included in this report. This
discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve
risks and uncertainties and that are not historical facts,
including statements about our beliefs and expectations. Our
actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in
these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors,
including those discussed below and particularly under the
headings Risk Factors, Business and
Forward-Looking Statements contained in
Item 1A, Item 1, and Part I of this report,
respectively.
Aspens
Year in Review
Our principal objectives in 2010 were to continue to create
value for our shareholders, growing book value per share through
superior risk selection, maintenance of a high quality
investment portfolio and capital management initiatives,
returning capital to shareholders when surplus funds could not
be put to work to provide appropriate returns. We have also
looked to expand into the admitted insurance market in the
U.S. and the regional distribution of insurance products in
the United Kingdom, acquiring experienced underwriting teams
with demonstrable track records while building our
infrastructure in support of these initiatives. These
investments will position the Company to take advantage of
significant growth opportunities when market conditions improve.
Acquisitions. In 2010, we completed two
acquisitions that complement our diversification and targeted
growth strategy. While a small acquisition, our purchase of APJ,
a specialist K&R business, complemented our existing
political and financial risk portfolio. We also purchased AAIC,
a U.S. insurance company with licenses to write insurance
business on an admitted basis in the U.S. which will
facilitate our growth strategy in the U.S.
Capital management. As we have mentioned
previously, we will look to return capital to shareholders when
we are unable to deploy our capital to produce acceptable
returns. In 2010, we returned $407.8 million to
shareholders, through a combination of two separate accelerated
share repurchases and open market purchases, underlining our
commitment to active capital management. In the fourth quarter
of 2010, we also issued $250.0 million of
10-year
Senior Notes at a 6% coupon taking advantage of favorable market
conditions.
Diversification. During 2010, we received
regulatory approval to write insurance business through our
branch in Zurich, Switzerland. We have also established offices
in Cologne, Germany to write property facultative reinsurance
and Miami, Florida to access the Latin American markets.
Investment management. During 2010, we entered
into interest rate swaps with a total notional amount of
$500.0 million, due to mature between August 2, 2012
and November 9, 2020. The swaps are part of our ordinary
course investment activities to partially mitigate the negative
impact of rises in interest rates on the market value of our
fixed income portfolio.
Financial
Overview
The following overview of our 2008, 2009 and 2010 operating
results and financial condition is intended to identify
important themes and should be read in conjunction with the more
detailed discussion further below.
Net income. For 2010, we reported income after
taxes of $312.7 million, compared to $473.9 million in
2009 and $103.8 million in 2008. The decrease over the
prior year was due to a combination of reduced underwriting
performance mainly arising from $180.7 million of pre-tax
catastrophe losses, following earthquakes in Chile and New
Zealand and a $63.0 million pre-tax reduction in prior year
reserve releases. Results for 2008 were impacted by adverse
underwriting performance mainly arising from losses of
$171.4 million, net of reinsurance recoveries,
reinstatement
93
premiums and tax following Hurricanes Ike and Gustav and adverse
investment performance due to the turmoil in the financial
markets which resulted in losses of $97.3 million from our
investment in funds of hedge funds and $59.6 million of
investment impairment charges.
Gross written premiums. Total gross written
premiums increased by 0.5% in 2010 compared to 2009 and by 3.3%
in 2009 compared to 2008. The changes in our segment gross
written premiums for the twelve months ended December 31,
2010 and 2009 are as follows, with reductions shown as negative
percentages.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross Written Premiums for the Twelve Months Ended
December 31,
|
|
Business Segment
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
% increase/
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
% increase/
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(decrease)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(decrease)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reinsurance
|
|
$
|
1,162.2
|
|
|
|
(1.2
|
)%
|
|
$
|
1,176.0
|
|
|
|
5.5
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,114.3
|
|
Insurance
|
|
|
914.6
|
|
|
|
2.6
|
%
|
|
|
891.1
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
%
|
|
|
887.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
2,076.8
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
%
|
|
$
|
2,067.1
|
|
|
|
3.3
|
%
|
|
$
|
2,001.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross written premiums in both our insurance and reinsurance
segments are broadly in line with 2009. Within our reinsurance
segment, our property catastrophe reinsurance line of business
has benefited from favorable market conditions and
$12.0 million of reinstatement premiums from the Chilean
earthquake while our other property reinsurance lines have seen
a $45.1 million reduction in premium as a result of higher
cedent retentions. The increase in our insurance segments
gross written premiums was due to growth in property lines where
we saw opportunities to write business that met our expected
profitability requirements. Market conditions remain challenging
in casualty insurance, resulting in a $47.9 million
reduction in written premium in these lines.
The increase in gross written premiums in 2009 when compared to
2008 was due primarily to additional specialty reinsurance
premiums, particularly premium written in our credit and surety
reinsurance line which was established in 2009. Our
U.S. property insurance business also experienced growth
since 2008, where gross written premiums increased 55.1% to
$82.5 million in 2009 due to new business growth and
increased prices for catastrophe-exposed business.
Reinsurance. Total reinsurance ceded in the
year ended December 31, 2010 of $185.7 million was
$44.6 million lower than in 2009. The overall decrease was
due mainly to the insurance segment following the cancellation
of a reinsurance quota share for U.S. property insurance,
and lower costs of quota share outwards reinsurance resulting
from reduced gross written premium. In 2009, we ceded slightly
more than in 2008 which was at an unusually low level as we took
advantage of favorable pricing conditions in 2007 that enabled
us to purchase a number of reinsurance contracts covering a
period of greater than 12 months, effectively covering the
2008 windstorm season.
Loss ratio. We monitor the ratio of losses and
loss adjustment expenses to net earned premium (the loss
ratio) as a measure of relative underwriting performance
where a lower ratio represents a better result than a higher
ratio. The loss ratios for our two business segments for the
twelve months ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 were
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss Ratios for the Twelve Months Ended December 31,
|
|
Business Segment
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Reinsurance
|
|
|
60.7
|
%
|
|
|
42.2
|
%
|
|
|
60.9
|
%
|
Insurance
|
|
|
73.3
|
%
|
|
|
67.3
|
%
|
|
|
73.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
65.8
|
%
|
|
|
52.0
|
%
|
|
|
65.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The increase in the reinsurance loss ratio in 2010 was due
mainly to $180.7 million of losses, associated with the
earthquakes in Chile and New Zealand. The loss ratio in the
reinsurance segment for 2009 was lower due to the absence of
major catastrophes when compared to 2010. In 2008, our
94
reinsurance segment loss ratio was impacted by
$128.3 million of net losses associated with Hurricanes Ike
and Gustav. The increase in the insurance loss ratio in 2010 was
mainly due to additional prior year reserve strengthening of
$44.2 million compared to $19.4 million of
strengthening in 2009. The insurance loss ratio decreased in
2009 from 2008 mainly due to the 2008 results being impacted by
losses following Hurricanes Ike and Gustav.
Prior year reserve movements. The loss ratios
take into account any changes in our assessments of reserves for
unpaid claims and loss adjustment expenses arising from earlier
years. In each of the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009
and 2008, we recorded a reduction in the level of reserves for
prior years. The amounts of these reductions and their effects
on the loss ratio in each year are shown in the following table:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Twelve Months Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
($ in millions, except for percentages)
|
|
|
Reserve Releases
|
|
$
|
21.4
|
|
|
$
|
84.4
|
|
|
$
|
83.5
|
|
% of net premiums earned
|
|
|
1.1
|
%
|
|
|
4.6
|
%
|
|
|
4.9
|
%
|
Reserve releases were $63.0 million lower in 2010 due to
less favorable developments impacting our insurance segment,
particularly our casualty insurance and financial and
professional lines. Although total reserve releases for 2009
were in line with 2008, an increase in property reinsurance
reserve releases offset smaller reserve releases from our
casualty reinsurance lines.
Further information relating to the release of reserves can be
found below under Reserves for Loss and Loss
Adjustment Expenses Prior Year Loss Reserves.
Expense ratio. We monitor the ratio of
expenses to net earned premium (the expense ratio)
as a measure of the cost effectiveness of our business
acquisition, operating and administrative processes. The table
below presents the contribution of the policy acquisition
expenses and operating, administrative and corporate expenses to
the expense ratio and the total expense ratios for the twelve
months ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expense Ratios for the Twelve Months Ended,
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Policy Acquisition Expenses
|
|
|
17.3
|
%
|
|
|
18.3
|
%
|
|
|
17.6
|
%
|
Operating, Administrative and Corporate Expenses
|
|
|
13.6
|
%
|
|
|
13.8
|
%
|
|
|
12.2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expense Ratio
|
|
|
30.9
|
%
|
|
|
32.1
|
%
|
|
|
29.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The policy acquisition expenses ratio has reduced to 17.3% in
2010 mainly as a result of a reduction in profit related
commissions in our reinsurance segment. In 2009, the policy
acquisition expense ratio increased to 18.3% from 17.6% in 2008
due to the impact of profit-related commission. The 2008 ratio
benefited from $15.3 million of reinstatement and
profit-related premiums which incurred no additional acquisition
costs in addition to lower profit commission accruals in a
catastrophe-affected year.
The operating, administrative and corporate expenses ratio of
13.6% for 2010 is broadly in line with 2009 with the increased
expenditure associated with our expansion into the
U.S. admitted market and U.K. regional distribution network
balanced by reductions in profit related compensation in 2010.
The 2009 increase over 2008 was due to higher
performance-related costs in a year which did not experience
significant catastrophic activity.
Net investment income. In 2010, we generated
net investment income of $232.0 million, down 6.6% on the
prior year (2009 $248.5 million,
2008 $139.2 million). Investment income in 2009
benefited from a $19.8 million contribution from our
investments in funds of hedge funds which we exited on
June 30, 2009. In 2010, the lower interest rate environment
combined with our exit from the
95
funds of hedge funds, resulted in a lower net investment income
for the year. In 2008, we suffered a loss of $97.3 million
from our investments in funds of hedge funds.
Change in fair value of derivatives. In the
twelve months ended December 31, 2010, we recorded a
reduction in the fair value of derivatives of $0.2 million
(2009 $8.0 million; 2008
$7.8 million). This includes a gain of
$6.8 million in the value of our interest rates swaps which
we entered into during 2010 and a reduction of $7.0 million
(2009 $8.0 million; 2008
$7.8 million) in the estimated fair value of our credit
insurance contract. On October 26, 2010, we gave notice of
our intention to cancel our credit insurance contract with
effect from November 28, 2010. The notice of cancellation
has triggered a final payment of $1.9 million to the
contract counter-parties.
At December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, there were
no outstanding foreign currency contracts. At December 31,
2008, we held foreign currency derivative contracts to purchase
$18.8 million of U.S. and foreign currencies. The
foreign currency contracts are recorded as derivatives at fair
value with changes recorded as a realized foreign exchange gain
or loss in our statement of operations. For the twelve months
ended December 31, 2010, the impact of foreign currency
contracts on net income was $Nil (2009
$1.8 million).
Other revenues and expenses. Other revenues
and expenses in 2010 included $2.2 million of foreign
currency exchange gains (2009 $2.0 million
gains; 2008 $8.2 million losses) and
$50.6 million of realized investment gains
(2009 $11.4 million gains; 2008
$47.9 million losses). The increase in realized investment
gains in 2010 has resulted mainly from the sale of investments
which funded our share repurchases in 2010, in addition to a
reduction in charges associated with investments we believe to
be
other-than-temporarily
impaired from $23.2 million in 2009 to $0.3 million in
2010 (2008 $59.6 million). Interest payable was
$16.5 million in 2010 (2009 $15.6 million;
2008 $15.6 million), marginally higher than the
previous year as we issued $250.0 million additional Senior
Notes in December 2010.
Taxes. We incurred a tax expense in 2010 of
$27.6 million (2009 $60.8 million),
equivalent to a consolidated rate on income before tax of 8.1%
compared to 11.4% in 2009 and 26.0% in 2008. The reduction in
the effective tax rate is the result of proactive fiscal and
balance sheet management and distribution of underwriting
results across our entity balance sheets.
Dividends. The quarterly dividend has been
maintained at $0.15 per ordinary share for 2008, 2009 and 2010.
Dividends paid on the preference shares in 2010 were
$22.8 million. Dividends paid on the preference shares in
2008 were $27.7 million while in 2009, payments reduced to
$23.8 million as a result of repurchasing 2.7 million
of our 7.401% $25 liquidation value preference shares
(NYSE:AHL-PA) at a price of $12.50 per share.
Shareholders equity and financial
leverage. Total shareholders equity
decreased from $3,305.4 million at the end of
December 31, 2009 to $3,241.9 million as at
December 31, 2010. The most significant movements were:
|
|
|
|
|
share repurchases of $407.8 million during the year;
|
|
|
|
net income after tax for the year of $312.7 million;
|
|
|
|
an increase in net of tax unrealized gains on investments of
$56.8 million, accounted for in other comprehensive
income; and
|
|
|
|
dividend payments to ordinary and preference shareholders
totaling $69.3 million in 2010.
|
As at December 31, 2010, the remainder of our total
shareholders equity was funded by two classes of
preference shares with a total value as measured by their
respective liquidation preferences of $363.2 million
(2009 $363.2 million) less issue costs of
$9.6 million (2009 $9.6 million).
Our Senior Notes were the only material debt that we had issued
as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 (2010
$500.0 million; 2009 $250.0 million).
Management monitors the ratio of debt to total capital,
96
with total capital being defined as shareholders equity
plus outstanding debt. At December 31, 2010, this ratio was
13.3% (2009 7.0%; 2008 8.2%).
Our preference shares are classified in our balance sheet as
equity but may receive a different treatment in some cases under
the capital adequacy assessments made by certain rating
agencies. We also monitor the ratio of the total of debt and
hybrids to total capital which was 22.8% as of December 31,
2010 (2009 17.0%; 2008 22.1%). The
increase in the ratio reflects our most recent issuance of
$250.0 million 6% Senior Notes in December 2010. We
set targets for financial leverage which we believe provide an
appropriate balance between improving returns to our ordinary
shareholders while maintaining the levels of financial strength
expected by our customers and by the rating agencies. For this
purpose, we define financial leverage as the ratio of long-term
debt and hybrid capital to total capital. The term
hybrid refers to securities, such as our preference
shares, which have characteristics of both debt and equity.
Diluted tangible book value per ordinary share at
December 31, 2010, was $38.90, an increase of 13.9%
compared to $34.14 at December 31, 2009.
Book value per ordinary share is based on total
shareholders equity, less preference shares (liquidation
preference less issue expenses), divided by the number of
ordinary shares in issue at the end of the period. Balances as
at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 were:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at
|
|
|
As at
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
($ in millions, except for share amounts)
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
$
|
3,241.9
|
|
|
$
|
3,305.4
|
|
Preference shares less issue expenses
|
|
|
(353.6
|
)
|
|
|
(353.6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,888.3
|
|
|
$
|
2,951.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ordinary shares
|
|
|
76,342,632
|
|
|
|
83,327,594
|
|
Diluted ordinary shares
|
|
|
80,014,738
|
|
|
|
86,465,357
|
|
Liquidity. Management monitors the liquidity
of Aspen Holdings and of each of its Insurance Subsidiaries.
With respect to Aspen Holdings, management monitors its ability
to service debt, to finance dividend payments and to provide
financial support to the Insurance Subsidiaries. During the year
ended December 31, 2010, Aspen Holdings received a
$36.5 million payment of inter-company interest in respect
of an inter-company loan from Aspen U.K. Holdings. In addition,
Aspen Holdings received dividends of $203.0 million
(2009 $401.0 million) from Aspen U.K. Holdings
and $120.0 million (2009 $Nil) from Aspen
Bermuda.
As at December 31, 2010, Aspen Holdings held
$354.0 million in cash and cash equivalents which was
higher than in prior years due to the receipt of funds following
the receipt of proceeds from our issuance of $250.0 million
of 6% Senior Notes on December 10, 2010. Excluding the
additional funds from the debt issue, we believe that taken
together with our credit facilities and expected levels of
future inter-company dividends, our holdings of cash and cash
equivalents are sufficient to provide us with an appropriate
level of liquidity.
At December 31, 2010, the Insurance Subsidiaries held
$818.4 million in cash and cash equivalents that are
readily realizable securities. Management monitors the value,
currency and duration of the cash and investments within its
Insurance Subsidiaries to ensure that individually, they are
able to meet their insurance and other liabilities as they
become due; and that a margin of liquidity was held as at
December 31, 2010 and for the foreseeable future.
As of December 31, 2010, we had in issue
$462.1 million and £28.3 million in letters of
credit to cedants, against which we held $699.9 million and
£30.0 million of collateral. Our reinsurance
receivables decreased by 12.9% from $321.5 million at
December 31, 2009, to $279.9 million at
December 31, 2010, mainly as a result of the settlement of
claims associated with the 2008 Hurricanes Ike and Gustav and
the 2005 Hurricanes Katrina, Rita and Wilma.
97
Current
Market Conditions, Rate Trends and Developments in Early
2011
In summary, there is a general climate of poor rate levels and
soft market conditions and we believe this trend will continue
in 2011.
Reinsurance. For property reinsurance, the
January 1, 2011, renewals were competitive, as ample
capacity, exacerbated by the weak economy and higher cedant
retentions, impacted pricing. We have seen on average a 7%
decline in rates although loss-affected areas have seen some
rises. Terms and conditions remain stable although we are
increasingly seeing requests for widening of coverage in both
reinsurance contracts and in the original business. Competitive
pressure was particularly acute on European and Asian business.
Conditions within the casualty reinsurance market remain
challenging. We are continuing to see rate decreases on original
business of around 2% to 5% but this varies by line. Terms and
conditions are generally remaining stable and acceptable
although we are seeing requests for increases in ceding
commissions which the market is resisting overall. The January
2011 renewal season in casualty reinsurance has seen continued
pressure and as a result, we have only deployed capacity on
business where adequate returns could be achieved. This action
has resulted in a 25% reduction in premiums written.
Within specialty reinsurance, for our London account, treaties
with energy and energy liability exposures and losses from
Deepwater Horizon have seen rate increases between 10% and 40%,
averaging at around 20%. The
non-U.S. reinsurance
market remains highly competitive. We have reduced our exposure
to terrorism business overall as rates have continued to reduce
with broadening of terms and conditions away from pure terrorism
cover to include cover for strikes, riots and civil commotions
along with coup détat and civil insurrection.
Insurance. January 1 is not a major renewal
date for insurance and market conditions have not significantly
changed from last quarter. Overall, both property and casualty
lines continue to experience significant competitive pressures.
Within marine, energy and transportation, losses in the energy
market have prompted rate firming. Uncertainty surrounding the
ongoing regulation of the offshore drilling industry continues
and re/insurance capacity initiatives have to be added to the
equation but we expect this to have a positive impact on pricing
overall. In aviation, we believe that there could be some
removal of capacity in 2011 for airline business but with no
major accounts renewing until at least April we are uncertain on
the impact on pricing at this time. We also note that there have
been a number of new entrants at the
January 1 renewals within the financial and political
risk area. Pricing adequacy is generally more satisfactory
particularly in credit and we continue to identify opportunities
in this market.
Recent
Developments in Early 2011
Interest Rate Swaps. Since the end of 2010, we
entered into an additional $450.0 million of interest rate
swaps bringing the total to $950.0 million. The purchase of
additional interest rate swaps will partially mitigate the
negative impact of rises in interest rates on the market value
of our fixed income portfolio.
Australian Floods. Although we believe we know
the Australian market well and over the years have written a
substantial Australian casualty reinsurance account, we have for
many years believed that the prevailing property rates do not
reflect the considerable natural hazards that the continent
faces. Consequently, we have maintained only modest involvement
as a property catastrophe reinsurer on domestic Australian
placements and, in particular, we have tended to avoid what we
regard as underpriced lower layers and aggregate covers. As a
result of this strategy, we do not anticipate incurring
substantial losses from the floods or cyclone damage unless any
one event produces losses large enough to trigger reinsurance
placements for international customers, which at this time looks
unlikely. We believe that four flood events in addition to
Cyclone Yasi have taken place. The floods in central Queensland
commencing on December 24, 2010, are likely to result in a
market loss in the range of
$1-2 billion
and we believe this should cost us less than $10 million,
which we regard as being within our IBNR for the fourth quarter
of 2010. We expect no losses from the second flood in South East
Queensland which commenced on January 4, 2011. The more
significant south Queensland flooding which commenced on
January 10, 2011, is likely to result in a market loss in
the range of $2-4 billion and we expect our losses to be
less
98
than 1% of the estimated market loss. In respect of the fourth
flood event which commenced in Victoria on January 13,
2011, based on estimated market losses of $500 million to
$1 billion, we expect again our losses to be less than 1%
of the estimated market loss. Lastly, in respect of Cyclone Yasi
which made landfall on the February 2, 2011, based on an
initial market loss estimate of $360 million to
$1.5 billion, our losses are not expected to be material.
These are early estimates and as time goes by there is a
potential for significant individual risk losses to emerge which
could ultimately require us to revise these estimates.
Egypt. The political risk markets
exposure to Egypt comes from three separate areas: physical
damage, government action/intervention and payment or
performance risk. In respect of physical damage, our exposure
arises chiefly through coverage on worldwide programs as we tend
to avoid Egypt-specific terrorism cover. We do have some
exposure to government action/intervention and payment or
performance risk but given the types of counterparties and the
extent and types of security underlying the risks we have
assumed, we do not anticipate any material losses at this stage
within our political risk book. As the situation in Egypt
develops, we may need to revisit our analysis of our exposures.
Critical
Accounting Policies
Our consolidated financial statements contain certain amounts
that are inherently subjective in nature and require management
to make assumptions and best estimates to determine the reported
values.
We believe that the following critical accounting policies
affect the more significant estimates used in the preparation of
our consolidated financial statements. A statement of all the
significant accounting policies we use to prepare our financial
statements is included in the Notes to the financial statements.
If factors such as those described in Item 1A, Risk
Factors cause actual events to differ from the assumptions
used in applying the accounting policy and calculating financial
results, there could be a material adverse effect on our results
of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
Written premiums. Written premiums are
comprised of the estimated premiums on contracts of insurance
and reinsurance entered into in the reporting period, except in
the case of proportional reinsurance contracts, where written
premium relates only to our estimated proportional share of
premiums due on contracts entered into by the ceding company
prior to the end of the reporting period.
All premium estimates are reviewed regularly, comparing actual
reported premiums to expected ultimate premiums along with a
review of the collectability of premiums receivable. Based on
managements review, the appropriateness of the premium
estimates is evaluated, and any adjustments to these estimates
are recorded in the periods in which they become known.
Adjustments to original premium estimates could be material and
these adjustments may directly and significantly impact earnings
in the period they are determined because the subject premium
may be fully or substantially earned.
We refer to premiums receivable which are not fixed at the
inception of the contract as adjustment premiums. The proportion
of adjustable premiums included in the premium estimates varies
between business lines with the largest adjustment premiums
associated with property and casualty reinsurance business and
the smallest with property and liability insurance lines.
Adjustment premiums are most significant in relation to
reinsurance contracts. Differing considerations apply to
non-proportional and proportional treaties as follows:
Non-proportional treaties. A large number of
the reinsurance contracts we write are written on a
non-proportional or excess of loss treaty basis. As the ultimate
level of business written by each cedant can only be estimated
at the time the reinsurance is placed, the reinsurance contracts
generally stipulate a minimum and deposit premium payable under
the contract with an adjustable premium determined by variables
such as the number of contracts covered by the reinsurance, the
total premium received by the cedant and the nature of the
exposures assumed. Minimum and deposit premiums generally cover
the majority of premiums due under such treaty reinsurance
contracts and the adjustable portion of the premium is usually a
small portion of the total premium receivable. For excess of
loss contracts, the
99
minimum and deposit premium, as defined in the contract, is
generally considered to be the best estimate of the
contracts written premium at inception. Accordingly, this
is the amount we generally record as written premium in the
period the underlying risks incept. During the life of a
contract, notifications from cedants and brokers may affect the
estimate of ultimate premium and result in either increases or
reductions in reported revenue. Changes in estimated adjustable
premiums do not generally have a significant impact on
short-term liquidity as the payment of adjustment premiums
generally occurs after the expiration of a contract.
Many non-proportional treaties also include a provision for the
payment to us by the cedant of reinstatement premiums based on
loss experience under such contracts. Reinstatement premiums are
the premiums charged for the restoration of the reinsurance
limit of an excess of loss contract to its full amount after
payment by the reinsurer of losses as a result of an occurrence.
These premiums relate to the future coverage obtained during the
remainder of the initial policy term and are included in revenue
in the same period as the corresponding losses.
Proportional treaties (treaty pro
rata). Estimates of premiums assumed under
treaty pro rata reinsurance contracts are recorded in the period
in which the underlying risks are expected to incept and are
based on information provided by brokers and ceding companies
and estimates of the underlying economic conditions at the time
the risk is underwritten. We estimate premium receivable
initially and update our estimates regularly throughout the
contract term based on treaty statements received from the
ceding company.
The reported gross written premiums for treaty pro rata business
include estimates of premiums due to us but not yet reported by
the cedant because of time delays between contracts being
written by our cedants and their submission of treaty statements
to us. This additional premium is normally described as pipeline
premium. Treaty statements disclose information on the
underlying contracts of insurance written by our cedants and are
generally submitted on a monthly or quarterly basis, from 30 to
90 days in arrears. In order to report all risks incepting
prior to a period end, we estimate the premiums written between
the last submitted treaty statement and the period end.
Property treaty pro rata made a significant contribution to our
reinsurance segment where we wrote $135.0 million in gross
written premium in 2010 (2009 $181.4 million)
or 11.6% of our reinsurance segment, of which $31.8 million
was estimated (2009 $15.7 million) and
$103.2 million was reported by the cedants
(2009 $165.7 million). We estimate that the
impact of a $1 million change in our estimated gross
premiums written in our property treaty pro rata business would
have an impact of $0.2 million on our net income before tax
for our property reinsurance segment at December 31, 2010
(2009 $0.2 million), excluding the impact of
fixed costs such as reinsurance premiums and operating expenses.
The most likely drivers of change in the estimates in decreasing
order of magnitude are:
|
|
|
|
|
changes in the renewal rate or rate of new business acceptances
by the cedant insurance companies leading to lower or greater
volumes of ceded premiums than our estimate, which could result
from changes in the relevant primary market that could affect
more than one of our cedants or could be a consequence of
changes in marketing strategy or risk appetite by a particular
cedant;
|
|
|
|
changes in the rates being charged by cedants; and
|
|
|
|
differences between the pattern of inception dates assumed in
our estimate and the actual pattern of inception dates.
|
We anticipate that ultimate premiums might reasonably be
expected to vary by up to 5% as a result of variations in one or
more of the assumptions described above, although larger
variations are possible. Based on gross written premiums of
$135.0 million (2009 $181.4 million) in
our property reinsurance treaty pro rata account as of
December 31, 2010, a variation of 5% could increase or
reduce net income before taxation by approximately
$1.2 million (2009 $1.8 million).
100
Earned premiums. Premiums are recognized as
earned evenly over the policy periods using the daily pro rata
method.
The premium related to the unexpired portion of each policy at
the end of the reporting period is included in the balance sheet
as unearned premiums.
Premiums receivable. Premiums receivable are
recorded as amounts due less any required provision for doubtful
accounts. A significant portion of amounts included as premiums
receivable, which represent estimated premiums written, net of
commissions, is not currently due based on the terms of the
underlying contracts. In determining whether or not any bad debt
provision is necessary, we consider the financial security of
the policyholder, past payment history and any collateral held.
We have not made a provision for doubtful accounts in relation
to assumed premium estimates. In addition, based on the above
process, management believes that the premium estimates included
in premiums receivable will be collectable and, therefore, we
have not maintained a bad debt provision for doubtful accounts
on the premiums at December 31, 2010.
Credit insurance contract. On
November 28, 2006, the Company entered into a credit
insurance contract which, subject to its terms, insures us
against losses due to the inability of one or more of our
reinsurance counterparties to meet their financial obligations
to us. We consider that this contract is a financial guarantee
insurance contract that does not qualify for exemption from
treatment for accounting purposes as a derivative. This is
because it provides for the final settlement, expected to take
place two years after expiry of cover, to include an amount
attributable to outstanding and IBNR claims which may not at
that point of time be due and payable to us.
As a result of the application of derivative accounting rules
under ASC 815, the contract was treated as an asset and
measured at the directors estimate of its fair value.
Changes in the estimated fair value from time to time will be
included in the consolidated statement of operations. On
October 26, 2010, we gave notice of our intention to cancel
our credit insurance contract with effect from November 28,
2010. The notice of cancellation has triggered a final payment
of $1.9 million to the contract counter-parties.
Interest rate swaps. During 2010, we entered
into interest rate swaps with a total notional amount of
$500.0 million, due to mature between August 2, 2012
and November 9, 2020. The swaps are part of our ordinary
course investment activities to partially mitigate the negative
impact of rises in interest rates on the market value of our
fixed income portfolio. As at December 31, 2010, there was
a credit in respect of the interest rate swaps of
$6.8 million (2009 $Nil). Non-cash collateral
with a fair value of $7.7 million as at December 31,
2010 (2009 $Nil) was transferred by our
counterparty. In accordance with FASB ASC 860 Topic
Transfers and Servicing, no amount has been recorded in our
balance sheet for the pledged assets. None of the collateral has
been sold or re-pledged.
Reserving approach. We are required by
U.S. GAAP to establish loss reserves for the estimated
unpaid portion of the ultimate liability for losses and loss
expenses (ultimate losses) under the terms of our
policies and agreements with our insured and reinsured
customers. Our loss reserves comprise the following components:
|
|
|
|
|
case reserves to cover the cost of claims that were reported to
us but not yet paid;
|
|
|
|
reserves for IBNR claims to cover the anticipated cost of claims
incurred but not reported; and
|
|
|
|
a reserve for the LAE associated with settling claims, including
legal and other fees and the general expenses of administering
the claims adjustment process.
|
Prior to the selection by management of the reserves to be
included in our financial statements, our actuarial team employs
a number of techniques to establish a range of estimates from
which they consider it reasonable for management to select a
best estimate (the actuarial range).
Case reserves. For reported claims, reserves
are established on a
case-by-case
basis within the parameters of coverage provided in the
insurance policy or reinsurance agreement. In estimating the
cost of these claims, we consider circumstances related to the
claims as reported, any information available
101
from cedants, lawyers and loss adjustors and information on the
cost of settling claims with similar characteristics in previous
periods. In addition, for significant events such as the 2005
and 2008 hurricanes, for example, the detailed analysis of our
potential exposures includes information obtained directly from
cedants which has yet to be processed through market systems
enabling us to reduce the time lag between a significant event
occurring and establishing case reserves. This additional
information is also incorporated into the analysis used to
determine the actuarial IBNR. Reinsurance intermediaries are
used to assist in obtaining and validating information from
cedants but we establish all reserves. In addition, we may
engage loss adjusters and perform on site cedant audits to
validate the information provided. Disputes do occur with
cedants, but the number and frequency are generally low. In the
event of a dispute, intermediaries are used to try to resolve
the dispute. If a resolution cannot be reached, then the
contracts typically provide for binding arbitration.
IBNR claims. The need for IBNR reserves arises
from time lags between when a loss occurs and when it is
actually reported and settled. By definition, we do not have
specific information on IBNR claims so they need to be estimated
by actuarial methodologies. IBNR reserves are therefore
generally calculated at an aggregate level and cannot generally
be identified as reserves for a particular loss or contract. We
calculate IBNR reserves by line of business and by accident year
within that line. Where appropriate, analyses may be conducted
on sub-sets
of a line of business. IBNR reserves are calculated by
projecting our ultimate losses on each line of business and
subtracting paid losses and case reserves.
Sources of information. Claims information
received typically includes the loss date, details of the claim,
the recommended reserve and reports from the loss adjusters
dealing with the claim. In respect of pro rata treaties we
receive regular statements (bordereaux) which provide paid and
outstanding claims information, often with large losses
separately identified. Following widely reported loss events
such as natural catastrophes and airplane crashes we adopt a
proactive approach to establish our likely exposure to claims by
reviewing policy listings and contacting brokers and
policyholders as appropriate.
Actuarial Methodologies. The main projection
methodologies that are used by our actuaries are:
|
|
|
|
|
Initial expected loss ratio method: This
method calculates an estimate of ultimate losses by applying an
estimated loss ratio to an estimate of ultimate earned premium
for each accident year. The estimated loss ratio is based on one
or more of (a) an analysis of our own claims experience to
date, (b) pricing information (c) industry data and
(d) an analysis of a portfolio of similar business written
by Syndicate 2020, as available, adjusted by an index reflecting
how insurance rates, term and conditions have changed
|
|
|
|
Bornhuetter-Ferguson method: The BF method
uses as a starting point an assumed IELR and blends in the loss
ratio, which is implied by the claims experience to date using
benchmark loss development patterns on paid claims data
(Paid BF) or reported claims data (Reported
BF). Although the method tends to provide less volatile
indications at early stages of development and reflects changes
in the external environment, it can be slow to react to emerging
loss development and can, if the IELR proves to be inaccurate,
produce loss estimates which take longer to converge with the
final settlement value of loss.
|
|
|
|
Loss development (Chain Ladder)
method: This method uses actual loss data and the
historical development profiles on older accident years to
project more recent, less developed years to their ultimate
position.
|
|
|
|
Exposure-based method: This method is used for
specific large typically catastrophic events such as a major
hurricane. All exposure is identified and we work with known
market information and information from our cedants to determine
a percentage of the exposure to be taken as the ultimate loss.
|
In general terms, the IELR method is most appropriate for lines
of business
and/or
accident years where the actual paid or reported loss experience
is not yet mature enough to modify our initial expectations of
the ultimate loss ratios. Typical examples would be recent
accident years for lines of business in the casualty reinsurance
segment. The BF method is generally appropriate where there are
102
few reported claims and a relatively less stable pattern of
reported losses. Typical examples would be our treaty risk
excess line of business in our property reinsurance segment and
marine hull line of business in our international insurance
segment. The Chain Ladder method is appropriate when there are
relatively stable patterns of loss emergence and a relatively
large number of reported claims. Typical examples are the U.K.
commercial property and U.K. commercial liability lines of
business in the international insurance segment.
Reserving procedures and process. Our
actuaries calculate the IELR, BF and Chain Ladder methods for
each line of business and each accident year. They then provide
a range of ultimates within which managements best
estimate is most likely to fall. This range will usually reflect
a blend of the various methodologies. These methodologies do
involve significant subjective judgments reflecting many factors
such as changes in legislative conditions, changes in judicial
interpretation of legal liability policy coverages and
inflation. Our actuaries collaborate with underwriting, claims,
legal and finance in identifying factors which are incorporated
in their range of ultimates in which managements best
estimate is most likely to fall. The actuarial ranges are not
intended to include the minimum or maximum amount that the
claims may ultimately settle at, but are designed to provide
management with ranges from which it is reasonable to select a
single best estimate for inclusion in our financial statements.
There are no differences between our year-end and our quarterly
internal reserving procedures and processes in the sense that
our actuaries perform the basic projections and analyses
described above for each line of business.
Selection of reported gross
reserves. Management, through its Reserve
Committee, then reviews the range of actuarial estimates, which
to date it has not adjusted, and any other evidence before
selecting its best estimate of reserves for each line of
business and accident year. Management can select its best
estimate outside the range provided by the actuaries, but to
date gross reserves are within the range of actuarial estimates.
This provides the basis for the recommendation made by
management to the Audit Committee and Board of Directors
regarding the reserve amounts to be recorded in the
Companys financial statements. The Reserve Committee is a
management committee consisting of the Group Chief Risk Officer,
the Group Chief Actuary, the Group Chief Financial Officer and
senior members of our Underwriting and Claims staff.
Each line of business is reviewed in detail by management,
through its Reserve Committee, at least once a year; the timing
of such reviews varies throughout the year. Additionally, for
all lines of business, we review the emergence of actual losses
relative to expectations every fiscal quarter. If warranted from
these loss emergence tests, we may accelerate the timing of our
detailed actuarial reviews.
Uncertainties. While the management selected
reserves make a reasonable provision for unpaid loss and loss
adjustment expense obligations, we note that the process of
estimating required reserves does, by its very nature, involve
uncertainty and therefore the ultimate claims may fall outside
the actuarial range. The level of uncertainty can be influenced
by such factors as the existence of coverage with long duration
reporting patterns and changes in claims handling practices, as
well as the other factors described above.
Because many of the coverages underwritten involve claims that
may not be ultimately settled for many years after they are
incurred, subjective judgments as to the ultimate exposure to
losses are an integral and necessary component of the loss
reserving process. We review regularly our reserves, using a
variety of statistical and actuarial techniques to analyze
current claims costs, frequency and severity data, and
prevailing economic, social and legal factors. Reserves
established in prior periods are adjusted as claims experience
develops and new information becomes available.
Estimates of IBNR are generally subject to a greater degree of
uncertainty than estimates of the cost of settling claims
already notified to us, where more information about the claim
event is generally available. IBNR claims often may not be
apparent to the insured until many years after the event giving
rise to the claims has happened. Lines of business where the
IBNR proportion of the total reserve is
103
high, such as liability insurance, will typically display
greater variations between initial estimates and final outcomes
because of the greater degree of difficulty of estimating these
reserves.
Lines of business where claims are typically reported relatively
quickly after the claim event tend to display lower levels of
volatility between initial estimates and final outcomes.
Reinsurance claims are subject to a longer time lag both in
their reporting and in their time to final settlement. The time
lag is a factor which is included in the projections to ultimate
claims within the actuarial analyses and helps to explain why in
general a higher proportion of the initial reinsurance reserves
are represented by IBNR than for insurance reserves for business
in the same class. Delays in receiving information from cedants
are an expected part of normal business operations and are
included within the statistical estimate of IBNR to the extent
that current levels of backlog are consistent with historical
data. Currently, there are no processing backlogs which would
materially affect our financial statements.
Allowance is made, however, for changes or uncertainties which
may create distortions in the underlying statistics or which
might cause the cost of unsettled claims to increase or reduce
when compared with the cost of previously settled claims
including:
|
|
|
|
|
changes in our processes which might accelerate or slow down the
development
and/or
recording of paid or incurred claims;
|
|
|
|
changes in the legal environment (including challenges to tort
reform);
|
|
|
|
the effects of inflation;
|
|
|
|
changes in the mix of business;
|
|
|
|
the impact of large losses; and
|
|
|
|
changes in our cedants reserving methodologies.
|
These factors are incorporated in the recommended reserve range
from which management selects its best point estimate. As at
December 31, 2010, a 5% change in the gross reserve for
IBNR losses would have equated to a change of approximately
$103.7 million in loss reserves which would represent 30.5%
of income before income tax for the twelve months ended
December 31, 2010. As at December 31, 2009, a 5%
change in the gross reserve for IBNR losses would have equated
to a change of approximately $97.3 million in loss reserves
which would represent 18.2% of net income before income tax for
the twelve months ended December 31, 2009.
There are specific areas of our selected reserves which have
additional uncertainty associated with them. In property
reinsurance, there is still the potential for adverse
development from litigation associated with Hurricane Katrina.
In casualty reinsurance, there are additional uncertainties
associated with claims emanating from the global financial
crisis. There is also a potential for new areas of claims to
emerge as underlying this segment are many long-tail lines of
business. In the insurance segment, we wrote a book of financial
institutions risks which have a number of notifications relating
to the financial crisis in 2008 and 2009 and there is also a
specific area of uncertainty relating to a book of New York
Contractor business. In each case, management believes that they
have selected an appropriate best estimate based on current
information and current analyses.
Loss Reserving Sensitivity Analysis: The most
significant key assumptions identified in the reserving process
are that (1) the historic loss development and trend
experience is assumed to be indicative of future loss
development and trends, (2) the information developed from
internal and independent external sources can be used to develop
meaningful estimates of the initial expected ultimate loss
ratios, and (3) no significant losses or types of losses
will emerge that are not represented in either the initial
expected loss ratios or the historical development patterns.
The selected best estimate of reserves is typically in excess of
the mean of the actuarial reserve estimates. The Company
believes that there is potentially significant risk in
estimating loss reserves for long-tail lines of business and for
immature accident years that may not be adequately captured
through traditional actuarial projection methodologies. As
discussed above, these methodologies usually rely
104
heavily on projections of prior year trends into the future. In
selecting its best estimate of future liabilities, the Company
considers both the results of actuarial point estimates of loss
reserves as well as the potential variability of these estimates
as captured by a reasonable range of actuarial reserve
estimates. In determining the appropriate best estimate, the
Company reviews (i) the position of overall reserves within
the actuarial reserve range, (ii) the result of bottom up
analysis by accident year reflecting the impact of parameter
uncertainty in actuarial calculations, and (iii) specific
qualitative information on events that may have an effect on
future claims but which may not have been adequately reflected
in actuarial mid-point estimates, such as the potential for
outstanding litigation or claims practices of cedants to have an
adverse impact.
In order to show the potential variability in the Companys
estimate of loss reserves, the internal actuaries use stochastic
modeling techniques around their mean estimate. We believe that
stochastic modeling provides a distribution against which
selected reserves can be assessed for which we show the
probability of various outcomes relative to the actuarial mean
estimate. Stochastic modeling provides a range of potential
outcomes as reserve movements will be caused by any number of
factors, and as such it is unlikely that only one factor will
change in a given period; stochastic modeling techniques will
reflect the impact from many factors. The output from the
stochastic modeling is more meaningful at a segmental level and
is therefore not provided at a line of business level.
Actuarial range of gross reserves. We show in
the following table, the 10th percentile,
25th percentile, actuarial mean estimate,
75th percentile and 90th percentile together with the
actual percentile that the selected loss reserves represent. The
following table sets out the actuarial range of gross reserves
for each of our segments and compares it to managements
selected best estimate as at December 31, 2010.
Managements selected reserves include unallocated claims
handling expenses which remain unchanged across all reserve
distributions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
Managements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selected
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross Reserves
|
|
Reserve
|
|
|
Percentile
|
|
|
10th
|
|
|
25th
|
|
|
Mean
|
|
|
75th
|
|
|
90th
|
|
|
|
($ in million, except for percentages)
|
|
|
Reinsurance
|
|
$
|
2,343.8
|
|
|
|
74
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,691.9
|
|
|
$
|
1,879.5
|
|
|
$
|
2,132.4
|
|
|
$
|
2,355.2
|
|
|
$
|
2,614.2
|
|
Insurance
|
|
|
1,476.7
|
|
|
|
72
|
%
|
|
|
1,108.0
|
|
|
|
1,210.9
|
|
|
|
1,371.9
|
|
|
|
1,499.9
|
|
|
|
1,669.7
|
|
Diversification
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
379.7
|
|
|
|
225.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(184.7
|
)
|
|
|
(413.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Gross Losses and Loss Expense Reserves
|
|
$
|
3,820.5
|
|
|
|
88
|
%
|
|
$
|
3,179.6
|
|
|
$
|
3,315.6
|
|
|
$
|
3,504.3
|
|
|
$
|
3,670.4
|
|
|
$
|
3,870.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Managements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selected
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross Reserves
|
|
Reserve
|
|
|
Percentile
|
|
|
10th
|
|
|
25th
|
|
|
Mean
|
|
|
75th
|
|
|
90th
|
|
|
|
($ in million, except for percentages)
|
|
|
Reinsurance
|
|
$
|
2,069.4
|
|
|
|
73
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,540.0
|
|
|
$
|
1,698.5
|
|
|
$
|
1,895.8
|
|
|
$
|
2,078.2
|
|
|
$
|
2,281.5
|
|
Insurance
|
|
|
1,261.7
|
|
|
|
69
|
%
|
|
|
982.8
|
|
|
|
1,068.8
|
|
|
|
1,187.6
|
|
|
|
1,293.7
|
|
|
|
1,414.5
|
|
Diversification
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
295.8
|
|
|
|
162.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(147.8
|
)
|
|
|
(300.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Gross Losses and Loss Expense Reserves
|
|
$
|
3,331.1
|
|
|
|
86
|
%
|
|
$
|
2,818.6
|
|
|
$
|
2,929.9
|
|
|
$
|
3,083.4
|
|
|
$
|
3,224.1
|
|
|
$
|
3,395.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The above represents a distribution from our internal capital
model for reserving risk based upon our current state of
knowledge and application of actuarial principles. The model
itself has many explicit and implicit assumptions relating to
the incurred pattern of claims, the expected ultimate settlement
amount, inflation and dependencies between lines of business. If
any of these assumptions underlying the model were to prove
incorrect then a materially different reserving distribution may
result.
105
The 10th percentile represents a 1 in 10 chance that, for
example, reinsurance reserves will be at or lower than
$1,691.9 million. The 90th percentile represents a 1
in 10 chance that reserves will be at or greater than
$2,614.2 million. Diversification reflects the fact that
not all the segments are perfectly correlated; that is, we would
not expect all lines of business to run off better than or worse
than the mean at the same time.
If the ultimate liabilities equate to the mean actuarial
estimate, then the impact from the change in loss reserves would
be to increase net income before tax by $316.2 million
(being the difference above between the selected loss reserves
of $3,820.5 million and the mean value of
$3,504.3 million), although the impact of such a change is
unlikely to be recognized in one calendar year due to the
unwinding of experience against expectations taking many years.
Conversely, if the ultimate liabilities equate to the estimated
90th percentile, then the impact from the change in loss
reserves would be to reduce net income before tax by
$49.6 million (being the difference between the selected
loss reserves of $3,820.5 million and the
90th percentile value of $3,870.1 million), although
the impact of such a change is again unlikely to be recognized
in one calendar year.
Changes in loss reserve estimates would not have an immediate
effect on our liquidity as settlement of insurance liabilities
typically can take a number of years. However, please see
Item 7, Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Liquidity for a discussion of liquidity risks.
Actuarial range of net reserves. In
determining the range of net reserves, we estimate recoveries
due under our proportional and excess of loss reinsurance
programs. For proportional reinsurance we apply the appropriate
cession percentages to estimate how much of the gross reserves
will be collectable. For excess of loss recoveries, individual
large losses are modeled through our reinsurance program. An
assessment is also made of the collectability of reinsurance
recoveries taking into account market data on the financial
strength of each of the reinsurance companies. The net actuarial
range for reserves for losses and loss expenses assuming that
net reserves move in proportion to gross would be between
$3,179.6 million at the 10th percentile and
$3,870.1 million at the 90th percentile. The actual
net reserves established as at December 31, 2010 were
$3,820.5 million.
Investments. We currently classify all except
$409.9 million of our fixed maturity investments and
short-term investments as available for sale and,
accordingly, they are carried at estimated fair value. The
Company uses quoted values and other data provided by
internationally recognized independent pricing sources as inputs
into its process for determining the fair value of its fixed
income investments. Where multiple quotes or prices are
obtained, a price source hierarchy is maintained in order to
determine which price source provides the fair value (i.e., a
price obtained from a pricing service with more seniority in the
hierarchy will be used over a less senior one in all cases). The
hierarchy prioritizes pricing services based on availability and
reliability and assigns the highest priority to index providers.
For mortgage-backed and other asset-backed debt securities, fair
value includes estimates regarding prepayment assumptions, which
are based on current market conditions. Amortized cost in
relation to these securities is calculated using a constant
effective yield based on anticipated prepayments and estimated
economic lives of the securities. When actual prepayments differ
significantly from anticipated prepayments, the effective yield
is recalculated to reflect actual payments to date. Changes in
estimated yield are recorded on a retrospective basis, which
result in future cash flows being used to determine current book
value. See additional information below under Valuation of
Investments.
Other-than-temporary
Impairment of Investments. The difference between
the cost and the estimated fair market value of available for
sale investments is monitored to determine whether any
investment has experienced a decline in value that is believed
to be
other-than-temporary.
Impairment occurs when there is no objective evidence to support
recovery in value before disposal and we intend to sell the
security or more likely than not will be required to sell the
security before recovery of its adjusted amortized cost basis or
it is deemed probable that we will be unable to collect all
amounts due according to the contractual terms of the individual
security.
106
These impairments will be included within realized losses and
the cost basis of the investment reduced accordingly.
We review all of our fixed maturities on an individual security
basis for potential impairment each quarter based on criteria
including issuer-specific circumstances, credit ratings actions
and general macro-economic conditions.
Deferred tax assets. We provide for income
taxes for our subsidiaries operating in income tax- paying
jurisdictions. Our deferred tax assets and liabilities primarily
result from the net tax effect of temporary differences between
the amounts recorded in our audited consolidated financial
statements and the tax basis of our assets and liabilities. We
determine deferred tax assets and liabilities separately for
each tax-paying component in each tax jurisdiction.
At each balance sheet date, management assesses the need to
establish a valuation allowance that reduces deferred tax assets
when it is more likely than not that all, or some portion, of
the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The valuation
allowance is based on all available information including
projections of future taxable income from each tax-paying
component in each tax jurisdiction and available tax planning
strategies. Estimates of future taxable income incorporate
several assumptions that may differ from actual experience.
Differences in our assumptions and resulting estimates could be
material and have an adverse impact on our financial results of
operations and liquidity. Any such differences are recorded in
the period in which they become known.
107
Results
of Operations
Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with
U.S. GAAP. The discussions that follow include tables and
discussions relating to our consolidated income statement and
our segmental operating results for the twelve months ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.
Consolidated
Income Statement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
($ in millions, except for percentages)
|
|
|
Gross written premiums
|
|
$
|
2,076.8
|
|
|
$
|
2,067.1
|
|
|
$
|
2,001.7
|
|
Net premiums written
|
|
|
1,891.1
|
|
|
|
1,836.8
|
|
|
|
1,835.5
|
|
Gross premiums earned
|
|
|
2,094.3
|
|
|
|
2,035.4
|
|
|
|
1,889.1
|
|
Net premiums earned
|
|
|
1,898.9
|
|
|
|
1,823.0
|
|
|
|
1,701.7
|
|
Net investment income
|
|
|
232.0
|
|
|
|
248.5
|
|
|
|
139.2
|
|
Net realized and unrealized investment gains/(losses)
|
|
|
50.6
|
|
|
|
11.4
|
|
|
|
(47.9
|
)
|
Change in fair value of derivatives
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
|
|
(8.0
|
)
|
|
|
(7.8
|
)
|
Other income
|
|
|
9.1
|
|
|
|
8.0
|
|
|
|
5.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Revenues
|
|
|
2,190.4
|
|
|
|
2,082.9
|
|
|
|
1,790.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Insurance losses and loss adjustment expenses
|
|
|
(1,248.7
|
)
|
|
|
(948.1
|
)
|
|
|
(1,119.5
|
)
|
Policy acquisition expenses
|
|
|
(328.5
|
)
|
|
|
(334.1
|
)
|
|
|
(299.3
|
)
|
Operating, administrative and corporate expenses
|
|
|
(258.6
|
)
|
|
|
(252.4
|
)
|
|
|
(208.1
|
)
|
Interest on long-term debt
|
|
|
(16.5
|
)
|
|
|
(15.6
|
)
|
|
|
(15.6
|
)
|
Net realized and unrealized exchange gains/(losses)
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
(8.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Expenses
|
|
|
(1,850.1
|
)
|
|
|
(1,548.2
|
)
|
|
|
(1,650.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations before income tax
|
|
|
340.3
|
|
|
|
534.7
|
|
|
|
140.2
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
(27.6
|
)
|
|
|
(60.8
|
)
|
|
|
(36.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
$
|
312.7
|
|
|
$
|
473.9
|
|
|
$
|
103.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ratios
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss ratio
|
|
|
65.8
|
%
|
|
|
52.0
|
%
|
|
|
65.8
|
%
|
Expense ratio
|
|
|
30.9
|
%
|
|
|
32.1
|
%
|
|
|
29.8
|
%
|
Combined ratio
|
|
|
96.7
|
%
|
|
|
84.1
|
%
|
|
|
95.6
|
%
|
108
Gross written premiums. The following table
analyzes the overall change in gross written premiums in the
twelve months ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. The
amounts shown as underlying premiums exclude
reinstatement premiums and other premiums receivable directly
related to losses arising from Hurricanes Katrina, Rita and
Wilma in 2005, Hurricanes Ike and Gustav in 2008 and the Chilean
Earthquake in 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
Reinsurance
|
|
|
Insurance
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
($ in millions, except for percentages)
|
|
|
Gross written premiums
|
|
$
|
1,162.2
|
|
|
$
|
914.6
|
|
|
$
|
2,076.8
|
|
Less: Catastrophic event-related premiums
|
|
|
(12.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underlying premiums
|
|
|
1,150.2
|
|
|
$
|
914.6
|
|
|
$
|
2,064.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% change in underlying premiums between 2010 and 2009
|
|
|
(2.2
|
)%
|
|
|
2.6
|
%
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Reinsurance
|
|
|
Insurance
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
($ in millions, except for percentages)
|
|
|
Gross written premiums
|
|
$
|
1,176.0
|
|
|
$
|
891.1
|
|
|
$
|
2,067.1
|
|
Less: Catastrophic event-related premiums
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underlying premiums
|
|
$
|
1,176.0
|
|
|
|
891.1
|
|
|
|
2,067.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% change in underlying premiums between 2009 and 2008
|
|
|
6.7
|
%
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
|
|
4.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
Reinsurance
|
|
|
Insurance
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
($ in millions, except for percentages)
|
|
|
Gross written premiums
|
|
$
|
1,114.3
|
|
|
$
|
887.4
|
|
|
$
|
2,001.7
|
|
Less: Catastrophic event-related premiums
|
|
|
(12.2
|
)
|
|
|
(3.1
|
)
|
|
|
(15.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underlying premiums
|
|
|
1,102.1
|
|
|
|
884.3
|
|
|
$
|
1,986.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% change in underlying premiums between 2008 and 2007
|
|
|
(3.1
|
)%
|
|
|
29.8
|
%
|
|
|
9.3
|
%
|
Gross written premiums in 2010 of $2,076.8 million are
broadly in line with 2009, with reductions in our reinsurance
segment balanced by increases in our insurance segment. Gross
written premiums in the reinsurance segment of
$1,162.2 million for 2010 contain an additional
$45.5 million from new teams that commenced underwriting in
2009 (credit and surety and agriculture) and $39.0 additional
catastrophe premium which includes $12.0 million of
reinstatement premiums from the Chilean earthquake. These
increases are offset by reductions in other property
reinsurance, casualty reinsurance and other specialty lines of
business. Gross written premiums in the insurance segment of
$914.6 million for 2010 include additional contributions of
$32.5 million from property insurance where we saw
opportunities to write business that met our profitability
requirements compensating for reductions in casualty and energy
physical damage.
Gross written premiums in 2009 increased by 3.3% to
$2,067.1 million when compared to the twelve months ended
December 31, 2008 due mainly to a $48.9 million
contribution from the full year impact of the underwriting teams
established in 2008 which included financial and political risk,
financial institutions, professional indemnity and excess
casualty in the insurance segment in addition to premium written
in our credit and surety reinsurance line which was established
in 2009.
Net premiums written. While gross written
premiums have only increased by 0.5%, net premiums written have
increased by 3.0% in 2010 compared to 2009 due to a reduction of
$44.6 million in ceded written premiums. The overall
decrease in the insurance segment reflects the cancellation of a
reinsurance quota share for U.S. property insurance and
lower costs of quota share reinsurance resulting from reduced
gross written premium.
109
In 2009, although total gross written premiums increased by
3.3%, net premiums written had increased by only 0.1% compared
to 2008 as a result of the $64.1 million increase in ceded
written premiums when compared to 2008. The lower ceded written
premium in 2008 reflects the purchase of catastrophe cover in
2007 which protected both the 2007 and 2008 wind seasons.
Gross premiums earned. Gross premiums earned
reflect the portion of gross written premiums which are recorded
as revenues over the policy periods of the risks we write. The
earned premium recorded in any year includes premium from
policies incepting in prior years and excludes premium to be
earned subsequent to the balance sheet date. Gross premiums
earned in the year 2010 increased by 2.9% compared to 2009
reflecting the higher written premium earlier in the year and
the $12.0 million of reinstatement premiums from the
Chilean earthquake.
Gross premiums earned in 2009 were $146.3 million higher
than in 2008 reflecting the full year impact of gross premium
written by the new underwriting teams in 2008 in addition to
premium written in our credit and surety reinsurance line which
was established in 2009.
Net premiums earned. Net premiums earned have
increased by $75.9 million or 4.2% in 2010 compared to 2009
which is consistent with the increase in gross earned premiums
and the reduction in the cost of our reinsurance purchased in
that period. Net premiums earned in 2009 increased by 7.1%
compared to 2008 mainly as a result of the increase in gross
earned premium. The changes in net premiums earned for each of
our segments were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Premiums Earned for the Twelve Months Ended
December 31,
|
|
Business Segment
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
% increase
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
% increase
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
Reinsurance
|
|
|
1,141.8
|
|
|
|
3.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,108.1
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,056.8
|
|
Insurance
|
|
|
757.1
|
|
|
|
5.9
|
%
|
|
|
714.9
|
|
|
|
10.9
|
%
|
|
|
644.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,898.9
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,823.0
|
|
|
|
7.1
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,701.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The increase in reinsurance net premiums earned in 2009 were
mainly from property lines due to favorable market conditions
following the hurricanes in 2008 and also the earnings generated
by the newly established credit and surety reinsurance business
included in our reinsurance segment. An increase of
$70.0 million in net earned premiums in our insurance
segment was predominantly due to the contribution from new
underwriting teams.
Losses and loss adjustment expenses. In 2010,
we suffered $127.9 million of net losses from the Chilean
earthquake and $52.8 million for the New Zealand
earthquake. In 2009, we had no significant catastrophe loss
events, with the only notable loss events being the recognition
of $13.4 million of European and Canadian storm losses and
$11.4 million of net losses from the Air France disaster.
In 2008, we suffered $200.2 million of losses from
Hurricanes Ike and Gustav before reinstatements and tax, a
$49.7 million provision against potential losses as a
result of the ongoing financial crisis. Further information
relating to movements in prior year reserves can be found below
under Reserves for Loss and Loss Adjustment
Expenses. Our insurance losses and loss adjustment
expenses included paid claims of $1,248.7 million in 2010,
$808.6 million in 2009 and $739.4 million in 2008.
Our 2010 catastrophic losses were associated with the Chilean
earthquake in the first quarter of 2010 and the New Zealand
earthquake in the third quarter of 2010. Our current estimate of
loss for these 2010 events is $127.9 million for the
Chilean earthquake and $52.8 million for the New Zealand
earthquake. The underlying changes in accident year loss ratios
by segment are shown in the table below. The prior year claims
adjustment in the table below reflects claims development and
excludes premium adjustments.
110
The current year claims adjustments represent catastrophic loss
events.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accident
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ratio Excluding
|
|
|
|
|
Prior Year
|
|
Current Year
|
|
Prior and
|
|
|
Total Loss
|
|
Claims
|
|
Claims
|
|
Current Year
|
For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2010
|
|
Ratio
|
|
Adjustment
|
|
Adjustment
|
|
Claims Adjustments
|
|
Reinsurance
|
|
|
60.7
|
%
|
|
|
5.7
|
%
|
|
|
(15.8
|
)%
|
|
|
50.6
|
%
|
Insurance
|
|
|
73.3
|
%
|
|
|
(5.8
|
)%
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
67.5
|
%
|
Total
|
|
|
65.8
|
%
|
|
|
1.1
|
%
|
|
|
(9.5
|
)%
|
|
|
57.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accident
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ratio Excluding
|
|
|
|
|
Prior Year
|
|
Current Year
|
|
Prior and
|
|
|
Total Loss
|
|
Claims
|
|
Claims
|
|
Current Year
|
For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2009
|
|
Ratio
|
|
Adjustment
|
|
Adjustment
|
|
Claims Adjustments
|
|
Reinsurance
|
|
|
42.2
|
%
|
|
|
9.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
51.6
|
%
|
Insurance
|
|
|
67.3
|
%
|
|
|
(2.7
|
)%
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
64.6
|
%
|
Total
|
|
|
52.0
|
%
|
|
|
4.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
56.6
|
%
|
The 2009 prior year adjustment for our reinsurance segment was
due to favorable loss development on all business lines,
particularly in our property catastrophe account which saw
favorable development on losses associated with the 2007 U.K.
floods and Hurricanes Ike and Gustav. Reserve releases in the
reinsurance segment were generated mainly by our U.S treaty
business. The prior year adjustment for the insurance segment
was attributable mainly to reserve strengthening for the
casualty line of business which experienced deterioration
particularly in our New York contractors business.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accident Year Loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ratio Excluding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prior and
|
|
|
|
|
Prior Year
|
|
Current Year
|
|
Current Year
|
|
|
Total Loss
|
|
Claims
|
|
Claims
|
|
Claims
|
For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2008
|
|
Ratio
|
|
Adjustment
|
|
Adjustment
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
Reinsurance
|
|
|
60.9
|
%
|
|
|
8.9
|
%
|
|
|
(13.3
|
)%
|
|
|
56.5
|
%
|
Insurance
|
|
|
73.7
|
%
|
|
|
(1.6
|
)%
|
|
|
(9.3
|
)%
|
|
|
62.8
|
%
|
Total
|
|
|
65.8
|
%
|
|
|
4.9
|
%
|
|
|
(11.8
|
)%
|
|
|
58.9
|
%
|
The prior year adjustment in 2008 for our insurance segment was
attributable mainly to reserve strengthening for our marine,
energy and transportation business and reserve releases in our
reinsurance segment were due to favorable development in
casualty reinsurance. Losses from Hurricanes Ike and Gustav
contributed 25.6 percentage points to the loss ratio in
property reinsurance.
111
Expenses. We monitor the ratio of expenses to
gross earned premium (the gross expense ratio) as a
measure of the cost effectiveness of our business acquisition,
operating and administrative processes. The table below presents
the contribution of the policy acquisition expenses and
operating and administrative expenses to the gross expense
ratios and the total net expense ratios for the twelve months
ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. We also show the
effect of reinsurance purchased which impacts the reported net
expense ratio by expressing the expenses as a proportion of net
earned premiums.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expense Ratios for the Twelve Months Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Policy acquisition expenses
|
|
|
15.7
|
%
|
|
|
16.4
|
%
|
|
|
15.8
|
%
|
Operating and administrative expenses
|
|
|
12.3
|
%
|
|
|
12.4
|
%
|
|
|
11.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross expense ratio
|
|
|
28.0
|
%
|
|
|
28.8
|
%
|
|
|
26.8
|
%
|
Effect of reinsurance
|
|
|
2.9
|
%
|
|
|
3.3
|
%
|
|
|
3.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net expense ratio
|
|
|
30.9
|
%
|
|
|
32.1
|
%
|
|
|
29.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The policy acquisition ratio, gross of the effect of
reinsurance, has reduced to 15.7% for the twelve months ended
December 31, 2010 from 16.4% for the comparative period in
2009 mainly as a result of a reduction in profit related
commissions in our reinsurance segment. In 2009, the policy
acquisition expense ratio increased to 18.3% from 17.6% in 2008
due to the impact of profit-related commissions. Operating and
administrative expenses were broadly in line with 2009 with the
increased expenditure associated with our expansion into the
U.S. admitted market and U.K. regional distribution network
being balanced by reductions in profit-related compensation in
2010. The 2009 increase over 2008 was due to higher
performance-related costs in a year which did not experience
significant catastrophic activity.
Changes in the acquisition and operating expense ratios to gross
earned premiums, and the impact of reinsurance on net earned
premiums by segment for each of the twelve months ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 are shown in the following
tables:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
Ratios Based on Gross Earned Premium
|
|
Reinsurance
|
|
|
Insurance
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Policy acquisition expense ratio
|
|
|
17.1
|
%
|
|
|
13.9
|
%
|
|
|
15.7
|
%
|
Operating and administrative expense ratio
|
|
|
9.5
|
|
|
|
10.9
|
|
|
|
12.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross expense ratio
|
|
|
26.6
|
|
|
|
24.8
|
|
|
|
28.0
|
|
Effect of reinsurance
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
2.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net expense ratio
|
|
|
27.5
|
%
|
|
|
29.8
|
%
|
|
|
30.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
Ratios Based on Gross Earned Premium
|
|
Reinsurance
|
|
|
Insurance
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Policy acquisition expense ratio
|
|
|
18.4
|
%
|
|
|
13.7
|
%
|
|
|
16.4
|
%
|
Operating and administrative expense ratio
|
|
|
8.4
|
|
|
|
11.6
|
|
|
|
12.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross expense ratio
|
|
|
26.8
|
|
|
|
25.3
|
|
|
|
28.8
|
|
Effect of reinsurance
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
5.5
|
|
|
|
3.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net expense ratio
|
|
|
28.2
|
%
|
|
|
30.8
|
%
|
|
|
32.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
Ratios Based on Gross Earned Premium
|
|
Reinsurance
|
|
|
Insurance
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Policy acquisition expense ratio
|
|
|
16.4
|
%
|
|
|
15.1
|
%
|
|
|
15.8
|
%
|
Operating and administrative expense ratio
|
|
|
9.1
|
|
|
|
9.5
|
|
|
|
11.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross expense ratio
|
|
|
25.5
|
|
|
|
24.6
|
|
|
|
26.8
|
|
Effect of reinsurance
|
|
|
1.6
|
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
|
|
3.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net expense ratio
|
|
|
27.1
|
%
|
|
|
29.2
|
%
|
|
|
29.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net investment income. In the twelve months
ended December 31, 2010, net investment income was
$232.0 million (2009 $248.5 million).
Investment income in 2009 benefited from a
$19.8 million contribution from our investments in funds of
hedge funds which we exited on June 30, 2009. In 2010, the
lower interest rate environment combined with our exit from the
funds of hedge funds resulted in a lower net investment income
for the year. In 2008, we suffered a loss of $97.3 million
from our investments in funds of hedge funds.
Change in fair value of derivatives. In the
twelve months ended December 31, 2010, we recorded a
reduction in the fair value of derivatives of $0.2 million
(2009 $8.0 million). This includes a gain of
$6.8 million in the value of our interest rates swaps which
we entered into during 2010 and a reduction of $7.0 million
(2009 $8.0 million) in the estimated fair value
of our credit insurance contract. At December 31, 2010 and
December 31, 2009, there were no outstanding foreign
currency contracts. At December 31, 2008, we held foreign
currency derivative contracts to purchase $18.8 million of
U.S. and foreign currencies. The foreign currency contracts
are recorded as derivatives at fair value with changes recorded
as a realized foreign exchange gain or loss in our statement of
operations. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2010,
the impact of foreign currency contracts on net income was $Nil
(2009 $1.8 million). Further information on
these contracts can be found in Note 9 to the financial
statements.
Other revenues and expenses. Other revenues
and expenses in 2010 included $2.2 million of foreign
currency exchange gains (2009 $2.0 million
gains; 2008 $8.2 million losses) and
$50.6 million of realized investment gains
(2009 $11.4 million gains; 2008
$47.9 million losses). The increase in realized investment
gains in 2010 has resulted mainly from the sale of investments
which funded our share repurchases in 2010, in addition to a
reduction in charges associated with investments we believe to
be
other-than-temporarily
impaired from $23.2 million in 2009 to $0.3 million in
2010 (2008 $59.6 million). Interest payable was
$16.5 million in 2010 (2009 $15.6 million;
2008 $15.6 million).
Income before tax. In 2010, income before tax
was $340.3 million and comprised mainly $63.1 million
of underwriting profit, $232.0 million in net investment
income and $50.6 million of realized investment gains. In
2009, income before tax was $534.7 million and comprised
$288.4 million of underwriting profit and
$248.5 million in net investment income. In 2008, income
before tax was $140.2 million and comprised
$74.8 million of underwriting profit, $139.2 million
in net investment income and $47.9 million of realized
investment. The decrease in income in 2010 when compared to 2009
was due principally to natural catastrophe losses from the
earthquakes in Chile and New Zealand. The increase in income in
2009 compared to 2008 was due principally to an absence of
catastrophes and improved investment performance. Further, 2008
was adversely impacted as a result of the financial crisis which
contributed to lower investment income and losses from Hurricane
Ike.
Income tax expense. Income tax expense
decreased to $27.6 million in 2010 from $60.8 million
in 2009 and from $36.4 million in 2008. The effective tax
rate in 2010 was 8.1% compared to 11.4% in 2009 and 26.0% in
2008. The reduction in the effective tax in 2010, is the result
of proactive fiscal and balance sheet management and the
distribution of underwriting results across our entity balance
sheets. The reduction in tax rate for 2009 was mainly driven by
the distribution of insurance and investment-related losses
within the group in the fourth quarter of 2008.
113
Net income. In 2010, we had net income of
$312.7 million, equivalent to diluted earnings per ordinary
share of $3.62 based on the weighted average number of shares in
issue during the period. In 2009, we had net income of
$473.9 million, equivalent to diluted earnings per ordinary
share of $5.64 based on the weighted average number of shares in
issue during the period. In 2008, we had net income of
$103.8 million, equivalent to diluted earnings per ordinary
share of $0.89 based on the weighted average number of shares in
issue during the period. Preference share dividends are deducted
from net income for the purpose of calculating earnings per
ordinary share.
Underwriting
Results by Operating Segments
We are organized into two business segments: Reinsurance and
Insurance. We have considered similarities in economic
characteristics, products, customers, distribution, the
regulatory environment of our operating segments and
quantitative thresholds to determine our reportable segments.
We historically have managed our business in four segments:
property reinsurance, casualty reinsurance, international
insurance and U.S. insurance. On January 14, 2010, we
announced a new organizational structure where we intended to
manage our insurance and reinsurance businesses as two
underwriting segments, Aspen Insurance and Aspen Reinsurance, to
enhance and better serve our global customer base. As a result
of our organizational changes, in 2010 we now manage our
underwriting business in two operating segments: Insurance and
Reinsurance. The reinsurance segment consists of four principal
lines of business: property catastrophe reinsurance, other
property reinsurance, casualty reinsurance and specialty
reinsurance. The insurance segment consists of property
insurance, casualty insurance, marine, energy and transportation
insurance and financial and professional lines insurance.
Management measures segment results on the basis of the combined
ratio, which is obtained by dividing the sum of the losses and
loss expenses, acquisition expenses and operating and
administrative expenses by net premiums earned. Other than
corporate expenses, indirect operating and administrative
expenses are allocated to segments based on each segments
proportional share of gross earned premiums. As a relatively new
company, our historical combined ratio may not be indicative of
future underwriting performance.
Non-underwriting Disclosures: We have provided
additional disclosures for corporate and other
(non-underwriting) income and expenses. Corporate and other
includes net investment income, net realized and unrealized
investment gains or losses, corporate expenses, interest
expense, net realized and unrealized foreign exchange gains or
losses and income taxes, which are not allocated to the
underwriting segments. Corporate expenses are not allocated to
our operating segments as they typically do not fluctuate with
the levels of premium written and are related to our operations.
They include group executive costs, group finance, legal and
actuarial costs, non-underwriting share-based compensation and
certain strategic costs including new teams which have not
commenced underwriting.
114
The following tables summarize gross and net premiums written
and earned, underwriting results, and combined ratios and
reserves for each of our business segments for the twelve months
ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.
Information related to prior periods has been restated to
conform to the current period presentation, where applicable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
Reinsurance
|
|
|
Insurance
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
Underwriting revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross written premiums
|
|
$
|
1,162.2
|
|
|
$
|
914.6
|
|
|
$
|
2,076.8
|
|
Net written premiums
|
|
|
1,118.5
|
|
|
|
772.6
|
|
|
|
1,891.1
|
|
Gross earned premiums
|
|
|
1,186.4
|
|
|
|
907.9
|
|
|
|
2,094.3
|
|
Net earned premiums
|
|
|
1,141.8
|
|
|
|
757.1
|
|
|
|
1,898.9
|
|
Underwriting Expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Losses and loss expenses
|
|
|
693.5
|
|
|
|
555.2
|
|
|
|
1,248.7
|
|
Policy acquisition expenses
|
|
|
202.4
|
|
|
|
126.1
|
|
|
|
328.5
|
|
Operating and administrative expenses
|
|
|
112.3
|
|
|
|
99.4
|
|
|
|
211.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriting income/(loss)
|
|
$
|
133.6
|
|
|
$
|
(23.6
|
)
|
|
|
110.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(46.9
|
)
|
Net investment income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
232.0
|
|
Net realized investment gains
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50.6
|
|
Change in fair value of derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
Interest expense on long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(16.5
|
)
|
Net foreign exchange gains
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
Other income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
340.3
|
|
Income tax (expense)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(27.6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
312.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net reserves for loss and loss adjustment expenses
|
|
$
|
2,283.1
|
|
|
$
|
1,257.5
|
|
|
$
|
3,540.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ratios
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss ratio
|
|
|
60.7
|
%
|
|
|
73.3
|
%
|
|
|
65.8
|
%
|
Policy acquisition expense ratio
|
|
|
17.7
|
%
|
|
|
16.7
|
%
|
|
|
17.3
|
%
|
Operating and administrative expense ratio
|
|
|
9.8
|
%
|
|
|
13.1
|
%
|
|
|
13.6
|
%
|
Expense ratio
|
|
|
27.5
|
%
|
|
|
29.8
|
%
|
|
|
30.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Combined ratio
|
|
|
88.2
|
%
|
|
|
103.1
|
%
|
|
|
96.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Reinsurance
|
|
|
Insurance
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
Underwriting revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross written premiums
|
|
$
|
1,176.0
|
|
|
$
|
891.1
|
|
|
$
|
2,067.1
|
|
Net written premiums
|
|
|
1,116.7
|
|
|
|
720.1
|
|
|
|
1,836.8
|
|
Gross earned premiums
|
|
|
1,164.4
|
|
|
|
871.0
|
|
|
|
2,035.4
|
|
Net earned premiums
|
|
|
1,108.1
|
|
|
|
714.9
|
|
|
|
1,823.0
|
|
Underwriting Expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Losses and loss expenses
|
|
|
467.3
|
|
|
|
480.8
|
|
|
|
948.1
|
|
Policy acquisition expenses
|
|
|
214.6
|
|
|
|
119.5
|
|
|
|
334.1
|
|
Operating and administrative expenses
|
|
|
97.5
|
|
|
|
100.7
|
|
|
|
198.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriting profit/(loss)
|
|
|
328.7
|
|
|
|
13.9
|
|
|
|
342.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(54.2
|
)
|
Net investment income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
248.5
|
|
Realized investment gains
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11.4
|
|
Change in fair value of derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8.0
|
)
|
Interest on long term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(15.6
|
)
|
Net foreign exchange gains
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
Other income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income before tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
534.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net reserves for loss and loss adjustment expenses
|
|
$
|
1,988.4
|
|
|
$
|
1,021.2
|
|
|
$
|
3,009.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ratios
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss ratio
|
|
|
42.2
|
%
|
|
|
67.3
|
%
|
|
|
52.0
|
%
|
Policy acquisition expense ratio
|
|
|
19.4
|
%
|
|
|
16.7
|
%
|
|
|
18.3
|
%
|
Operating and administrative expense ratio
|
|
|
8.8
|
%
|
|
|
14.1
|
%
|
|
|
13.8
|
%
|
Expense ratio
|
|
|
28.2
|
%
|
|
|
30.8
|
%
|
|
|
32.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Combined ratio
|
|
|
70.4
|
%
|
|
|
98.1
|
%
|
|
|
84.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
Reinsurance
|
|
|
Insurance
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
Underwriting revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross written premiums
|
|
$
|
1,114.3
|
|
|
$
|
887.4
|
|
|
$
|
2,001.7
|
|
Net written premiums
|
|
|
1,086.3
|
|
|
|
749.2
|
|
|
|
1,835.5
|
|
Gross earned premiums
|
|
|
1,121.6
|
|
|
|
767.5
|
|
|
|
1,889.1
|
|
Net earned premiums
|
|
|
1,056.8
|
|
|
|
644.9
|
|
|
|
1,701.7
|
|
Underwriting Expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Losses and loss expenses
|
|
|
644.0
|
|
|
|
475.5
|
|
|
|
1,119.5
|
|
Policy acquisition expenses
|
|
|
183.6
|
|
|
|
115.7
|
|
|
|
299.3
|
|
Operating and administrative expenses
|
|
|
102.2
|
|
|
|
73.1
|
|
|
|
175.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriting profit/(loss)
|
|
|
127.0
|
|
|
|
(19.4
|
)
|
|
|
107.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(32.8
|
)
|
Net investment income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
139.2
|
|
Realized investment gains/(losses)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(47.9
|
)
|
Change in fair value of derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7.8
|
)
|
Interest on long term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(15.6
|
)
|
Net foreign exchange gains/(losses)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8.2
|
)
|
Other income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income before tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
140.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net reserves for loss and loss adjustment expenses
|
|
$
|
1,928.3
|
|
|
$
|
858.7
|
|
|
$
|
2,787.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ratios
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss ratio
|
|
|
60.9
|
%
|
|
|
73.7
|
%
|
|
|
65.8
|
%
|
Policy acquisition expense ratio
|
|
|
17.4
|
%
|
|
|
17.9
|
%
|
|
|
17.6
|
%
|
Operating and administrative expense ratio
|
|
|
9.9
|
%
|
|
|
11.6
|
%
|
|
|
12.2
|
%
|
Expense ratio
|
|
|
27.3
|
%
|
|
|
29.5
|
%
|
|
|
29.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Combined ratio
|
|
|
88.2
|
%
|
|
|
103.2
|
%
|
|
|
95.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
117
Reinsurance
Our reinsurance segment consists of property catastrophe, other
property reinsurance, casualty and specialty reinsurance. For a
more detailed description of this segment, see Part I,
Item 1, Business Business
Segments Reinsurance and Note 5 of our
consolidated financial statements.
Gross written premiums. The table below shows
our gross written premiums for each line of business for the
twelve months ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, and
the percentage change in gross written premiums for each line:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross Written Premiums for the Twelve Months Ended
December 31,
|
|
Lines of Business
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
% increase/
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
% increase/
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(decrease)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(decrease)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property catastrophe reinsurance
|
|
$
|
292.9
|
|
|
|
15.2
|
%
|
|
$
|
254.3
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
%
|
|
$
|
253.0
|
|
Other property reinsurance
|
|
|
268.9
|
|
|
|
(14.4
|
)%
|
|
|
314.0
|
|
|
|
8.5
|
%
|
|
|
289.3
|
|
Casualty reinsurance
|
|
|
340.5
|
|
|
|
(3.2
|
)%
|
|
|
351.9
|
|
|
|
(1.9
|
)%
|
|
|
358.6
|
|
Specialty reinsurance
|
|
|
259.9
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
%
|
|
|
255.8
|
|
|
|
19.9
|
%
|
|
|
213.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,162.2
|
|
|
|
(1.2
|
)%
|
|
$
|
1,176.0
|
|
|
|
5.5
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,114.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross written premiums. Gross written premiums
in this segment are broadly in line with those in 2009 with a
more significant increase in 2009 when compared with 2008.
Gross written premiums of $1,162.2 million in our
reinsurance segment are $13.8 million less than in 2009
despite a $38.6 million increase in premiums in property
catastrophe reinsurance which includes $12.0 million of
reinstatement premiums associated with the Chilean earthquake.
The increase is in contrast to reductions across our other
reinsurance lines. Written premium in other property has reduced
as a result of higher cedent retentions, while challenging
market conditions continue in casualty reinsurance. Specialty
reinsurance premiums have increased marginally with reductions
in our structured risk portfolio being offset by premiums
written in our new credit and surety and non-U.S. agriculture
accounts.
The increase in gross written premium of $61.7 million in
2009 compared to 2008 was due to a $48.8 million
contribution from our new credit and surety reinsurance team and
favorable market conditions in the U.S. property
reinsurance market following the 2008 hurricanes.
Reinsurance ceded. Total reinsurance ceded of
$43.7 million in 2010 has decreased by $15.6 million
from 2009, as we decided to selectively reduce some outwards
reinsurance.
We purchased $59.3 million of reinsurance contracts during
2009 which was a 112% increase over 2008 with the increase
attributable to a combination of specific reinsurance purchased
to cover our newly established lines of business and some higher
renewal rates on existing reinsurance. The 2008 year
benefited from the purchase in 2007 of a number of reinsurance
contracts covering us for a period of greater than
12 months, effectively covering the 2008 windstorm season.
Losses and loss adjustment expenses. The net
loss ratio for 2010 was 60.7% compared to 42.2% in 2009. The
increase in the loss ratio is attributable to losses of
$180.7 million ($168.7 million net of reinstatement
premiums) relating to the earthquakes in Chile and New Zealand,
which had an impact of 15.3 and 14.9 percentage points on
the loss ratio and combined ratio, respectively, compared to an
absence of significant catastrophe-related losses in 2009. Net
reserve releases of $65.6 million (2009
$103.8 million) were due mainly to favorable claims
development in most lines but are significantly lower than 2009,
in particular for property catastrophe and specialty reinsurance.
The net loss ratio for 2009 was 42.2% compared to 60.9% in 2008
which was impacted by losses of $140.5 million (gross and
net of recoveries) from Hurricanes Ike and Gustav and had an
impact of 14.2 and 13.8 percentage points on the loss ratio
and combined ratio, respectively.
118
Policy acquisition, operating and administrative
expenses. The policy acquisition expense ratio of
17.7% of net premiums earned for 2010 was 1.1 percentage
points below the same period in 2009 due largely to the mix of
business with more property catastrophe which attracts lower
average commission rates. This line of business has lower
brokerage costs and provides a greater contribution to the total
amount of business written.
The increase of the policy acquisition expense ratio in 2009 to
19.4% from 17.4% in 2008 was due largely to 2008 including
reinstatement premiums which have no acquisition costs.
The operating and administrative expense ratio of 9.8% has
increased from 8.8% in 2009 due to an increase in general
expenses as we continue to invest in the development of the
business and establish new offices. The 2009 increase over 2008
was due to higher performance-related compensation costs
following a catastrophe free year and investment in new teams.
Total expenses were $189.9 million in 2009, which was
equivalent to 33.9% of net premiums earned (2008
32.0%). The policy acquisition expense ratio was broadly in line
with 2008, while the operating and administrative expense ratio
increased from 12.3% to 13.9%. The increase in the operating and
administrative expenses to $111.8 million from
$105.0 million for the comparative period in 2008 was
mainly attributable to an increase in bonus-related accruals and
long term incentive charges linked to our improved performance
during the year.
Insurance
Our insurance segment consists of property insurance, casualty
insurance, marine, energy and transportation insurance and
financial and professional lines insurance. For a more detailed
description of this segment, see Part I, Item 1,
Business Business Segments
Insurance and Note 5 of our consolidated financial
statements.
Gross written premiums. The table below shows
our gross written premiums for each line of business for the
twelve months ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, and
the percentage change in gross written premiums for each line:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross Written Premiums
|
|
|
|
For the Twelve Months
|
|
|
For the Twelve Months
|
|
|
For the Twelve Months
|
|
Lines of Business
|
|
Ended December 31, 2010
|
|
|
Ended December 31, 2009
|
|
|
Ended December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
% increase/
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
% increase/
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(decrease)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(decrease)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property insurance
|
|
$
|
171.7
|
|
|
|
23.4
|
%
|
|
$
|
139.1
|
|
|
|
19.1
|
%
|
|
$
|
116.8
|
|
Casualty insurance
|
|
|
148.2
|
|
|
|
(24.4
|
)%
|
|
|
196.1
|
|
|
|
(11.3
|
)%
|
|
|
221.1
|
|
Marine, energy and transportation insurance
|
|
|
435.1
|
|
|
|
(1.9
|
)%
|
|
|
443.4
|
|
|
|
4.6
|
%
|
|
|
423.8
|
|
Financial and professional lines insurance
|
|
|
159.6
|
|
|
|
41.9
|
%
|
|
|
112.5
|
|
|
|
(10.5
|
)%
|
|
|
125.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
914.6
|
|
|
|
2.6
|
%
|
|
$
|
891.1
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
%
|
|
$
|
887.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Overall premiums of $914.6 million for 2010 are 2.6% higher
than the $891.1 million reported in 2009. Gross written
premiums have increased in both property insurance lines and
financial and professional business where we saw opportunities
to write business that met our profitability requirements. This
has compensated for difficult trading conditions in our casualty
insurance and marine, energy and transportation lines.
Overall premiums in 2009 were in line with 2008 due to reduced
market demand for Gulf of Mexico energy cover, the repositioning
of our financial institutions account, our U.K. liability line
reducing written premiums in the soft market and adverse
exchange rate movements between the British Pound and the
U.S. Dollar. These were offset by an increase in premiums
written by the new specie and
119
management and technology business lines and additional premiums
from our marine, energy and construction liability account.
Losses and loss adjustment expenses. The net
loss ratio for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010
was 73.3% compared to 67.3% for 2009, partly due to higher prior
year reserve strengthening in 2010 of $48.6 million
compared to $19.3 million in 2009. Losses for 2010 also
included $10.7 million for the Deepwater Horizon oil spill
and $35.3 million of net losses ($39.5 million including
reinstatement premiums) from two oil pipeline spills and a gas
explosion in California.
The net loss ratio of 67.3% for the twelve months ended
December 31, 2009 was lower than the 73.7% in 2008 as 2008
experienced a greater frequency and severity of losses including
$45.7 million of losses from Hurricanes Ike and Gustav, a
$15.9 million pollution loss in France and increased
provisions for those lines affected by the global financial
crisis. The 2009 year experienced losses from our aviation
and specialty reinsurance lines which suffered from an
$11.7 million net loss associated with the Air France
disaster and a $7.1 million satellite loss. Prior year
reserve releases are further discussed under Reserves for
Losses and Loss Expenses.
Policy acquisition, operating and administrative
expenses. Policy acquisition expenses were
$126.1 million for 2010 equivalent to 16.7% of net premiums
earned (2009 $119.5 million or 16.7% of net
earned premium), with the cost increase reflecting the increase
in gross premiums. The 2009 acquisition expense ratio improved
from 17.9% in 2008 due to changes in the mix of business written
and the addition of new business lines.
Operating and administrative expenses of $99.4 million for
the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 are
$1.3 million less than 2009 due to the prior year including
higher performance-related compensation costs following a
catastrophe free year. Nevertheless, we had increased
expenditure in 2010 associated with our expansion into the
U.S. admitted market and U.K. regional distribution network
balanced by reductions in profit-related compensation in 2010.
The 2008 operating and administrative expense of
$73.1 million was much lower than in 2009 which included
investment in new teams. Performance-related compensation costs
in 2008 were lower than in 2009 following losses associated with
Hurricanes Ike and Gustav.
120
Balance
Sheet
Total
cash and investments
At December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, total cash
and investments, including accrued interest receivable, were
$7.3 billion and $6.8 billion, respectively. The
composition of our investment portfolio is summarized below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Fixed Income
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Fixed Income
|
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Portfolio
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Portfolio
|
|
|
Marketable Securities Available for Sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Government Securities
|
|
$
|
725.4
|
|
|
|
10.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
507.5
|
|
|
|
7.4
|
%
|
U.S. Government Agency Securities
|
|
|
302.3
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
%
|
|
|
389.1
|
|
|
|
5.7
|
%
|
Municipal Securities
|
|
|
30.7
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
%
|
|
|
19.5
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
%
|
Corporate Securities
|
|
|
2,325.7
|
|
|
|
31.9
|
%
|
|
|
2,264.6
|
|
|
|
33.2
|
%
|
Foreign Government
|
|
|
616.9
|
|
|
|
8.5
|
%
|
|
|
522.3
|
|
|
|
7.7
|
%
|
Asset-backed Securities
|
|
|
58.8
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
%
|
|
|
115.1
|
|
|
|
1.7
|
%
|
Mortgage-backed Securities
|
|
|
1,300.6
|
|
|
|
17.9
|
%
|
|
|
1,431.8
|
|
|
|
21.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Fixed Income Available for Sale
|
|
|
5,360.4
|
|
|
|
73.7
|
%
|
|
|
5,249.9
|
|
|
|
77.0
|
%
|
Marketable Securities Trading
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate Securities
|
|
|
339.8
|
|
|
|
4.7
|
%
|
|
|
329.4
|
|
|
|
4.8
|
%
|
U.S. Government Securities
|
|
|
48.3
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
%
|
|
|
6.5
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
Municipal Securities
|
|
|
3.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Government Agency Securities
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset-backed Securities
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
Foreign Government Securities
|
|
|
9.4
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Fixed Income Trading
|
|
|
406.2
|
|
|
|
5.6
|
%
|
|
|
348.1
|
|
|
|
5.1
|
%
|
Total Other Investments
|
|
|
30.0
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
%
|
|
|
27.3
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
%
|
Total Short-term Investments Available for Sale
|
|
|
286.0
|
|
|
|
3.9
|
%
|
|
|
368.2
|
|
|
|
5.4
|
%
|
Total Short-term Investments Trading
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
|
|
3.5
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
Total Cash and Cash Equivalents
|
|
|
1,179.1
|
|
|
|
16.2
|
%
|
|
|
748.4
|
|
|
|
11.0
|
%
|
Total Net Receivable/Payable for Securities Sold/Purchased
|
|
|
(40.4
|
)
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)%
|
|
|
11.9
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
Total Accrued Interest Receivable
|
|
|
54.4
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
%
|
|
|
54.6
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Cash and Investments
|
|
$
|
7,279.4
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
6,811.9
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed maturities. At December 31, 2010,
the average credit quality of our fixed income book was
AA+, with 96% of the portfolio being graded
A or higher. At December 31, 2009, the average
credit quality of our fixed income book was AA+,
with 96% of the portfolio being graded A or higher.
Our fixed income portfolio duration was 2.9 years which
included the impact of the interest rate swaps and was down from
3.3 years at the end of 2009.
121
Mortgage-Backed Securities. The following
tables summarize the fair value of our Mortgage-Backed
Securities (MBS) by rating and class at
December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AAA
|
|
|
AA and Below
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Agency mortgage-backed
|
|
$
|
1,172.5
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,172.5
|
|
Non-agency commercial mortgage-backed
|
|
|
101.2
|
|
|
|
26.9
|
|
|
|
128.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Mortgage-backed Securities
|
|
$
|
1,273.7
|
|
|
$
|
26.9
|
|
|
$
|
1,300.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our mortgage-backed portfolio is supported by loans diversified
across a number of geographic and economic sectors.
Alternative-A securities. We define
Alternative-A (alt-A) mortgages as those considered
less risky than
sub-prime
mortgages, but with lower credit quality than prime mortgages.
At December 31, 2010, we had $Nil invested in alt-A
securities (December 31, 2009
$9.3 million).
Sub-prime
securities. We define
sub-prime
related investments as those supported by, or containing,
sub-prime
collateral based on creditworthiness. We do not invest directly
in sub-prime
related securities.
Other investments. On May 19, 2009, Aspen
Holdings invested $25.0 million in Cartesian Iris 2009A
L.P. through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Acorn Limited.
Cartesian Iris 2009A L.P. is a Delaware Limited Partnership
formed to provide capital to Iris Re, a Class 3 Bermudian
reinsurer focusing on insurance-linked securities. On
June 1, 2010, the investment in Cartesian Iris 2009A L.P.
matured and was reinvested in the Cartesian Iris Offshore
Fund L.P. The Companys involvement with Cartesian
Iris Offshore Fund L.P. is limited to its investment in the
fund, and it is not committed to making further investments in
Cartesian Iris Offshore Fund L.P.; accordingly, the
carrying value of the investment represents the Companys
maximum exposure to a loss as a result of its involvement with
the partnership at each balance sheet date.
In addition to returns on our investment, we provide services on
risk selection, pricing and portfolio design in return for a
percentage of profits from Iris Re. In the twelve months ended
December 30, 2010, fees of $0.3 million
(2009 $0.1 million), were payable to us.
The tables below show our other investments for the twelve
months ended December 31, 2010 and 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Undistributed
|
|
|
Aspens
|
|
Realized
|
|
Carrying
|
|
Funds
|
|
Fair Value of
|
|
|
Investment
|
|
Gain
|
|
Value
|
|
Distributed
|
|
Investment
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
Cartesian Iris 2009 A L.P.
|
|
$
|
27.3
|
|
|
$
|
0.5
|
|
|
$
|
27.8
|
|
|
$
|
(27.8
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
Cartesian Iris Offshore Fund L.P.
|
|
$
|
27.8
|
|
|
$
|
2.2
|
|
|
$
|
30.0
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
30.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Undistributed
|
|
|
Aspens
|
|
Realized
|
|
Carrying
|
|
Funds
|
|
Fair Value of
|
|
|
Investment
|
|
Gain
|
|
Value
|
|
Distributed
|
|
Investment
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
Cartesian Iris 2009 A L.P.
|
|
$
|
25.0
|
|
|
$
|
2.3
|
|
|
$
|
27.3
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
27.3
|
|
Investment funds. Investment funds have
historically represented our investments in funds of hedge funds
which were recorded using the equity method of accounting.
Adjustments to the carrying value of these investments were made
based on the net asset values reported by the fund managers,
resulting in a carrying value that approximated fair value.
Realized and unrealized gains of $19.8 million
(2008 loss of $97.3 million) were recognized
through net investment income in the statement of operations in
the year ended December 31, 2009. In 2008, we sold share
capital in the funds that cost $198.6 million for proceeds
of $177.2 million realizing a loss of $21.4 million.
In February 2009, we gave notice to redeem
122
the balance of the funds with effect at June 30, 2009. As a
result, we recognized proceeds from the redemption of funds of
$307.1 million at June 30, 2009. Our active
investments and other obligations with the funds ceased at
June 30, 2009.
Valuation
of Investments
Fair Value Measurements. Our estimates of fair
value for financial assets and liabilities are based on the
framework established in the fair value accounting guidance
included in ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and
Disclosures. The framework prioritizes the inputs, which
refer broadly to assumptions market participants would use in
pricing an asset or liability, into three levels, which are
described in more detail below.
We consider prices for actively traded Treasury securities to be
derived based on quoted prices in an active market for identical
assets, which are Level 1 inputs in the fair value
hierarchy. We consider prices for other securities priced via
vendors, indices and broker-dealers, or with reference to
interest rates and yield curves, to be derived based on inputs
that are observable for the asset, either directly or
indirectly, which are Level 2 inputs in the fair value
hierarchy. We consider securities, other financial instruments
and derivative insurance contracts subject to fair value
measurement whose valuation is derived by internal valuation
models to be based largely on unobservable inputs, which are
Level 3 inputs in the fair value hierarchy.
Our fixed income securities are traded on the
over-the-counter
market, based on prices provided by one or more market makers in
each security. Securities such as U.S. Government,
U.S. Agency, Foreign Government and investment grade
corporate bonds have multiple market makers in addition to
readily observable market value indicators such as expected
credit spread, except for Treasury securities, over the yield
curve. We use a variety of pricing sources to value our fixed
income securities including those securities that have pay
down/prepay features such as mortgage-backed securities and
asset-backed securities in order to ensure fair and accurate
pricing. The fair value estimates for the investment grade
securities in our portfolio do not use significant unobservable
inputs or modelling techniques.
Pricing Services and Index Providers. Pricing
services provide pricing for less complex, liquid securities
based on market quotations in active markets. For securities
that do not trade on a listed exchange, these pricing services
may use matrix pricing consisting of observable market inputs to
estimate the fair value of a security. These observable market
inputs include: reported trades, benchmark yields, broker-dealer
quotes, issuer spreads, two-sided markets, benchmark securities,
bids, offers, reference data, and industry and economic factors.
Additionally, pricing services may use a valuation model such as
an option adjusted spread model commonly used for estimating
fair values of mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities.
Broker-Dealers. For the most part, we obtain
quotes directly from broker-dealers who are active in the
corresponding markets when prices are unavailable from
independent pricing services or index providers. Generally,
broker-dealers value securities through their trading desks
based on observable market inputs. Their pricing methodologies
include mapping securities based on trade data, bids or offers,
observed spreads and performance on newly issued securities.
They may also establish pricing through observing secondary
trading of similar securities. Quotes from broker-dealers are
non-binding.
To validate the techniques or models used by third-party pricing
sources, we review the process, in conjunction with the
processes completed by the third-party accounting service
provider, which include, but are not limited to:
|
|
|
|
|
quantitative analysis (e.g., comparing the quarterly return for
each managed portfolio to its target benchmark, with significant
differences identified and investigated);
|
|
|
|
initial and ongoing evaluation of methodologies used by outside
parties to calculate fair value; and;
|
|
|
|
comparison of the fair value estimates to its knowledge of the
current market.
|
123
Prices obtained from brokers and pricing services are not
adjusted by us; however, prices provided by a broker or pricing
service in certain instances may be challenged based on market
or information available from internal sources, including those
available to our third-party investment accounting service
provider. Subsequent to any challenge, revisions made by the
broker or pricing service to the quotes are supplied to our
investment accounting service provider.
At December 31, 2010, we obtained an average of 2.9 quotes
per investment, compared to 3.4 quotes at December 31,
2009. Pricing sources used in pricing our fixed income
investments at December 31, 2010 and December 31,
2009, respectively, were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
Index providers
|
|
|
85.2
|
%
|
|
|
81.5
|
%
|
Pricing services
|
|
|
12.5
|
%
|
|
|
13.2
|
%
|
Broker-dealers
|
|
|
2.3
|
%
|
|
|
5.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valuation of Other Investments. The value of
our investment in Cartesian Iris Offshore Fund L.P. or in
Cartesian Iris 2009A L.P. is based on our shares of the capital
position of the partnership which includes income and expenses
reported by the limited partnership as provided in its quarterly
management accounts. Each of Cartesian Iris Offshore
Fund L.P. and Cartesian Iris 2009A L.P. is subject to
annual audit evaluating the financial statements of the
partnership. We periodically review the management accounts of
Cartesian Iris Offshore Fund L.P. and Cartesian Iris 2009A
L.P. and evaluate the reasonableness of the valuation of our
investment.
The value of our investments in funds of hedge funds was based
upon monthly net asset values reported by the underlying funds
to our funds of hedge fund managers. The financial statements of
our funds of hedge funds were subject to annual audits
evaluating the net asset positions of the underlying
investments. We periodically reviewed the performance of our
funds of hedge funds and evaluated the reasonableness of the
valuations.
124
Guaranteed Investments. The following table
presents the breakdown of investments which are guaranteed by
mono-line insurers (Wrapped Credit disclosure) and
those that have explicit government guarantees. The standalone
rating is determined as the senior unsecured debt rating of the
issuer. Where the credit ratings were split between the three
main rating agencies (S&Ps, Moodys, and Fitch),
the lowest rating was used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2009
|
|
Rating With
|
|
Rating without
|
|
Market
|
|
|
Rating With
|
|
Rating without
|
|
Market
|
|
Guarantee
|
|
Guarantee
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Guarantee
|
|
Guarantee
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
AAA
|
|
AAA
|
|
$
|
93.8
|
|
|
AAA
|
|
AAA
|
|
$
|
141.9
|
|
|
|
AA+
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AA+
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AA
|
|
|
16.1
|
|
|
|
|
AA
|
|
|
16.2
|
|
|
|
AA−
|
|
|
9.5
|
|
|
|
|
AA−
|
|
|
3.0
|
|
|
|
A+
|
|
|
58.2
|
|
|
|
|
A+
|
|
|
69.8
|
|
|
|
A
|
|
|
38.4
|
|
|
|
|
A
|
|
|
34.1
|
|
|
|
A−
|
|
|
81.2
|
|
|
|
|
A−
|
|
|
107.0
|
|
|
|
BBB+
|
|
|
17.8
|
|
|
|
|
BBB+
|
|
|
7.7
|
|
|
|
BBB−
|
|
|
23.7
|
|
|
|
|
BBB−
|
|
|
20.9
|
|
|
|
BB−
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
|
BB−
|
|
|
|
|
AA+
|
|
AA+
|
|
|
|
|
|
AA+
|
|
AA+
|
|
|
15.0
|
|
|
|
AA
|
|
|
24.9
|
|
|
|
|
AA
|
|
|
27.8
|
|
|
|
AA−
|
|
|
1.9
|
|
|
|
|
AA−
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A+
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
|
A+
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A
|
|
|
6.4
|
|
|
|
|
A
|
|
|
17.3
|
|
AA
|
|
AA
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
|
AA
|
|
AA
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
AA−
|
|
AA−
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
|
AA−
|
|
AA−
|
|
|
|
|
A−
|
|
A−
|
|
|
1.9
|
|
|
A−
|
|
A−
|
|
|
|
|
BBB−
|
|
BBB−
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
BBB−
|
|
BBB−
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
384.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
464.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our exposure to mono-line insurers was limited to 1 municipal
holding (2009 1 holding) as at December 31,
2010 with a market value of $0.1 million (2009
$0.1 million). Our exposure to other third-party guaranteed
debt is primarily to investments backed by the Federal
Depository Insurance Corporation (FDIC) and
non-U.S. government
guaranteed issuers.
Other-than-temporary
Impairment of Investments. The difference between
the cost and the estimated fair market value of available for
sale investments is monitored to determine whether any
investment has experienced a decline in value that is believed
to be
other-than-temporary.
Impairment occurs when there is no objective evidence to support
recovery in value before disposal and we intend to sell the
security or more likely than not will be required to sell the
security before recovery of its adjusted amortized cost basis or
it is deemed probable that we will be unable to collect all
amounts due according to the contractual terms of the individual
security.
These impairments will be included within realized losses and
the cost basis of the investment reduced accordingly.
We review all of our fixed maturities on an individual security
basis for potential impairment each quarter based on criteria
including issuer-specific circumstances, credit ratings actions
and general macro-economic conditions. The total
other-than-temporary
impairment for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010,
was $0.3 million (2009 $23.2 million).
125
For a discussion of our valuation techniques within the fair
value hierarchy, please see Note 6 of the consolidated
financial statements for the twelve months ended
December 31, 2010 included elsewhere in this report.
Reserves
for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses
Provision is made at the end of each year for the estimated cost
of claims incurred but not settled at the balance sheet date,
including the cost of IBNR claims. The estimated cost of claims
includes expenses to be incurred in settling claims and a
deduction for the expected value of salvage and other
recoveries. Estimated amounts recoverable from reinsurers on
unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses are calculated to
arrive at a net claims reserve. As required under
U.S. GAAP, no provision is made for our exposure to natural
or man-made catastrophes other than for events occurring before
the balance sheet date.
Reserves by segment. For the twelve months
ended December 31, 2010, we had total net loss and loss
adjustment expense reserves of $3,540.6 million
(December 31, 2009 $3,009.6 million). This
amount represented our best estimate of the ultimate liability
for payment of losses and loss adjustment expenses. Of the total
gross reserves for unpaid losses of $3,820.5 million at the
balance sheet date of December 31, 2010, a total of
$2,074.8 million or 54.3% represented IBNR claims
(December 31, 2009 $1,946.3 million and
58.4%, respectively). The following tables analyze gross and net
loss and loss adjustment expense reserves by segment as at
December 31, 2010 and 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reinsurance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reinsurance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Recoverable
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Recoverable
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
Reinsurance
|
|
$
|
2,343.8
|
|
|
$
|
(60.7
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,283.1
|
|
|
$
|
2,069.4
|
|
|
$
|
(81.0
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,988.4
|
|
Insurance
|
|
|
1,476.7
|
|
|
|
(219.2
|
)
|
|
|
1,257.5
|
|
|
|
1,261.7
|
|
|
|
(240.5
|
)
|
|
|
1,021.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Losses and loss expense reserves
|
|
$
|
3,820.5
|
|
|
$
|
(279.9
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,540.6
|
|
|
$
|
3,331.1
|
|
|
$
|
(321.5
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,009.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The decrease in reinsurance recoverables in 2010 is due to the
continued settlement of losses associated with the 2005
hurricanes (Katrina, Rita, and Wilma) and settlement of claims
from Hurricane Ike and the Air France disaster.
The gross reserves may be further analyzed between outstanding
or reported claims and IBNR as at December 31, 2010 and
2009, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstandings
|
|
|
IBNR
|
|
|
Reserve
|
|
|
% IBNR
|
|
|
|
($ in millions, except for percentages)
|
|
|
Reinsurance
|
|
$
|
967.0
|
|
|
$
|
1,376.8
|
|
|
$
|
2,343.8
|
|
|
|
58.7
|
%
|
Insurance
|
|
|
778.7
|
|
|
|
698.0
|
|
|
$
|
1,476.7
|
|
|
|
47.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Losses and loss expense reserves
|
|
$
|
1,745.7
|
|
|
$
|
2,074.8
|
|
|
$
|
3,820.5
|
|
|
|
54.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstandings
|
|
|
IBNR
|
|
|
Reserve
|
|
|
% IBNR
|
|
|
|
($ in millions, except for percentages)
|
|
|
Reinsurance
|
|
$
|
858.4
|
|
|
$
|
1,211.0
|
|
|
$
|
2,069.4
|
|
|
|
58.5
|
%
|
Insurance
|
|
|
715.8
|
|
|
|
545.9
|
|
|
|
1,261.7
|
|
|
|
43.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Losses and loss expense reserves
|
|
$
|
1,574.2
|
|
|
$
|
1,756.9
|
|
|
$
|
3,331.1
|
|
|
|
52.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The two tables above are not directly comparable as the year end
2010 position reflects an additional years business. The
increase in reserves in 2010 over 2009 therefore reflects the
reserves associated with the 2010 accident year less changes in
reserve estimates and payments made on earlier
126
accident years 2009 and prior. For the reinsurance segment, the
main events which impacted the reserves were the earthquakes in
Chile and New Zealand in 2010 while we have seen overall
favorable experience from prior years. The insurance segment did
not have material exposure to either earthquake in 2010 in Chile
and New Zealand; the largest loss related to a pipeline
pollution incident. The level of reserves in insurance also
reflect prior year strengthening particularly in the casualty
and financial and professional lines.
Prior year loss reserves. In the twelve months
ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, there was an
overall reduction of our estimate of the ultimate claims to be
paid. An analysis of this reduction by segment is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
Business Segment
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
Reinsurance
|
|
$
|
65.6
|
|
|
$
|
103.8
|
|
|
$
|
96.9
|
|
Insurance
|
|
|
(44.2
|
)
|
|
|
(19.4
|
)
|
|
|
(13.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total reduction in prior year loss reserves
|
|
$
|
21.4
|
|
|
$
|
84.4
|
|
|
$
|
83.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the twelve months ended December 31,
2010. The analysis of the development by each
segment is as follows:
Reinsurance. Net reserve releases of
$65.6 million in the year were attributed to all of our
reinsurance lines. The largest release was seen in other
property reinsurance where we released $43.7 million due
largely to better than expected loss experience. Casualty
reinsurance has experienced a lower level of releases than in
previous years with some areas with exposure to the global
financial crisis being strengthened. We have released
$17.5 million from specialty reinsurance spread across
several accounts and several years where the experience was
better than expected.
Insurance. The net reserve strengthening in
the insurance segment of $44.2 million in the year was
mainly due to both our casualty business and our financial and
professional lines. Following a full and detailed review of
U.S. casualty insurance, we strengthened reserves by
$31.8 million of which $22.5 million was in the fourth
quarter, reflecting mainly adverse loss experience largely in
construction accounts. Other areas of strengthening were in
excess casualty and professional lines insurance which were
adversely impacted by recession-related claims. This
strengthening has been partly compensated for by various
releases including U.K. liability where experience was better
than expected.
For the twelve months ended December 31,
2009. The analysis of the development by each
segment is as follows:
Reinsurance: The reserve releases in the year
were as a result of better than expected incurred development on
nearly all lines in the segment spread across several accident
years and including settlement of Hurricane Ike and Gustav
claims. Because of ongoing litigation, there remains significant
uncertainty as to our ultimate costs of Hurricane Katrina. Just
over half of the $103.8 million reserve releases came from
property with an even split of casualty and specialty releases
for the remainder. Most of the casualty favorable development
was in our U.S. casualty treaty reinsurance business line
where the experience to year end compared with starting loss
ratios and expected patterns was generally better than expected
at the aggregate level.
Insurance: The $19.4 million deterioration in
the year was the result of strengthening in three out of the
four business lines. We released $6.5 million from property from
better than expected experience. Casualty was strengthened by
$3.0 million which is primarily a result of worse than expected
experience in relation to New York contractors liability
business offset partially by releases in U.K. liability which
had better than expected experience. Reserve strengthening from
financial and professional lines was attributable to increased
reserves on the financial institutions line in response to the
global financial crisis. Marine, energy and transportation
reserves were strengthened from worse than expected development
on the 2007 accident year in our marine, energy and construction
liability account.
127
For the twelve months ended December 31,
2008. The analysis of the development by each
segment is as follows:
Reinsurance: The $96.9 million reserve
release in this segment was predominantly from casualty business
which saw favorable development in our U.S. casualty treaty
and international casualty treaty reinsurance business which
contributed $33.2 million and $31.0 million,
respectively. For both U.S. and international casualty,
where claims may take several years to emerge, the experience to
date compared with starting loss ratios and expected patterns
was generally better than expected at the aggregate level.
Additional releases occurred from commutations of certain
contracts. Property business lines showed an $11.1 million
release due mainly to favorable development on the catastrophe
class. The most significant elements related to reductions in
loss estimates for the 2007 U.K. floods and estimated recoveries
from enforcing subrogation rights in respect of California
wildfires. A lack of incurred development resulted in a release
in specialty business of $21.0 million.
Insurance. The insurance segment was impacted
by $13.5 million of net reserve strengthening during 2008.
The reserve strengthening was attributable to deterioration in
respect of a loss related to the 2007 California wildfires and
also from shipowners liability losses, both written in our
marine, energy and construction liability account. This was
partially offset by favorable development in our U.K. and U.S.
liability lines.
Other than the matters described above, we did not make any
significant changes in assumptions used in our reserving
process. However, because the period of time we have been in
operation is relatively short, our loss experience is limited
and reliable evidence of changes in trends of numbers of claims
incurred, average settlement amounts, numbers of claims
outstanding and average losses per claim will necessarily take
years to develop.
Capital
Management
The following table shows our capital structure at
December 31, 2010 compared to December 31, 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at
|
|
|
As at
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
($ in millions, except for percentages)
|
|
|
Share capital, additional paid-in capital and retained income
and accumulated other comprehensive income attributable to
ordinary shareholders
|
|
$
|
2,888.3
|
|
|
|
77.2
|
%
|
|
$
|
2,951.8
|
|
|
|
83.0
|
%
|
Preference shares (liquidation preference), net of issue costs
|
|
|
353.6
|
|
|
|
9.5
|
%
|
|
|
353.6
|
|
|
|
10.0
|
%
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
498.8
|
|
|
|
13.3
|
%
|
|
|
249.6
|
|
|
|
7.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capital
|
|
$
|
3,740.7
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
3,555.0
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Management monitors the ratio of debt to total capital, with
total capital being defined as shareholders equity plus
outstanding debt. At December 31, 2010, this ratio was
13.3% (2009 7.0%, 2008 8.2%).
Our preference shares are classified in our balance sheet as
equity but may receive a different treatment in some cases under
the capital adequacy assessments made by certain rating
agencies. Such securities are often referred to as
hybrids as they have certain attributes of both debt
and equity. We also monitor the ratio of the total of debt and
hybrids to total capital and this stands at 22.8% as of
December 31, 2010 (2009 17.0%).
The principal capital management transactions during 2010 were
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
On January 5, 2010, we entered into an accelerated share
repurchase program with Goldman, Sachs & Co. to
repurchase $200.0 million of our ordinary shares. This
transaction was completed on May 26, 2010 resulting in the
repurchase and cancellation of 7,226,084 ordinary shares in the
first half of 2010. The repurchase completed the share
repurchase program authorized by the
|
128
|
|
|
|
|
Board of Directors and announced on February 6, 2008. The
repurchase was funded with cash available and the sale of
investment assets.
|
|
|
|
|
|
On September 22, 2010, we initiated an open market purchase
program to purchase ordinary shares in the open market. During
the third quarter of 2010, we repurchased in the open market and
subsequently cancelled a total of 264,555 ordinary shares under
the repurchase program at a total cost of $7.7 million.
During the fourth quarter of 2010, we repurchased in the open
market and subsequently cancelled a total of 550,000 ordinary
shares. The total consideration for these open market purchases
was $23.6 million.
|
|
|
|
On November 10, 2010, we entered into an accelerated share
repurchase program with Barclays Capital to buy back
$184 million of Aspens ordinary shares. To date, the
program has resulted in 5,737,449 ordinary shares being received
and cancelled.
|
|
|
|
On December 10, 2010, we issued $250.0 million of 6%
Senior Notes due 2020.
|
On March 31, 2009, we repurchased and cancelled 2,672,500
of our 7.401% $25 liquidation value preference shares (NYSE :
AHL-PA) at a price of $12.50 per share. The repurchase resulted
in a $31.5 million gain attributable to ordinary
shareholders which was not recognized in the income statement
but was included in the calculation of earnings per share.
Access to capital. Our business operations are
in part dependent on our financial strength and the
markets perception thereof, as measured by
shareholders equity, which was $3,241.9 million at
December 31, 2010 (2009 $3,305.4 million).
We believe our financial strength provides us with the
flexibility and capacity to obtain funds through debt or equity
financing. However, our continuing ability to access the capital
markets is dependent on, among other things, market conditions,
our operating results and our perceived financial strength. We
regularly monitor our capital and financial position, as well as
investment and security market conditions, both in general and
with respect to Aspen Holdings securities. Our ordinary
shares and all our preference shares are listed on the NYSE.
On December 15, 2010, we filed an unlimited shelf
registration statement for the issuance and sale of securities
from time to time.
Liquidity
Liquidity is a measure of a companys ability to generate
cash flows sufficient to meet short-term and long-term cash
requirements of its business operations. Management monitors the
liquidity of Aspen Holdings and of each of its Insurance
Subsidiaries and arranges credit facilities to enhance
short-term liquidity resources on a stand-by basis.
Holding company. We monitor the ability of
Aspen Holdings to service debt, to finance dividend payments to
ordinary and preference shareholders and to provide financial
support to the Insurance Subsidiaries.
As at December 31, 2010 and 2009, Aspen Holdings held
$354.0 million and $33.5 million, respectively, in
cash and cash equivalents which, taken together with dividends
declared or expected to be declared by subsidiary companies and
our credit facilities, management considered sufficient to
provide Aspen Holdings liquidity at such time. As at December
31, 2010, we also held $286.0 million of short-term investments,
that are available for sale to meet any future liquidity needs.
For a discussion of the volatility and liquidity of our other
investments, see Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors
Market and Liquidity Risks, and for a discussion of the
impact of insurance losses on our liquidity, see Part I,
Item 1A, Risk Factors Insurance
Risks.
During the period ended December 31, 2010, Aspen U.K.
Holdings paid Aspen Holdings dividends of $323.1 million.
During the period ended December 31, 2009, Aspen U.K.
Holdings paid Aspen Holdings dividends of $401.0 million.
Aspen Holdings also received interest of $36.5 million
(2009 $36.5 million) from Aspen U.K. Holdings
in respect of an inter-company loan.
129
As a holding company, Aspen Holdings relies on dividends and
other distributions from its insurance subsidiaries to provide
cash flow to meet ongoing cash requirements, including any
future debt service payments and other expenses, and to pay
dividends, if any, to our preference and ordinary shareholders.
For a more detailed discussion of our Insurance
Subsidiaries ability to pay dividends, see Note 14 of
our consolidated financial statements.
Insurance subsidiaries. As of
December 31, 2010, the Insurance Subsidiaries held
approximately $818.4 million (2009
$701.5 million) in cash and short-term investments that are
readily realizable securities. Management monitors the value,
currency and duration of cash and investments held by its
Insurance Subsidiaries to ensure that they are able to meet
their insurance and other liabilities as they become due and was
satisfied that there was a comfortable margin of liquidity as at
December 31, 2010 and for the foreseeable future.
On an ongoing basis, our Insurance Subsidiaries sources of
funds primarily consist of premiums written, investment income
and proceeds from sales and redemptions of investments.
Cash is used primarily to pay reinsurance premiums, losses and
loss adjustment expenses, brokerage commissions, general and
administrative expenses, taxes, interest and dividends and to
purchase new investments.
The potential for individual large claims and for accumulations
of claims from single events means that substantial and
unpredictable payments may need to be made within relatively
short periods of time.
We manage these risks by making regular forecasts of the timing
and amount of expected cash outflows and ensuring that we
maintain sufficient balances in cash and short-term investments
to meet these estimates. Notwithstanding this policy, if these
cash flow forecasts are incorrect, we could be forced to
liquidate investments prior to maturity, potentially at a
significant loss. Historically, we have not had to liquidate
investments to maintain sufficient levels of liquidity.
The liquidity of the Insurance Subsidiaries is also affected by
the terms of contractual obligations to U.S. policyholders
and by undertakings to certain regulatory authorities to
facilitate the issue of letters of credit or maintain certain
balances in trust funds for the benefit of policyholders. The
following table shows the forms of collateral or other security
provided to policyholders as at December 31, 2010 and 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at
|
|
|
As at
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
($ in millions, except percentages)
|
|
|
Assets held in multi-beneficiary trusts
|
|
$
|
1,895.7
|
|
|
$
|
1,448.4
|
|
Assets held in single beneficiary trusts
|
|
|
58.2
|
|
|
|
55.7
|
|
Secured letters of credit(1)
|
|
|
533.8
|
|
|
|
528.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
2,487.7
|
|
|
$
|
2,032.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total as % of cash and invested assets
|
|
|
34.2
|
%
|
|
|
30.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
As of December 31, 2010, the
Company had funds on deposit of $699.9 million and
£30.0 million (December 31, 2009
$667.1 million and £18.8 million) as collateral
for the secured letters of credit.
|
Funds at Lloyds. AUL operates in
Lloyds as the corporate member for Syndicate 4711.
Lloyds determines Syndicate 4711s required
regulatory capital principally through the syndicates
annual business plan. Such capital, called Funds at
Lloyds, comprises cash, investments and a fully
collateralized letter of credit. The amounts of cash,
investments and letter of credit at December 31, 2010
amount to $230.3 million (December 31,
2009 $219.8 million).
The amounts provided as Funds at Lloyds will be drawn upon
and become a liability of the Company in the event of the
syndicate declaring a loss at a level that cannot be funded from
other
130
resources, or if the syndicate requires funds to cover a short
term liquidity gap. The amount which the Company provides as
Funds at Lloyds is not available for distribution to the
Company for the payment of dividends. AMAL is also required by
Lloyds to maintain a minimum level of capital. As at
December 31, 2010, the minimum amount was $0.6 million
(December 31, 2008 $0.6 million). This is
not available for distribution by the Company for the payment of
dividends.
U.S. reinsurance trust fund. For its
U.S. reinsurance activities, Aspen U.K. has established and
must retain a multi-beneficiary U.S. trust fund for the
benefit of its U.S. cedants so that they are able to take
financial statement credit without the need to post
cedant-specific security. The minimum trust fund amount is
$20 million plus a minimum amount equal to 100% of Aspen
U.K.s U.S. reinsurance liabilities, which were
$1,065.5 million at December 31, 2010 and
$937.1 million at December 31, 2009. At
December 31, 2010, the total value of assets held in the
trust was $1,227.3 million (2009
$1,096.6 million).
U.S. surplus lines trust fund. Aspen U.K.
has established a U.S. surplus lines trust fund with a
U.S. bank to secure liabilities under U.S. surplus
lines policies. The balance held in the trust at
December 31, 2010 was $140.1 million (2009
$80.4 million).
U.S. regulatory deposits. As at
December 31, 2010, Aspen Specialty had a total of
$7.1 million (2009 $6.6 million) on
deposit with U.S. states in order to satisfy state
regulations for writing business in those states.
Canadian trust fund. Aspen U.K. has
established a Canadian trust fund with a Canadian bank to secure
a Canadian insurance license. As at December 31, 2010, the
balance held in trust was CAD$329.4 million
(2009 CAD$276.5 million).
Australian trust fund. Aspen U.K. has
established an Australian trust fund with an Australian bank to
secure an Australian insurance license. As at December 31,
2010, the balance held in trust was AUD$122.0 million
(2009 AUD$41.5 million).
Singapore trust fund. Aspen U.K. has
established a Singapore trust fund with a Singapore bank to
secure a Singapore insurance license. As at December 31,
2010, the balance held in trust was SGD$68.4 million
(2009 SGD$10.4 million).
Swiss trust fund. Aspen U.K. has established a
Swiss trust fund with a Swiss bank to secure a Swiss insurance
license. As at December 31, 2010, the balance held in trust
was CHF3.1 million (2009 CHFNil).
Consolidated cash flows for the twelve months ended
December 31, 2010. Total net cash flow from
operating activities in 2010 was $624.6 million, a decrease
of $20.0 million from 2009. For the twelve months ended
December 31, 2010, our cash flows from operations provided
us with sufficient liquidity to meet our operating requirements.
We paid net claims of $666.8 million in 2010 and received
$17.6 million from market securities and net purchases and
sales of equipment during the period. We paid ordinary and
preference share dividends of $69.3 million, and
$407.8 million was used to repurchase ordinary shares. At
December 31, 2010, we had a balance of cash and cash
equivalents of $1,179.1 million. The balance of cash and
cash equivalents has increased from the issuance of
$250.0 million of additional Senior Notes in December 2010.
Consolidated cash flows for the twelve months ended
December 31, 2009. Total net cash flow from
operating activities in 2009 was $646.6 million, an
increase of $116.1 million from 2008. For the twelve months
ended December 31, 2009, our cash flows from operations
provided us with sufficient liquidity to meet our operating
requirements. We paid net claims of $808.6 million in 2009
and made net investments in the amount of $682.4 million in
market securities and equipment during the period. We paid
ordinary and preference share dividends of $73.6 million,
and $100.3 million was used to repurchase ordinary shares.
At December 31, 2009, we had a balance of cash and cash
equivalents of $748.4 million. The balance of cash and cash
equivalents decreased during the year as opportunities arose to
increase our holdings of high quality corporate bonds.
131
Consolidated cash flows for the twelve months ended
December 31, 2008. Total net cash flow from
operating activities in 2008 was $530.5 million, a
reduction of $243.5 million from 2007 due largely to an
increase in claims payments. For the twelve months ended
December 31, 2008, our cash flows from operations provided
us with sufficient liquidity to meet our operating requirements.
We paid net claims of $739.4 million in 2008 and made net
investments in the amount of $255.3 million in market
securities and equipment during the period. We paid ordinary and
preference share dividends of $77.9 million, and
$100.3 million was used to repurchase ordinary shares. At
December 31, 2008, we had a cash and cash equivalents
balance of $809.1 million.
Credit Facility. On July 30, 2010, Aspen
Holdings and its various subsidiaries replaced its then existing
$450.0 million revolving credit facility with a three-year
$280.0 million revolving credit facility pursuant to a
credit agreement (the credit facilities) by and
among the Company, certain of our direct and indirect
subsidiaries, including the Insurance Subsidiaries
(collectively, the Borrowers), the lenders party
thereto, Barclays Bank plc, as administrative agent, Citibank,
NA, as syndication agent, Credit Agricole CIB, Deutsche Bank
Securities Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon, as
co-documentation agents and The Bank of New York, as collateral
agent, U.S. Bank N.A, Lloyds Bank and HSBC.
The facility can be used by any of the Borrowers to provide
funding for our Insurance Subsidiaries, to finance the working
capital needs of the Company and our subsidiaries and for
general corporate purposes of the Company and our subsidiaries.
The revolving credit facility further provides for the issuance
of collateralized and uncollateralized letters of credit.
Initial availability under the facility is $280.0 million
and the Company has the option (subject to obtaining commitments
from acceptable lenders) to increase the facility by up to
$75.0 million. The facility will expire on July 30,
2013. As of December 31, 2010, no borrowings were
outstanding under the credit facilities. The fees and interest
rates on the loans and the fees on the letters of credit payable
by the Borrowers increased based on the consolidated leverage
ratio of the Company.
Under the credit facilities, we must maintain at all times a
consolidated tangible net worth of not less than approximately
$2.3 billion plus 50% of consolidated net income and 50% of
aggregate net cash proceeds from the issuance by the Company of
its capital stock, each as accrued from January 1, 2010.
The Company must also not permit its consolidated leverage ratio
of total consolidated debt to consolidated debt plus
consolidated tangible net worth to exceed 35%. In addition, the
credit facilities contain other customary affirmative and
negative covenants as well as certain customary events of
default, including with respect to a change in control. The
various affirmative and negative covenants, include, among
others, covenants that, subject to various exceptions, restrict
the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to; create or
permit liens on assets; engage in mergers or consolidations;
dispose of assets; pay dividends or other distributions,
purchase or redeem the Companys equity securities or those
of its subsidiaries and make other restricted payments; permit
the rating of any insurance subsidiary to fall below
A.M. Best financial strength rating of B++; make certain
investments; agree with others to limit the ability of the
Companys subsidiaries to pay dividends or other restricted
payments or to make loans or transfer assets to the Company or
another of its subsidiaries. The credit facilities also include
covenants that restrict the ability of our subsidiaries to incur
indebtedness and guarantee obligations.
Letters of Credit Facility. On April 29,
2009, Aspen Bermuda replaced its existing letter of credit
facility with Citibank Europe dated October 29, 2008 in a
maximum aggregate amount of up to $450.0 million with a new
letter of credit facility in a maximum aggregate amount of up to
$550.0 million. As at December 31, 2010, we had
$372.0 million of outstanding collateralized letters of
credit under this facility.
On October 6, 2009, Aspen U.K. and Aspen Bermuda entered
into a $200.0 million secured letter of credit facility
with Barclays Bank plc. All letters of credit issued under the
facility will be used to support reinsurance obligations of the
parties to the agreement and their respective subsidiaries. We
had $42.4 million of outstanding collateralized letters of
credit under this facility as at December 31, 2010.
132
Contractual
Obligations and Commitments
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations
(other than our obligations to employees, our Perpetual PIERS
and our Perpetual Preference Shares) under long-term debt,
operating leases and reserves relating to insurance and
reinsurance contracts as of December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due By Period
|
|
|
|
|
Less Than
|
|
|
|
|
|
More Than
|
Contractual Basis
|
|
Total
|
|
1 Year
|
|
1-3 Years
|
|
3-5 Years
|
|
5 Years
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
Operating lease obligations
|
|
$
|
47.2
|
|
|
$
|
7.9
|
|
|
$
|
12.8
|
|
|
$
|
11.4
|
|
|
$
|
15.1
|
|
Long-term debt obligations(1)
|
|
|
500.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
250.0
|
|
|
|
250.0
|
|
Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses(2)
|
|
|
3,813.3
|
|
|
|
1,157.7
|
|
|
|
1,273.7
|
|
|
|
585.1
|
|
|
|
796.8
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
The long term debt obligations
disclosed above does not include the $30.0 million annual
interest payable on our outstanding Senior Notes.
|
|
(2)
|
|
In estimating the time intervals
into which payments of our reserves for losses and loss
adjustment expenses fall, as set out above, we have utilized
actuarially assessed payment patterns. By the nature of the
insurance and reinsurance contracts under which these
liabilities are assumed, there can be no certainty that actual
payments will fall in the periods shown and there could be a
material acceleration or deceleration of claims payments
depending on factors outside our control. This uncertainty is
heightened by the relatively short time in which we have
operated, thereby providing limited Company-specific claims loss
payment patterns. The total amount of payments in respect of our
reserves, as well as the timing of such payments, may differ
materially from our current estimates for the reasons set out
above under Critical Accounting
Policies Reserves for Losses and Loss Expenses.
|
We entered into an agreement in July 2004 to lease three floors
comprising a total of approximately 15,000 square feet in
Hamilton, Bermuda for our holding company and Bermuda
operations. The term of the rental agreement is for six years
from September 1, 2005 to August 31, 2011, with an
additional three-year option commencing September 1, 2011.
We have agreed a three-year extension effective
September 1, 2011.
For our U.K.-based reinsurance and insurance operations, on
April 1, 2005, Aspen U.K. signed an agreement for under
leases (following our entry in October 2004 into a heads of
terms agreement) with B.L.C.T. (29038) Limited (the
landlord), Tamagon Limited and Cleartest Limited in connection
with leasing office space in London of approximately a total of
49,500 square feet covering three floors. The term of each
lease for each floor commenced in November 2004 and runs for
15 years. In 2007, the building was sold to Tishman
International. The terms of the lease remain unchanged. Each
lease will be subject to
5-yearly
upwards-only rent reviews. We also license office space within
the Lloyds building on the basis of a renewable
twelve-month lease. We have also leased additional premises in
London covering 9,800 square feet for a period of five
years.
We also have entered into leases for office space in locations
of our subsidiary operations. These locations include Boston,
Massachusetts; Rocky Hill, Connecticut; Alpharetta, Georgia;
Scottsdale, Arizona; Pasadena, California; Manhattan Beach,
California; Atlanta, Georgia; Miami, Florida; and Jersey City,
New Jersey. In 2010, we entered into a five-year lease for
office space in Manhattan, New York, covering 24,000 square
feet.
Our international offices for our subsidiaries include locations
in Paris, Zurich, Singapore, Cologne and Dublin.
We believe that our office space is sufficient for us to conduct
our operations for the foreseeable future in these locations.
For a discussion of our commitments and contingencies, please
see Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements for
the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 included
elsewhere in this report.
133
Effects
of Inflation
Inflation may have a material effect on our consolidated results
of operations by its effect on interest rates and on the cost of
settling claims. The potential exists, after a catastrophe or
other large property loss, for the development of inflationary
pressures in a local economy as the demand for services such as
construction typically surges. We believe this had an impact on
the cost of claims arising from the 2005 hurricanes. The cost of
settling claims may also be increased by global commodity price
inflation. We seek to take both these factors into account when
setting reserves for any events where we think they may be
material.
Our calculation of reserves for losses and loss expenses in
respect of casualty business includes assumptions about future
payments for settlement of claims and claims-handling expenses,
such as medical treatments and litigation costs. We write
casualty business in the United States, the United Kingdom and
Australia and certain other territories, where claims inflation
has in many years run at higher rates than general inflation. To
the extent inflation causes these costs to increase above
reserves established for these claims, we will be required to
increase our loss reserves with a corresponding reduction in
earnings. The actual effects of inflation on our results cannot
be accurately known until claims are ultimately settled.
In addition to general price inflation, we are exposed to a
persisting long-term upwards trend in the cost of judicial
awards for damages. We seek to take this into account in our
pricing and reserving of casualty business.
We also seek to take into account the projected impact of
inflation on the likely actions of central banks in the setting
of short-term interest rates and consequent effects on the
yields and prices of fixed interest securities. As of February
2011, we consider that although inflation is currently low, in
the medium-term there is a risk that inflation, interest rates
and bond yields will rise with the result that the market value
of certain of our fixed interest investments may fall.
134
Reconciliation
of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at
|
|
|
As at
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
($ in millions, except percentages)
|
|
|
Share capital, additional paid-in capital and retained income
and accumulated other comprehensive income attributable to
ordinary shareholders
|
|
$
|
3,241.9
|
|
|
$
|
3,305.4
|
|
Average adjustment
|
|
|
(644.7
|
)
|
|
|
(853.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average Equity
|
|
$
|
2,597.2
|
|
|
$
|
2,452.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average equity, a non-GAAP financial measure, is calculated by
the arithmetic average on a monthly basis for the stated periods
excluding (i) preference shares, (ii) after-tax
unrealized appreciation or depreciation on investments and
(iii) the average after-tax unrealized foreign exchange
gains and losses. Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on
investments is primarily the result of interest rate movements
and the resultant impact on fixed income securities, and
unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on foreign exchange is
the result of exchange rate movements between the
U.S. dollar and the British pound. Therefore, Aspen
believes that excluding these unrealized appreciations
(depreciations) provides a more consistent and useful
measurement of operating performance, which supplements GAAP
information.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at
|
|
|
As at
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
($ in millions, except percentages)
|
|
|
Net income after tax
|
|
$
|
312.7
|
|
|
$
|
473.9
|
|
Add (deduct) after tax income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net realized and unrealized investment (gains)/losses
|
|
|
50.6
|
|
|
|
(7.6
|
)
|
Net realized and unrealized exchange (gains)/losses
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
(2.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income after tax
|
|
$
|
365.5
|
|
|
$
|
464.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income, a non-GAAP financial measure, is an internal
performance measure used by us in the management of our
operations and represents after-tax operational results
excluding, as applicable, after-tax net realized capital gains
or losses, after-tax net foreign exchange gains or losses and
after-tax gains or losses from our investments in funds of hedge
funds. We exclude after-tax net realized capital gains or losses
and after-tax net foreign exchange gains or losses and after-tax
gains from our calculation of operating income because the
amount of these gains or losses is heavily influenced by, and
fluctuates in part, according to the availability of market
opportunities. We believe these amounts are largely independent
of its business and underwriting process and including them
distorts the analysis of trends in its operations. In addition
to presenting net income determined in accordance with GAAP, we
believe that showing operating income enables investors,
analysts, rating agencies and other users of our financial
information to more easily analyze our results of operations in
a manner similar to how management analyzes our underlying
business performance. Operating income should not be viewed as a
substitute for GAAP net income.
|
|
Item 7A.
|
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
|
The Company believes that it is principally exposed to four
types of market risk: interest rate risk, equity risk, foreign
currency risk and credit risk.
Interest rate risk. Our investment portfolio
consists primarily of fixed income securities. Accordingly, our
primary market risk exposure is to changes in interest rates.
Fluctuations in interest rates have a direct impact on the
market valuation of these securities. As interest rates rise,
the market value of our fixed-income portfolio falls, and the
converse is also true. We expect to manage interest rate risk by
selecting investments with characteristics such as duration,
yield, currency and liquidity taking
135
into account the anticipated cash outflow characteristics of
Aspen U.K.s, Aspen Bermudas and Aspen
Specialtys insurance and reinsurance liabilities.
Our strategy for managing interest rate risk also includes
maintaining a high quality portfolio with a relatively short
duration to reduce the effect of interest rate changes on book
value. The portfolio is actively managed and trades are made to
balance our exposure to interest rates.
During 2010, we entered into interest rate swaps with a total
notional amount of $500.0 million, due to mature between
August 2, 2012 and November 9, 2020. The swaps are
part of our ordinary course investment activities to partially
mitigate the negative impact of rises in interest rates on the
market value of our fixed income portfolio.
As at December 31, 2010, our fixed income portfolio had an
approximate duration of 3.3 years. The table below depicts
interest rate change scenarios and the effect on our available
for sale and trading assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of Changes in Interest Rates on Portfolio Given a
Parallel Shift in the Yield Curve
|
Movement in Rates in Basis Points
|
|
−100
|
|
−50
|
|
0
|
|
50
|
|
100
|
|
|
($ in millions, except percentages)
|
|
Market Value
|
|
$
|
6,253.1
|
|
|
$
|
6,154.7
|
|
|
$
|
6,056.3
|
|
|
$
|
5,957.9
|
|
|
$
|
5,859.4
|
|
Gain/Loss
|
|
|
197.0
|
|
|
|
98.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(98.0
|
)
|
|
|
(197.0
|
)
|
Percentage of Portfolio
|
|
|
3.3
|
%
|
|
|
1.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1.6
|
)%
|
|
|
(3.3
|
)%
|
Corresponding percentage at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
3.1
|
%
|
|
|
1.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1.7
|
)%
|
|
|
(3.4
|
)%
|
Value at Risk (VaR). We measure VaR for our
portfolio at the 95% confidence level on two different bases
that place lower (short VaR) or higher (long VaR) weights on
historical market observations. At the end of December 2010, our
short VaR was 3.8% and our long VaR was 3.7%.
Equity risk. We had invested in two funds of
hedge funds where the underlying hedge funds consisted of
diverse strategies and securities. In February 2009, we gave
notice to redeem our remaining investments in funds of hedge
funds with effect on June 30, 2009, which would reduce our
exposure to equity risk. As the notices of redemption have taken
effect, we are no longer exposed to changes in the net asset
value of the funds.
Foreign currency risk. Our reporting currency
is the U.S. Dollar. The functional currencies of our
segments are U.S. Dollars, British Pounds, Euros, Swiss
Francs, Australian Dollars, Canadian Dollars and Singaporean
Dollars. As of December 31, 2010, approximately 82.4% of
our cash and investments was held in U.S. Dollars
(2009 82.8%), approximately 7.2% were in British
Pounds (2009 8.2%) and approximately 10.4% were in
currencies other than the U.S. Dollar and the British Pound
(2009 9.0%). For the twelve months ended
December 31, 2010, 19.8% of our gross premiums were written
in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar and the British
Pound (2009 15.2%) and we expect that a similar
proportion will be written in currencies other than the
U.S. Dollar and the British Pound in 2011.
Other foreign currency amounts are remeasured to the appropriate
functional currency and the resulting foreign exchange gains or
losses are reflected in the statement of operations. Functional
currency amounts of assets and liabilities are then translated
into U.S. Dollars. The unrealized gain or loss from this
translation, net of tax, is recorded as part of ordinary
shareholders equity. The change in unrealized foreign
currency translation gain or loss during the year, net of tax,
is a component of comprehensive income. Both the remeasurement
and translation are calculated using current exchange rates for
the balance sheets and average exchange rates for the statement
of operations. We may experience exchange losses to the extent
that our foreign currency exposure is not properly managed or
otherwise hedged, which in turn would adversely affect our
results of operations and financial condition. Management
estimates that a 10% change in the exchange rate between British
Pounds and U.S. Dollars as at December 31, 2010, would
have impacted reported net comprehensive income by approximately
$28.6 million (2009 $15.5 million).
136
We will continue to manage our foreign currency risk by seeking
to match our liabilities under insurance and reinsurance
policies that are payable in foreign currencies with investments
that are denominated in these currencies. This may involve the
use of forward exchange contracts from time to time. A forward
foreign currency exchange contract involves an obligation to
purchase or sell a specified currency at a future date at a
price set at the time of the contract. Foreign currency exchange
contracts will not eliminate fluctuations in the value of our
assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies but
rather allow us to establish a rate of exchange for a future
point in time. All realized gains and losses and unrealized
gains and losses on foreign currency forward contracts are
recognized in the statement of operations. As at
December 31, 2010, the Company held currency contracts to
purchase $Nil of U.S. and foreign currencies
(2009 $Nil).
Credit risk. We have exposure to credit risk
primarily as a holder of fixed income securities. Our risk
management strategy and investment policy is to invest in debt
instruments of high credit quality issuers and to limit the
amount of credit exposure with respect to particular ratings
categories, business sectors and any one issuer. As at
December 31, 2010, the average rate of fixed income
securities in our investment portfolio was AA+,
compared to AA+ at December 31, 2009.
In addition, we are exposed to the credit risk of our insurance
and reinsurance brokers to whom we make claims payments for our
policyholders, as well as to the credit risk of our reinsurers
and retrocessionaires who assume business from us. Other than
fully collateralized reinsurance, the substantial majority of
our reinsurers have a rating of A (Excellent), the
third highest of fifteen rating levels, or better by
A.M. Best and the minimum rating of any of our material
reinsurers is A (Excellent), the
fourth highest of fifteen rating levels, by A.M. Best.
The table below shows our reinsurance recoverables as of
December 31, 2010, and our reinsurers ratings taking
into account any changes in ratings as of February 5, 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
A.M. Best
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
A++
|
|
$
|
7.5
|
|
A+
|
|
$
|
74.0
|
|
A
|
|
$
|
173.5
|
|
A−
|
|
$
|
15.7
|
|
F (1)
|
|
$
|
0.7
|
|
Not rated
|
|
$
|
8.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
279.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
The A.M. Best rating of
F denotes liquidation. We have not reduced the
carrying value of the recoverable from this particular reinsurer
as a trust account exists to replace the potentially
insufficient reserves.
|
|
|
Item 8.
|
Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data
|
Reference is made to Part IV, Item 15(a) of this
report, commencing on
page F-1,
for the Consolidated Financial Statements and Reports of the
Company and the Notes thereto, as well as the Schedules to the
Consolidated Financial Statements.
|
|
Item 9.
|
Changes
in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
Financial Disclosure
|
There have been no changes in or disagreements with accountants
regarding accounting and financial disclosure for the period
covered by this report.
137
|
|
Item 9A.
|
Controls
and Procedures
|
Evaluation
of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
The Company, under the supervision and with the participation of
the Companys management, including the Companys
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has
evaluated the design and operation of the Companys
disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period
of this report. Our management does not expect that our
disclosure controls will prevent all errors and all fraud. A
control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can
provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the
objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of
a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource
constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered
relative to their costs. As a result of the inherent limitations
in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide
absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of
fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. These
inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in
decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur
because of a simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can
be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons or by
collusion of two or more people. The design of any system of
controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about
the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance
that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under
all potential future conditions. Over time, controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. As a
result of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control
system, misstatement due to error or fraud may occur and not be
detected. Accordingly, our disclosure controls and procedures
are designed to provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance that
the disclosure requirements are met. Based on the evaluation of
the disclosure controls and procedures, the Chief Executive
Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the
Companys disclosure controls and procedures were effective
in ensuring that information required to be disclosed in the
reports filed or submitted to the Commission under the Exchange
Act by the Company is recorded, processed, summarized and
reported in a timely fashion, and is accumulated and
communicated to management, including the Companys Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely
decisions regarding required disclosure.
Changes
in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
The Companys management has performed an evaluation, with
the participation of the Companys Chief Executive Officer
and the Companys Chief Financial Officer, of changes in
the Companys internal control over financial reporting
that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2010.
Based upon that evaluation, the Companys management is not
aware of any change in its internal control over financial
reporting that occurred during the quarter ended
December 31, 2010 that has materially affected, or is
reasonably likely to materially affect, the Companys
internal control over financial reporting.
For managements report on internal control over financial
reporting, as well as the independent registered public
accounting firms report thereon, see pages F-2 and
F-3 of this report.
|
|
Item 9B.
|
Other
Information
|
None.
138
PART III
|
|
Item 10.
|
Directors,
Executive Officers of the Registrant and Corporate
Governance
|
Directors
Pursuant to provisions that were in our bye-laws and a
shareholders agreement by and among us and certain
shareholders prior to our initial public offering in 2003,
certain of our shareholders had the right to appoint or nominate
and remove directors to serve on our Board of Directors.
Mr. Cormack was appointed director by Candover, one of our
founding shareholders. After our initial public offering, no
specific shareholder has the right to appoint or nominate or
remove one or more directors pursuant to an explicit provision
in our bye-laws or otherwise.
Our bye-laws provide for a classified Board of Directors,
divided into three classes of directors, with each class elected
to serve a term of three years. Our incumbent Class I
Directors were elected at our 2008 annual general meeting (with
the exception of Albert Beer who was recently appointed by the
Board) and are scheduled to serve until our 2011 annual general
meeting. Our incumbent Class II Directors were elected at
our 2009 annual general meeting and are scheduled to serve until
our 2012 annual general meeting. Our incumbent Class III
Directors were elected at our 2010 annual general meeting and
will be subject for re-election at our 2013 annual general
meeting.
We have provided information below about our directors including
their ages, committee positions, business experience for the
past five years and the names of other publicly-held companies
on which they serve, or have served, as director for the past
five years. We have also provided information regarding each
directors specific experience, qualifications, attributes
and skills that led the Board of Directors to conclude that each
should serve as a director.
As of February 15, 2011, we had the following directors on
our Board of Directors and committees:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
Governance
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Since
|
|
Audit
|
|
Compensation
|
|
& Nominating
|
|
Investment
|
|
Risk
|
|
Class I Directors:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Christopher OKane
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Heidi Hutter
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
|
ü
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chair
|
|
David Kelso
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
ü
|
|
|
|
|
ü
|
|
|
|
|
ü
|
|
John Cavoores
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ü
|
|
Liaquat Ahamed
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chair
|
|
|
ü
|
|
Albert Beer
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
ü
|
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ü
|
(1)
|
Class II Directors:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Julian Cusack
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ü
|
|
|
ü
|
|
Glyn Jones
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ü
|
|
|
|
|
Richard Houghton
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ü
|
|
|
|
|
Class III Directors:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ian Cormack
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
Chair
|
|
|
ü
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ü
|
|
Matthew Botein
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ü
|
|
ü
|
|
ü
|
|
|
|
|
Richard Bucknall
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
ü
|
|
|
Chair
|
|
ü
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Peter OFlinn
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
ü
|
|
|
|
|
Chair
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Effective February 4, 2011.
|
Glyn Jones. With effect from May 2, 2007,
Mr. Jones was appointed as Chairman. Mr. Jones has
been a director since October 30, 2006. He also has served
as a non-executive director of Aspen U.K. since December 4,
2006. Since July 25, 2008, Mr. Jones has served as
Chairman of Hermes Fund Managers. Mr. Jones is also
the Chairman of Towry Holdings Limited and was recently
appointed
139
as Chairman of BT Pension Scheme Management Ltd. Mr. Jones
was most recently the Chief Executive Officer of Thames River
Capital. From 2000 to 2004, he served as Chief Executive Officer
of Gartmore Investment Management in the U.K. Prior to Gartmore,
Mr. Jones was Chief Executive of Coutts NatWest Group and
Coutts Group, which he joined in 1997, and was responsible for
strategic leadership, business performance and risk management.
In 1991, he joined Standard Chartered, later becoming the
General Manager of Global Private Banking. Mr. Jones was a
consulting partner with Coopers & Lybrand/Deloitte
Haskins & Sells Management Consultants from 1981 to
1990.
Mr. Jones has over 23 years of experience within the
financial services sector. He is the former CEO of a number of
large, regulated, international financial services groups, such
as Gartmore Investment Management and Coutts Natwest Group and
currently serves as chairman of the board in a number of other
financial services companies. As a result, Mr. Jones
provides the Board leadership for a complex, global and
regulated financial services business such as ours.
Christopher OKane. Mr. OKane
has been our Chief Executive Officer and a director since
June 21, 2002. He was also the Chief Executive Officer of
Aspen U.K. until January 2010 and was Chairman of Aspen Bermuda
until December 2006. Prior to the creation of Aspen Holdings,
from November 2000 until June 2002, Mr. OKane served
as a director of Wellington and Chief Underwriting Officer of
Lloyds Syndicate 2020 where he built his specialist
knowledge in the fields of property insurance and reinsurance,
together with active underwriting experience in a range of other
insurance disciplines. From September 1998 until November 2000,
Mr. OKane served as one of the underwriting partners
for Syndicate 2020. Prior to joining Syndicate 2020,
Mr. OKane served as deputy underwriter for Syndicate
51 from January 1993 to September 1998. Mr. OKane
began his career as a Lloyds broker.
Mr. OKane has 30 years of experience in the
specialty re/insurance industry and is both a
co-founder
of our Companys business and its founding CEO.
Mr. OKane brings his market experience and industry
knowledge to Board discussions and is also directly accountable
to the Board for the
day-to-day
management of the Company and the implementation of business
strategy.
Richard Houghton. Mr. Houghton joined us
as our Chief Financial Officer on April 30, 2007 and has
been a director since May 2, 2007. He was previously at
Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc (RBS), where he was
Chief Operating Officer, RBS Insurance from 2005 to March 2007,
responsible for driving operational efficiency across the
finance, IT, risk, HR, claims and actuarial functions of this
division. Previously, he was Group Finance Director, RBS
Insurance from 2004 to 2005. Mr. Houghton was also Group
Finance Director of Ulster Bank, another subsidiary of RBS from
2003 to 2004. While at RBS, Mr. Houghton was also a member
of the Board of various of its subsidiaries. He began his
professional career as an accountant at Deloitte &
Touche where he spent 10 years working in audit, corporate
finance and recovery. He is a Fellow of the Institute of
Chartered Accountants in England and Wales.
Mr. Houghton is a qualified accountant with over
22 years of broad industry experience. He has held a number
of finance and operations roles across the financial services
industry. As our Chief Financial Officer, it is important for
the Board to have direct interaction with Mr. Houghton to
understand the financial performance of the Company and the
impact of underwriting and investment performance on the
Companys results.
Liaquat Ahamed. Mr. Ahamed has been a
director since October 31, 2007. Mr. Ahamed has a
background in investment management with leadership roles that
include heading the World Banks investment division. From
2004, Mr. Ahamed has been an adviser to the Rock Creek
Group, an investment firm based in Washington D.C. From 2001 to
2004, Mr. Ahamed was the Chief Executive Officer of Fischer
Francis Trees & Watts, Inc., a subsidiary of BNP
Paribas specializing in institutional single and multi-currency
fixed income investment portfolios. Mr. Ahamed is a
director of the Rohatyn Group and related series of funds, and a
member of the Board of Trustees at the Brookings Institution.
140
Mr. Ahamed has over 27 years of experience in
investment management and has previously served as a Chief
Investment Officer and Chief Executive Officer of Fischer
Francis Trees & Watts, Inc., an international fixed
income business. Mr. Ahameds investment management
experience provides the Board with experience to oversee the
Companys investment decisions, strategies and investment
risk appetite. As a result of this, Mr. Ahamed also serves
as the Chair of the Investment Committee.
Albert J. Beer. Mr. Beer has been a
director since February 1, 2011. Since 2006, Mr. Beer
has been the Michael J Kevany/XL Professor of Insurance and
Actuarial Science at St Johns University School of Risk
Management. From 1992 to 2006, Mr. Beer held various senior
executive positions at American Re-Insurance Corporation (Munich
Re America). Previously, from 1989 to 1992, Mr. Beer held
various positions at Skandia America Reinsurance
Company, including that of Chief Actuary. Mr. Beer has been
a member of the Actuarial Standards Board, which promulgates
standards for the actuarial profession in the United States,
since 2008 and its Chair since 2010. Mr. Beer is also a
director of the Casualty Actuary Society since 2008. He is also
the Vice-Chair of United Educators Insurance Company since 2006.
Mr. Beer previously served as a member of the Board of the
American Academy of Actuaries and the Actuarial Foundation,
where he has been a trustee emeritus since 2009.
Mr. Beer has over 30 years of actuarial experience in
the insurance industry. Mr. Beers roles at American
Re-Insurance Corporation included the active supervision of
principal financial and accounting officers. In addition,
Mr. Beer has extensive experience in reserving matters,
which constitute the principal subjective assessments within the
Companys accounts. As a result, Mr Beer also serves as a
designated financial expert on the Companys Audit
Committee.
Matthew Botein. Mr. Botein has been a
director since July 25, 2007. Mr. Botein is currently
a Managing Director and is head of BlackRock Alternative
Investors (BAI). BAI includes BlackRocks hedge funds and
opportunistic funds, funds of hedge funds, private equity, funds
of private funds, real estate, real asset, currency and
commodity funds. Mr. Botein is also head of
BlackRocks Special Situations Investment Group. From 2003
until June 30, 2009, Mr. Botein was associated with
Highfields Capital Management LP, a Boston-based private
investment partnership, most recently as a Managing Director and
a member of the firms Management Committee, where he was
responsible for a portfolio of financial services investments,
as well as certain other private equity holdings. Prior to
joining Highfields, he was a member in the private equity
department of The Blackstone Group from March 2000 to March
2003. He currently serves on the Boards of CoreLogic, Inc.,
PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust and its sponsor, Private
National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC. He was previously a
member of the Board of Integro Limited, an insurance broker and
Cyrus Reinsurance Holdings Limited, Cyrus Reinsurance
Holdings II Limited, sidecars Highfields formed
with XL Capital (as well as its operating subsidiary) and First
American Corporation. He was also previously a member of our
Board from our formation until 2003. Mr. Botein also serves on
the Board of Trustees of Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center,
the CareGroup/CJP Board of Managers and the Exceptional Care
Without Exception Trust of Boston Medical Center.
Mr. Botein has over 10 years of experience within the
spheres of corporate finance, private equity and asset
management. As a result, Mr. Botein provides the Board with
a broad range of relevant business experience with specific
focus on investor relations matters, capital management
initiatives and investment decisions.
Richard Bucknall. Mr. Bucknall has been a
director since July 25, 2007, a director of Aspen U.K.
since January 14, 2008 and a director of AMAL since
February 28, 2008. Mr. Bucknall retired from Willis
Group Holdings Limited where he was Vice Chairman from February
2004 to March 2007 and Group Chief Operating Officer from
January 2001 to December 2006. While at Willis,
Mr. Bucknall served as director on various Boards within
the Willis Group. He was also previously Chairman/Chief
Executive Officer of Willis Limited from May 1999 to March 2007.
Mr. Bucknall is currently the non-executive Chairman of FIM
Services Limited and the non-executive Chairman of the XIS Group
(Ins-Sure Holdings Limited, Ins-Sure Services Limited, London
Processing Centre Ltd and LSPO Limited).
141
He is also a non-executive director of Tokio Marine Europe
Insurance Limited. He was also previously a director of Kron AS.
He is a Fellow of the Chartered Insurance Institute.
Mr. Bucknall has over 40 years of experience within
the re/insurance broking industry and latterly served as Group
Chief Operating Officer of the Willis Group. Since our revenues
are primarily derived from brokers, Mr. Bucknalls
background in the insurance broking industry provides the Board
with an experienced perspective on broking relationships and
their ability to impact our trading operations. Given his broad
background across a number of operational disciplines,
Mr. Bucknall serves as the Chair of our Compensation
Committee.
John Cavoores. Mr. Cavoores has been a
director since October 30, 2006. As of October 5,
2010, Mr. Cavoores was also appointed as Co-CEO of Aspen
Insurance, focusing on Aspen Insurances casualty and
professional lines and U.S. property businesses.
Mr. Cavoores has executive oversight for Aspen
Insurances U.S. platform. Mr. Cavoores was
previously an advisor to Blackstone (from September 2006 until
March 15, 2010). During 2006, Mr. Cavoores was a
Managing Director of Century Capital, a Boston-based private
equity firm. Mr. Cavoores previously served as President
and Chief Executive Officer of OneBeacon Insurance Company, a
subsidiary of the White Mountains Insurance Group, from 2003 to
2005. He was employed with OneBeacon from 2001 to 2005. Among
his other positions, Mr. Cavoores was President of National
Union Insurance Company, a subsidiary of AIG, Inc. He spent
19 years at Chubb Insurance Group, where he served as Chief
Underwriting Officer, Executive Vice President and Managing
Director of overseas operations, based in London.
Mr. Cavoores served as a director of Cyrus Reinsurance
Holdings from 2007 through 2009 and currently is a director of
Alliant Insurance Holdings.
Mr. Cavoores has over 30 years of experience within
the insurance industry having formerly served as CEO of
OneBeacon Insurance, a subsidiary of White Mountains. As a
result, Mr. Cavoores provides the Board with broad ranging
business experience with particular focus on insurance matters
and strategies within the U.S.
Ian Cormack. Mr. Cormack has been a
director since September 22, 2003 and has served also as a
non-executive director of Aspen U.K. since 2003. From 2000 to
2002, he was Chief Executive Officer of AIG Inc.s
insurance financial services and asset management division in
Europe. From 1997 to 2000, he was Chairman of Citibank
International plc and Co-Head of the Global Financial
Institutions Client Group at Citigroup. He was also Country Head
of Citicorp in the United Kingdom from 1992 to 1996.
Mr. Cormack is also a director of Phoenix Group Holdings
Ltd (previously Pearl Group Ltd.), Phoenix Life Holdings Ltd and
Qatar Financial Centre Authority. Mr. Cormack is also a
non-executive chairman and audit committee member of Maven
Income and Growth VCT 4 plc. He also serves as chairman of
Entertaining Finance Ltd. and Carbon Reductions Ltd and deputy
chairman of Qatarlyst. He previously served as Chairman of
CHAPS, the high value clearing system in the United Kingdom, as
a member of the Board of Directors of Clearstream (Luxembourg),
Bank Training and Development Ltd., Klipmart Corp and as a
member of Millennium Associates AGs Global Advisory Board.
He was also previously a non-executive director of MphasiS BFL
Ltd. (India), Europe Arab Bank Ltd., Pearl Assurance, London
Life Assurance, National Provident Insurance and National
Provident Life. He was a member of the U.K. Chancellors
City Advisory Panel from 1993 to 1998.
Mr. Cormack has over 40 years of broad ranging
international experience in both the banking and insurance
sectors having held senior roles at both Citigroup and AIG, Inc.
Mr. Cormack also serves on the boards of a number of
internationally focused companies and brings his broad ranging
global experience to Board debate. Given his wide ranging
experience, Mr. Cormack also serves as Chair of our Audit
Committee.
Julian Cusack, Ph.D. Mr. Cusack has been
our Chief Risk Officer since January 14, 2010. He was our
Chief Operating Officer from May 1, 2008 to
January 14, 2010, and has been a director since
June 21, 2002. He has also been the Chief Executive Officer
of Aspen Bermuda since 2002 and was appointed Chairman of Aspen
Bermuda in December 2006. Previously Mr. Cusack was our
Chief Financial Officer from June 21, 2002 to
April 30, 2007. From 2002 until March 31, 2004, he was
also
142
Finance Director of Aspen U.K. Mr. Cusack previously worked
with Wellington where he was Managing Director of Wellington
Underwriting Agencies Ltd. (WUAL) from 1992 to 1996,
and in 1994 joined the Board of Directors of Wellington
Underwriting Holdings Limited. He was Group Finance Director of
Wellington Underwriting plc from 1996 to 2002. Mr. Cusack
is a director and audit committee member of Hardy Underwriting
Bermuda Limited. He is also a director of Parhelion Capital
Limited, in which we have a minority investment, and Parhelion
Underwriting Limited.
Mr. Cusack has over 28 years experience within
the re/insurance industry having held a number of senior roles
previously at Wellington. Mr. Cusack, a qualified
accountant, is also a co-founder of our Company. Mr. Cusack
currently serves as the Companys Chief Risk Officer and
has been Chair of our Reserve Committee (a management committee)
until January 2011. Accordingly, he provides the Board with
valuable input on the Companys risk framework, risk
tolerances and risk mitigation efforts, as well as providing an
insight on our reserving practices.
Heidi Hutter. Ms. Hutter has been a
director since June 21, 2002 and has served as a
non-executive director of Aspen U.K. since June 2002. On
February 28, 2008, Ms. Hutter was appointed as a
director and Chair of AMAL. She has served as Chief Executive
Officer of Black Diamond Group, LLC since 2001 and Manager of
Black Diamond Capital Partners since 2005. Ms. Hutter began
her career in 1979 with Swiss Reinsurance Company in New York,
where she specialized in the then new field of finite
reinsurance. From 1993 to 1995, she was Project Director for the
Equitas Project at Lloyds which became the largest run-off
reinsurer in the world. From 1996 to 1999, she served as Chief
Executive Officer of Swiss Re America and was a member of the
Executive Board of Swiss Re in Zurich. She was previously a
director of Aquila, Inc. and Talbot Underwriting and related
corporate entities. Ms. Hutter currently serves as a
director of Amerilife Group LLC and United Prosperity Life
Insurance Company.
Ms. Hutter is a qualified actuary with over 30 years
of experience within the re/insurance industry. Ms. Hutter
is a recognized industry leader with relevant experience both in
the U.S. and internationally. Ms. Hutter has
particular experience of insurance at Lloyds having served
as Project Director for the Equitas Project at Lloyds from
1993 to 1995, and having previously served on the Board of
Talbot Underwriting Ltd. (corporate member and managing agent of
Lloyds syndicate) from 2002 to 2007. As a result of her
experience, Ms. Hutter provides the Board with insight on
numerous matters relevant to insurance practice. Ms. Hutter
also serves as Chair of AMAL, the managing agency of our
Lloyds Syndicate 4711 and as Chair of our Risk Committee.
David Kelso. Mr. Kelso has been a
director since May 26, 2005. He was a founder, in 2003, of
Kelso Advisory Services and currently serves as its Senior
Financial Advisor. He also currently serves as a director of
ExlService Holdings, Inc., Assurant Inc. and Sound Shore
Fund Inc. From 2001 to 2003, Mr. Kelso was an
Executive Vice President of Aetna, Inc. From 1996 to 2001, he
was the Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and
Managing Director of Chubb Corporation. From 1992 to 1996, he
first served as the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer and later served as the Executive Vice President, Retail
and Small Business Banking, of First Commerce Corporation. From
1982 to 1992, he was a Partner and the Head of North American
Banking Practice of Gemini Consulting Group.
Mr. Kelso has over 30 years of experience in the
financial services sector, where he previously served as the CFO
at Chubb Corporation and has experience in accounting and
finance impacting insurance companies. As a result of his
experience, Mr. Kelso is also the designated financial
expert on the Companys Audit Committee.
Mr. Kelsos term as director ends at the
Companys next annual general meeting on April 28,
2011 and will not be standing for re-election.
Peter OFlinn. Mr. OFlinn has
been a director since April 29, 2009. He currently serves
as a director and audit committee member of Sun Life Insurance
and Annuity Company of New York, and of Euler ACI Holdings, Inc.
From 1999 to 2003, Mr. OFlinn was Co-Chair of
LeBoeuf, Lamb, Greene and MacRae (now Dewey & LeBoeuf).
Mr. OFlinn is a qualified lawyer with over
25 years of private practice experience.
Mr. OFlinn is a corporate lawyer and former
Co-Chairman of LeBoeuf, Lamb, Greene & MacRae as well
as former
143
Chair of their Corporate Practice and provides extensive
experience on legal matters relevant to both the re/insurance
industry and public company legal matters generally.
Mr. OFlinn also provides the Board with input on
corporate initiatives, regulatory and governance matters. As a
result of his experience, Mr. OFlinn serves as the
Chair of our Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee.
Committees
of the Board of Directors
Audit Committee: Messrs. Cormack,
Bucknall, Kelso, OFlinn and Ms. Hutter. The Audit
Committee has general responsibility for the oversight and
supervision of our accounting, reporting and financial control
practices. The Audit Committee annually reviews the
qualifications of the independent auditors, makes
recommendations to the Board of Directors as to their selection
and reviews the plan, fees and results of their audit.
Mr. Cormack is Chairman of the Audit Committee. The Audit
Committee held four meetings during 2010. The Board of Directors
considers Mr. Kelso to be an audit committee
financial expert as defined in the applicable regulations
until his departure from the Audit Committee and the Board as of
April 28, 2011. The Board of Directors has made the
determination that Mr. Kelso is independent. Effective
February 4, 2011, Mr. Beer is a member of the Audit
Committee and the Board of Directors also considers
Mr. Beer to be an audit committee financial
expert as defined in the applicable regulations. Effective
February 4, 2011, Mr. Beer became an additional member
of our Audit Committee.
Compensation Committee: Messrs. Bucknall,
Botein, and Cormack. The Compensation Committee oversees our
compensation and benefit policies and programs, including
administration of our annual bonus awards and long-term
incentive plans. It determines compensation of the
Companys Chief Executive Officer, executive directors and
key employees. Mr. Bucknall is the Chairman of the
Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee held five
meetings during 2010. Mr. Cavoores was a member of the
Compensation Committee in 2010 until October 2010 where he
ceased to be an independent director of the Company following
his appointment as Co-CEO of Aspen Insurance.
Investment Committee: Messrs. Ahamed,
Jones, Botein, Cusack and Houghton. The Investment Committee is
an advisory committee to the Board of Directors which formulates
our investment policy and oversees all of our significant
investing activities. Mr. Ahamed is Chairman of the
Investment Committee. The Investment Committee held four
meetings during 2010.
Corporate Governance and Nominating
Committee: Messrs. Kelso, Botein and
OFlinn. The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee,
among other things, establishes the Board of Directors
criteria for selecting new directors and oversees the evaluation
of the Board of Directors and management. Mr. OFlinn
is the Chairman of the Corporate Governance and Nominating
Committee. The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee
held four meetings during 2010. Effective February 4, 2011,
Mr. Bucknall has become a member of the Corporate
Governance and Nominating Committee.
Risk Committee: Ms. Hutter,
Messrs. Ahamed, Cavoores, Cormack, Cusack and Kelso. The
Risk Committees responsibilities include the establishment
of our risk management strategy, approval of our risk management
framework, methodologies and policies, and review of our
approach for determining and measuring our risk tolerances.
Ms. Hutter is the Chair of the Risk Committee. The Risk
Committee held four meetings during 2010. Effective
February 4, 2011 Mr. Beer became an additional member
of our Risk Committee.
The Board may also, from time to time, implement ad hoc
committees for specific purposes.
Leadership
Structure
We have separate CEO and Chairman positions in the Company. We
believe that while the CEO is responsible for the
day-to-day
management of the Company, the Chairman, who is not an employee
of the Company and who is not part of the Companys
management, provides the appropriate leadership role for the
Board and is able to effectively facilitate the contribution of
non-executive directors and constructive interaction between
management (including executive directors) and the non-executive
directors in assessing the Companys performance,
strategies and means of achieving them. As part of his
144
leadership role, the Chairman is responsible for the
Boards effectiveness and sets the Boards agenda in
conjunction with the Chief Executive Officer.
Role in
Risk Oversight
Please refer to Part I, Item 1
Business Risk Management for a
discussion of the Boards role in risk oversight.
Compensation
Consultants
The Compensation Committee appointed Towers Watson as its
compensation consultants (the 2010 Compensation
Consultants) for 2010. The 2010 Compensation Consultants
were engaged by the Compensation Committee to provide
(i) input on the Compensation Discussion and Analysis,
(ii) benchmarking analysis in respect of CEO, Chairman and
non-executive director compensation, (iii) input on peer
group filings, (iv) a review of the competitive market for
executive positions and (v) input on performance targets
under 2010 performance shares and bonus funding.
Executive
Officers
The table below sets forth certain information concerning our
executive officers as of February 15, 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position
|
|
Christopher OKane(1)
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer of Aspen Holdings
|
Richard Houghton(1)
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer of Aspen Holdings
|
Julian Cusack(1)
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
Chief Risk Officer of Aspen Holdings, Chief Executive Officer
and Chairman of Aspen Bermuda
|
John Cavoores(1)
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
Co-CEO of Aspen Insurance
|
Brian Boornazian
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
CEO of Aspen Reinsurance
|
Michael Cain
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
Group General Counsel
|
James Few
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
President of Aspen Reinsurance, Chief Underwriting Officer of
Aspen Bermuda
|
Karen Green
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
President and Chief Operating Officer, Aspen U.K. and AMAL Group
Head of Corporate Development
|
Emil Issavi
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
Head of Casualty Reinsurance, Executive Vice President of Aspen
Reinsurance
|
Rupert Villers
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
Co-CEO of Aspen Insurance
|
Stephen Postlewhite
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
Head of Risk
|
Kate Vacher
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
Director of Underwriting
|
Chris Woodman
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
Group Head of Human Resources and Marketing
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Biography available above under
Directors above.
|
Brian Boornazian. Mr. Boornazian was
appointed Head of Reinsurance in May 2006 and is CEO of Aspen
Reinsurance. Since October 2005, Mr. Boornazian has also
served as President of Aspen Re America. From January 2004 to
October 2005, he was President of Aspen Re America, Property
Reinsurance. Prior to joining us, from 1999 to January 2004,
Mr. Boornazian was at XL Re America, where during his
tenure there he acted in several capacities and was Senior Vice
President, Chief Property Officer, responsible for property
facultative and treaty, as well as marine, and Chief Marketing
Officer.
Michael Cain. Mr. Cain has served as our
Group General Counsel since March 3, 2008. Prior to joining
us, Mr. Cain served as Corporate Counsel and Company
Secretary to Benfield Group Limited
145
from 2002 to 2008. Previously, Mr. Cain worked at Barlow
Lyde & Gilbert and Ashurst, law firms in London.
James Few. Mr. Few is President of Aspen
Reinsurance and has been our Head of Property Reinsurance since
June 1, 2004 and Aspen Bermudas Chief Underwriting
Officer since November 1, 2004. Before joining Aspen
Bermuda, he had been an underwriter at Aspen U.K. since
June 21, 2002. Mr. Few previously worked as an
underwriter with Wellington from 1999 until 2002 and from 1993
until 1999 was an underwriter and client development manager at
Royal & Sun Alliance.
Karen Green. Ms. Green is President and
Chief Operating Officer of Aspen U.K. and Managing Director of
AMAL. She is also Group Head of Corporate Development and Office
of the CEO. Ms. Green had joined us in March 2005 as Head
of Strategy and Office of the CEO. In March 2008, Ms. Green
was also appointed as Managing Director of AMAL, the managing
agency of our Lloyds Syndicate 4711 and in January 2010 as
President and Chief Operating Officer of Aspen U.K. From 2001
until 2005, Ms. Green was a Principal with MMC Capital Inc.
(now Stone Point Capital), a global private equity firm
(formerly owned by Marsh and McLennan Companies Inc.). Prior to
MMC Capital, Ms. Green was a director at GE Capital in
London from 1997 to 2001, where she co-ran the Business
Development team (responsible for mergers and acquisitions for
GE Capital in Europe).
Emil Issavi. Mr. Issavi was appointed
Head of Casualty Reinsurance in July 2008, and is also Executive
Vice President of Aspen Reinsurance. Since July 2006,
Mr. Issavi has also served as Head of Casualty Treaty of
Aspen Re America. Prior to joining us, from 2002 to July 2006,
Mr. Issavi was at Swiss Re America, where during his tenure
there he was Senior Treaty Account Executive responsible for
various Global and National Property Casualty clients.
Mr. Issavi began his reinsurance career at Gen Re as a
Casualty Facultative Underwriter.
Stephen Postlewhite. Mr. Postlewhite is
Head of Risk and Chair of the Reserve Committee since January
2011 and was appointed Head of Risk Capital in September 2009.
He was previously Deputy Chief Actuary and joined us in 2003.
Prior to joining us, Mr. Postlewhite spent a year at the FSA
working extensively on the development of the Individual Capital
Assessment process for non-life insurers and nine years with
KPMG, both in London and Sydney, working as a senior general
insurance actuarial consultant, predominately on London market,
Lloyds and reinsurance clients. He has been a fellow of
the Institute of Actuaries since 2001. Prior to embarking on an
actuarial career, Mr. Postlewhite worked as a management
consultant for Andersen Consulting.
Kate Vacher. Ms. Vacher is our Director
of Underwriting. Previously, she was our Head of Group Planning
from April 2003 to May 2006 and a property reinsurance
underwriter since joining Aspen U.K. on September 1, 2002.
Ms. Vacher previously worked as an underwriter with
Wellington Syndicate 2020 from 1999 until 2002 and from 1995
until 1999 was an assistant underwriter at Syndicate 51.
Chris Woodman. Since July 2005,
Mr. Woodman has served as Group Head of Human Resources. In
January 2010, Mr. Woodman took on additional
responsibilities for the group marketing function. Prior to
joining us, he was employed by Fidelity International from March
1995 to March 2005. He joined them as a Human Resources Manager,
and was subsequently Human Resources Director, Research and
Trading on secondment to Fidelity Management and Research
Company in Boston, MA. He then returned to the United Kingdom as
Director, Human Resources for the Investment and Institutional
business at Fidelity International. Most recently, he was
Managing Director, Human Resources, COLT Telecom from January
2003 to February 2005 on secondment from Fidelity International.
Rupert Villers. Mr. Villers is Co-CEO of
Insurance. He joined us in April 2009 as Global Head of
Professional and Financial Lines. He has held a number of
positions in the insurance industry. He co-founded SVB Holdings
(subsequently renamed Novae Holdings) in 1986, and in his
seventeen years there he was Chief Executive Officer from 1991
to 2002 and underwriter of Syndicate 1007 from January 1,
1997 to December 31, 1999. Most recently, he has been
Chairman of APJ Continuation Ltd, a company he co-founded in
2005, whose major subsidiary, APJ (Asset Protection Jersey
Limited) writes a
146
specialist book of K&R insurance. Mr. Villers is a
director of CertaAsig Holdings S.A. which is the parent of
CertAsig Societate di Asigurare si Reasigurare S.A. (a Romanian
insurance company).
Non-Management
Directors
The Board of Directors has adopted a policy of regularly
scheduled executive sessions where non-management directors meet
independent of management. The non-management directors include
all our independent directors and Mr. Jones, our Chairman.
The non-management directors held four executive sessions during
2010. Mr. Jones, our Chairman, presided at each executive
session. Shareholders of the Company and other interested
parties may communicate any queries or concerns to the
non-management directors by sending written communications by
mail to Mr. Jones,
c/o Company
Secretary, Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited, Maxwell Roberts
Building, 1 Church Street, Hamilton HM11, Bermuda, or by fax to
1-441-295-1829. In 2010, we held also one executive session
comprised solely of independent directors.
Attendance
at Meetings by Directors
The Board of Directors conducts its business through its
meetings and meetings of the committees. Each director is
expected to attend each of our regularly scheduled meeting of
the Board of Directors and its constituent committees on which
that director serves and our annual general meeting of
shareholders. All directors attended the annual general meeting
of shareholders in 2010. Four meetings of the Board of Directors
were held in 2010. All of the directors, other than
Mr. Ahamed, attended at least 75% of the meetings of the
Board of Directors and meetings of all committees on which they
serve.
Mr. Ahamed attended two of four Board and six of eight
Committee meetings during 2010, equating to a total attendance
of 67%. He planned to attend one further meeting of the Board
during the year which would have taken his attendance to 75%.
Heavy snow in the Washington area, however, closed the airport
and prevented Mr. Ahamed from travelling to the
Companys offices in Bermuda for this meeting. In light of
the Companys tax operating guidelines, we determined that
Mr. Ahamed should not attend the meeting by telephone in
accordance with our intention to manage our business so that our
holding company will operate in such a manner so as not to be
subject to U.S. federal income tax.
Code of
Ethics, Corporate Governance Guidelines and Committee
Charters
We adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to
all of our employees including our Chief Executive Officer and
Chief Financial Officer. We have also adopted corporate
governance guidelines. We have posted the Companys code of
ethics and corporate governance guidelines on the Investor
Relations page of the Companys website at
www.aspen.bm.
The charters for each of the Audit Committee, the Compensation
Committee and the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee
are also posted on the Investor Relations page of our website at
www.aspen.bm. Shareholders may also request printed
copies of our code of business conduct and ethics, the corporate
governance guidelines and the committee charters at no charge by
writing to Company Secretary, Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited,
Maxwell Roberts Building, 1 Church Street, Hamilton, HM11,
Bermuda.
Differences
between NYSE Corporate Governance Rules and the Companys
Corporate Governance Practices
The Company currently qualifies as a foreign private issuer, and
as such is not required to meet all of the NYSE Corporate
Governance Standards. The following discusses the significant
ways in which our corporate governance practices differ from
those followed by companies under the NYSE Corporate Governance
Standards and the Companys corporate governance practices.
147
The NYSE Corporate Governance Standards require chief executive
officers of U.S. domestic issuers to certify to the NYSE
that he or she is not aware of any violation by the company of
NYSE corporate governance listing standards. Because as a
foreign private issuer we are not subject to the NYSE Corporate
Governance Standards applicable to U.S. domestic issuers,
the Company need not make such certification.
Policy on
Shareholder Proposals for Director Candidates and Evaluation of
Director Candidates
Our Board of Directors has adopted policies and procedures
relating to director nominations and shareholder proposals, and
evaluations of director candidates.
Submission of Shareholder
Proposals. Shareholder recommendations of
director nominees to be included in the Companys proxy
materials will be considered only if received no later than the
120th calendar day before the first anniversary of the date
of the Companys proxy statement in connection with the
previous years annual general meeting. The Company may in
its discretion exclude such shareholder recommendations even if
received in a timely manner. Accordingly, this policy is not
intended to waive the Companys right to exclude
shareholder proposals from its proxy statement.
If shareholders wish to nominate their own candidates for
director on their own separate slate (as opposed to recommending
candidates to be nominated by the Company in the Companys
proxy), shareholder nominations for directors at the annual
general meeting of shareholders must be submitted at least 90
calendar days before the annual general meeting of shareholders.
A shareholder who wishes to recommend a person or persons for
consideration as a Company nominee for election to the Board of
Directors should send a written notice by mail,
c/o Company
Secretary, Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited, Maxwell Roberts
Building, 1 Church Street, Hamilton HM11, Bermuda, or by fax to
1-441-295-1829 and include the following information:
|
|
|
|
|
the name of each person recommended by the shareholder(s) to be
considered as a nominee;
|
|
|
|
the name(s) and address(es) of the shareholder(s) making the
nomination, the number of ordinary shares which are owned
beneficially and of record by such shareholder(s) and the period
for which such ordinary shares have been held;
|
|
|
|
a description of the relationship between the nominating
shareholder(s) and each nominee;
|
|
|
|
biographical information regarding such nominee, including the
persons employment and other relevant experience and a
statement as to the qualifications of the nominee;
|
|
|
|
a business address and telephone number for each nominee (an
e-mail
address may also be included); and
|
|
|
|
the written consent to nomination and to serving as a director,
if elected, of the recommended nominee.
|
In connection with the Corporate Governance and Nominating
Committees evaluation of director nominees, the Company
may request that the nominee complete a Directors and
Officers Questionnaire regarding such nominees
independence, related parties transactions, and other relevant
information required to be disclosed by the Company.
Minimum Qualifications for Director
Nominees. A nominee recommended for a position on
the Companys Board of Directors must meet the following
minimum qualifications:
|
|
|
|
|
he or she must have the highest standards of personal and
professional integrity;
|
|
|
|
he or she must have exhibited mature judgment through
significant accomplishments in his or her chosen field of
expertise;
|
|
|
|
he or she must have a well-developed career history with
specializations and skills that are relevant to understanding
and benefiting the Company;
|
148
|
|
|
|
|
he or she must be able to allocate sufficient time and energy to
director duties, including preparation for meetings and
attendance at meetings;
|
|
|
|
he or she must be able to read and understand financial
statements to an appropriate level for the exercise of his or
her duties; and
|
|
|
|
he or she must be familiar with, and willing to assume, the
duties of a director on the Board of Directors of a public
company.
|
Process for Evaluation of Director
Nominees. The Corporate Governance and Nominating
Committee has the authority and responsibility to lead the
search for individuals qualified to become members of our Board
of Directors to the extent necessary to fill vacancies on the
Board of Directors or as otherwise desired by the Board of
Directors. The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee
will identify, evaluate and recommend that the Board of
Directors select director nominees for shareholder approval at
the applicable annual meetings based on minimum qualifications
and additional criteria that the Corporate Governance and
Nominating Committee deems necessary, as well as the diversity
and other needs of the Board of Directors. As vacancies arise,
the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee looks at the
overall Board and assesses the need for specific qualifications
and experience needed to enhance the composition and diversify
the viewpoints and contribution to the Board.
The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee may in its
discretion engage a third-party search firm and other advisors
to identify potential nominees for director. The Corporate
Governance and Nominating Committee may also identify potential
director nominees through director and management
recommendations, business, insurance industry and other
contacts, as well as through shareholder nominations.
The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee may determine
that members of the Board of Directors should have diverse
experiences, skills and perspectives as well as knowledge in the
areas of the Companys activities.
Certain additional criteria for consideration as director
nominee may include, but not be limited to, the following as the
Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee sees fit:
|
|
|
|
|
the nominees qualifications and accomplishments and
whether they complement the Board of Directors existing
strengths;
|
|
|
|
the nominees leadership, strategic, or policy setting
experience;
|
|
|
|
the nominees experience and expertise relevant to the
Companys insurance and reinsurance business, including any
actuarial or underwriting expertise, or other specialized skills;
|
|
|
|
the nominees independence qualifications, as defined by
NYSE listing standards;
|
|
|
|
the nominees actual or potential conflict of interest, or
the appearance of any conflict of interest, with the best
interests of the Company and its shareholders;
|
|
|
|
the nominees ability to represent the interests of all
shareholders of the Company; and
|
|
|
|
the nominees financial literacy, accounting or related
financial management expertise as defined by NYSE listing
standards, or qualifications as an audit committee financial
expert, as defined by SEC rules and regulations.
|
Shareholder
Communications to the Board of Directors
The Board of Directors provides a process for shareholders to
send communications to the Board of Directors or any of the
directors. Shareholders may send written communications to the
Board of Directors or any one or more of the individual
directors by mail,
c/o Company
Secretary, Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited, Maxwell Roberts
Building, 1 Church Street, Hamilton HM11, Bermuda, or
149
by fax to 1-441-295- 1829. All communications will be referred
to the Board or relevant directors. Shareholders may also send
e-mails to
any of our directors via our website at www.aspen.bm.
Board of
Directors Policy on Directors Attendance at AGMs
Directors are expected to attend the Companys annual
general meeting of shareholders.
Compliance
with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act
The Company, as a foreign private issuer, is not required to
comply with the provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange
Act relating to the reporting of securities transactions by
certain persons and the recovery of short-swing
profits from the purchase or sale of securities.
150
|
|
Item 11.
|
Executive
Compensation
|
COMPENSATION
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
Overview
This section provides information regarding the compensation
program for our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer
and the three other most highly-compensated named executive
officers (NEOs) for 2010.
This section describes the overall objectives of our
compensation program, each element of compensation and key
compensation decisions.
The Company has achieved considerable growth since its inception
in 2002 and our compensation programs and plans have been
designed to reward executives who contribute to the continuing
success of the Company.
The Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors (the
Compensation Committee) has responsibility for
approving the compensation program for our NEOs. The charter of
the Compensation Committee requires that there be three
independent members of the Board on the Compensation Committee.
We sought to appoint independent directors from the Board whose
prior experience would add both value and different perspectives
on compensation to the Compensation Committee. The current
Compensation Committee consists of three independent directors:
Richard Bucknall (Chair), Matthew Botein and Ian Cormack.
Mr. Cavoores was a member of the Compensation Committee in
2010 until October 2010 when he ceased to be an independent
director of the Company following his appointment as Co-CEO of
Aspen Insurance.
Executive
Summary
Our compensation policies continue to emphasize aligning our
executives pay with our performance. In 2010, we achieved
an ROE of 11.2% and a growth in book value of 15.6%, a sound
result in light of market conditions in the insurance industry
and taking into account that 2010 was the sixth largest loss
year for catastrophe insured losses since 1980. Moreover, we
made progress with regards to our strategic objectives,
including embedding a revised group structure which we had
announced in the beginning of 2010 and enhancing and building
our insurance platform, which included the acquisition of a
company which has licenses to write business on an admitted
basis, the establishment of a Swiss insurance branch and a UK
regional platform. Our key compensation outcomes reflected this
performance and were consistent with our pay for performance
philosophy.
The following highlights the key elements of our compensation
program in 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
Salary: In light of the labor market
conditions in the countries in which we operate and the state of
the insurance and reinsurance markets, none of our NEOs received
a salary increase in 2010;
|
|
|
|
Bonus: As we had an Operating ROE (as defined
below) of 9.4%, the bonus pool funding was at 67.1%, which
resulted in our paying bonuses generally below the individual
bonus potential except for circumstances which
warranted a higher payment for exceptional team and personal
performance. The Compensation Committee exercised its discretion
and approved an increase of $1 million dollars to the bonus
pool. The purpose of this increase was to ensure the retention
of key underwriting talent in both reinsurance and insurance;
|
|
|
|
Long-term incentive awards: Based on an ROE of
11.2%, 31.6% vested for the relevant portion of the 2007 and
2008 performance shares and 85.6% vested for the relevant
portion of the 2009 and 2010 performance shares; and
|
|
|
|
Clawback: The Compensation Committee adopted a
policy to clawback bonus and long-term incentive awards granted
to our executive officers in 2010 and going forward in the case
of a
|
151
|
|
|
|
|
subsequent and material negative restatement of the
Companys published financial results as a result of fraud.
|
We encourage a performance-based culture throughout the Company,
and at senior levels we have developed an approach to
compensation that aligns the executives compensation with
his or her performance and contribution to the results of the
Company. As discussed below, we believe that the three elements
of total direct compensation, base salary, annual bonus and
long-term incentive awards, should be balanced such that each
executive has the appropriate amount of pay that is performance
contingent and longer-term. This relationship is illustrated in
the table below which depicts each element of target and actual
compensation; in each case a majority of the executives
pay is delivered through performance-based compensation with a
significant portion realized over more than one year. Equity
awards in particular are intended to encourage aligning
interests with shareholders and align executive pay with the
value created for shareholders.
2010 NEO
Compensation(1)
(1) Consists of salary, bonus and incentive awards valued
using the average of the high and low stock price on the date of
grant; excludes other compensation.
Executive
Compensation Program
The Companys compensation program consists of the
following five elements which are common to the market for
executive talent and which are used by our competitors to
attract, reward and retain executives.
|
|
|
|
|
base salary;
|
|
|
|
annual cash bonuses;
|
|
|
|
long-term incentive awards;
|
|
|
|
other stock plans; and
|
|
|
|
benefits and perquisites.
|
Our compensation policies are designed with the goal of
maximizing shareholder value creation over the long-term. The
basic objectives of our executive compensation program are to:
|
|
|
|
|
attract and retain highly skilled executives;
|
|
|
|
link compensation to achievement of the Companys financial
and strategic goals by having a significant portion of
compensation be performance-based;
|
152
|
|
|
|
|
create commonality of interest between management and
shareholders by tying substantial elements of compensation
directly to changes in shareholder value over time in a
sustainable manner that does not reward or appear to reward
short-term behavior that may involve excessive risk taking;
|
|
|
|
maximize the financial efficiency of the overall program to the
Company from a tax, accounting, and cash flow perspective;
|
|
|
|
ensure compliance with the highest standards of corporate
governance; and
|
|
|
|
encourage executives to work hard for the success of the
business and work effectively with clients and colleagues for
the benefit of the business as a whole.
|
We seek to consider together all elements that contribute to the
total compensation of NEOs rather than consider each element in
isolation. This process ensures that judgments made in respect
of any individual element of compensation are taken in the
context of the total compensation that an individual receives,
particularly the balance between base salary, cash bonus and
stock programs. We actively seek market intelligence on all
aspects of compensation and benefits.
All employees, including senior executives, are set challenging
goals and targets both at an individual and team level, which
they are expected to achieve, taking into account the dynamics
that occur within the market and business environment. These
goals include quantitative and qualitative measures. Although
the bonus pool is funded through a formula, performance-related
pay decisions are not formulaic and are based on a variety of
indicators of performance, thus diversifying the risk associated
with any single indicator. In particular, individual bonus
awards are not tied to formulas that could focus NEOs,
executives and employees on specific short-term outcomes that
might encourage excessive risk taking.
Market Intelligence. We believe that
shareholders are best served when the compensation packages of
senior executives are competitive but fair. By fair we mean that
the executives will be able to understand that the compensation
package reflects their market value and their personal
contribution to the business. We seek to create a total
compensation opportunity for NEOs with the potential to deliver
actual total compensation at the upper quartile of peer
companies for high performance relative to competitors and the
Companys internal business targets.
We review external market data to ensure that our compensation
levels are competitive. Our sources of information include:
|
|
|
|
|
research of peer company annual reports on
Form 10-K
and similar filings for companies in our sector in the markets
in which we operate;
|
|
|
|
publicly available compensation surveys from reputable survey
providers;
|
|
|
|
advice and tailored research from compensation
consultants; and
|
|
|
|
experience from recruiting senior positions in the market place.
|
To assist in making competitive comparisons, the Committee
retained Towers Watson for 2010 as independent advisors to the
Compensation Committee and to provide information regarding the
compensation practices of our peer group (as defined below)
against which we compete. The consultants were appointed in 2009
for services beginning in 2010 by the Compensation Committee
following a selection process led by the Chair of the
Compensation Committee. Towers Watson was used for advice to the
Compensation Committee in respect of compensation practices both
in the U.S. and the U.K. They reported to the Chair of the
Compensation Committee and worked with management under the
direction of the Chair. They were asked to provide overviews of
our competitors compensation programs taken from public
filings and to comment on management proposals on compensation
awards for NEOs and recommendations on proposals relating to the
long-term incentive programs and the funding of the employee
bonus pool. We also participate in publicly available surveys
produced by Hewitt New Bridge Street, Towers Watson and
PricewaterhouseCoopers. These surveys are used to provide
additional data on
153
salaries, bonus levels and long-term incentive awards of other
companies in our industry. Together with data provided by the
independent advisors drawn from public filings of competitors,
the survey data is used to assess the competitiveness of the
compensation packages provided to our NEOs. We have also sought
advice on specific ad hoc technical benefit issues from
PricewaterhouseCoopers who provide services only to management
in respect of advice on international compensation and taxation
and benefits issues.
The Company predominantly competes for talent with companies
based in Bermuda, the U.S. and the U.K., and we seek to
understand the competitive practices in those different markets
and the extent to which they apply to our senior executives. Our
peer group for compensation purposes was reviewed and agreed
upon by the Compensation Committee with consideration given to
our strategy and the advice from Towers Watson. Based on our
review of companies that are similar to us in terms of size and
business mix, we established a primary peer group of
12 companies to consider compensation against corporate
performance. The peer group consists of:
|
|
|
U.S. & Bermuda
|
|
U.K.
|
|
Allied World Assurance Company Holdings Limited
|
|
Amlin Plc
|
Arch Capital Group Ltd.
|
|
Brit Insurance Holdings Plc
|
Axis Capital Holdings Ltd.
|
|
Catlin Group Limited
|
Endurance Specialty Holdings Ltd.
|
|
Hiscox Ltd.
|
Everest Re Group, Ltd.
|
|
|
Alterra
|
|
|
Validus Holdings Limited
|
|
|
White Mountains Insurance Group
|
|
|
We have also determined that it may be appropriate under certain
circumstances to look at other companies, which we have defined
as near peers to benchmark against very specific
roles. We also compete with the companies in both the peer and
near peer groups for talent and, thus, review compensation data
available from publicly available sources when considering the
competitiveness of the compensation of our executives and to
keep informed of their compensation structures and practices.
The near peer group consists of the following:
|
|
|
U.S. & Bermuda
|
|
U.K.
|
|
Montpelier Re Holdings Ltd.
|
|
Beazley Group Plc
|
PartnerRe Ltd.
|
|
|
Platinum Underwriters Holdings, Ltd.
|
|
|
RenaissanceRe Holdings Ltd.
|
|
|
Transatlantic Holdings, Inc.
|
|
|
In respect of compensation awarded to our NEOs, benchmarking and
compensation recommendations may be informed by this peer group
although we will also consider specific features of the role of
an executive which may not be informed solely through
benchmarking.
Cash
Compensation
Base Salary. We pay base salaries to provide
executives with a predictable level of compensation over the
year to enable executives to meet their personal expenses and
undertake their roles. The Compensation Committee reviews the
compensation recommendations made by management, including base
salary, of the most senior employees in the Company, excluding
the CEO but including the other NEOs. In the case of the Chief
Executive Officer, the Chair of the Compensation Committee
develops any recommended changes to base salary and is provided
with information and advice by Towers Watson starting in 2010.
154
When reviewing base salaries, we consider a range of factors
including:
|
|
|
|
|
the performance of the business;
|
|
|
|
the performance of the executives in their roles over the
previous year;
|
|
|
|
the historical context of the executives compensation
awards;
|
|
|
|
the importance and responsibilities of the role;
|
|
|
|
the experience, skills and knowledge brought to the role by the
executive;
|
|
|
|
the function undertaken by the role; and
|
|
|
|
analysis of the market data from competitors and more general
market data from labor markets in which we operate.
|
Executive officers have employment agreements with the Company
that specify their initial base salary. This salary cannot be
reduced unilaterally by the employer without breaching the
contract. Generally, they are entitled to a review on an annual
basis, with any changes effective as of April 1 of the relevant
year. Even though we conduct an annual review of base salaries,
we are not legally obligated to increase salaries; however, we
are not contractually able to decrease salaries. We are
generally mindful of our overall goal to pay base salaries for
experienced executives at around the median of the peer group
and the market for similar roles. We do not apply this principle
mechanistically, but take into account the factors outlined
above and the total compensation picture for each individual. We
ideally use the median since we wish to remain competitive
against peers (though we also take into account levels of
experience, contributions and other factors as described above),
but aim, where possible, for compensation which is above the
median to be delivered by variable pay (such as long-term
incentives and bonuses) and linked to performance with a view to
achieve overall upper quartile total compensation for upper
quartile performance as compared to our peer group.
Base salary is normally a fixed amount determined on the basis
of market comparisons and the experience of each employee
initially at the point of employment and thereafter at each
subsequent annual review date. The annual salary review process
is governed by an overall budget related to market conditions in
the relevant employment markets and broader economic
considerations. Our annual salary review process is not intended
to be solely a cost of living increase or a
contractual entitlement to salary increases. Within this overall
governing budget, individual salary reviews are discretionary,
and take into account the above-mentioned factors and internal
equity. We believe that this approach mitigates the risk
associated with linking salary increases to short-term outcomes.
In the last three years, the overall budget for salary increases
averaged 3.0% per annum.
For purposes of this discussion, compensation paid in British
Pounds has been translated into U.S. Dollars at the
exchange rate of $1.5458 to £1, i.e. the average exchange
rate for 2010.
Based on the 2010 budget for salary increases which took into
consideration the then labor market conditions in the countries
in which we operate and the state of the insurance and
reinsurance markets, employees who were earning above
£175,000 or $280,000 received no salary increase, except
for extenuating circumstances where there was a promotion or
where the individual was significantly below market salaries. As
a result, the Compensation Committee did not approve any salary
increases in 2010 for any of our NEOs.
155
The salaries for each of our NEOs in 2009 and 2010 and any
salary changes are illustrated in the table below (1):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009 Annual
|
|
|
2010 Annual
|
|
|
|
|
Name and Principal Position
|
|
Salary
|
|
|
Salary
|
|
|
% Increase
|
|
|
Christopher OKane, Chief Executive Officer
|
|
£
|
480,000
|
|
|
£
|
480,000
|
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
Richard Houghton, Chief Financial Officer
|
|
£
|
360,000
|
|
|
£
|
360,000
|
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
Julian Cusack, Chief Risk Officer
|
|
£
|
360,000
|
|
|
£
|
360,000
|
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
Brian Boornazian, CEO of Aspen Reinsurance
|
|
$
|
500,000
|
|
|
$
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
James Few, President of Aspen Reinsurance
|
|
$
|
475,000
|
|
|
$
|
475,000
|
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
Annual Cash Bonuses. The Company operates a
bonus plan. Annual cash bonuses are intended to reward
executives for our consolidated annual performance and for
individual achievements and contributions to the success of the
business over the previous fiscal year. The Compensation
Committee approves the bonus pool based on the Companys
Operating Return on Annualized Equity (Operating
ROE). Operating ROE is a non-GAAP financial measure which
(1) is calculated using operating income and
(2) excludes from average equity, the average after-tax
unrealized appreciation or depreciation on investments and the
average after-tax unrealized foreign exchange gains or losses
and the aggregate value of the liquidation preferences of our
preference shares. Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on
investments is primarily the result of interest rate movements
and the resultant impact on fixed income securities, and
unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on foreign exchange is
the result of exchange rate movements between the
U.S. dollar and the British pound. Such appreciation
(depreciation) is not related to management actions or
operational performance (nor is it likely to be realized).
Therefore, Aspen believes that excluding these unrealized
appreciations (depreciations) provides a more consistent and
useful measurement of operating performance, which supplements
GAAP information. Average equity is calculated as the arithmetic
average on a monthly basis for the stated periods. Based on the
Companys achievement of an Operating ROE of 9.4% in 2010,
the size of the bonus pool funding was $20.4 million. The
Compensation Committee exercised its discretion and approved an
increase to the bonus pool of $1 million dollars thereby
increasing the total pool to $21.4 million. The purpose of
this increase was to ensure the retention of key underwriting
talent in both reinsurance and insurance.
The table below illustrates the bonus pool funding levels for
2010 based on achievement of Operating ROE:
|
|
|
|
|
Operating ROE
|
|
% of Bonus Potential
|
|
<7%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
7%
|
|
|
50.0
|
%
|
8%
|
|
|
57.1
|
%
|
9%
|
|
|
64.3
|
%
|
10%
|
|
|
71.4
|
%
|
11%
|
|
|
78.6
|
%
|
12%
|
|
|
85.7
|
%
|
13%
|
|
|
92.9
|
%
|
14%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
15%
|
|
|
106.7
|
%
|
16%
|
|
|
113.3
|
%
|
17%
|
|
|
120.0
|
%
|
18%
|
|
|
126.7
|
%
|
19%
|
|
|
133.3
|
%
|
20%
|
|
|
140.0
|
%
|
>20%
|
|
|
140.0
|
%
|
156
As the table indicates, in order for the bonus pool to be funded
at the full potential levels (i.e. 100% of all bonus
potentials), the Company would have to achieve an Operating ROE
of at least 14%. This level was established with reference to
our 2010 business plan and an assessment of the investment and
business cycle, but also included an element of
stretch in so far as it would not deliver on target
funding unless the 2010 Operating ROE was 14% or greater. We
believe that such returns over the long term would be attractive
to investors. The bonus pool available to our NEOs and employees
does not fund if the Operating ROE is below 7%, and the plan
retains an element of discretion for exceptional circumstances
enabling the Compensation Committee to apply its judgment where
the formula may produce a funding level that is not
representative of absolute and relative corporate performance.
The annual bonus component of compensation is intended to
encourage all management and staff to work to improve the
overall performance of the Company as measured by Operating ROE.
Each employee is allocated a bonus potential which
expresses the amount of bonus they should expect to receive if
the Company, the team to which they belong and they as
individuals perform well. While individual bonus potentials are
not capped, there is a cap on the total bonus payable in any one
year, though the Compensation Committee has the discretion to
vary the size of the bonus pool.
Once the bonus pool is established, underwriting and functional
teams are allocated portions of the bonus pool based on their
team performance as assessed by the CEO. The evaluation takes
into consideration risk data in addition to performance data.
The risk data available to the CEO includes internal audit
reviews, underwriting reviews and reports of compliance
breaches. Individuals, including the NEOs, are allocated bonuses
based on their individual contribution to the business and their
compliance with the Companys governance and risk control
requirements. Accomplishment of set objectives established at
the individuals annual performance review (as described in
more detail below), such as financial goals, enhanced
efficiencies, development of talent in their organizations and
expense reductions, and any other material achievements are
taken into account when assessing an individuals
contribution. We believe that basing awards on a variety of
factors diversifies the risk associated with any single
indicator. In particular, individual awards are not tied to
formulas that could focus executives on specific short-term
outcomes that might encourage excessive risk taking.
Due to the potentially significant external factors impacting
our business, where for example our business plan may be
reforecast quarterly, any quantitative measures indicated in an
individuals objectives may be adapted during the year to
reflect changes in circumstances. These revisions may occur more
than once throughout the year, and the revised plan would be
used in the executives assessment at year-end instead of
the quantification, if any, set out at the beginning of the
year. We take this approach in order to ensure that our goals
remain fair, relevant and responsive to the complex and dynamic
nature of our business and relative to market conditions. The
appraisal assesses the performance of each employee by reference
to a range of objectives and expected behavioral competencies
with no formulaic calculation based on revenue or quantitative
targets impacting bonus or salary decisions.
In the case of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chairman
assesses his performance against the Companys business
plan and other objectives established by the Board and makes
compensation recommendations to the Compensation Committee. The
Compensation Committee reviews the CEOs achievements and
determines the CEOs bonus without recommendation from
management.
The Compensation Committee reviews managements approach to
distributing the bonus pool and specifically approves the
bonuses for the senior executives including the NEOs. We
benchmark our bonus targets and payouts with our competitive
peer group (listed earlier) and other market data from the
surveys referred to earlier, to establish our position in the
market. We use this information to assist us in developing a
methodology for establishing the size of the bonus pool required
for the Company as a whole and to establish individual bonus
potentials for all employees, including the Chief Executive
Officer and the other NEOs. For 2010, the Compensation Committee
reviewed the bonus potentials which were in the range of 100% to
150% of base salary for our NEOs, including our Chief Executive
Officer; these levels are unchanged from 2009. The bonus
potentials are indicative and do not set a
157
minimum or a maximum limit. For example, in a loss-making year,
employees may not get any bonuses. Conversely, in profitable
years, employees may receive bonuses in excess of their bonus
potentials.
The annual bonus awards for each of our NEOs in recent years are
illustrated in the table below (1):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bonus
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name and Principal Position
|
|
Year
|
|
Potential %
|
|
Target ($)
|
|
Actual ($)
|
|
% of Base
|
|
% of Target
|
|
Christopher OKane,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
150
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,112,976
|
|
|
$
|
881,106
|
|
|
|
119
|
%
|
|
|
79
|
%
|
Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
150
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,128,240
|
|
|
$
|
2,256,480
|
|
|
|
300
|
%
|
|
|
200
|
%
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
150
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,250,370
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
Richard Houghton,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
$
|
556,488
|
|
|
$
|
367,128
|
|
|
|
66
|
%
|
|
|
66
|
%
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
$
|
564,120
|
|
|
$
|
902,592
|
|
|
|
160
|
%
|
|
|
160
|
%
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
$
|
648,340
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
Julian Cusack,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
$
|
556,488
|
|
|
$
|
333,893
|
|
|
|
60
|
%
|
|
|
60
|
%
|
Chief Risk Officer
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
$
|
564,120
|
|
|
$
|
902,592
|
|
|
|
160
|
%
|
|
|
160
|
%
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
$
|
648,340
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
Brian Boornazian,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
135
|
%
|
|
$
|
675,000
|
|
|
$
|
540,000
|
|
|
|
108
|
%
|
|
|
80
|
%
|
CEO of Aspen Reinsurance
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
135
|
%
|
|
$
|
675,000
|
|
|
$
|
1,350,000
|
|
|
|
270
|
%
|
|
|
200
|
%
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
135
|
%
|
|
$
|
634,500
|
|
|
$
|
245,000
|
|
|
|
52
|
%
|
|
|
39
|
%
|
James Few,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
115
|
%
|
|
$
|
546,250
|
|
|
$
|
437,000
|
|
|
|
92
|
%
|
|
|
80
|
%
|
President of Aspen Reinsurance
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
115
|
%
|
|
$
|
546,250
|
|
|
$
|
1,092,500
|
|
|
|
230
|
%
|
|
|
200
|
%
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
115
|
%
|
|
$
|
517,500
|
|
|
$
|
205,000
|
|
|
|
46
|
%
|
|
|
40
|
%
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
All compensation information is
taken from the Compensation Discussion and Analysis for the year
in which the compensation was earned, and for those paid in
British Pounds we have used the applicable exchange rate for
such year as disclosed in such years Compensation
Discussion and Analysis.
|
Individual contributions to our corporate goals are taken into
consideration through our annual appraisal process, whereby at
the outset of each year, objectives are established and
achievement of these goals is assessed at the end of each
performance year. The 2010 performance objectives for Chris
OKane, our CEO, were to:
1. Achieve the 2010 business plan within the groups
risk tolerances and underwriting disciplines;
2. Embed the new group structure announced in 2010 (two
distinct operations insurance and reinsurance);
3. Improve and develop the U.S. insurance platform, by
writing business on both an admitted and non-admitted basis and
selectively entering new lines of business;
4. Develop a distinct identity for Aspen Insurance and
establish its strategy for the U.K. and Europe;
5. Develop and adopt a revised 5-10 year group
strategy; and
6. Undertake a review of the group underwriting structure
and enabling functions to cause the implementation of all
necessary measures for compliance with Solvency II by 2010,
including the approval of the Companys internal capital
model.
The bonus award reflected Mr. OKanes delivery
of solid results for the Company with $312.7 million of net
income in a tough environment as well as achievements in several
key areas of developing the business. Key achievements included
good progress on delivering a group strategy and progress
towards preparing the Company for Solvency II, good capital
management particularly the share repurchases and progress made
in reviewing the Companys brand. While significant work
was undertaken to improve and develop the U.S. insurance
platform, there were still areas of improvement in respect of
such goal.
158
The 2010 performance objectives for Richard Houghton, our Chief
Financial Officer, included optimizing tactical and strategic
balance sheet and investment returns in a low interest rate
environment, building our corporate development capability,
enhancing management information for underwriting units,
executing the Information Technology (IT) strategic plan
and reviewing and improving the claims function.
The bonus awarded to Mr. Houghton reflected his work on
significant capital management initiatives in 2010, including
$407.8 million of share repurchases, and the issuance of
$250.0 million 6% Senior Notes in light of favorable
market conditions. In respect of his corporate development role,
he led a number of acquisition evaluations which were well
handled. Mr. Houghtons bonus also reflects his
broader responsibilities over IT and Human Resources (HR).
The 2010 performance objectives for Julian Cusack, our Chief
Risk Officer and Chairman and CEO of Aspen Bermuda, included the
development and adoption of a revised group strategy with a
5-10 year horizon, development and adoption of a group risk
appetite statement, establishment of a succession plan for
Bermuda platform, consideration and assessment of a research and
development strategy and oversight for the achievement of the
objectives of his direct reports.
The bonus awarded to Mr. Cusack reflected the achievements
of his objectives, and in particular his contribution to
improving risk management with a focus on preparing the Company
for Solvency II.
The 2010 performance objectives for Brian Boornazian, CEO of
Aspen Reinsurance, included the delivery of the 2010 business
plan in respect of the reinsurance segment, ensuring a
consistent and responsible underwriting approach across all
reinsurance lines to include work with other disciplines to make
sure that underwriters have the best tools to make the most
informed underwriting decisions. As part of the reorganization
announced in early 2010, Mr. Boornazian was responsible for
taking all actions necessary to embed Aspen Reinsurance as a
cohesive and distinct business segment. As head of the
reinsurance segment, Mr. Boornazian was also expected to
communicate with investors effectively regarding his unit. In
addition, in his role as Chairman of our U.S. Executive
Committee, Mr. Boornazian, working in conjunction with
colleagues, was responsible for ensuring that the
U.S. businesses have the necessary plans and resources to
execute their plans and to help better establish Aspen in the
U.S. insurance and reinsurance markets.
The bonus awarded to Mr. Boornazian reflected his role
within the Company having the largest underwriting role both in
terms of premium written and employees managed across all
locations and the strong results delivered by the reinsurance
segment in a year which suffered two significant catastrophic
events the earthquakes in Chile and New Zealand.
The 2010 performance objectives for James Few, President of
Aspen Reinsurance, included working effectively and
collaboratively as a senior member of the executive team to
build Aspen, the delivery of the 2010 business plan for the
reinsurance segment and ensuring a consistent and responsible
underwriting approach across all reinsurance lines. As Vice
Chairman of our reinsurance executive committee, Mr. Few
was responsible for ensuring that the reinsurance business has
the necessary plans and resources to help better establish Aspen
Reinsurance in the reinsurance markets. As President of Aspen
Reinsurance, Mr. Few was also responsible along with
Mr. Boornazian to embed Aspen Reinsurance as a cohesive and
distinct business segment. He was also expected to communicate
with investors effectively as needed.
The bonus awarded to Mr. Few reflected the key role he
played in business planning and contributing significantly to
our international operations. The bonus also reflects
Mr. Fews increased responsibilities over recent
years, where he has business development responsibility, as well
as serving as Chief Underwriting Officer of Aspen Bermuda and
Head of Property Reinsurance.
Equity
Compensation
We believe that a substantial portion of each NEOs
compensation should be in the form of equity awards and that
such awards serve to align the interests of NEOs and our
shareholders. The opportunities
159
for executives to build wealth through stock ownership both
attract talent to the organization and also contribute to
retaining that talent. Vesting schedules require executives to
stay with the organization for defined periods before they are
eligible to exercise options or receive shares. Performance
conditions are used to ensure that the share awards are linked
to the performance of the business. Equity awards to our NEOs
are made pursuant to the Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited
2003 Share Incentive Plan, as amended
(2003 Share Incentive Plan).
Long-Term Incentive Awards. The Company
operates a Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) for key
employees under which annual grants are made. We have
traditionally used a combination of both performance shares and
options for LTIP grants. As with 2009, in 2010 the Compensation
Committee approved grants of performance shares solely. We
believe that performance shares provide stronger retention for
executives across the cycle and provide strong incentives for
executives to meet the performance conditions required for
vesting. We believe that shares should remain subject to
performance criteria to ensure that executives do not receive
share awards if the business does not achieve pre-determined
levels of performance. The performance criteria are based on a
carefully considered business plan. In conjunction with views
expressed by their Compensation Consultants, the Compensation
Committee are in agreement that the criteria does not cause
executives to take undue risks or be careless in their actions
for longer term gain.
Employees are considered eligible for a long-term incentive
award based on seniority, performance and their longer-term
potential. Eligible employees are allocated to one of five
categories and target award levels have been established for
each category.
The number of performance shares and any other awards available
for grant each year are determined by the Compensation
Committee. The Compensation Committee takes into account the
cost and annual share usage under the 2003 Share Incentive
Plan, the number of employees who will be participating in the
plan, market data from competitors in respect of the percentage
of outstanding shares made available for annual grants to
employees and the need to retain and motivate key employees. In
2010, 750,137 performance shares were granted. Performance share
awards were made by grant value to all NEOs. In total, we
granted performance share awards to 164 employees.
As with awards granted in 2009, the performance shares granted
in 2010 are subject to a three-year vesting period with a
separate annual ROE test for each year. One-third of the grant
will be eligible for vesting each year. In response to the
economic environment on our business model and to ensure that
the targets for our long-term incentive plan involve a degree of
stretch, but are not set at levels which are unlikely to be
reached or that may cause individuals to focus on top line
results that could create a greater risk to the Company, the
Compensation Committee agreed to establish the performance
criteria for performance share awards made in 2010 at the same
level as the 2009 grants, which are at a lower threshold than
those awarded in 2008. The 2010 criteria are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
if the ROE achieved in any given year is less than 7%, then the
portion of the performance shares subject to the conditions of
that year will be forfeited;
|
|
|
|
if the ROE achieved in any given year is between 7% and 12%,
then the percentage of the performance shares eligible for
vesting in that year will be between 10%-100% on a straight-line
basis;
|
|
|
|
if the ROE achieved in any given year is between 12% and 22%,
then the percentage of the performance shares eligible for
vesting in that year will be between 100%-200% on a
straight-line basis; provided however that if the ROE for such
year is greater than 12% and the average ROE for such year and
the previous year is less than 7%, then only 100% of the shares
eligible for vesting in such year shall vest.
|
Awards deemed to be eligible for vesting (i.e. with achievement
of 7% ROE or more) will be banked and all shares
which ultimately vest will be issued following the completion of
the three-year vesting period and approval of the 2012 ROE. The
performance share awards are designed to reward executives based
on the Companys performance. By ensuring that a minimum 7%
ROE threshold is
160
established before shares can be banked, we ensure executives
are not rewarded for a performance that is below the cost of
capital. On the other hand, if we achieve an ROE above 12%,
executives are rewarded and will bank additional shares. This
approach aligns executives with the interests of shareholders
and encourages management to focus on delivering strong results.
A cap of 22% ROE is seen as a responsible maximum in the current
environment, given that returns above such a level may require a
level of risk-taking beyond the parameters of our business model.
With respect to the 2009 and 2010 performance shares, of the
one-third of the grant subject to the 2010 ROE test, 85.6% are
eligible for vesting based on our 2010 ROE of 11.2% and as such
478,872 shares will be deemed eligible for vesting and
banked (before taking into account forfeitures for
departing employees under the terms of the awards). With respect
to the 2007 and 2008 performance shares, of the one-fourth and
one-third of the grant, respectively, subject to the 2010 ROE
test, 31.6% are eligible for vesting based on our 2010 ROE of
11.2%. The 2007 and 2008 performance shares are issuable upon
filing of this report; based on the performance conditions
(before taking into account employee departures), 82.9% of the
2007 performance shares have vested and 55.2% of the 2008
performance shares have vested.
The outcomes of the performance tests on our current performance
share plans are illustrated in the table below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
2011
|
|
2012
|
|
Threshold ROE
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
7
|
%
|
|
|
7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Target ROE
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
|
|
12
|
%
|
|
|
12
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actual ROE
|
|
|
21.6
|
%
|
|
|
3.3
|
%
|
|
|
18.4
|
%
|
|
|
11.2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007 Performance share awards(1)
|
|
|
166
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
134
|
%
|
|
|
31.6
|
%
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
2008 Performance share awards(2)
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
134
|
%
|
|
|
31.6
|
%
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
2009 Performance share awards(2)
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
164
|
%
|
|
|
85.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
2010 Performance share awards(2)
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
85.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Represents annual performance
test; percentage to be applied to 25.0% of the original grant
|
|
(2)
|
|
Represents annual performance
test; percentage to be applied to 33.3% of the original grant
|
The grants for the NEOs under the LTIP were made in February
2010 (at the time that bonus awards for 2009 were made) and were
as follows (fair values of the awards have been calculated in
accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 LTIP Grants
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
Fair Value
|
Name and Principal Position
|
|
Performance Shares
|
|
of Award
|
|
Christopher OKane, Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
107,469
|
|
|
$
|
2,807,090
|
|
Richard Houghton, Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
25,076
|
|
|
$
|
654,985
|
|
Julian Cusack, Chief Risk Officer
|
|
|
25,076
|
|
|
$
|
654,985
|
|
Brian Boornazian, CEO of Aspen Reinsurance
|
|
|
26,867
|
|
|
$
|
701,766
|
|
James Few, President of Aspen Reinsurance
|
|
|
26,867
|
|
|
$
|
701,766
|
|
Mr. OKanes award reflected his very strong
performance against his 2009 objectives, which included
substantial achievement of his 2009 business plan objectives.
Mr. OKane had fully delivered on his objective on
capital, solvency and liquidity, restoring balance sheet
strength in 2009 and enabling a share buy-back in early 2010.
The Compensation Committee noted that approximately 33% of the
grant was attributable to an excellent return reflecting a
successful year in 2009.
Mr. Houghtons award reflected his contribution in
respect of investment return and capital management in 2009.
Also taken into consideration were the successful
reorganizations in 2009 of the IT and claims functions, as well
as the implementation of several successful initiatives within
HR. The
161
Committee noted that Mr. Houghtons grant was just
below the median for a U.S. CFO based on available data.
Mr. Cusacks award reflected his contribution in 2009
towards the evaluation and review of Aspens underwriting
lines, as well as his considerable work in respect of the
strategic review of our business model, an objective which was
completed in 2010. Mr. Cusack was also recognized for his
work in delivering a comprehensive statement of risk tolerances
to the Risk Committee and his continued strengthening of the
actuarial and risk management functions, including the formation
of a separate capital risk team in 2009 and a successful
reorganization within the legal and compliance teams. The
Committee noted that Mr. Cusacks LTIP grant in 2010
was in line with the award granted in 2008 (whereas the 2009
award was significantly higher) and was above the market median
of the 2009 U.S./Bermuda peer group proxy data.
Mr. Boornazians award reflected the exceptional
performance of the reinsurance segment in 2009 and positive
results in respect of underwriting quality reviews and
compliance data. This award also recognized
Mr. Boornazians contribution to our
U.S. operations as a whole, and his role in marketing to
key clients and positive contributions in presentations with
investors and external constituents. While the Compensation
Committee recognized that Mr. Boornazians 2010 equity
award was between the lower quartile and the median, it noted
that Mr. Boornazians 2009 total compensation was at
the upper quartile reflecting our philosophy to aim to deliver
upper quartile variable compensation for commensurate
performance.
Mr. Fews award reflected his strong 2009 performance,
which included the then property reinsurance segment exceeding
the business plan and his successful ongoing development of
capability within the global property reinsurance team. While
the Compensation Committee recognized that Mr. Fews
2010 equity award was between the lower quartile and the median
against the 2009 U.S./Bermuda peer group data, it noted that
Mr. Fews 2009 total compensation was at the upper
quartile reflecting our philosophy to aim to deliver upper
quartile variable compensation for commensurate performance.
While the bulk of our performance share awards to NEOs have
historically been made pursuant to our annual grant program, the
Compensation Committee retains the discretion to make additional
awards at other times, in connection with the initial hiring of
a new officer, for retention purposes or otherwise. We refer to
such grants as ad hoc awards. No ad hoc
grants were made to NEOs in 2010.
Other Stock Grants. The Company awards
time-vesting restricted share units (RSUs)
selectively to employees under certain circumstances. RSUs vest
solely based on continued service and are not subject to
performance conditions. Typically, RSUs are used to compensate
newly hired executives for loss of stock value from awards that
were forfeited when they left their previous company. The RSUs
granted vest in one-third tranches over three years. No RSU
grants were made to the NEOs in 2010.
Employee Stock Purchase Plans. Plans were
established following shareholder approval for an Employee Share
Purchase Plan, a U.K. Sharesave Plan and an International Plan.
Alongside employees, NEOs are eligible to participate in the
appropriate plan in operation in their country of residence.
Participation in the plans is entirely optional.
Messrs. OKane and Houghton participate in the U.K.
Sharesave Plan, whereby they save up to £250 per month over
a three-year period, at the end of which they will be eligible
to purchase Company shares at the option price of £11.74
($18.90) (the price was determined based on the average of the
highest and lowest stock price on November 4, 2008).
Messrs. Boornazian and Few participate in the Employee
Share Purchase Plan, whereby they can save up to $500 per month
over a two-year period, at the end of which they will be
eligible to purchase Company shares at the option price of
$16.08 (the price was determined on based on the average of the
highest and lowest stock price on December 4, 2008).
Mr. Cusack elected not to participate in the plan.
162
Stock Ownership Guidelines. The Compensation
Committee approved the introduction of more stringent stock
ownership guidelines for senior executives in 2008. These
guidelines are intended to work in conjunction with our
established Policy on Insider Trading and Misuse of Inside
Information, which among other things, prohibits buying or
selling puts or call, pledging of shares, short sales and
trading of Company shares on a short term basis. The Stock
Ownership guidelines apply to all members of the Group Executive
Committee and adhere to the following key principles:
|
|
|
|
|
All Company shares owned by Group Executive Committee members
will be held in own name or joint with spouse;
|
|
|
|
All Company shares owned by Group Executive Committee members
should be held in a Merrill Lynch brokerage account or other
Company approved broker;
|
|
|
|
Executive Directors should inform the Chief Executive Officer
and the Chairman if they plan to trade Aspen shares, and should
provide detailed reasons for sale upon request;
|
|
|
|
Other Group Executive Committee members should obtain permission
to trade from the Chief Executive Officer and provide detailed
reasons for sale upon request;
|
|
|
|
The Compensation Committee will be informed on a quarterly basis
of all trading of stock by all Aspen employees;
|
|
|
|
Recommendation that sales by Group Executive Committee members
be undertaken using SEC
Rule 10b5-1
trading programs, where possible with the additional cost of
administration connected with such trades to be paid by the
Company;
|
|
|
|
It is prohibited for Company shares to be used as collateral for
loans, purchasing of Company stock on margin or pledging Company
stock in a margin account; and
|
|
|
|
The Chief Executive Officer should inform the Chairman of any
decision to sell stock.
|
In reviewing any request to trade, the Chief Executive Officer
will take into consideration:
|
|
|
|
|
the amount of stock that an executive holds, the duration of the
period over which that stock has been held and the amount of
stock being requested to be sold;
|
|
|
|
the nature of the role held by the executive;
|
|
|
|
any reasons related to hardship, retirement planning, divorce
etc. that would make a sale of stock required;
|
|
|
|
the history of trading by the executive;
|
|
|
|
the remaining stock holdings left after the sale; and
|
|
|
|
the market conditions and other factors which relate to the
Companys trading situation at the proposed time of sale.
|
Clawback
Policy
In 2010, the Compensation Committee adopted a clawback policy to
bonus and LTIP awards granted to our executive officers,
including our NEOs. In 2010 and going forward, in circumstances
where there is a subsequent and material negative restatement of
the Companys published financial results as a result of
fraud, the Company will seek to recover any erroneously paid
performance-based compensation.
Benefits
and Perquisites
Perquisites. Our Bermudian-based NEOs receive
various perquisites provided by or paid by the Company. James
Few, President, Aspen Reinsurance and Julian Cusack, our Chief
Risk Officer and Chairman and CEO of Bermuda, operate outside of
their home country and are based in Bermuda. They
163
are provided with the perquisites outlined below, which are
consistent with competitive practices in the Bermuda market and
have been necessary for recruitment and retention purposes.
|
|
|
|
|
Housing Allowance. Non-Bermudians are
restricted by law from owning certain property in Bermuda. This
has led to a housing market that is largely based on renting to
expatriates who work on the island. Housing allowances are a
near universal practice for expatriates and also, increasingly,
for local Bermudians in key positions. We base our housing
allowances on market information available through local
benefits surveys and from information available from the housing
market. The allowance is based on the level of the position
compared with market data.
|
|
|
|
Club Membership. This benefit is common
practice in the Bermudian market place and enables the
expatriate to settle into the community. It also has the benefit
of enabling our NEOs to establish social networks with clients
and executives in our industry in furtherance of our business.
|
|
|
|
Home Leave. This benefit is common practice
for expatriates who are working outside of their home country.
We believe that this helps the expatriate and
his/her
family keep in touch with the home country in respect of both
business and social networks. Such a benefit is provided by
other companies within our peer group, is necessary for both
recruitment and retention purposes and is important for the
success of the overseas assignment.
|
While we do provide a housing allowance to certain expatriate
executives, that is an almost universal business practice for
Bermuda-based executives. Tax
gross-ups on
Mr. Cusacks limited perquisites (i.e., housing
allowance and home leave) were implemented only after we had
required him to split his time between Bermuda and the U.K.,
which then caused Mr. Cusack to be a U.K. resident for tax
purposes, and therefore subjected him to taxation on such
perquisites, which are typically provided for expatriate
employees residing in Bermuda.
Change in
Control and Severance Benefits
In General. We provide the opportunity for
certain of our NEOs to be protected under the severance and
change in control provisions contained in their employment
agreements. We provide this opportunity to attract and retain an
appropriate caliber of talent for the position. Our severance
and change in control provisions for the named executive
officers are summarized in Employment
Agreements and Potential Payments upon
Termination or Change in Control.
164
EXECUTIVE
COMPENSATION
The following Summary Compensation Table sets forth, for the
years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the
compensation for services in all capacities earned by the
Companys Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer
and its next three most highly compensated executive officers.
These individuals are referred to as the named executive
officers.
Summary
Compensation Table(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonqualified
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
Option
|
|
Deferred
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salary
|
|
Bonus
|
|
Awards
|
|
Awards
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
Name and Principal Position
|
|
Year
|
|
($)(2)
|
|
($)(3)
|
|
($)(4)
|
|
($)(5)
|
|
Earnings ($)
|
|
($)
|
|
Total ($)
|
|
Christopher OKane,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
$
|
741,984
|
|
|
$
|
881,106
|
|
|
$
|
2,807,090
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
148,397
|
|
|
$
|
4,578,577
|
|
Chief Executive
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
$
|
740,408
|
|
|
$
|
2,256,480
|
|
|
$
|
2,792,710
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
133,273
|
|
|
$
|
5,922,871
|
|
Officer(6)
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
$
|
817,835
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,405,257
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
147,210
|
|
|
$
|
2,370,302
|
|
Richard Houghton,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
$
|
556,488
|
|
|
$
|
367,128
|
|
|
$
|
654,985
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
89,038
|
|
|
$
|
1,667,639
|
|
Chief Financial
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
$
|
560,203
|
|
|
$
|
902,592
|
|
|
$
|
930,903
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
79,248
|
|
|
$
|
2,472,946
|
|
Officer(7)
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
$
|
631,359
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
655,783
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
88,390
|
|
|
$
|
1,375,532
|
|
Julian Cusack,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
$
|
556,887
|
|
|
$
|
333,893
|
|
|
$
|
654,985
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
440,475
|
|
|
$
|
1,986,240
|
|
Chief Risk Officer(8)
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
$
|
560,203
|
|
|
$
|
902,592
|
|
|
$
|
1,396,355
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
426,239
|
|
|
$
|
3,285,389
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
$
|
534,569
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
655,783
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
460,235
|
|
|
$
|
1,650,587
|
|
Brian Boornazian,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
$
|
500,000
|
|
|
$
|
540,000
|
|
|
$
|
701,766
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
32,935
|
|
|
$
|
1,774,701
|
|
CEO of Aspen
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
$
|
492,500
|
|
|
$
|
1,350,000
|
|
|
$
|
1,163,629
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
31,434
|
|
|
$
|
3,037,563
|
|
Reinsurance(9)
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
$
|
462,500
|
|
|
$
|
245,000
|
|
|
$
|
702,628
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
31,916
|
|
|
$
|
1,442,044
|
|
James Few,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
$
|
475,000
|
|
|
$
|
437,000
|
|
|
$
|
701,766
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
313,363
|
|
|
$
|
1,927,129
|
|
President of Aspen
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
$
|
468,750
|
|
|
$
|
1,092,500
|
|
|
$
|
1,163,629
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
289,032
|
|
|
$
|
3,013,911
|
|
Reinsurance(10)
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
$
|
446,667
|
|
|
$
|
205,000
|
|
|
$
|
930,903
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
281,523
|
|
|
$
|
1,864,093
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Unless otherwise indicated,
compensation payments paid in British Pounds have been
translated into U.S. Dollars at the average exchange rate of
$1.5458 to £1, $1.567 to £1 and $1.8524 to £1 for
2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
|
|
(2)
|
|
The salaries provided represent
earned salaries.
|
|
(3)
|
|
For a description of our bonus
plan, see Compensation Discussion and Analysis
Cash Compensation Annual Cash Bonuses above.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Consists of performance share
awards and/or restricted share units, as applicable. Valuation
is based on the grant date fair values of the awards calculated
in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, without regard to
forfeiture assumptions. The awards potential maximum
value, assuming the highest level of performance conditions are
met $4,543,731, $1,060,185, $1,060,185, $1,135,907 and
$1,135,907 for Messrs. OKane, Houghton, Cusack,
Boornazian and Few, respectively.
|
|
(5)
|
|
Consists of stock options.
Valuation is based on the grant date fair values of the awards
calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, without regard
to forfeiture assumptions. Please refer to Note 16 of our
financial statements for the assumptions made with respect to
our performance share and option awards. For a description of
the forfeitures during the year, see Outstanding Equity
Awards at Fiscal Year-End below.
|
|
(6)
|
|
Mr. OKanes
compensation was paid in British Pounds. With respect to
All Other Compensation, this consists of the
Companys contribution to the pension plan of $148,397,
$133,273 and $147,210 in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
|
|
(7)
|
|
Mr. Houghtons
compensation was paid in British Pounds. With respect to
All Other Compensation this consists of the
Companys contribution to the pension plan of $89,038,
$79,248 and $88,390 in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
|
165
|
|
|
(8)
|
|
For 2008, Mr. Cusack was paid
in U.S. Dollars until May 2008. Starting in May 2008, per his
new employment agreement, he was paid in British Pounds except
for £70,000 which were paid in U.S. Dollars and converted
at the applicable exchange rate at the time of payment. For 2009
and 2010, Mr. Cusack was paid on the same basis except for
£72,000 which were paid in U.S. Dollars. For purposes of
this table, we have used the average exchange rate from
May 1, 2008 to December 31, 2008 of $1.7896:£1 in
respect of his salary paid in British Pounds in 2008. With
respect to All Other Compensation, this includes
(i) a housing allowance in Bermuda of $180,000 for each of
2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, (ii) home leave travel
expenses for Mr. Cusack and his family of $5,238, $7,329
and $28,400, for 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, (iii) a
payroll tax contribution in an amount of $16,247, $13,875 and
$11,163 for 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, (iv) club
membership fees of $7,700, $7,350 and $7,000 for 2010, 2009 and
2008, respectively, (v) the Companys contribution to
the pension plan of $111,298, $112,041 and $111,946 for 2010,
2009 and 2008, respectively, (vi) a tax
gross-up
payment in respect of Mr. Cusacks housing allowance
of $116,501, $101,511 and $114,193 for 2010, 2009 and 2008,
respectively and (vii) a tax
gross-up in
respect of Mr. Cusacks home leave of $3,492, $4,134
and $7,534 for 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
|
|
(9)
|
|
Mr. Boornazians
compensation was paid in U.S. Dollars. With respect to All
Other Compensation, this consists of (i) the
Companys contribution to the 401(K) plan (consisting of
profit sharing and matching contributions) of $22,050, $21,300
and $20,700 for 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively,
(ii) additional premium paid of $3,778, $3,778 and $4,856
for 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively for additional life
insurance and disability benefits and (iii) club membership
fees of $7,107, $6,356 and $6,360 for 2010, 2009 and 2008,
respectively.
|
|
(10)
|
|
Mr. Fews compensation
was paid in U.S. Dollars. With respect to All Other
Compensation, this includes (i) a housing allowance
in Bermuda of $180,000 for each of 2010, 2009 and 2008,
(ii) home leave travel expenses for Mr. Fews
family of $23,181, $29,286 and $31,403 for 2010, 2009 and 2008,
respectively, (iii) a payroll tax contribution in an amount
of $43,125, $16,625 and $11,163 for 2010, 2009 and 2008,
respectively, (iv) club membership fees of $9,260, $7,350
and $5,121 for 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and
(v) the Companys contribution to the pension plan of
$57,797, $55,771 and $53,837 for 2010, 2009 and 2008,
respectively.
|
Grants of
Plan-Based Awards
The following table sets forth information concerning grants of
options to purchase ordinary shares and other awards granted
during the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 to the
named executive officers:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated Future Payout Under
|
|
Closing Price
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity Incentive Plan Awards
|
|
on Date
|
|
of Stock
|
|
|
Grant
|
|
Approval
|
|
Threshold
|
|
Target
|
|
Maximum
|
|
of Grant
|
|
Awards
|
Name
|
|
Date(1)
|
|
Date(1)
|
|
(#)(2)
|
|
(#)(2)
|
|
(#)(3)
|
|
($)
|
|
(#)(4)
|
|
Christopher OKane
|
|
|
02/11/2010
|
|
|
|
02/08/2010
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
107,469
|
|
|
|
173,956
|
|
|
$
|
27.93
|
|
|
$
|
2,807,090
|
|
Richard Houghton
|
|
|
02/11/2010
|
|
|
|
02/08/2010
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
25,076
|
|
|
|
40,589
|
|
|
$
|
27.93
|
|
|
$
|
654,985
|
|
Julian Cusack
|
|
|
02/11/2010
|
|
|
|
02/08/2010
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
25,076
|
|
|
|
40,589
|
|
|
$
|
27.93
|
|
|
$
|
654,985
|
|
Brian Boornazian
|
|
|
02/11/2010
|
|
|
|
02/08/2010
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
26,867
|
|
|
|
43,488
|
|
|
$
|
27.93
|
|
|
$
|
701,766
|
|
James Few
|
|
|
02/11/2010
|
|
|
|
02/08/2010
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
26,867
|
|
|
|
43,488
|
|
|
$
|
27.93
|
|
|
$
|
701,766
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
In 2007, we adopted a policy
whereby the Compensation Committee approves annual grants at a
regularly scheduled meeting. However, if such a meeting takes
place while the Company is in a close period (i.e., prior to the
release of our quarterly or yearly earnings), the grant date
will be the day on which our close period ends. The approval
date of February 8, 2010 was during our close period, and
therefore the grant date was February 11, 2010, the day our
close period ended.
|
166
|
|
|
|
|
In respect of ad hoc grants of
RSUs (if not in a close period), in particular with respect to
new hires, the grant date is the later of (i) the date on
which the Compensation Committee approves the grant or
(ii) the date on which the employee commences employment
with the Company.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Under the terms of the 2010
performance share awards, one-third of the grant is eligible for
vesting each year. In any given year, if the ROE is less than
7%, then the portion of the grant for such year will not vest
and is forfeited. If the ROE is between 7% and 12%, the
percentage of the performance shares eligible for vesting in
that year will be between 10% and 100% on a straight-line basis.
If the ROE is between 12% and 22%, then the percentage of the
performance shares eligible for vesting in that year will be
between 100% and 200% on a straight-line basis. If in any given
year, the shares eligible for vesting are greater than 100% for
the portion of such years grant (i.e., the ROE was greater
than 12% in such year) and the average ROE over such year and
the preceding year is less than 7%, then only 100% of the shares
that are eligible for vesting in such year shall vest. The
amounts provided represent 100% of the performance shares vested
at an ROE of 12% each year. For a more detailed description of
our performance share awards granted in 2010, refer to
Narrative Description of Summary Compensation and Grants
of Plan-Based Awards Share Incentive
Plan 2010 Performance Share Awards below.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Amounts provided represent 85.6%
vesting in respect of one-third of the initial grant as our ROE
for 2010 was 11.2%, and assumes a vesting of 200% for the
remaining two-thirds of the performance shares at an ROE of 22%
each year.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Valuation is based on the grant
date fair value of the awards calculated in accordance with FASB
ASC Topic 718, without regard to forfeiture assumptions, which
is $26.12 for the performance shares granted on
February 11, 2010. Refer to Note 16 of our financial
statements for the assumptions made with respect to our
performance share awards.
|
Narrative
Description of Summary Compensation and Grants of Plan-Based
Awards
Share
Incentive Plan
We have adopted the Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited
2003 Share Incentive Plan, as amended (the
2003 Share Incentive Plan) to aid us in
recruiting and retaining key employees and directors and to
motivate such employees and directors. The 2003 Share
Incentive Plan was amended at our annual general meeting in 2005
to increase the number of shares that can be issued under the
plan. The total number of ordinary shares that may be issued
under the 2003 Share Incentive Plan is 9,476,553. On
February 5, 2008, the Compensation Committee of the Board
approved an amendment to the 2003 Share Incentive Plan
providing delegated authority to subcommittees or individuals to
grant restricted share units to individuals who are not
insiders subject to Section 16(b) of the
Exchange Act or are not expected to be covered
persons within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
The 2003 Share Incentive Plan provides for the grant to
selected employees and non-employee directors of share options,
share appreciation rights, restricted shares and other
share-based awards. The shares subject to initial grant of
options (the initial grant options) represented an
aggregate of 5.75% of our ordinary shares on a fully diluted
basis (3,884,030 shares), assuming the exercise of all
outstanding options issued to Wellington and the Names
Trustee. In addition, an aggregate of 2.5% of our ordinary
shares on a fully diluted basis (1,840,540 shares), were
reserved for additional grant or issuance of share options,
share appreciation rights, restricted shares
and/or other
share-based awards as and when determined in the sole discretion
of our Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee. No
award may be granted under the 2003 Share Incentive Plan
after the tenth anniversary of its effective date. The
2003 Share Incentive Plan provides for equitable adjustment
of affected terms of the plan and outstanding awards in the
event of any change in the outstanding ordinary shares by reason
of any share dividend or split, reorganization,
recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination
or transaction or exchange of shares or other corporate
exchange, or any distribution to shareholders of shares other
than regular cash dividends or any similar transaction. In the
event of a change in control (as defined in the 2003 Share
Incentive Plan), our Board of Directors or the Compensation
Committee may accelerate, vest or cause the restrictions to
lapse with respect to, all or any portion of an award (except
167
that shares subject to the initial grant options shall vest); or
cancel awards for fair value; or provide for the issuance of
substitute awards that substantially preserve the terms of any
affected awards; or provide that for a period of at least
15 days prior to the change in control share options will
be exercisable and that upon the occurrence of the change in
control, such options shall terminate and be of no further force
and effect.
Initial Options. The initial grant options
have a term of ten years and an exercise price of $16.20 per
share, which price was calculated based on 109% of the
calculated fair market value of our ordinary shares as of
May 29, 2003 and was determined by an independent
consultant. Sixty-five percent (65%) of the initial grant
options are subject to time-based vesting with 20% vesting upon
grant and 20% vesting on each December 31 of calendar years
2003, 2004, 2005 and 2006. The remaining 35% of the initial
grant options are subject to performance-based vesting
determined by achievement of ROE targets, and subject to
achieving a threshold combined ratio target, in each case, over
the applicable one or two-year performance period. Initial grant
options that do not vest based on the applicable performance
targets may vest in later years to the extent performance in
such years exceeds 100% of the applicable targets, and in any
event, any unvested and outstanding performance-based initial
grant options will become vested on December 31, 2009. Upon
termination of a participants employment, any unvested
options shall be forfeited, except that if the termination is
due to death or disability (as defined in the option agreement),
the time-based portion of the initial grant options shall vest
to the extent such option would have otherwise become vested
within 12 months immediately succeeding such termination
due to death or disability. Upon termination of employment,
vested initial grant options will be exercisable, subject to
expiration of the options, until (i) the first anniversary
of termination due to death or disability or, for nine members
of senior management, without cause or for good reason (as those
terms are defined in the option agreement), (ii) six months
following termination without cause or for good reason for all
other participants, (iii) three months following
termination by the participant for any reason other than those
stated in (i) or (ii) above or (iv) the date of
termination for cause. As provided in the 2003 Share
Incentive Plan, in the event of a change in control unvested and
outstanding initial grant options shall immediately become fully
vested. As at December 31, 2009, all of the options have
vested.
The initial grant options may be exercised by payment in cash or
its equivalent, in ordinary shares, in a combination of cash and
ordinary shares, or by broker-assisted cashless exercise. The
initial grant options are not transferable by a participant
during his or her lifetime other than to family members, family
trusts, and family partnerships.
2004 Options. In 2004, we granted a total of
500,113 nonqualified stock options to various employees of the
Company. Each nonqualified stock option represents the right and
option to purchase, on the terms and conditions set forth in the
agreement evidencing the grant, ordinary shares of the Company,
par value 0.15144558 cent per share. The exercise price of the
shares subject to the option is $24.44 per share, which as
determined by the 2003 Share Incentive Plan is based on the
arithmetic mean of the high and low prices of the ordinary
shares on the grant date as reported by the NYSE. Of the total
grant of 2004 options, 51.48% have vested. The remaining amounts
have been forfeited due to the performance targets not being met.
2005 Options. On March 3, 2005, we
granted an aggregate of 512,172 nonqualified stock options. The
exercise price of the shares subject to the option is $25.88 per
share, which as determined by the 2003 Share Incentive Plan
is based on the arithmetic mean of the high and low prices of
the ordinary shares on the grant date as reported by the NYSE.
We also granted an additional 13,709 nonqualified stock options
during 2005; the exercise price of those shares varied from
$25.28 to $26.46. The ROE target was not met in 2005, and as a
result, all granted options have been forfeited.
2006 Options. On February 16, 2006, we
granted an aggregate of 1,072,490 nonqualified stock options.
The exercise price of the shares subject to the option is $23.65
per share, which as determined by the 2003 Share Incentive
Plan is based on the arithmetic mean of the high and low prices
of the ordinary shares on February 17, 2006 as reported by
the NYSE. We granted an additional 142,158
168
options on August 4, 2006, for an exercise price of $23.19.
Of the total grant, 92.2% have vested, with the remaining
amounts forfeited due to performance targets not being met.
2007 Options. On May 1, 2007, the
Compensation Committee approved a grant of an aggregate of
607,641 nonqualified stock options with a grant date of
May 4, 2007. The exercise price of the shares subject to
the option is $27.28 per share, which as determined by the
2003 Share Incentive Plan is based on the arithmetic mean
of the high and low prices of the ordinary shares on May 4,
2007 as reported by the NYSE. The Compensation Committee granted
an additional 15,198 options on October 22, 2007, for an
exercise price of $27.52.
The options became fully vested and exercisable upon the third
anniversary of the date of grant, subject to the optionees
continued employment with the Company (and lack of notice of
resignation or termination). The option grants are not subject
to performance conditions. In the event the optionee is
terminated for cause (as defined in the option agreement), the
vested option shall be immediately canceled without
consideration to the extent not previously exercised.
The optionee may exercise all or any part of the vested option
at any time prior to the earliest to occur of (i) the
seventh anniversary of the date of grant, (ii) the first
anniversary of the optionees termination of employment due
to death or disability (as defined in the option agreement),
(iii) the first anniversary of the optionees
termination of employment by the Company without cause (for any
reason other than due to death or disability), (iv) three
months following the date of the optionees termination of
employment by the optionee for any reason (other than due to
death or disability), or (v) the date of the
optionees termination of employment by the Company for
cause (as defined in the option agreement).
Restricted Share Units. In 2008, we granted
67,290 RSUs to our employees which vest in one-third tranches
over three years. In 2009, we granted 97,389 RSUs to our
employees which vest in one-third tranches over three years. In
2010, we granted 168,707 RSUs to our employees which vest in
one-third tranches over three years. Vesting of a
participants units may be accelerated, however, if the
participants employment with the Company and its
subsidiaries is terminated without cause (as defined in such
participants award agreement), on account of the
participants death or disability (as defined in such
participants award agreement), or, with respect to some of
the participants, by the participant with good reason (as
defined in such participants award agreement).
Participants will be paid one ordinary share for each unit that
vests as soon as practicable following the vesting date.
Recipients of the RSUs generally will not be entitled to any
rights of a holder of ordinary shares, including the right to
vote, unless and until their units vest and ordinary shares are
issued; provided, however, that participants will be entitled to
receive dividend equivalents with respect to their units.
Dividend equivalents will be denominated in cash and paid in
cash if and when the underlying units vest. Participants may,
however, be permitted by the Company to elect to defer the
receipt of any ordinary shares upon the vesting of units, in
which case payment will not be made until such time or times as
the participant may elect. Payment of deferred share units would
be in ordinary shares with any cash dividend equivalents
credited with respect to such deferred share units paid in cash.
2004 Performance Share Awards. On
December 22, 2004, we granted an aggregate of 150,074
performance share awards to various employees of the Company.
Each performance share award represents the right to receive, on
the terms and conditions set forth in the agreement evidencing
the award, a specified number of ordinary shares of the Company,
par value 0.15144558 cent per share. Payment of performance
shares is contingent upon the achievement of specified ROE
targets. With respect to the 2004 performance share awards,
17.16% of the total grant has vested. The remainder of the 2004
performance share grants was forfeited due to the
non-achievement of performance targets.
2005 Performance Share Awards. On
March 3, 2005, we granted an aggregate of 123,002
performance share awards to various officers and other employees
and an additional 8,225 performance share awards were granted in
2005. Each performance share award represents the right to
receive, on the terms and conditions set forth in the agreement
evidencing the award, a specified number of ordinary
169
shares of the Company, par value 0.15144558 cent per share.
Payment of performance shares is contingent upon the achievement
of specified ROE targets. All 2005 performance share awards were
forfeited as the performance targets were not met.
2006 Performance Share Awards. On
February 16, 2006, we granted an aggregate of 316,912
performance share awards to various officers and other
employees. We granted an additional 1,042 performance share
awards on August 4, 2006. Each performance share award
represents the right to receive, on the terms and conditions set
forth in the agreement evidencing the award, a specified number
of ordinary shares of the Company, par value 0.15144558 cent per
share. Payment of performance shares is contingent upon the
achievement of specified ROE targets. Of the total grant, 92.2%
have vested, with the remaining amounts forfeited due to
performance targets not being met.
2007 Performance Share Awards. On May 1,
2007, the Compensation Committee approved a grant of an
aggregate of 427,796 performance share awards with a grant date
of May 4, 2007. The Compensation Committee granted an
additional 11,407 performance shares with a grant date of
October 22, 2007. Each performance share award represents
the right to receive, on the terms and conditions set forth in
the agreement evidencing the award, a specified number of
ordinary shares of the Company, par value 0.15144558 cent per
share. Of the total grant, 82.9% have vested and are issuable
upon the filing of this report, with the remaining amounts
forfeited due to performance targets not being met. Payment of
vested performance shares will occur as soon as practicable
after the date the performance shares become vested.
Participants may be required to pay to the Company, and the
Company will have the right to withhold, any applicable
withholding taxes in respect of the performance shares.
Performance shares may not be assigned, sold or otherwise
transferred by participants other than by will or by the laws of
descent and distribution.
2008 Performance Share Awards. On
April 29, 2008, the Compensation Committee approved a grant
of an aggregate of 587,095 performance share awards with a grant
date of May 2, 2008. Each performance share award
represents the right to receive, on the terms and conditions set
forth in the agreement evidencing the award, a specified number
of ordinary shares of the Company, par value 0.15144558 cent per
share. Payment of performance shares is contingent upon the
achievement of specified ROE tests each year. Of the total
grant, 55.2% have vested and are issuable upon the filing of
this report, with the remaining amounts forfeited due to
performance targets not being met.
Payment of vested performance shares will occur as soon as
practicable after the date the performance shares become vested.
Participants may be required to pay to the Company, and the
Company will have the right to withhold, any applicable
withholding taxes in respect of the performance shares.
Performance shares may not be assigned, sold or otherwise
transferred by participants other than by will or by the laws of
descent and distribution.
2009 Performance Share Awards. On
April 28, 2009, the Compensation Committee approved a grant
of an aggregate of 912,931 performance share awards with a grant
date of May 1, 2009. On October 27, 2009, the
Compensation Committee approved an additional grant of 15,221
performance share awards with a grant date of October 30,
2009. Each performance share award represents the right to
receive, on the terms and conditions set forth in the agreement
evidencing the award, a specified number of ordinary shares of
the Company, par value 0.15144558 cent per share. Payment of
performance shares is contingent upon the achievement of
specified ROE tests each year.
One-third
(1/3)
of the performance shares will become eligible for vesting upon
the later of (i) the date the Companys outside
auditors complete the audit of the Companys financial
statements containing the information necessary to compute its
ROE for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, or
(ii) the date such ROE is approved by the Board of
Directors or an authorized committee thereof (the 2009
Performance Award). No performance shares will become
eligible for vesting for the 2009 Performance Award if the ROE
for the 2009 fiscal year is less than 7%. If the Companys
ROE for the 2009 fiscal year is between 7% and 12%, then 10% to
100% of the 2009 Performance Award will be eligible for vesting
on a straight-line basis. If the ROE for the 2009 fiscal year is
between 12% and 22%, then 100% to 200% of the 2009 Performance
Award will become eligible for vesting on a straight-line basis.
170
However, if the ROE for the 2009 fiscal year is greater than 12%
and the average ROE over 2009 and the immediately preceding
fiscal year is less than 7%, then the percentage of eligible
shares for vesting will be 100%. If the ROE for the 2009 fiscal
year is greater than 12% and the average ROE over 2009 and the
immediately preceding fiscal year is 7% or greater, then the
percentage of eligible shares for vesting will vest in
accordance with the schedule for vesting described above. There
is no additional vesting if the 2009 ROE is greater than 22%.
Based on the achievement of a 2009 ROE of 18.4%, 164% of
one-third of the 2009 performance share award is eligible for
vesting.
One-third
(1/3)
of the performance shares will become eligible for vesting upon
the later of (i) the date the Companys outside
auditors complete the audit of the Companys financial
statements containing the information necessary to compute its
ROE for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, or
(ii) the date such ROE is approved by the Board of
Directors or an authorized committee thereof (the 2010
Performance Award). No performance shares will become
eligible for vesting for the 2010 Performance Award if the ROE
for the 2010 fiscal year is less than 7%. If the Companys
ROE for the 2010 fiscal year is between 7% and 12%, then 10% to
100% of the 2010 Performance Award will be eligible for vesting
on a straight-line basis. If the ROE for the 2010 fiscal year is
between 12% and 22%, then 100% to 200% of the 2010 Performance
Award will become eligible for vesting on a straight-line basis.
However, if the ROE for the 2010 fiscal year is greater than 12%
and the average ROE over 2010 and 2009 is less than 7%, then the
percentage of eligible shares for vesting will be 100%. If the
ROE for the 2010 fiscal year is greater than 12% and the average
ROE over 2010 and 2009 is 7% or greater, then the percentage of
eligible shares for vesting will vest in accordance with the
schedule for vesting described above. There is no additional
vesting if the 2010 ROE is greater than 22%. Based on the
achievement of a 2010 ROE of 11.2%, 85.6% of one-third of the
2010 performance share award is eligible for vesting.
One-third
(1/3)
of the performance shares will become eligible for vesting upon
the later of (i) the date the Companys outside
auditors complete the audit of the Companys financial
statements containing the information necessary to compute its
ROE for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, or
(ii) the date such ROE is approved by the Board of
Directors or an authorized committee thereof (the 2011
Performance Award). No performance shares will become
eligible for vesting for the 2011 Performance Award if the ROE
for the 2011 fiscal year is less than 7%. If the Companys
ROE for the 2011 fiscal year is between 7% and 12%, then 10% to
100% of the 2011 Performance Award will be eligible for vesting
on a straight-line basis. If the ROE for the 2011 fiscal year is
between 12% and 22%, then 100% to 200% of the 2011 Performance
Award will become eligible for vesting on a straight-line basis.
However, if the ROE for the 2011 fiscal year is greater than 12%
and the average ROE over 2011 and 2010 is less than 7%, then the
percentage of eligible shares for vesting will be 100%. If the
ROE for the 2011 fiscal year is greater than 12% and the average
ROE over 2011 and 2010 is 7% or greater, then the percentage of
eligible shares for vesting will vest in accordance with the
schedule for vesting described above. There is no additional
vesting if the 2011 ROE is greater than 22%.
Performance shares which are eligible for vesting, as described
above, as part of the 2009 Performance Award, the 2010
Performance Award and the 2011 Performance Award will vest upon
the later of (i) the date the Companys outside
auditors complete the audit of the Companys financial
statements containing the information necessary to compute its
ROE for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, or
(ii) the date such 2011 ROE is approved by the Board of
Directors or an authorized committee thereof, subject to the
participants continued employment (and lack of notice of
resignation or termination) until such date.
Payment of vested performance shares will occur as soon as
practicable after the date the performance shares become vested.
Participants may be required to pay to the Company, and the
Company will have the right to withhold, any applicable
withholding taxes in respect of the performance shares.
Performance shares may not be assigned, sold or otherwise
transferred by participants other than by will or by the laws of
descent and distribution.
2010 Performance Share Awards. On
February 8, 2010, the Compensation Committee approved a
grant of an aggregate of 720,098 performance share awards with a
grant date of February 11, 2010. An
171
additional 12,346 performance shares were granted on
April 16, 2010. On October 26, 2010, the Compensation
Committee approved a grant of 17,693 performance shares with a
grant date of November 1, 2010. Each performance share
award represents the right to receive, on the terms and
conditions set forth in the agreement evidencing the award, a
specified number of ordinary shares of the Company, par value
0.15144558 cent per share. Payment of performance shares is
contingent upon the achievement of specified ROE tests each year.
One-third
(1/3)
of the performance shares will become eligible for vesting upon
the later of (i) the date the Companys outside
auditors complete the audit of the Companys financial
statements containing the information necessary to compute its
ROE for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, or
(ii) the date such ROE is approved by the Board of
Directors or an authorized committee thereof (the 2010
Performance Award). No performance shares will become
eligible for vesting for the 2009 Performance Award if the ROE
for the 2010 fiscal year is less than 7%. If the Companys
ROE for the 2010 fiscal year is between 7% and 12%, then 10% to
100% of the 2010 Performance Award will be eligible for vesting
on a straight-line basis. If the ROE for the 2010 fiscal year is
between 12% and 22%, then 100% to 200% of the 2010 Performance
Award will become eligible for vesting on a straight-line basis.
However, if the ROE for the 2010 fiscal year is greater than 12%
and the average ROE over 2010 and the immediately preceding
fiscal year is less than 7%, then the percentage of eligible
shares for vesting will be 100%. If the ROE for the 2010 fiscal
year is greater than 12% and the average ROE over 2010 and the
immediately preceding fiscal year is 7% or greater, then the
percentage of eligible shares for vesting will vest in
accordance with the schedule for vesting described above. There
is no additional vesting if the 2010 ROE is greater than 22%.
Based on the achievement of a 2010 ROE of 11.2%, 85.6% of
one-third of the 2010 performance share award is eligible for
vesting.
One-third
(1/3)
of the performance shares will become eligible for vesting upon
the later of (i) the date the Companys outside
auditors complete the audit of the Companys financial
statements containing the information necessary to compute its
ROE for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, or
(ii) the date such ROE is approved by the Board of
Directors or an authorized committee thereof (the 2011
Performance Award). No performance shares will become
eligible for vesting for the 2011 Performance Award if the ROE
for the 2011 fiscal year is less than 7%. If the Companys
ROE for the 2011 fiscal year is between 7% and 12%, then 10% to
100% of the 2011 Performance Award will be eligible for vesting
on a straight-line basis. If the ROE for the 2011 fiscal year is
between 12% and 22%, then 100% to 200% of the 2011 Performance
Award will become eligible for vesting on a straight-line basis.
However, if the ROE for the 2011 fiscal year is greater than 12%
and the average ROE over 2011 and 2010 is less than 7%, then the
percentage of eligible shares for vesting will be 100%. If the
ROE for the 2010 fiscal year is greater than 12% and the average
ROE over 2011 and 2010 is 7% or greater, then the percentage of
eligible shares for vesting will vest in accordance with the
schedule for vesting described above. There is no additional
vesting if the 2010 ROE is greater than 22%.
One-third
(1/3)
of the performance shares will become eligible for vesting upon
the later of (i) the date the Companys outside
auditors complete the audit of the Companys financial
statements containing the information necessary to compute its
ROE for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, or
(ii) the date such ROE is approved by the Board of
Directors or an authorized committee thereof (the 2012
Performance Award). No performance shares will become
eligible for vesting for the 2012 Performance Award if the ROE
for the 2012 fiscal year is less than 7%. If the Companys
ROE for the 2012 fiscal year is between 7% and 12%, then 10% to
100% of the 2012 Performance Award will be eligible for vesting
on a straight-line basis. If the ROE for the 2012 fiscal year is
between 12% and 22%, then 100% to 200% of the 2012 Performance
Award will become eligible for vesting on a straight-line basis.
However, if the ROE for the 2012 fiscal year is greater than 12%
and the average ROE over 2012 and 2011 is less than 7%, then the
percentage of eligible shares for vesting will be 100%. If the
ROE for the 2012 fiscal year is greater than 12% and the average
ROE over 2011 and 2010 is 7% or greater, then the percentage of
eligible shares for vesting will vest in accordance with the
schedule for vesting described above. There is no additional
vesting if the 2012 ROE is greater than 22%.
172
Performance shares which are eligible for vesting, as described
above, as part of the 2010 Performance Award, the 2011
Performance Award and the 2012 Performance Award will vest upon
the later of (i) the date the Companys outside
auditors complete the audit of the Companys financial
statements containing the information necessary to compute its
ROE for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, or
(ii) the date such 2012 ROE is approved by the Board of
Directors or an authorized committee thereof, subject to the
participants continued employment (and lack of notice of
resignation or termination) until such date.
Payment of vested performance shares will occur as soon as
practicable after the date the performance shares become vested.
Participants may be required to pay to the Company, and the
Company will have the right to withhold, any applicable
withholding taxes in respect of the performance shares.
Performance shares may not be assigned, sold or otherwise
transferred by participants other than by will or by the laws of
descent and distribution.
2011 Performance Share Awards. On
February 3, 2011, the Compensation Committee approved a
grant of an aggregate of 853,223 performance share awards with a
grant date of February 9, 2011. The performance shares will
be subject to a three-year vesting period with a separate annual
ROE test for each year. One-third of the grant will be eligible
for vesting each year based on a formula, and will only be
issuable at the end of the three-year period. If the ROE
achieved in 2011 is less than 6%, then the portion of the
performance shares subject to the vesting conditions in such
year will be forfeited (i.e. 33.33% of the initial grant). If
the ROE achieved in 2011 is between 6% and 11%, then the
percentage of the performance shares eligible for vesting will
be between 10% and 100% on a straight-line basis. If the ROE
achieved in 2011 is between 11% and 21%, then the percentage of
the performance shares eligible for vesting will be between 100%
and 200% on a straight-line basis. The Compensation Committee
will determine the vesting conditions for the 2012 and 2013
portions of the grant in such years taking into consideration
the market conditions and the Companys business plans at
the commencement of the years concerned. Notwithstanding the
vesting criteria for each given year, if in any given year, the
shares eligible for vesting are greater than 100% for the
portion of such years grant and the average ROE over such
year and the preceding year is less than the average of the
minimum vesting thresholds for such year and the preceding year,
then only 100% (and no more) of the shares that are eligible for
vesting in such year shall vest. If the average ROE over the two
years is greater than the average of the minimum vesting
thresholds for such year and the preceding year, then there will
be no diminution in vesting and the shares eligible for vesting
in such year will vest in accordance with the vesting schedule
without regard to the average ROE over the two-year period.
Employment-Related
Agreements
The following information summarizes the (i) service
agreements for Mr. OKane, which commenced on
September 24, 2004, (ii) amended and restated service
agreement for Mr. Cusack which became effective when he
assumed his duties as Chief Operating Officer in May 2008,
(iii) service agreement for Mr. Houghton dated
April 3, 2007, (iv) employment agreement for
Mr. Boornazian which commenced on January 12, 2004 (as
supplemented by addendum dated February 5, 2008 and as
further amended effective October 28, 2008,
December 31, 2008 and February 8, 2010) and
(v) service agreement for Mr. Few which commenced on
March 10, 2005. In respect of each of the agreements with
Messrs. OKane, Cusack, Houghton, Few and Boornazian:
(i) in the case of Messrs. OKane, Houghton and
Cusack, employment terminates automatically when the employee
reaches 65 years of age, but in the case of Mr. Few
employment will terminate automatically when the employee
reaches 60 years of age;
(ii) in the case of Messrs. OKane, Houghton,
Cusack and Few, employment may be terminated for cause if:
|
|
|
|
|
the employee becomes bankrupt, is convicted of a criminal
offence (other than a traffic violation or a crime with a
penalty other than imprisonment), commits serious misconduct or
|
173
|
|
|
|
|
other conduct bringing the employee or Aspen Holdings or any of
its subsidiaries into disrepute;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the employee materially breaches any provisions of the service
agreement or conducts himself in a manner prejudicial to the
business;
|
|
|
|
the employee is disqualified from being a director in the case
of Messrs. OKane, Cusack and Houghton; or
|
|
|
|
the employee breaches any code of conduct or ceases to be
registered by any regulatory body;
|
(iii) in the case of Messrs. OKane, Cusack and
Few, employment may be terminated if the employee materially
breaches any provision of the shareholders agreement with
Aspen Holdings and such breach is not cured by the employee
within 21 days after receiving notice from the Company;
(iv) in the case of Mr. Boornazian, employment may be
terminated for cause if:
|
|
|
|
|
the employees willful misconduct is materially injurious
to Aspen Re America or its affiliates;
|
|
|
|
the employee intentionally fails to act in accordance with the
direction of the Chief Executive Officer or Board;
|
|
|
|
the employee is convicted of a felony;
|
|
|
|
the employee violates a law, rule or regulation that governs
Aspen Re Americas business, has a material adverse effect
on Aspen Re Americas business, or disqualifies him from
employment; or
|
|
|
|
the employee intentionally breaches a non-compete or
non-disclosure agreement;
|
(v) in the case of Messrs. OKane, Houghton,
Cusack and Few, employment may be terminated by the employee
without notice for good reason if:
|
|
|
|
|
the employees annual salary or bonus opportunity is
reduced;
|
|
|
|
there is a material diminution in the employees duties,
authority, responsibilities or title, or the employee is
assigned duties materially inconsistent with his position;
|
|
|
|
the employee is removed from any of his positions (or in the
case of Mr. OKane is not elected or re-elected to
such positions);
|
|
|
|
an adverse change in the employees reporting relationship
occurs in the case of Messrs. OKane, Cusack and
Few; or
|
|
|
|
the employee is required to relocate more than 50 miles
from the employees current office;
|
|
|
|
provided that, in each case, the default has not been cured
within 30 days of receipt of a written notice from the
employee;
|
(vi) in the case of Mr. Boornazian, employment may be
terminated by the employee for good reason upon
90 days notice if:
|
|
|
|
|
there is a material diminution in the employees
responsibilities, duties, title or authority;
|
|
|
|
the employees annual salary is materially reduced; or
|
|
|
|
there is a material breach by the Company of the employment
agreement;
|
(vii) in the case of Mr. OKane, if the employee
is terminated without cause or resigns with good reason, the
employee is entitled (subject to execution of a release) to
(a) salary at his salary rate through the date in which his
termination occurs; (b) the lesser of (x) the target
annual incentive award for the year in which the employees
termination occurs, and (y) the average of the annual
174
incentive awards received by the employee in the prior three
years (or, number of years employed if fewer), multiplied by a
fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days that the
employee was employed during the applicable year and the
denominator of which is 365; (c) a severance payment to two
times the sum of (x) the employees highest salary
during the term of the agreement and (y) the average annual
bonus paid to the executive in the previous three years (or
lesser period if employed less than three years); and
(d) the unpaid balance of all previously earned cash bonus
and other incentive awards with respect to performance periods
which have been completed, but which have not yet been paid, all
of which amounts shall be payable in a lump sum in cash within
30 days after termination. Fifty percent of this severance
payment is paid to the employee within 14 days of the
execution by the employee of a valid release and the remaining
50% is paid in four equal installments during the 12 months
following the first anniversary of the date of termination,
conditional on the employee complying with the non-solicitation
provisions applying during that period;
(viii) in the case of Messrs. Houghton, Cusack and
Few, if the employee is terminated without cause or resigns with
good reason, the employee is entitled (subject to execution of a
release) to (a) salary at his salary rate through the date
in which his termination occurs; (b) the lesser of
(x) the target annual incentive award for the year in which
the employees termination occurs, and (y) the average
of the annual incentive awards received by the employee in the
prior three years (or, number of years employed if fewer),
multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number
of days that the employee was employed during the applicable
year and the denominator of which is 365; (c) a severance
payment of the sum of (x) the employees highest
salary rate during the term of the agreement and (y) the
average bonus under the Companys annual incentive plan
actually earned by the employee during the three years (or
number of complete years employed, if fewer) immediately prior
to the year of termination; and (d) the unpaid balance of
all previously earned cash bonus and other incentive awards with
respect to performance periods which have been completed, but
which have not yet been paid, all of which amounts shall be
payable in a lump sum in cash within 30 days after
termination. In the event that the employee is paid in lieu of
notice under the agreement (including if the Company exercises
its right to enforce garden leave under the agreement) the
severance payment will be inclusive of that payment;
(ix) in the case of Mr. Boornazian, if the employee is
terminated without cause or resigns with good reason, the
employee is entitled (subject to execution of a release) to
(a) salary at his salary rate through the date in which his
termination occurs, payable within 20 days after the normal
payment date; (b) payment in equal installments during the
remaining term of the employees employment of an amount
equal to (x) the employees highest salary rate during
the term of the agreement and (y) the average bonus under
the Companys annual incentive plan actually earned by the
employee during the three years immediately prior to the year of
termination; (c) a payment equal to the actual annual
incentive award for the year in which the employees
termination occurs, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of
which is the number of days that the employee was employed
during the applicable year and the denominator of which is 365,
payable when bonuses are normally paid; and (d) any earned
but unpaid annual bonus, payable within 20 days after the
normal payment date;
(x) in the case of Messrs. OKane, Houghton,
Cusack, Boornazian and Few, if the employee is terminated
without cause or resigns for good reason in the six months prior
to a change of control or the two-year period following a change
of control, in addition to the benefits discussed above, all
share options and other equity-based awards granted to the
executive during the course of the agreement shall immediately
vest and remain exercisable in accordance with their terms. In
addition, in the case of Mr. OKane, he may be
entitled to excise tax
gross-up
payments;
(xi) the agreements contain provisions relating to
reimbursement of expenses, confidentiality, non-competition and
non-solicitation; and
175
(xii) in the case of Messrs. OKane, Houghton,
Cusack and Few, the employees have for the benefit of their
respective beneficiaries life insurance (and in the case of
Mr. Boornazian supplemental life insurance benefits). There
are no key man insurance policies in place.
Christopher OKane. Mr. OKane
entered into a service agreement with Aspen U.K. Services and
Aspen Holdings under which he has agreed to serve as Chief
Executive Officer of Aspen Holdings and Aspen U.K. and director
of both companies, terminable upon 12 months notice
by either party. The agreement originally provided that
Mr. OKane shall be paid an annual salary of
£346,830, subject to annual review.
Mr. OKanes service agreement also entitles him
to participate in all management incentive plans and other
employee benefits and fringe benefit plans made available to
other senior executives or employees generally, including
continued membership in the Companys pension scheme,
medical insurance, permanent health insurance, personal accident
insurance and life insurance. The service agreement also
provides for a discretionary bonus to be awarded annually as the
Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors may determine.
Effective April 1, 2009, Mr. OKanes salary
was £480,000. For 2010, no salary increase was approved.
Effective April 1, 2011, Mr. OKanes salary
will be £527,500.
Richard Houghton. Mr. Houghton entered
into a service agreement with Aspen U.K. Services under which he
agreed to serve as Chief Financial Officer of Aspen Holdings,
terminable upon 12 months notice by either party. The
agreement originally provided that Mr. Houghton shall be
paid an annual salary of £320,000, subject to annual
review. Mr. Houghtons service agreement also entitles
him to participate in all management incentive plans and other
employee benefits and fringe benefit plans made available to
other senior executives or employees generally, including
continued membership in the Companys pension scheme and to
medical insurance, permanent health insurance, personal accident
insurance and life insurance. The service agreement also
provides for a discretionary bonus, based on a bonus potential
of 100% of salary which may be exceeded, to be awarded annually
as the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors may
determine. Effective April 1, 2009,
Mr. Houghtons salary was £360,000. For 2010, no
salary increase was approved. Effective April 1, 2011,
Mr. Houghtons salary will be £370,000.
Julian Cusack. Mr. Cusack entered into
service agreements with effect from May 1, 2008 to serve as
Group Chief Operating Officer and to continue to serve as Chief
Executive Officer and Chairman of Aspen Bermuda, terminable upon
12 months notice by either party. With his more
recent appointment as Chief Risk Officer, his employment
agreement has not changed. The agreements provide that
Mr. Cusack shall be paid an annual salary of £350,000,
subject to annual review. Mr. Cusack is also entitled to
reimbursement of housing costs in Bermuda, up to a maximum of
$180,000 per annum, two return airfares per annum for him and
his family from Bermuda to the U.K. as well as reimbursement of
reasonable relocation expenses. The service contracts also
provide for the payment by the Company of U.K. income tax
attributable to the reimbursement of Bermuda housing expenses
and home leave. Mr. Cusacks service agreement also
entitles him to participate in all management incentive plans
and other employee benefits and fringe benefit plans made
available to other senior executives or employees generally,
including continued membership in the Companys pension
scheme and to medical insurance, permanent health insurance,
personal accident insurance and life insurance. The service
agreement also provides for a discretionary bonus based on a
bonus potential of 100% of his salary to be awarded annually as
the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors may
determine. Effective April 1, 2009, Mr. Cusacks
salary was £360,000. For 2010, no salary increase was
approved. Effective April 1, 2011, Mr. Cusacks
salary will be £370,000.
Brian Boornazian. Mr. Boornazian entered
into an employment agreement with Aspen U.S. Services under
which he has agreed to serve as President and Chief Underwriting
Officer, Property Reinsurance, of Aspen Re America for a
three-year term, with annual extensions thereafter. The
agreement originally provided that Mr. Boornazian will be
paid an annual salary of $330,000, subject to review from time
to time, as well as a discretionary bonus, and shall be eligible
to participate in all incentive compensation, retirement and
deferred compensation plans available generally to senior
176
officers. Effective April 1, 2009,
Mr. Boornazians salary was $500,000. For 2010, no
salary increase was approved. Effective April 1, 2011,
Mr. Boornazians salary will be $540,000.
On February 5, 2008, the Compensation Committee approved an
amendment to Mr. Boornazians employment agreement to
include a clause in respect of change of control. Senior
executives reporting to the Chief Executive Officer of the
Company have service agreements that are consistent in their
principal terms, including with respect to
change-of-control
provisions; however, this clause was not included in
Mr. Boornazians original service agreement. The
clause provides that if Mr. Boornazian is terminated
without cause or resigns for good reason in the six-month period
prior to a change in control or the two-year period after a
change in control, all share options and other equity-based
awards granted to Mr. Boornazian during the course of the
agreement will immediately vest and remain exercisable in
accordance with their terms. Mr. Boornazians
agreement was further amended on October 28, 2008 and
December 31, 2008 to reflect compliance with Internal
Revenue Code Section 409A (409A) and on
February 11, 2010 reflecting the Compensation
Committees approval on October 27, 2009 to amend his
severance provision to more closely resemble the severance
provisions of our other executives who head our business lines.
James Few. Mr. Few entered into a service
agreement with Aspen Bermuda under which he has agreed to serve
as Head of Property Reinsurance and Chief Underwriting Officer
of Aspen Bermuda. The agreement may be terminated upon
12 months notice by either party. The agreement
originally provided that Mr. Few will be paid an annual
salary of $400,000, subject to annual review. Mr. Few is
also provided with an annual housing allowance of $180,000, two
return airfares between Bermuda and the U.K. per annum for
himself and his family and reasonable relocation costs. The
agreement also entitles him to private medical insurance,
permanent health insurance, personal accident insurance and life
assurance. Under the agreement Mr. Few remains a member of
the Aspen U.K. Services pension scheme. The service agreement
also provides for a discretionary bonus to be awarded at such
times and at such level as the Compensation Committee of our
Board of Directors may determine. Effective April 1, 2009,
Mr. Fews salary was $475,000. For 2010, no salary
increase was approved. Effective April 1, 2011,
Mr. Fews salary will be $515,000.
177
Retirement
Benefits
We do not have a defined benefit plan. Generally, retirement
benefits are provided to our named executive officers according
to their home country.
United Kingdom. In the U.K. we have a defined
contribution plan which was established in 2005 for our U.K.
employees. All permanent and fixed term employees are eligible
to join the plan. Messrs. OKane, Houghton, Cusack and
Few were all participants in the plan during 2008. The employee
contributes 3% of their base salary into the plan. The employer
contributions made to the pension plan are based on a percentage
of base salary based on the age of the employee. There are two
scales: a standard scale for all U.K. participants; and a
directors scale which applies to certain key senior
employees who were founders of the Company or who are executive
directors of our Board of Directors. Messrs OKane,
Houghton and Cusack were paid employer contributions based on
the directors scale.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee
|
|
|
|
Company
|
|
|
Contribution
|
|
|
|
Contribution
|
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
Age of
|
|
Percentage of
|
Scale
|
|
Salary
|
|
Employee
|
|
Employees Salary
|
|
Standard Scale
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
|
|
18 - 19
|
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
|
|
20 - 24
|
|
|
|
7
|
%
|
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
|
|
25 - 29
|
|
|
|
8
|
%
|
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
|
|
30 - 34
|
|
|
|
9.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
|
|
35 - 39
|
|
|
|
10.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
|
|
40 - 44
|
|
|
|
12
|
%
|
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
|
|
45 - 49
|
|
|
|
13.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
|
|
50 - 54
|
|
|
|
14.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
|
|
55 plus
|
|
|
|
15.5
|
%
|
Director Scale
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
|
|
20 - 24
|
|
|
|
7
|
%
|
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
|
|
25 - 29
|
|
|
|
8
|
%
|
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
|
|
30 - 34
|
|
|
|
9.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
|
|
35 - 39
|
|
|
|
12
|
%
|
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
|
|
40 - 44
|
|
|
|
14
|
%
|
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
|
|
45 - 49
|
|
|
|
16
|
%
|
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
|
|
50 - 54
|
|
|
|
18
|
%
|
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
|
|
55 plus
|
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
The employee and employer contributions are paid to individual
investment accounts set up in the name of the employee.
Employees may choose from a selection of investment funds
although the
day-to-day
management of the investments are undertaken by professional
investment managers. At retirement this fund is then used to
purchase retirement benefits.
If an employee leaves the Company before retirement all
contributions to the account will cease. If an employee has at
least two years of qualifying service, the employee has the
option of (i) keeping his or her account, in which case the
full value in the pension will continue to be invested until
retirement age, or (ii) transferring the value of the
account either to another employers approved pension plan
or to an approved personal pension plan. Where an employee
leaves the Company with less than two years of service, such
employee will receive a refund equal to the part of their
account which represents their own contributions only. This
refund is subject to U.K. tax and social security.
In the event of death in service before retirement, the pension
plan provides a lump sum death benefit equal to four times the
employees basic salary, plus, where applicable, a
dependents pension equal to 30% of the employees
basic salary and a childrens pension equal to 15% of the
employees basic salary for one child and up to 30% of the
employees basic salary for two or more children. Under
U.K. legislation, these benefits are subject to notional
earnings limits (currently £108,600 for 2006/2007,
£112,800 for 2007/2008 and £117,600 for 2008/2009 and
£123,600 for 2009/10 and 2010/11). From April 2011, the
notional earnings limit has been removed due to a change in our
life insurance provider whereby the standard life assurance
cover has been combined with the accepted life assurance cover,
which has the impact of removing the notional earnings limit.
Where an employees basic salary is
178
greater than the notional earnings maximum, an additional
benefit is provided through a separate cover outside the pension
plan.
In 2010, we established an Employer-Financed Retirement Benefits
Scheme which was particularly suitable for our U.K. employees.
All employees between the ages of 18 and 60 whose duties are
performed outside of Guernsey are eligible to participate.
Messrs. OKane and Houghton participated in the plan
during 2010. The plan is a trust based, defined contribution
pension vehicle, whereby the funds are invested by the trustees
in order to provide retirement benefits. Funds are held in a
trust in Guernsey.
Employer contributions are made in respect of employees, as
agreed between us and the employee, in return for a reduction in
his or her remuneration. Each participating employee will have a
separate account under the plan, reflecting the value of
employer contributions on his or her behalf, the investment
return and charges.
At retirement on or after reaching the age of 55, an employee
may receive up to 25% of the value of his or her account as a
lump sum, and the remainder of the account will be used to
purchase a lifetime annuity or to fund an unsecured pension, at
the employees election. If an employee terminates
employment with us earlier (other than in the case of
incapacity), the employee will receive his or her retirement
benefits at the time of his or her retirement on or after
reaching the age of 55. Upon an employees death, the value
of his or her retirement account will be paid in a lump sum or
in the form of a lifetime annuity or other pension, in the
discretion of the plans trustees, to his or her
beneficiaries.
Due to changing tax conditions within the U.K. it is our
intention to close this plan in 2011.
United States. In the U.S., we operate a
401(k) plan. Employees of Aspen U.S. Services are eligible
to participate in this plan. Mr. Boornazian participates in
this plan.
Participants may elect a salary reduction contribution into the
401(k) plan. Their taxable income is then reduced by the amount
contributed into the plan. This lets participants reduce their
current federal and most state income taxes. The 401(k) safe
harbor plan allows employees to contribute a percentage of their
salaries (up to the maximum deferral limit set forth in the
plan). We make a qualified matching contribution of 100% of the
employees salary reduction contribution up to 3% of their
salary, plus a matching contribution of 50% of the
employees salary reduction contribution from 3% to 5% of
their salary for each payroll period. The employers
matching contribution is subject to limits based on the
employees earnings as set by the IRS annually.
Participants are always fully vested in their 401(k) plan with
respect to their contributions and the employers matching
contributions.
Discretionary profit sharing contributions are made annually to
all employees by Aspen U.S. Services and are based on the
following formula:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contribution
|
|
|
by the
|
|
|
Company as a
|
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
|
Employees
|
Age of Employee
|
|
Salary
|
|
20 - 29
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
30 - 39
|
|
|
4
|
%
|
40 - 49
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
50 and older
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
Profit sharing contributions are paid in the first quarter of
each year in respect the previous fiscal year. The profit
sharing contributions are subject to a limit based on the
employees earnings as set by the IRS annually. The profit
sharing contributions are subject to the following vesting
schedule:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vesting
|
Years of Vesting Service
|
|
Percentage
|
|
Less than 3 years
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
3 years
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
179
Once the employee has three years of service, his or her profit
sharing contributions are fully vested and all future
contributions are vested.
Outstanding
Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End
The following table sets forth information concerning
outstanding options to purchase ordinary shares and other stock
awards by the named executive officers during the twelve months
ended December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option Awards
|
|
|
Stock Awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
Incentive Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incentive
|
|
|
Awards:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan Awards:
|
|
|
Market
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incentive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Market
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Value or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Plan Awards:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Value of
|
|
|
Unearned
|
|
|
Payout Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares or
|
|
|
Shares or
|
|
|
Shares,
|
|
|
of Unearned
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Units of
|
|
|
Units of
|
|
|
Units or
|
|
|
Shares, Units or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock That
|
|
|
Stock That
|
|
|
Other Rights
|
|
|
Other Rights
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options (#)
|
|
|
Options (#)
|
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Have Not
|
|
|
Have Not
|
|
|
That Have
|
|
|
That Have
|
|
|
|
Year of
|
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
|
Unexer-
|
|
|
Unearned
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Expiration
|
|
|
Vested (#)
|
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
Not Vested
|
|
|
Not Vested
|
|
Name
|
|
Grant
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
|
cisable
|
|
|
Options (#)(1)
|
|
|
Price ($)
|
|
|
Date
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
|
($)(2)
|
|
|
(#)(1)
|
|
|
($)(2)
|
|
|
Christopher OKane
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
991,830
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
16.20
|
|
|
|
08/20/2013
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
23,603
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
24.44
|
|
|
|
12/23/2014
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
25.88
|
|
|
|
03/03/2015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
87,719
|
(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
23.65
|
|
|
|
02/16/2016
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
75,988
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
27.28
|
|
|
|
05/04/2014
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47,281
|
(7)
|
|
$
|
1,353,182
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,694
|
(8)
|
|
$
|
907,082
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
146,399
|
(9)
|
|
$
|
4,189,939
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
102,310
|
(10)
|
|
$
|
2,928,112
|
|
Richard Houghton
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
12,158
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
27.28
|
|
|
|
05/04/2014
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,565
|
(7)
|
|
$
|
216,510
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,790
|
(8)
|
|
$
|
423,290
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
48,800
|
(9)
|
|
$
|
1,396,656
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23,873
|
(10)
|
|
$
|
683,245
|
|
Julian Cusack
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
133,474
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
16.20
|
|
|
|
08/20/2013
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
14,162
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
24.44
|
|
|
|
12/23/2014
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
25.88
|
|
|
|
03/03/2015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
59,033
|
(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
23.65
|
|
|
|
02/16/2016
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
18,997
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
27.28
|
|
|
|
05/04/2014
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,820
|
(7)
|
|
$
|
338,288
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,790
|
(8)
|
|
$
|
423,290
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
73,199
|
(9)
|
|
$
|
2,094,955
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23,873
|
(10)
|
|
$
|
683,245
|
|
Brian Boornazian
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
7,868
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
24.44
|
|
|
|
12/23/2014
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
25.88
|
|
|
|
03/03/2015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
51,862
|
(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
23.65
|
|
|
|
02/16/2016
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
45,593
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
27.28
|
|
|
|
05/04/2014
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,369
|
(7)
|
|
$
|
811,921
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,847
|
(8)
|
|
$
|
453,541
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60,999
|
(9)
|
|
$
|
1,745,791
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,578
|
(10)
|
|
$
|
732,042
|
|
James Few
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
16.20
|
|
|
|
08/20/2013
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
35,404
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
24.44
|
|
|
|
12/23/2014
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
25.88
|
|
|
|
03/03/2015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
63,409
|
(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
23.65
|
|
|
|
02/16/2016
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
41,793
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
27.28
|
|
|
|
05/04/2014
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26,005
|
(7)
|
|
$
|
744,263
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,678
|
(8)
|
|
$
|
362,844
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60,999
|
(9)
|
|
$
|
1,745,791
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,578
|
(10)
|
|
$
|
732,042
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
For a description of the terms of
the grants and the related vesting schedule, see Narrative
Description of Summary Compensation and Grants of Plan-Based
Awards Share Incentive Plan above.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Calculated based upon the closing
price of $28.62 per share of the Companys ordinary shares
at December 31, 2010.
|
180
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
As the performance targets for the
2004 options were not fully met based on the 2004 ROE achieved,
51.48% of the grant vested and the remaining portion of the
grant was forfeited.
|
|
(4)
|
|
As the performance targets have
not been met, the 2005 options were forfeited.
|
|
(5)
|
|
As the performance targets for the
2006 options were not fully met, 92.2% of the grant vested and
the remaining portion of the grant was forfeited.
|
|
(6)
|
|
With respect to the 2005
performance shares, of which one-third of the grant is earned
based on the achievement of the 2005 ROE target and two-thirds
have a performance condition based on an average three-year
(2005-2007)
ROE, one-third of the grants has been forfeited as the 2005 ROE
target has not been met. As the performance target for 2005, and
the average performance target for
2005-2007
were not met, the entire grant has been forfeited.
|
|
(7)
|
|
With respect to the 2007
performance shares, amount represents (i) 166% vesting in
respect of one-fourth of the initial grant as our ROE for 2007
was 21.6%, (ii) no vesting for one-fourth of the grant in
respect of the 2008 ROE as it was less than 10%, (iii) 134%
vesting in respect of one-fourth of the grant as our ROE for
2009 was 18.4% and (iv) 31.6% vesting in respect of
one-fourth of the grant as our ROE for 2010 was 11.2%. These
performance shares vest and become issuable upon the filing of
this report.
|
|
(8)
|
|
With respect to the 2008
performance shares, amount represents (i) no vesting in
respect of one-third of the initial grant as our ROE for 2008
was less than 10%, (ii) 134% vesting in respect of
one-third of the grant as our ROE for 2009 was 18.4% and
(iii) 31.6% vesting in respect of one-fourth of the grant
as our ROE for 2010 was 11.2%. These performance shares vest and
become issuable upon the filing of this report.
|
|
(9)
|
|
With respect to the 2009
performance shares, amount represents (i) 164% vesting in
respect of one-third of the grant as our ROE for 2009 was 18.4%,
(ii) 85.6% vesting in respect of one-third of the grant as
our ROE for 2010 was 11.2% and (iii) assumes a vesting of
100% for the remaining one-third of the grant.
|
|
(10)
|
|
With respect to the 2010
performance shares, amount represents (i) 85.6% vesting in
respect of one-third of the grant as our ROE for 2010 was 11.2%,
and (ii) assumes a vesting of 100% for the remaining
two-thirds of the grant.
|
Option
Exercises and Stock Vested
The following table summarizes stock option exercises and share
issuances by our named executive officers during the twelve
months ended December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option Awards
|
|
|
Stock Awards
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
Acquired on
|
|
|
Realized on
|
|
|
Acquired on
|
|
|
Realized on
|
|
Name
|
|
Exercise (#)
|
|
|
Exercise ($)
|
|
|
Vesting (#)
|
|
|
Vesting ($)(2)
|
|
|
Christopher OKane
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Richard Houghton
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,667
|
|
|
$
|
76,916
|
|
Julian Cusack
|
|
|
75,000
|
|
|
$
|
930,107
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brian Boornazian
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James Few
|
|
|
97,930
|
|
|
$
|
1,355,616
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Value realized is calculated based
on the sale price on the date of exercise less the exercise
price.
|
|
(2)
|
|
The restricted share units for
Mr. Houghton vested on March 31, 2010. The market
value was calculated based on the closing price of $28.84 on
March 31, 2010. The amounts reflect the amount vested
(gross of tax).
|
181
Potential
Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control
Assuming the employment of our named executive officers were to
be terminated without cause or for good reason (as defined in
their respective employment agreements), each as of
December 31, 2010, the following individuals would be
entitled to payments and to accelerated vesting of their
outstanding equity awards, as described in the table below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Christopher OKane(1)
|
|
Richard Houghton(1)
|
|
Julian Cusack(1)
|
|
|
|
|
Value of
|
|
|
|
Value of
|
|
|
|
Value of
|
|
|
Total Cash
|
|
Accelerated
|
|
Total Cash
|
|
Accelerated
|
|
Total Cash
|
|
Accelerated
|
|
|
Payout
|
|
Equity Awards
|
|
Payout
|
|
Equity Awards
|
|
Payout
|
|
Equity Awards
|
|
Termination without Cause (or other than for Cause) or for
Good Reason(2)
|
|
$
|
4,853,812
|
(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,407,708
|
(8)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,566,742
|
(10)
|
|
|
|
|
Death(3)
|
|
$
|
1,112,976
|
|
|
$
|
6,129,311
|
|
|
$
|
556,488
|
|
|
$
|
1,841,719
|
|
|
$
|
556,488
|
|
|
$
|
2,462,100
|
|
Disability(4)
|
|
$
|
370,992
|
|
|
$
|
6,129,311
|
|
|
$
|
278,244
|
|
|
$
|
1,841,719
|
|
|
$
|
278,244
|
|
|
$
|
2,462,100
|
|
Change in Control(5)
|
|
$
|
4,853,812
|
(6)
|
|
$
|
9,378,310
|
(7)
|
|
$
|
1,407,708
|
(8)
|
|
$
|
2,719,666
|
(9)
|
|
$
|
1,566,742
|
(10)
|
|
$
|
3,539,796
|
(11)
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
The calculation for the payouts
for Messrs. OKane, Houghton and Cusack were converted
from British Pounds into U.S. Dollars at the average exchange
rate of $1.5458 to £1 for 2010.
|
|
(2)
|
|
For a description of termination
provisions, see Narrative Description of Summary
Compensation and Grants of Plan-Based Awards
Employment-Related Agreements above.
|
|
(3)
|
|
In respect of death, the
executives are entitled to the pro rated annual bonus based on
the actual bonus earned for the year in which the date of
termination occurs. This amount represents 100% of the bonus
potential for 2010. In addition, the Compensation Committee
approved amendments to the terms of the awards granted under the
2003 Share Incentive Plan where in the event of death or
disability, the amount of performance share awards that have
already met their vesting criteria but have not vested yet,
would vest and be issued. Any options granted would continue to
vest under the terms of their agreement. Similarly, restricted
share unit awards will accelerate and vest upon death or
disability.
|
|
(4)
|
|
In respect of disability, the
executive would be entitled to six months salary after
which he would be entitled to long-term disability benefits
under our health insurance coverage. In addition, the
Compensation Committee approved amendments to the terms of the
awards granted under the 2003 Share Incentive Plan where in
the event of death or disability, the amount of performance
share awards that have already met their vesting criteria but
have not vested yet, would vest and be issued. Any options
granted would continue to vest under the terms of their
agreement. Similarly, restricted share unit awards will
accelerate and vest upon death or disability.
|
|
(5)
|
|
The total cash payout and the
acceleration of vesting are provided only if the employment of
the above named executive is terminated by the Company without
Cause or by the executive with Good Reason (as described above
under Employment-Related Agreements and as defined
in each of the individuals respective employment
agreement) within the six-month period prior to a change in
control or within a two-year period after a change in control.
The occurrence of any of the following events constitutes a
Change in Control:
|
|
|
|
(A) the sale or disposition,
in one or a series of related transactions, of all or
substantially all, of the assets of the Company to any person or
group (other than (x) any subsidiary of the Company or
(y) any entity that is a holding company of the Company
(other than any holding company which became a holding company
in a transaction that resulted in a Change in Control) or any
subsidiary of such holding company);
|
|
|
|
(B) any person or group is or
becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more
than 30% of the combined voting power of the voting shares of
the Company (or any entity which is the beneficial owner of more
than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting shares of
the Company), including by way of merger, consolidation, tender
or exchange offer or otherwise; excluding, however, the
following: (i) any acquisition directly from the Company,
(ii) any acquisition by the Company, (iii) any
acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust)
sponsored or
|
182
|
|
|
|
|
maintained by the Company or any
corporation controlled by the Company, or (iv) any
acquisition by a person or group if immediately after such
acquisition a person or group who is a shareholder of the
Company on the effective date of our 2003 Share Incentive
Plan continues to own voting power of the voting shares of the
Company that is greater than the voting power owned by such
acquiring person or group;
|
|
|
|
(C) the consummation of any
transaction or series of transactions resulting in a merger,
consolidation or amalgamation, in which the Company is involved,
other than a merger, consolidation or amalgamation which would
result in the shareholders of the Company immediately prior
thereto continuing to own (either by remaining outstanding or by
being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity),
in the same proportion as immediately prior to the
transaction(s), more than 50% of the combined voting power of
the voting shares of the Company or such surviving entity
outstanding immediately after such merger, consolidation or
amalgamation; or
|
|
|
|
(D) a change in the
composition of the Board such that the individuals who, as of
the effective date of the 2003 Share Incentive Plan,
constitute the Board of Directors (such Board of Directors shall
be referred to for purposes of this section only as the
Incumbent Board) cease for any reason to constitute
at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that for
purposes of this definition, any individual who becomes a member
of the Board of Directors subsequent to the Effective Date,
whose election, or nomination for election, by a majority of
those individuals who are members of the Board of Directors and
who were also members of the Incumbent Board (or deemed to be
such pursuant to this proviso) shall be considered as though
such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board; and,
provided further, however, that any such individual whose
initial assumption of office occurs as the result of or in
connection with either an actual or threatened election contest
or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or
consents by or on behalf of an entity other than the Board of
Directors shall not be so considered as a member of the
Incumbent Board.
|
|
(6)
|
|
Represents the lesser of the
target annual incentive for the year in which termination occurs
and the average of the bonus received by Mr. OKane
for the previous three years ($1,112,976) plus twice the sum of
the highest salary paid during the term of the agreement
($741,984) and the average bonus actually earned during three
years immediately prior to termination ($1,128,434).
Mr. OKanes agreement includes provisions with
respect the treatment of parachute payments under
the U.S. Internal Revenue Code. As Mr. OKane is
currently not a U.S. taxpayer, the above amounts do not reflect
the impact of such provisions.
|
|
(7)
|
|
Represents the acceleration of
vesting of the entire grant of the 2007 performance shares
(other than 1/4 of the grant which will be forfeited on vesting
for non-achievement of the 2008 performance test), the 2008
performance shares (other than 1/3 of the grant which will be
forfeited on vesting for non-achievement of the 2008 performance
test), the 2009 performance shares and the 2010 performance
shares. For the portions of the 2007, 2008 and 2009 performance
shares which have exceeded the performance threshold, we have
assumed the greater percentage amount for calculation purposes.
With respect to performance shares, the value is based on the
closing price of our shares on December 31, 2010. The
amounts do not include the (i) 2003 options as they have
fully vested on December 31, 2009, (ii) 2005 options,
as the performance targets were not met and the options were
forfeited, (iii) 2005 performance share awards as the
performance targets were not met and the performance shares were
forfeited, (iv) 2004 options as the earned portion has
vested and any remaining unearned portions of the grant were
forfeited due to non-achievement of performance targets,
(v) 2006 options and performance as the earned portions
have vested and any remaining unearned portions of the grant
were forfeited due to non-achievement of performance tests and
(vi) the 2007 options as those have vested.
|
|
(8)
|
|
Represents the lesser of the
target annual incentive for the year in which termination occurs
and average of Mr. Houghtons bonuses for the previous
three years ($425,610), plus the sum of the highest salary paid
during the term of the agreement ($556,488) and the average
bonus actually earned during the three years immediately prior
to termination ($425,610).
|
|
(9)
|
|
Represents the acceleration of
vesting of the entire grant of the 2007 performance shares
(other than 1/4 of the grant which will be forfeited on vesting
for non-achievement of the 2008 performance test), the
|
183
|
|
|
|
|
2008 performance shares (other
than 1/3 of the grant which will be forfeited on vesting for
non-achievement of the 2008 performance test), the 2009
performance shares and the 2010 performance shares. For the
portions of the 2007, 2008 and 2009 performance shares which
have exceeded the performance threshold, we have assumed the
greater percentage amount for calculation purposes. The amounts
do not include the 2007 options as those have vested. With
respect to performance shares, the value is based on the closing
price of our shares on December 31, 2010.
|
|
(10)
|
|
Represents the lesser of the
target annual incentive for the year in which termination occurs
and the average of the bonus received by Mr. Cusack for the
previous three years ($505,127) plus the sum of the highest
salary paid during the term of the agreement ($556,488) and the
average bonus actually earned during three years immediately
prior to termination ($505,127).
|
|
(11)
|
|
Represents the acceleration of
vesting of the entire grant of the 2007 performance shares
(other than 1/4 of the grant which will be forfeited on vesting
for non-achievement of the 2008 performance test), the 2008
performance shares (other than 1/3 of the grant which will be
forfeited on vesting for non-achievement of the 2008 performance
test), the 2009 performance shares and the 2010 performance
shares. With respect to performance shares, the value is based
on the closing price of our shares on December 31, 2010.
The amounts do not include the (i) 2003 options as they
have fully vested on December 31, 2009, (ii) 2005
options, as the performance targets were not met and the options
were forfeited, (iii) 2005 performance share awards as the
performance targets were not met and the performance shares were
forfeited, (iv) 2004 options as the earned portion has
vested and any remaining unearned portions of the grant were
forfeited due to non-achievement of performance targets,
(v) 2006 options and performance as the earned portions
have vested and any remaining unearned portions of the grant
were forfeited due to non-achievement of performance tests and
(vi) the 2007 options as those have vested.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brian Boornazian
|
|
|
James Few
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accelerated
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accelerated
|
|
|
|
Total Cash
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
Total Cash
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
Payout
|
|
|
Awards
|
|
|
Payout
|
|
|
Awards
|
|
|
Termination without Cause (or other than for Cause) or for
Good Reason(1)
|
|
$
|
1,838,333
|
(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,695,417
|
(7)
|
|
|
|
|
Death(2)
|
|
$
|
675,000
|
|
|
$
|
2,731,296
|
|
|
$
|
546,250
|
|
|
$
|
2,572,932
|
|
Disability(3)
|
|
$
|
250,000
|
|
|
$
|
2,731,296
|
|
|
$
|
237,500
|
|
|
$
|
2,572,932
|
|
Change in Control(4)
|
|
$
|
1,838,333
|
(5)
|
|
$
|
3,743,289
|
(6)
|
|
$
|
1,695,417
|
(7)
|
|
$
|
3,584,925
|
(8)
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
For a description of termination
provisions, see Narrative Description of Summary
Compensation and Grants of Plan-Based Awards
Employment-Related Agreements above.
|
|
(2)
|
|
In respect of death, the
executives are entitled to the pro rated annual bonus based on
the actual bonus earned for the year in which the date of
termination occurs. This amount represents 100% of the bonus
potential for 2010. In addition, the Compensation Committee
approved amendments to the terms of the awards granted under the
2003 Share Incentive Plan where in the event of death or
disability, the amount of performance share awards that have
already met their vesting criteria but have not vested yet,
would vest and be issued. Any options granted would continue to
vest under the terms of their agreement. Similarly, restricted
share unit awards will accelerate and vest upon death or
disability.
|
|
(3)
|
|
In respect of disability, the
executive would be entitled to six months salary after
which he would be entitled to long-term disability benefits
under our health insurance coverage. In addition, the
Compensation Committee approved amendments to the terms of the
awards granted under the 2003 Share Incentive Plan where in
the event of death or disability, the amount of performance
share awards that have already met their vesting criteria but
have not vested yet, would vest and be issued. Any options
granted would continue to vest under the terms of their
agreement. Similarly, restricted share unit awards will
accelerate and vest upon death or disability.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Same as Footnote 5 in table above.
|
184
|
|
|
(5)
|
|
On October 28, 2009, the
Compensation Committee approved an amendment to
Mr. Boornazians employment agreement to amend the
basis for calculation of termination amounts. Represents the sum
of the highest salary paid during the term of the agreement
($500,000) and the average bonus actually earned during three
years immediately prior to termination ($798,333), plus a
prorated annual bonus based on the actual bonus earned for the
year in which his termination occurs ($675,000, which represents
100% of the bonus potential for 2010).
|
|
(6)
|
|
Represents the acceleration of
vesting of the entire grant of the 2007 performance shares
(other than 1/4 of the grant which will be forfeited on vesting
for non-achievement of the 2008 performance test), the 2008
performance shares (other than 1/3 of the grant which will be
forfeited on vesting for non-achievement of the 2008 performance
test), the 2009 performance shares and the 2010 performance
shares. For the portions of the 2007, 2008 and 2009 performance
shares which have exceeded the performance threshold, we have
assumed the greater percentage amount for calculation purposes.
With respect to performance shares, the value is based on the
closing price of our shares on December 31, 2010. The
amounts do not include the (i) 2005 options, as the
performance targets were not met and the options were forfeited,
(ii) 2005 performance share awards as the performance
targets were not met and the performance shares were forfeited,
(iii) 2004 options as the earned portion has vested and any
remaining unearned portions of the grant were forfeited due to
non-achievement of performance targets, (iv) 2006 options
and performance as the earned portions have vested and any
remaining unearned portions of the grant were forfeited due to
non-achievement of performance tests and (v) the 2007
options as those have vested.
|
|
(7)
|
|
Represents the lesser of the
target annual incentive for the year in which termination occurs
and the average of the bonus received by Mr. Few for the
previous three years ($546,250) plus the sum of the highest
salary paid during the term of the agreement ($475,000) and the
average bonus actually earned during three years immediately
prior to termination ($674,167).
|
|
(8)
|
|
Represents the acceleration of
vesting of the entire grant of the 2007 performance shares
(other than 1/4 of the grant which will be forfeited on vesting
for non-achievement of the 2008 performance test), the 2008
performance shares (other than 1/3 of the grant which will be
forfeited on vesting for non-achievement of the 2008 performance
test), the 2009 performance shares and the 2010 performance
shares. The amounts do not include the (i) 2003 options as
they have fully vested on December 31, 2009, (ii) 2005
options, as the performance targets were not met and the options
were forfeited, (iii) 2005 performance share awards as the
performance targets were not met and the performance shares were
forfeited, (iv) 2004 options as the earned portion has
vested and any remaining unearned portions of the grant were
forfeited due to non-achievement of performance targets,
(v) 2006 options and performance shares as the earned
portions have vested and any remaining unearned portions of the
grant were forfeited due to non-achievement of performance tests
and (vi) the 2007 options as those have vested.
|
We are not obligated to make any cash payments to these
executives if their employment is terminated by us for cause or
by the executive not for good reason. A change in control does
not affect the amount or timing of these cash severance payments.
185
Non-Employee
Director Compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees Earned
|
|
2010
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
or Paid in
|
|
Stock
|
|
Option
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
Awards
|
|
Awards
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Total
|
Name
|
|
($)(1)
|
|
($)(2)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
Liaquat Ahamed(3)
|
|
$
|
80,000
|
|
|
$
|
99,989
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
179,989
|
|
Matthew Botein(4)
|
|
$
|
70,000
|
|
|
$
|
99,989
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
169,989
|
|
Richard Bucknall(5)
|
|
$
|
137,035
|
|
|
$
|
99,989
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
237,024
|
|
John Cavoores(6)
|
|
$
|
71,640
|
|
|
$
|
99,989
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
132,000
|
|
|
$
|
303,629
|
|
Ian Cormack(7)
|
|
$
|
135,000
|
|
|
$
|
99,989
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
234,989
|
|
Heidi Hutter(8)
|
|
$
|
156,517
|
|
|
$
|
99,989
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
256,506
|
|
Glyn Jones(9)
|
|
$
|
309,160
|
|
|
$
|
500,003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
809,163
|
|
David Kelso(10)
|
|
$
|
85,000
|
|
|
$
|
99,989
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
184,989
|
|
Peter OFlinn(11)
|
|
$
|
116,052
|
|
|
$
|
99,989
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
216,041
|
|
Albert Beer(12)
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Effective July 2007, for directors
who are paid for their services to Aspen Holdings in British
Pounds rather than U.S. Dollars such as Messrs. Bucknall
and Cormack, their remuneration is converted at an exchange rate
of $1.779:£1. Similarly, Heidi Hutter, who is paid in
British Pounds for her services to AMAL, her remuneration for
such services is converted at the same exchange rate of
$1.779:£1. For fees paid to directors in British Pounds
such as Mr. Jones for his salary of £200,000, and
Mr. Bucknall, for his services to AMAL, for reporting
purposes, an exchange rate of $1.5458:£1 has been used for
2010, the average rate of exchange.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Consists of restricted share
units. Valuation is based on the grant date fair values of the
awards calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, without
regard to forfeiture assumptions.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Represents the annual board fee of
$50,000, $25,000 attendance fee ($5,000 for each board meeting
or separate committee meeting not scheduled around the Board
meeting, attended by a director) and $5,000 for serving as the
Chair of the Investment Committee. Mr. Ahamed holds 8,908
ordinary shares, which includes 2,983 ordinary shares of the
3,580 restricted share units granted on February 11, 2010
which have vested and are issued.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Represents the annual board fee of
$50,000, $20,000 attendance fee ($5,000 for each board meeting
or separate committee meeting not scheduled around the Board
meeting, attended by a director). Mr. Botein holds 9,561
ordinary shares, which includes 2,983 ordinary shares of the
3,580 restricted share units granted on February 11, 2010
which have vested and are issued.
|
|
(5)
|
|
Represents the annual board fee of
$50,000, $25,000 attendance fee ($5,000 for each board meeting
or separate committee meeting not scheduled around the Board
meeting, attended by a director), $10,000 for serving on the
Audit Committee, $5,000 for serving as the Chair of the
Compensation Committee, $10,000 for serving as director of Aspen
U.K., and the pro rata amount of the annual fee of £20,000
(through March 17, 2010) and the pro rata fee of
£25,000 (commencing March 17, 2010) for serving
as director of AMAL. Mr. Bucknall holds 15,061 ordinary
shares, which includes 2,983 ordinary shares of the 3,580
restricted share units granted on February 11, 2010 which
have vested and are issued.
|
|
(6)
|
|
Represents the annual board fee of
$50,000 and $25,000 attendance fee ($5,000 for each board
meeting or separate committee meeting not scheduled around the
Board meeting, attended by a director) and $5,000 for one
additional meeting attended by Mr. Cavoores.
Mr. Cavoores ceased to be a Non-Executive director
effective November 1, 2010 and a pro rata reduction was
applied to the annual board fee. Mr. Cavoores holds 9,506
ordinary shares, which includes 2,583 ordinary shares of the
3,580 restricted share units granted on February 11, 2010
which have vested and are issued (the remaining of which were
cancelled upon Mr. Cavoores ceasing to be a Non-Executive
director). Mr. Cavoores also holds 2,012 vested options.
Mr. Cavoores also received consulting fees of $132,000
prior to being appointed as an executive. The table does not
reflect Mr. Cavoores salary paid and performance shares
awarded upon his being appointed as an executive.
|
186
|
|
|
(7)
|
|
Represents the annual board fee of
$50,000, $25,000 attendance fee ($5,000 for each board meeting
or separate committee meeting not scheduled around the Board
meeting, attended by a director), $25,000 fee for serving as the
Audit Committee Chairman, $10,000 for serving on the Board of
Aspen U.K. and $25,000 for serving as the Chair of the Audit
Committee of Aspen U.K. Mr. Cormack holds 12,076 ordinary
shares, which includes 2,983 ordinary shares of the 3,580
restricted shares options granted on February 11, 2010
which have vested and are issued. Mr. Cormack holds a total
of 45,175 vested options as at December 31, 2010.
|
|
(8)
|
|
Represents the annual board fee of
$50,000, $25,000 attendance fee ($5,000 for each board meeting
or separate committee meeting not scheduled around the Board
meeting, attended by a director), $10,000 for serving as a
member of the Audit Committee, $5,000 for serving as the Chair
of the Risk Committee, $10,000 for serving on the Board of Aspen
U.K. and the pro rata amount of the annual fee of £25,000
(through March 17, 2010) and the pro rata fee of
£30,000 (commencing March 17, 2010) for serving
as the Chair of AMAL. Eighty percent of the total compensation
is paid to The Black Diamond Group LLC, of which Ms. Hutter
is the Chief Executive Officer. Ms. Hutter holds a total of
85,925 vested options as at December 31, 2010.
Ms. Hutter (including the awards held by The Black Diamond
Group) holds 14,248 ordinary shares, which includes 2,983
ordinary shares of the 3,580 restricted share units granted on
February 11, 2010 which have vested and are issued.
|
|
(9)
|
|
Represents Mr. Jones
annual salary of £200,000. Mr. Jones holds 33,196 ordinary
shares. Mr. Jones also holds 2,012 unvested options.
|
|
(10)
|
|
Represents the annual board fee of
$50,000, $25,000 attendance fee ($5,000 for each board meeting
or separate committee meeting not scheduled around the Board
meeting, attended by a director) and $10,000 for serving as a
member of the Audit Committee. Mr. Kelso holds 4,435 vested
options as at December 31, 2010. Mr. Kelso holds 11,906
ordinary shares, which includes 2,983 ordinary shares of the
3,580 restricted share units granted on February 11, 2010
which have vested and are issued.
|
|
(11)
|
|
Represents the annual board fee of
$50,000, $25,000 attendance fee ($5,000 for each board meeting
or separate committee meeting not scheduled around the Board
meeting, attended by a director), $10,000 for serving as a
member of the Audit Committee, $5,000 for acting as Chair of the
Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee and a pro rata
portion of the annual board fee for serving on the Board of
Aspen Bermuda of $30,000 with effect from February 16,
2010. Mr. OFlinn holds 6,148 ordinary shares, which
includes 2,983 ordinary shares of the 3,580 restricted share
units granted on February 11, 2010 which have vested and
are issued.
|
|
(12)
|
|
Mr. Beer was appointed to the
Board effective February 1, 2011. As a result, he was not
paid any fees in 2010.
|
Summary
of Non-Employee Director Compensation
Annual Fees. The compensation of non-executive
directors is benchmarked against peer companies and companies
listed on the FTSE 250, taking into account complexity, time
commitment and committee duties. With effect from
February 6, 2008, the annual director fee is $50,000, plus
a fee of $5,000 for each board meeting (or single group of board
and/or
committee meetings) attended by the director. Directors who are
not employees of the Company, other than the Chairman, are
entitled to an annual grant of $50,000 in restricted share
units. In 2010, the Board approved an increase in the value of
the annual grant to directors to $100,000. The Chairman is
entitled to an annual grant of not less than $200,000 in
restricted share units.
For 2011, the Board approved an increase in fees for Committee
Chairs as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Audit Committee Chair increase from $25,000 to
$30,000
|
|
|
|
Compensation Committee Chair increase from $5,000 to
$15,000
|
|
|
|
Risk Committee Chair increase from $5,000 to $15,000
|
187
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee Chain
increase from $5,000 to $10,000
|
|
|
|
Investment Committee Chair increase from $5,000 to
$10,000
|
The chairman of each committee of our Board of Directors (other
than if the Chair is also the Chairman of the Board) other than
the Audit Committee receives an additional $5,000 per annum and
the Audit Committee chairman receives an additional $25,000 per
annum. Other members of the Audit Committee also receive an
additional $10,000 per annum for service on that Committee. In
addition, members of our Board of Directors who are also members
of the Board of Directors of Aspen U.K. receive an additional
$10,000 (Messrs. Bucknall and Cormack and Ms. Hutter).
Mr. Cormack also receives an additional $25,000 for serving
as the Chairman of the Audit Committee of Aspen U.K.
Ms. Hutter also receives £30,000 for serving as the
Chair of AMAL and Mr. Bucknall receives £25,000 for
serving as a director of AMAL. Mr. OFlinn receives
$30,000 for serving on the Board of Aspen Bermuda.
Mr. Jones, our Chairman, received an annual salary of
£200,000 for 2010. For 2010, the Board changed the
compensation terms for our Chairman; he is no longer eligible
for consideration for an annual bonus and was granted a greater
amount of restricted share units, an increase from $200,000 to
$500,000. The Board retained its right to vary the yearly grant
of restricted share units to the Chairman depending on market
conditions, time commitment and performance of the Company. The
Chairman is entitled to an annual grant of not less than
$200,000 in restricted share units. The Board approved the same
compensation amounts for 2011.
Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan. At
our annual general meeting of shareholders held on May 25,
2006, our shareholders approved the 2006 Stock Option Plan for
non-employee directors of the Company (2006 Stock Option
Plan) under which a total of 400,000 ordinary shares may
be issued in relation to options granted under the 2006 Stock
Option Plan. At our annual general meeting on May 2, 2007,
the 2006 Stock Option Plan was amended and renamed the 2006
Stock Incentive Plan for Non-Employee Directors (the
Amended 2006 Stock Option Plan) to allow the
issuance of restricted share units.
Following the annual general meeting of our shareholders, on
May 25, 2006, our Board of Directors approved the grant of
4,435 options under the 2006 Stock Option Plan for each of the
non-employee directors at the time. Eighty percent of the
options granted to Ms. Hutter were issued to The Black
Diamond Group LLC, of which she is the Chief Executive Officer.
Messrs. Cavoores and Jones were not members of the Board of
Directors at the time of grant, and therefore did not receive
any options until following their appointment. The exercise
price is $21.96, the average of the high and low prices of the
Companys ordinary shares on the date of grant
(May 25, 2006). Each of Messrs. Jones and Cavoores
were granted 2,012 options on July 30, 2007, representing a
pro rated amount of the options granted to the directors in
2006, as they joined the Board on October 30, 2006 and did
not receive options in such year. The options vested on the
third anniversary of the grant date.
Following the annual general meeting on May 2, 2007, our
Board of Directors approved the grant of 1,845 restricted share
units under the Amended 2006 Stock Option Plan for each of our
non-employee directors at the time, other than Mr. Jones,
our Chairman. The date of grant of the restricted share units
was May 4, 2007 (being the day on which our close period
ended following the release of our earnings). With respect to
Ms. Hutter, 80% of the restricted share units were issued
to The Black Diamond Group LLC, of which she is the Chief
Executive Officer. In addition, Mr. Ahamed was granted 847
restricted share units on February 8, 2008, representing a
pro rated amount of the restricted share units granted to the
directors in 2007, as he joined the Board on October 31,
2007 and did not receive any restricted share units in such
year. Subject to the director remaining on the Board,
one-twelfth (1/12) of the restricted share units vested on each
one month anniversary of the date of grant, with 100% of the
restricted share units becoming vested on the first anniversary
of the grant date. The shares under the restricted share units
were paid out on the first anniversary of the grant date. If a
director leaves the Board for any reason other than
Cause (as defined in the award agreement), then the
director would receive the shares under the restricted share
units that had vested through the date the director leaves the
188
Board. Subject to the terms of the award, all restricted share
units granted in 2007 have vested and were issued. In connection
with Mr. Jones appointment as our Chairman, he was
granted 7,380 ordinary shares with a grant date of May 4,
2007, one-third of which vested annually over a three-year
period from the date of grant and are now vested and issued.
On April 30, 2008, our Board of Directors approved the
grant of 1,913 restricted share units under the Amended 2006
Stock Option Plan for each of our non-employee directors at the
time, other than Mr. Jones, our Chairman. The date of grant
of the restricted share units was May 2, 2008 (being the
day on which our close period ended following the release of our
earnings). With respect to Ms. Hutter, 80% of the
restricted share units were issued to The Black Diamond Group
LLC, of which she is the Chief Executive Officer. Subject to the
director remaining on the Board, one-twelfth (1/12) of the
restricted share units vested on each one month anniversary of
the date of grant, with 100% of the restricted share units
becoming vested on the first anniversary of the grant date. If a
director leaves the Board for any reason other than
Cause (as defined in the award agreement), then the
director would receive the shares under the restricted share
units that have vested through the date the director leaves the
Board. Subject to the terms of the award, all restricted share
units granted in 2007 have vested and were issued.
Mr. Jones was granted 7,651 ordinary shares with a grant
date of May 2, 2008, one-third of which vests annually over
a three-year period from the date of grant. Two-thirds of the
grant awarded to Mr. Jones has vested and is issued.
On April 29, 2009, our Board of Directors approved the
grant of 3,165 restricted share units under the Amended 2006
Stock Option Plan for each of our non-employee directors at the
time, other than Mr. Jones, our Chairman. The date of grant
of the restricted share units was May 1, 2009 (being the
day on which our close period ended following the release of our
earnings). With respect to Ms. Hutter, 80% of the
restricted share units were issued to The Black Diamond Group
LLC, of which she is the Chief Executive Officer. Subject to the
director remaining on the Board, one-twelfth (1/12) of the
restricted share units vested on each one month anniversary of
the date of grant, with 100% of the restricted share units
becoming vested on the first anniversary of the grant date. All
restricted share units which vested as of December 31, 2009
were issued as soon as practicable after year-end, with the
remainder being issued on the first anniversary of the grant
date. If a director leaves the Board for any reason other than
Cause (as defined in the award agreement), then the
director would receive the shares under the restricted share
units that have vested through the date the director leaves the
Board. Mr. Jones was granted 8,439 ordinary shares with a
grant date of May 1, 2009, one-third of which vests
annually over a three-year period from the date of grant.
One-third of the grant vested and is issued.
On February 9, 2010, our Board of Directors approved the
grant of 3,580 restricted share units under the Amended 2006
Stock Option Plan to each of our non-employee directors, other
than Mr. Jones, our Chairman. The Board increased the size
of the grant from $75,000 to $100,000 for each non-executive
director. The Board also approved a grant of 17,902 for
Mr. Jones, our Chairman, in which they increased the size
of the annual grant from $200,000 to $500,000. The Board also
approved a change in the vesting schedule regarding
Mr. Jones grant to be consistent with the vesting
schedule of the grants awarded to the other non-executive
directors, in which one-twelfth of the grant will vest on each
one month anniversary of the date of grant. The date of grant of
the restricted share units was February 11, 2010 (being the
day on which our close period ends following the release of our
earnings). With respect to Ms. Hutter, 80% of the
restricted share units were issued to The Black Diamond Group
LLC, of which she is the Chief Executive Officer. Subject to the
director remaining on the Board, one-twelfth (1/12) of the
restricted share units vested on each one month anniversary of
the date of grant, with 100% of the restricted share units
becoming vested on the first anniversary of the grant date.
On February 4, 2011, our Board of Directors approved the
grant of 3,344 ($100,000) restricted share units under the
Amended 2006 Stock Option Plan to each of our non-employee
directors, other than Mr. Jones, our Chairman. The Board
also approved a grant of 16,722 for Mr. Jones, our
Chairman, representing a grant of $500,000 per year. The date of
grant of the restricted share units is February 9, 2011
(being the day on which our close period ends following the
release of our earnings). With respect to Ms. Hutter, 80%
of the restricted share units will be issued to The Black
Diamond Group LLC, of
189
which she is the Chief Executive Officer. Subject to the
director remaining on the Board, one-twelfth
(1/12) of
the restricted share units will vest on each one month
anniversary of the date of grant, with 100% of the restricted
share units becoming vested on the first anniversary of the
grant date. The shares under the restricted share units will be
paid out on the first anniversary of the grant date, however,
all restricted share units which vest as of December 31,
2010 will be issued as soon as practicable after year-end, with
the remainder being issued on the first anniversary of the grant
date. If a director leaves the Board for any reason other than
Cause, then the director will receive the shares
under the restricted share units that have vested through the
date the director leaves the Board.
Compensation
Policies and Risk
Our compensation program, which applies to all employees
including executive officers, is designed to provide competitive
levels of reward that are responsive to group and individual
performance, but that do not incentivize risk taking that is
reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the
Company.
In reaching our conclusion that our compensation practices do
not incentivize risk taking that is reasonably likely to have a
material adverse effect on the Company, we examined the various
elements of our compensation programs and policies as well as
(i) the potential risks that management and or individual
underwriters can take to increase the Companys results or
the underwriting results of a particular line of business and
(ii) risk mitigation controls. We believe that the most
important mitigating factor for these risks is our risk culture,
which is characterized by a top-down commitment to a disciplined
process for the identification, measurement, management and
reporting of risks. For example, as a company which provides
catastrophe cover, one of the risks we face is having excessive
natural catastrophe exposure, which if not managed would create
a high ROE in a low catastrophe year and capital impairment in a
year where excess catastrophe occurs. We manage this risk by
having natural catastrophe tolerances approved by our Board as
part of our annual business plan. Adherence to these limits are
independently monitored and reported monthly by the Chief Risk
Officer to management with any breaches of set tolerances being
reported to the Risk Committee. We also note that in making
bonus determinations, our CEO takes into consideration risk data
in addition to performance data. The risk data available to the
CEO includes internal audit reviews, underwriting reviews and
reports of compliance breaches. Therefore, if there is evidence
of material breaches of our risk controls which has exposed us
to excessive risks, it is likely that such individual would be
adversely impacted in his or her compensation rather than
benefit.
190
Compensation
Committee Report
The following report is not deemed to be soliciting
material or to be filed with the SEC or
subject to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange
Act, and the report shall not be deemed to be incorporated by
reference into any prior or subsequent filing by the Company
under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.
Our Compensation Committee has reviewed the Compensation
Discussion and Analysis required by Item 402(b) of
Regulation S-K
under the Securities Act with management.
Based on the review and discussions with management, the
Compensation Committee recommended to the Board of Directors
that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in the
Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
Compensation Committee
Richard Bucknall (Chair)
Matthew Botein
Ian Cormack
February 25, 2011
191
Audit
Committee Report
The following report is not deemed to be soliciting
material or to be filed with the SEC or
subject to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange
Act, and the report shall not be deemed to be incorporated by
reference into any prior or subsequent filing by the Company
under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.
This report is furnished by the Audit Committee of the board of
directors with respect to the Companys financial
statements for the year ended December 31, 2010. The Audit
Committee held four meetings in 2010.
The Audit Committee has established a Charter which outlines its
primary duties and responsibilities. The Audit Committee
Charter, which has been approved by the Board, is reviewed at
least annually and is updated as necessary.
The Companys management is responsible for the preparation
and presentation of complete and accurate financial statements.
The Companys independent registered public accounting
firm, KPMG Audit Plc, is responsible for performing an
independent audit of the Companys financial statements in
accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States) and for issuing a report on
their audit.
In performing its oversight role in connection with the audit of
the Companys financial statements for the year ended
December 31, 2010, the Audit Committee has:
(1) reviewed and discussed the audited financial statements
with management; (2) reviewed and discussed with the
independent registered public accounting firm the matters
required by Statement of Auditing Standards No. 61, as
amended; and (3) received the written disclosures and the
letter from the independent registered public accounting firm
and reviewed and discussed with the independent registered
public accounting firm the matters required by the Public
Accounting Oversight Board regarding the independent registered
public accounting firms communications with the Audit
Committee concerning independence. Based on these reviews and
discussions, the Audit Committee has determined its independent
registered public accounting firm to be independent and has
recommended to the Board that the audited financial statements
be included in the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 for filing with
the United States Securities and Exchange Commission
(SEC) and for presentation to the shareholders at
the 2011 Annual General Meeting.
Audit Committee
Ian Cormack (Chair)
Albert Beer
Richard Bucknall
Heidi Hutter
David Kelso
Peter OFlinn
February 25, 2011
192
|
|
Item 12.
|
Security
Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and
Related Stockholder Matters
|
BENEFICIAL
OWNERSHIP
The following table sets forth information as of
February 15, 2011 (including, in this table only, options
that would be exercisable by April 15, 2011) regarding
beneficial ownership of ordinary shares and the applicable
voting rights attached to such share ownership in accordance
with our bye-laws by:
|
|
|
|
|
each person known by us to beneficially own approximately 5% or
more of our outstanding ordinary shares;
|
|
|
|
each of our directors;
|
|
|
|
each of our named executive officers; and
|
|
|
|
all of our executive officers and directors as a group.
|
As of February 15, 2011, 70,588,074 ordinary shares were
outstanding.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
|
Ordinary
|
|
Ordinary Shares
|
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner(1)
|
|
Shares(2)
|
|
Outstanding(2)
|
|
BlackRock, Inc.(3)
40 East
52nd
Street
New York, NY 10022 U.S.A.
|
|
|
5,544,788
|
|
|
|
7.8
|
%
|
Greenlight Capital(4)
140 East 45th Street,
24th
Floor
New York, NY 10017 U.S.A.
|
|
|
4,140,000
|
|
|
|
5.8
|
%
|
Royce & Associates LLC(5)
|
|
|
3,449,633
|
|
|
|
4.8
|
%
|
745 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY 10151 U.S.A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Glyn Jones(6)
|
|
|
35,208
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Christopher OKane(7)
|
|
|
1,292,865
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
%
|
Richard Houghton(8)
|
|
|
39,231
|
|
|
|
|
|
Julian Cusack(9)
|
|
|
254,625
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Brian Boornazian(10)
|
|
|
152,969
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
James Few(11)
|
|
|
189,506
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Liaquat Ahamed(12)
|
|
|
9,505
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Matthew Botein(13)
|
|
|
10,158
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Richard Bucknall(14)
|
|
|
15,658
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
John Cavoores(15)
|
|
|
11,518
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Ian Cormack(16)
|
|
|
57,848
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Heidi Hutter(17)
|
|
|
100,770
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
David Kelso(18)
|
|
|
16,938
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Peter OFlinn(19)
|
|
|
6,745
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Albert Beer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
All directors and executive officers as a group (22 persons)
|
|
|
2,420,583
|
|
|
|
3.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Less than 1%
|
|
(1)
|
|
Unless otherwise stated, the
address for each director and officer is
c/o Aspen
Insurance Holdings Limited, Maxwell Roberts Building, 1 Church
Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda.
|
193
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
Represents the outstanding
ordinary shares as at February 15, 2011, except for
unaffiliated shareholders, whose information is disclosed as of
the dates of their Schedule 13G noted in their respective
footnotes. With respect to the directors and officers, includes
ordinary shares that may be acquired within 60 days of
February 15, 2011 upon (i) the exercise of vested
options and (ii) awards issuable for ordinary shares, in
each case, held only by such person. The percentage of ordinary
shares outstanding reflects the amount outstanding as at
February 15, 2011. However, the beneficial ownership for
non-affiliates is as of the earlier dates referenced in their
respective notes below. Accordingly, the percentage ownership
may have changed following such Schedule 13G filings.
|
|
|
|
Our bye-laws generally provide for
voting adjustments in certain circumstances.
|
|
(3)
|
|
As filed with the SEC on
Schedule 13G on February 2, 2011 by BlackRock, Inc.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Based upon information contained
in the Scheduled 13G filed on February 14, 2011 by
(i) Greenlight Capital, L.L.C.; (ii) Greenlight
Capital, Inc.; (iii) DME Management GP, LLC; (iv) DME
Advisors, LP; (v) DME Capital Management, LP; (vi) DME
Advisors GP, LLC; and (vii) David Einhorn (collectively,
the Greenlight Entities). Greenlight Capital, L.L.C.
(Greenlight LLC) may be deemed the beneficial owner
of an aggregate of 1,496,328 shares of Common Stock held
for the accounts of Greenlight Capital, LP (Greenlight
Fund) and Greenlight Capital Qualified, L.P.
(Greenlight Qualified). Greenlight Capital, Inc.
(Greenlight Inc.) may be deemed the beneficial owner
of an aggregate of 3,333,452 shares of Common Stock held
for the accounts of Greenlight Fund, Greenlight Qualified and
Greenlight Capital Offshore Partners (Greenlight
Offshore). DME Management GP, LLC (DME Management
GP) may be deemed the beneficial owner of
169,105 shares of Common Stock held for the account of
Greenlight Capital (Gold), LP (Greenlight Gold). DME
Advisors, LP (DME Advisors) may be deemed the
beneficial owner of 547,378 shares of Common Stock held for
the account of a managed account (the Managed
Account). DME Capital Management, LP (DME CM)
may be deemed the beneficial owner of 259,170 shares of
Common Stock held for the accounts of Greenlight Gold and
Greenlight Capital Offshore Master (Gold), Ltd.
(Greenlight Gold Offshore). DME Advisors GP, LLC
(DME GP) may be deemed the beneficial owner of
806,548 shares of Common Stock held for the accounts of
Greenlight Gold, Greenlight Gold Offshore and the Managed
Account. Mr. Einhorn may be deemed the beneficial owner of
4,140,000 shares of Common Stock. This number consists of:
(A) an aggregate of 1,496,328 shares of Common Stock
held for the accounts of Greenlight Fund and Greenlight
Qualified, (B) 1,837,124 shares of Common Stock held
for the account of Greenlight Offshore,
(C) 169,105 shares of Common Stock held for the
account of Greenlight Gold, (D) 90,065 shares of
Common Stock held for the account of Greenlight Gold Offshore,
and (E) 547,378 shares of Common Stock held for the
Managed Account. Greenlight LLC is the general partner for
Greenlight Fund and Greenlight Qualified. DME CM acts as
investment manager for Greenlight Gold Offshore. DME GP is the
general partner of DME Advisors and DME CM. The prinicipal
business office of each of the Greenlight Entities is 140 East
45th Street, 24th Floor, New York, New York 10017. Pursuant to
Rule 13d-4,
each of the Greenlight Entities disclaims all such beneficial
ownership except to the extent of their pecuniary interest in
any shares of common stock, if applicable.
|
|
(5)
|
|
As filed with the SEC on
Schedule 13G by Royce & Associates LLC on
January 31, 2011.
|
|
(6)
|
|
Represents 33,196 ordinary shares
and 2,012 vested options.
|
|
(7)
|
|
Includes 34,750 ordinary shares,
1,179,140 ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of vested
options, and 78,975 performance shares that vest upon this
filing and are issuable, held by Mr. OKane.
|
|
(8)
|
|
Represents 4,718 ordinary shares
and 12,158 ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of vested
options, and 22,355 performance shares that vest upon this
filing and are issuable, held by Mr. Houghton.
|
|
(9)
|
|
Includes 2,349 ordinary shares and
225,666 ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of vested
options, and 26,610 performance shares that vest upon this
filing and are issuable, held by Mr. Cusack.
|
|
(10)
|
|
Includes 3,430 ordinary shares and
105,323 ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of vested
options, and 44,216 performance shares that vest upon this
filing and are issuable, held by Mr. Boornazian.
|
|
(11)
|
|
Includes 10,217 ordinary shares
and 140,606 ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of vested
options, and 38,683 performance shares that vest upon this
filing and are issuable, held by Mr. Few.
|
|
(12)
|
|
Represents 8,908 ordinary shares
and 597 vested restricted share units that are issuable.
|
194
|
|
|
(13)
|
|
Represents 9,561 ordinary shares
and 597 vested restricted share units that are issuable.
|
|
(14)
|
|
Represents 15,061 ordinary shares
and 597 vested restricted share units that are issuable.
|
|
(15)
|
|
Represents 9,506 ordinary shares
and 2,012 ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of vested
options, held by Mr. Cavoores.
|
|
(16)
|
|
Represents 12,076 ordinary shares,
597 restricted share units that are issuable, and 45,175
ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of vested options.
|
|
(17)
|
|
Ms. Hutter, one of our
directors, is the beneficial owner of 2,852 ordinary shares. As
Chief Executive Officer of The Black Diamond Group, LLC,
Ms. Hutter has shared voting and investment power over the
11,396 ordinary shares beneficially owned by The Black Diamond
Group, LLC The business address of Ms. Hutter is
c/o Black
Diamond Group, 515 Congress Avenue, Suite 2220, Austin,
Texas 78701. Ms. Hutter also holds vested options
exercisable for 85,925 ordinary shares. Ms. Hutter also
holds 597 vested restricted share units that are issuable.
|
|
(18)
|
|
Represents 11,906 ordinary shares,
4,435 vested options and 597 vested restricted share units that
are issuable.
|
|
(19)
|
|
Represents 6,148 ordinary shares
and 597 vested restricted share units that are issuable.
|
The table below includes securities to be issued upon exercise
of options granted pursuant to the Companys
2003 Share Incentive Plan and the Amended 2006 Stock Option
Plan as of December 31, 2010. The 2003 Share Incentive
Plan, as amended, and the 2006 Stock Option Plan were approved
by shareholders at our annual general meetings.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A
|
|
|
B
|
|
|
C
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Remaining Available for
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-Average
|
|
|
Future Issuance Under
|
|
|
|
Number of Securities to
|
|
|
Exercise of Price of
|
|
|
Equity Compensation
|
|
|
|
Be Issued Upon Exercise
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Plans (Excluding
|
|
|
|
of Outstanding Options,
|
|
|
Options, Warrants and
|
|
|
Securities Reflected in
|
|
Plan Category
|
|
Warrants and Rights
|
|
|
Rights(1)
|
|
|
Column A)
|
|
|
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
|
|
|
4,869,816
|
|
|
$
|
10.42
|
|
|
|
2,051,434
|
|
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
4,869,816
|
|
|
$
|
10.42
|
|
|
|
2,051,434
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
The weighted average exercise
price calculation includes option exercise prices between $16.20
and $27.52 plus outstanding restricted share units and
performance shares which have a $Nil exercise price.
|
195
|
|
Item 13.
|
Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director
Independence
|
The review and approval of any direct or indirect transactions
between Aspen and related persons is governed by the
Companys Code of Conduct, which provides guidelines for
any transaction which may create a conflict of interest between
us and our employees, officers or directors and members of their
immediate family. Pursuant to the Code of Conduct, we will
review personal benefits received, personal financial interest
in a transaction and certain business relationships in
evaluating whether a conflict of interest exists. The Audit
Committee is responsible for applying the Companys policy
and approving certain individual transactions.
On January 22, 2010, we entered into a sale and purchase
agreement to purchase APJ Continuation Limited (APJ)
and its subsidiaries for an aggregate consideration of
$4.8 million. The business writes a specialist book of
K&R insurance which would complement our existing political
and financial risk line of business. Mr. Villers, one of
our executive officers, was previously a director of APJ and was
a 30% shareholder of APJ.
Director
Independence
Under the NYSE Corporate Governance Standards applicable to
U.S. domestic issuers, a majority of the Board of Directors
(and each member of the Audit, Compensation and Nominating and
Corporate Governance Committees) must be independent. The
Company currently qualifies as a foreign private issuer, and as
such is not required to meet all of the NYSE Corporate
Governance Standards. The Board of Directors may determine a
director to be independent if the director has no disqualifying
relationship as enumerated in the NYSE Corporate Governance
Standards and if the Board of Directors has affirmatively
determined that the director has no direct or indirect material
relationship with the Company. Independence determinations are
made on an annual basis at the time the Board of Directors
approves director nominees for inclusion in the annual proxy
statement and, if a director joins the Board of Directors
between annual meetings, at such time.
Our Board of Directors reviews various transactions,
relationships and arrangements of individual directors in
determining whether they are independent. With respect to
Mr. Botein, the Board of Directors considered his recent
position with BlackRock, one of our investment advisors. In
addition, the Board of Directors considered
Mr. Cormacks role as a non-executive director of
Phoenix Group Holdings Ltd. (formerly Pearl Group Ltd.), Phoenix
Life Holdings and Qatar Financial Centre Authority, as well as
his positions as Chairman of Entertaining Finance Ltd., Carbon
Reductions Ltd., Maven Income, Growth VCT 4 plc, and Deputy
Chairman of Qatarlyst. With respect to Mr. Bucknall, the
Board of Directors considered his role as a non-executive
director of Tokio Marine Europe Insurance Limited, as well as
his roles within the XIS Group.
The Board of Directors has made the determination that
Messrs. Ahamed, Beer, Botein, Bucknall, Cormack, Kelso,
OFlinn and Ms. Hutter are independent and have no
material relationships with the Company.
The Board of Directors has determined that the Audit Committee
is comprised entirely of independent directors, in accordance
with the NYSE Corporate Governance Standards. The NYSE Corporate
Governance Standards require that all members of compensation
committees and nominating and corporate governance committees be
independent. As of the date of this report, all members of the
Compensation Committee are independent and all members of our
Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee are independent.
As described above, Mr. Cavoores was a member of the
Compensation Committee in 2010 until October 2010 where he
ceased to be an independent director of the Company following
his appointment as Co-CEO of Aspen Insurance. As a result,
Mr. Cormack was appointed to the Compensation Committee to
replace Mr. Cavoores.
196
|
|
Item 14.
|
Principal
Accounting Fees and Services
|
The following table represents aggregate fees billed to the
Company for fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009
by KPMG Audit Plc (KPMG), the Companys
principal accounting firm.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
Audit Fees(a)
|
|
$
|
2.5
|
|
|
$
|
3.0
|
|
Audit-Related Fees(b)
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
Tax Fees(c)
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
All Other Fees(d)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Fees
|
|
$
|
2.9
|
|
|
$
|
3.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
Audit fees related to the audit of
the Companys financial statements for the twelve months
ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the review of the
financial statements included in our quarterly reports on
Form 10-Q
during 2010 and 2009 and for services that are normally provided
by KPMG in connection with statutory and regulatory filings for
the relevant fiscal years.
|
|
(b)
|
|
Audit-related fees are fees
related to assurance and related services for the performance of
the audit or review of the Companys financial statements
(other than the audit fees disclosed above).
|
|
(c)
|
|
Tax fees are fees related to tax
compliance, tax advice and tax planning services.
|
|
(d)
|
|
All other fees relate to fees
billed to the Company by KPMG for all other non-audit services
rendered to the Company.
|
The Audit Committee has considered whether the provision of
non-audit services by KPMG is compatible with maintaining
KPMGs independence with respect to the Company and has
determined that the provision of the specified services is
consistent with and compatible with KPMG maintaining its
independence. The Audit Committee approved all services that
were provided by KPMG.
197
|
|
Item 15.
|
Exhibits,
Financial Statement Schedules
|
(a) Financial Statements, Financial Statement Schedules and
Exhibits
1. Financial Statements: The Consolidated
Financial Statements of Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited and
related Notes thereto are listed in the accompanying Index to
Consolidated Financial Statements and Reports on
page F-1
and are filed as part of this Report.
2. Financial Statement Schedules: The
Schedules to the Consolidated Financial Statements of Aspen
Insurance Holdings Limited are listed in the accompanying Index
to Schedules to Consolidated Financial Statements on
page S-1
and are filed as part of this Report.
3. Exhibits:
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation and Memorandum of Association
(incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 3.1 to the
Companys 2003 Registration Statement on
Form F-1
(Registration
No. 333-110435))
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
Amendments to the Memorandum of Association (incorporated by
reference to exhibit 3.2 of the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K
filed on May 4, 2009)
|
|
3
|
.3
|
|
Amended and Restated Bye-laws (incorporated herein by reference
to exhibit 3.1 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed on May 4, 2009)
|
|
4
|
.1
|
|
Specimen Ordinary Share Certificate (incorporated herein by
reference to exhibit 4.1 to the Companys 2003
Registration Statement on
Form F-1
(Registration
No. 333-110435))
|
|
4
|
.2
|
|
Amended and Restated Instrument Constituting Options to
Subscribe for Shares in Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited, dated
September 30, 2005 (incorporated herein by reference to
exhibit 4.1 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed on September 30, 2005)
|
|
4
|
.3
|
|
Indenture between Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited and Deutsche
Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee dated as of
August 16, 2004 (incorporated herein by reference to
exhibit 4.3 to the Companys 2004 Registration
Statement on
Form F-1
(Registration
No. 333-119-314))
|
|
4
|
.4
|
|
First Supplemental Indenture by and between Aspen Insurance
Holdings Limited, as issuer and Deutsche Bank Trust Company
Americas, as trustee dated as of August 16, 2004
(incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 4.4 to the
Companys 2004 Registration Statement on
Form F-1
(Registration
No. 333-119-314))
|
|
4
|
.5
|
|
Second Supplemental Indenture, dated December 10, 2010, to
the Base Indenture, dated as of August 16, 2004, between
the Company and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas
(incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 4.1 to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed on December 10, 2010).
|
|
4
|
.6
|
|
Certificate of Designations of the Companys Perpetual
PIERS, dated December 12, 2005 (incorporated herein by
reference to exhibit 4.1 to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K
filed on December 13, 2005)
|
|
4
|
.7
|
|
Specimen Certificate for the Companys Perpetual PIERS
(incorporated herein by reference to the form of which is in
exhibit 4.1 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed on December 13, 2005)
|
|
4
|
.8
|
|
Certificate of Designations of the Companys Preference
Shares, dated December 12, 2005 (incorporated herein by
reference to exhibit 4.3 to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K
filed on December 13, 2005)
|
|
4
|
.9
|
|
Specimen Certificate for the Companys Preference Shares
(incorporated herein by reference to the form of which is in
exhibit 4.3 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed on December 13, 2005)
|
|
4
|
.10
|
|
Form of Certificate of Designations of the Companys
Perpetual Preference Shares, dated November 15, 2006
(incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 4.1 to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed on November 15, 2006)
|
198
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
4
|
.11
|
|
Specimen Certificate for the Companys Perpetual Preference
Shares, (incorporated herein by reference to the form of which
is in exhibit 4.1 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed on November 15, 2006)
|
|
4
|
.12
|
|
Form of Replacement Capital Covenant, dated November 15,
2006 (incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 4.3 to
the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed on November 15, 2006)
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement, dated as of
September 30, 2003 among the Company and each of the
persons listed on Schedule A thereto (incorporated herein
by reference to exhibit 10.1 to the Companys 2003
Registration Statement on
Form F-1
(Registration
No. 333-110435))
|
|
10
|
.2
|
|
Third Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated
as of November 14, 2003 among the Company and each of the
persons listed on Schedule 1 thereto (incorporated herein
by reference to exhibit 10.2 to the Companys 2003
Registration Statement on
Form F-1
(Registration
No. 333-110435))
|
|
10
|
.3
|
|
Service Agreement dated September 24, 2004 among
Christopher OKane, Aspen Insurance UK Services Limited and
the Company (incorporated herein by reference to
exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed on September 24, 2004)*
|
|
10
|
.4
|
|
Service Agreement between Julian Cusack and Aspen Insurance UK
Services Limited, dated May 1, 2008 (incorporated herein by
reference to exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Quarterly
Report on
Form 10-Q
for six months ended June 30, 2008, filed August 6,
2008)*
|
|
10
|
.5
|
|
Amended and Restated Service Agreement between Julian Cusack and
the Company, dated May 13, 2008 (incorporated herein by
reference to exhibit 10.2 to the Companys Quarterly
Report on
Form 10-Q
for six months ended June 30, 2008, filed August 6,
2008)*
|
|
10
|
.6
|
|
Service Agreement dated March 10, 2005 between James Few
and Aspen Insurance Limited (incorporated herein by reference to
exhibit 10.20 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, filed on
March 14, 2005)*
|
|
10
|
.7
|
|
Employment Agreement dated January 12, 2004 between Brian
Boornazian and Aspen Insurance U.S. Services Inc. (incorporated
herein by reference to exhibit 10.8 to the Companys
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, filed on
March 6, 2006)*
|
|
10
|
.8
|
|
Addendum, dated February 5, 2008, to the Employment
Agreement dated January 12, 2004 between Brian Boornazian
and Aspen Insurance U.S. Services Inc. (incorporated herein by
reference to exhibit 10.7 to the Companys Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, filed on
February 29, 2008)*
|
|
10
|
.9
|
|
Amendment to Brian Boornazians Employment Agreement, dated
October 28, 2008 (incorporated herein by reference to
exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed on November 3, 2008), as further amended, dated
December 31, 2008, (incorporated herein by reference to
exhibit 10.9 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, filed on
February 26, 2009)*
|
|
10
|
.10
|
|
Amendment No. 2 to Brian Boornazians Employment
Agreement, dated February 11, 2010 (incorporated herein by
reference to exhibit 10.10 to the Companys Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, filed on
February 26, 2010)*
|
|
10
|
.11
|
|
Appointment Letter between Glyn Jones and Aspen Insurance
Holdings Limited, dated April 19, 2007 (incorporated herein
by reference to exhibit 10.2 to the Companys
Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for three months ended March 31, 2007, filed May 9,
2007)*
|
|
10
|
.12
|
|
Appointment Letter between Glyn Jones and Aspen Insurance
Holdings Limited, dated May 6, 2010 (incorporated herein by
reference to exhibit 1021 to the Companys Quarterly
Report on
Form 10-Q
for three months ended March 31, 2010, filed May 7,
2010)*
|
|
10
|
.13
|
|
Letter Agreement between Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited and
Julian Cusack, dated November 1, 2007 (incorporated herein
by reference to exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K,
filed November 5, 2007)*
|
199
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Service Agreement dated April 3, 2007 among Richard David
Houghton and Aspen Insurance UK Services Limited (incorporated
herein by reference to exhibit 10.1 to the Companys
Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed on April 9, 2007)*
|
|
10
|
.15
|
|
Amendment to Richard David Houghtons Service Agreement,
dated May 13, 2008 (incorporated herein by reference to
exhibit 10.3 to the Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for six months ended June 30, 2008, filed August 6,
2008)*
|
|
10
|
.16
|
|
Letter to Richard David Houghton dated April 3, 2007
(incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.2 to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed April 9, 2007)*
|
|
10
|
.17
|
|
Richard David Houghtons Restricted Share Unit Award
Agreement, as amended, effective October 27, 2009 ,
(incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.16 to the
Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, filed on
February 26, 2010)*
|
|
10
|
.18
|
|
Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited 2003 Share Incentive Plan,
as amended dated February 6, 2008 (incorporated herein by
reference to exhibit 10.12 to the Companys Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, filed on
February 29, 2008)*
|
|
10
|
.19
|
|
Amendment to the Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited Amended
2003 Share Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference
to exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for nine months ended September 30, 2008, filed
November 10, 2008)*
|
|
10
|
.20
|
|
Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited 2006 Stock Incentive Plan for
Non-Employee Directors, as amended dated March 21, 2007
(incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.1 to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed on May 7, 2007)*
|
|
10
|
.21
|
|
Amendment to the Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited 2006 Stock
Incentive Plan for Non-Employee Directors (incorporated herein
by reference to exhibit 10.2 to the Companys
Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for nine months ended September 30, 2008, filed
November 10, 2008)*
|
|
10
|
.22
|
|
Employee Share Purchase Plan, including the International
Employee Share Purchase Plan of Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited
(incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.1 to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed on May 5, 2008)*
|
|
10
|
.23
|
|
Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited Revised 2008 Sharesave
Scheme (incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.3 to
the Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for three months ended March 31, 2010, filed May 7,
2010)*
|
|
10
|
.24
|
|
Credit Agreement dated as of July 30, 2010, among Aspen
Insurance Holdings Limited, various lenders and Barclays Bank
plc, as administrative agent (incorporated herein by reference
to exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed on August 4, 2010)
|
|
10
|
.25
|
|
Amendment, dated as of April 13, 2006, to the Credit
Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2005, among the Company,
certain of its direct and indirect subsidiaries, the lenders
party thereto, Barclays Bank plc, as administrative agent, Bank
of America, N.A. and Calyon, New York Branch, as co-syndication
agents, Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch and Deutsche Bank
AG, New York Branch, as co-documentation agents, and The Bank of
New York, as collateral agent (incorporated herein by reference
to exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed on April 18, 2006)
|
|
10
|
.26
|
|
Second Amendment, dated as of June 28, 2007, to the Credit
Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2005, among the Company,
certain of its direct and indirect subsidiaries, the lenders
party thereto, Barclays Bank plc, as administrative agent, Bank
of America, N.A. and Calyon, New York Branch, as co-syndication
agents, Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch and Deutsche Bank
AG, New York Branch, as co-documentation agents, and The Bank of
New York, as collateral agent (incorporated herein by reference
to exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed on June 29, 2007)
|
200
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
10
|
.27
|
|
Commitment Increase Supplement, dated September 1, 2006, to
the Credit Agreement dated as of August 2, 2005, among the
Company, certain of its direct and indirect subsidiaries, the
lenders party thereto, Barclays Bank plc, as administrative
agent, Bank of America, N.A. and Calyon, New York Branch, as
co-syndication agents, Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch and
Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch, as co-documentation agents,
and The Bank of New York, as collateral agent (incorporated
herein by reference to exhibit 10.1 to the Companys
Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed on September 1, 2006)
|
|
10
|
.28
|
|
Form of Shareholders Agreement between the Company and
certain employee and/or director shareholders and/or
optionholders (incorporated herein by reference to
exhibit 4.11 to the Companys 2005 Registration
Statement on
Form F-3
(Registration
No. 333-122571))*
|
|
10
|
.29
|
|
Form of First Amendment to Shareholders Agreement between
the Company and certain employee and/or director shareholders
and/or optionholders, dated as of May 4, 2007 (incorporated
herein by reference to exhibit 10.3 to the Companys
Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed on May 7, 2007)*
|
|
10
|
.30
|
|
Form of Option Agreement relating to initial option grants under
the 2003 Share Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by
reference to exhibit 10.21 to the Companys Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, filed on
March 14, 2005)*
|
|
10
|
.31
|
|
Form of Option Agreement relating to options granted in 2004
under the 2003 Share Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by
reference to exhibit 10.22 to the Companys Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, filed on
March 14, 2005)*
|
|
10
|
.32
|
|
Form of Performance Share Award Agreement relating to grants in
2004 under the 2003 Share Incentive Plan (incorporated
herein by reference to exhibit 10.23 to the Companys
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, filed on
March 14, 2005)*
|
|
10
|
.33
|
|
Form of Option Agreement relating to options granted in 2005
under the 2003 Share Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by
reference to exhibit 10.24 to the Companys Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, filed on
March 14, 2005)*
|
|
10
|
.34
|
|
Form of Performance Share Award Agreement relating to grants in
2005 under the Share Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by
reference to exhibit 10.25 to the Companys Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, filed on
March 14, 2005)*
|
|
10
|
.35
|
|
Form of letter amendment to the Option Agreements relating to
options granted in 2004 and 2005 and Performance Share Award
Agreements relating to grants in 2004 and 2005 to certain
Bermudian employees including James Few (incorporated herein by
reference to exhibit 10.26 to the Companys Quarterly
Report on
Form 10-Q
for nine months ended September 30, 2005, filed on
November 9, 2005)*
|
|
10
|
.36
|
|
Form of Option Agreement relating to options granted in 2006
under the 2003 Share Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by
reference to exhibit 10.24 to the Companys Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, filed on
March 6, 2006)*
|
|
10
|
.37
|
|
Form of Performance Share Award Agreement relating to grants in
2006 under the 2003 Share Incentive Plan (incorporated
herein by reference to exhibit 10.25 to the Companys
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, filed on
March 6, 2006)*
|
|
10
|
.38
|
|
Amendment to Form of 2006 Performance Share Award Agreement
(incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.3 to the
Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for nine months ended September 30, 2008, filed
November 10, 2008)*
|
|
10
|
.39
|
|
2006 Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors (incorporated herein
by reference to exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K,
filed May 26, 2006)*
|
|
10
|
.40
|
|
Form of 2010 Performance Share Award Agreement (incorporated
herein by reference to exhibit 10.1 to the Companys
Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for three months ended March 31, 2010, filed May 7,
2010)*
|
|
10
|
.41
|
|
Form of Non-Employee Director Nonqualified Share Option
Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.2
to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K,
filed May 26, 2006)*
|
|
10
|
.42
|
|
Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Share Unit Award
Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.2
to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K,
filed on May 7, 2007)*
|
201
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
10
|
.43
|
|
Form of 2008 Non-Employee Director Restricted Share Unit Award
Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.5
to the Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for six months ended June 30, 2008, filed August 6,
2008)*
|
|
10
|
.44
|
|
Form of Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement (incorporated
herein by reference to exhibit 10.40 to the Companys
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2008, filed on
February 26, 2009)*
|
|
10
|
.45
|
|
Amendment to Form of Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement (U.S.
version) (incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.5
to the Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for nine months ended September 30, 2008, filed
November 10, 2008)*
|
|
10
|
.46
|
|
Amendment to Form of Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement (U.S.
employees employed outside the U.S.) (incorporated herein by
reference to exhibit 10.6 to the Companys Quarterly
Report on
Form 10-Q
for nine months ended September 30, 2008, filed
November 10, 2008)*
|
|
10
|
.47
|
|
Form of Option Agreement relating to options granted in 2007
under the 2003 Share Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by
reference to exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Quarterly
Report on
Form 10-Q
for six months ended June 30, 2007, filed August 7,
2007)*
|
|
10
|
.48
|
|
Form of Performance Share Award relating to performance shares
granted in 2007 under the 2003 Share Incentive Plan
(incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.2 to the
Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for six months ended June 30, 2007, filed August 7,
2007)*
|
|
10
|
.49
|
|
Amendment to Form of 2007 Performance Share Agreement
(incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.4 to the
Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for nine months ended September 30, 2008, filed
November 10, 2008)*
|
|
10
|
.50
|
|
Form of 2008 Performance Share Agreement (incorporated herein by
reference to exhibit 10.4 to the Companys Quarterly
Report on
Form 10-Q
for six months ended June 30, 2008, filed August 6,
2008)*
|
|
10
|
.51
|
|
Form of 2009 Performance Share Agreement (incorporated herein by
reference to exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Quarterly
Report on
Form 10-Q
for six months ended June 30, 2009, filed August 4,
2009)*
|
|
10
|
.52
|
|
Amendment to the Form of Option Agreement relating to options
granted in 2007 under the 2003 Share Incentive Plan
(incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.50 to the
Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, filed on
February 26, 2010)*
|
|
10
|
.53
|
|
Amendment to the Forms of Performance Share Award Agreements
relating to grants in 2007, 2008 and 2009 under the
2003 Share Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference
to exhibit 10.51 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, filed on
February 26, 2010)*
|
|
10
|
.54
|
|
Share Purchase Agreement, dated May 13, 2008, among the
Company, Halifax EES Trustees International Limited and various
Candover Investments plc entities (incorporated herein by
reference to exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K,
filed on May 14, 2008)
|
|
10
|
.55
|
|
Master Confirmation, dated as of November 10, 2010, between
the Company and Barclays Bank plc relating to the accelerated
share purchase program, filed with this report
|
|
10
|
.56
|
|
Supplemental Confirmation, dated as of November 10, 2010,
between the Company and Barclays Bank plc relating to the
accelerated share purchase program, filed with this report**
|
|
10
|
.57
|
|
Master Confirmation, dated as of September 28, 2007,
between the Company and Goldman, Sachs & Co. relating
to the accelerated share purchase program (incorporated herein
by reference to exhibit 10.1 to the Companys
Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for nine months ended September 30, 2007, filed
November 8, 2007)
|
|
10
|
.58
|
|
Supplemental Confirmation, dated as of September 28, 2007,
between the Company and Goldman, Sachs & Co. relating
to the accelerated share purchase program (incorporated herein
by reference to exhibit 10.1 to the Companys
Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for nine months ended September 30, 2007, filed
November 8, 2007)
|
202
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
10
|
.59
|
|
Supplemental Confirmation, dated as of November 9, 2007,
between the Company and Goldman, Sachs & Co. relating
to the accelerated share purchase program (incorporated herein
by reference to exhibit 10.37 to the Companys Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, filed on
February 29, 2008)
|
|
10
|
.60
|
|
Amendment Agreement, dated as of November 9, 2007, between
the Company and Goldman, Sachs & Co. relating to the
accelerated share purchase program (incorporated herein by
reference to exhibit 10.38 to the Companys Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, filed on
February 29, 2008)
|
|
10
|
.61
|
|
Committed Letter of Credit Facility dated October 11, 2006
between Aspen Insurance Limited and Citibank Ireland Financial
Services plc. (incorporated herein by reference to
exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K,
filed October 13, 2006)
|
|
10
|
.62
|
|
Insurance Letters of Credit Master Agreement dated
December 15, 2003 between Aspen Insurance Limited and
Citibank Ireland Financial Services plc. (incorporated herein by
reference to exhibit 10.2 to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K,
filed October 13, 2006)
|
|
10
|
.63
|
|
Pledge Agreement dated January 17, 2006 between Aspen
Insurance Limited and Citibank, N.A. (incorporated herein by
reference to exhibit 10.3 to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K,
filed October 13, 2006)
|
|
10
|
.64
|
|
Side Letter relating to the Pledge Agreement, dated
January 27, 2006 between Aspen Insurance Limited and
Citibank, N.A. (incorporated herein by reference to
exhibit 10.4 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K,
filed October 13, 2006)
|
|
10
|
.65
|
|
Assignment Agreement dated October 11, 2006 among Aspen
Insurance Limited, Citibank, N.A., Citibank Ireland Financial
Services plc and The Bank of New York (incorporated herein by
reference to exhibit 10.5 to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K,
filed October 13, 2006)
|
|
10
|
.66
|
|
Letter Agreement dated October 11, 2006 between Aspen
Insurance Limited and Citibank Ireland Financial Services plc.
(incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.6 to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K,
filed October 13, 2006)
|
|
10
|
.67
|
|
Amendment to Committed Letter of Credit Facility dated
October 29, 2008 between Aspen Insurance Limited and
Citibank Europe plc (incorporated herein by reference to
exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K,
filed November 4, 2008)
|
|
10
|
.68
|
|
Amendment to Pledge Agreement dated October 29, 2008
between Aspen Insurance Limited and Citibank Europe plc
(incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.2 to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K,
filed November 4, 2008)
|
|
10
|
.69
|
|
Letter of Credit between Aspen Insurance Limited and Citibank
Europe plc dated April 29, 2009 (incorporated herein by
reference to exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K,
filed on May 4, 2009)
|
|
10
|
.70
|
|
$200,000,000 Facility Agreement between Aspen Insurance Limited,
Aspen Insurance UK Limited and Barclays Bank plc dated
October 6, 2009 (incorporated herein by reference to
exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K,
filed on October 7, 2009)
|
|
10
|
.71
|
|
Supplemental Confirmation, dated as of January 5, 2010,
between the Company and Goldman, Sachs & Co. relating
to a collared accelerated stock buyback (incorporated herein by
reference to exhibit 10.67 to the Companys Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, filed on
February 26, 2010)**
|
|
21
|
.1
|
|
Subsidiaries of the Company, filed with this report
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
Consent of KPMG Audit Plc, filed with this report
|
|
24
|
.1
|
|
Power of Attorney for officers and directors of Aspen Insurance
Holdings Limited (included on the signature page of this report)
|
|
31
|
.1
|
|
Officer Certification of Christopher OKane, Chief
Executive Officer of Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited, as
adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002, filed with this report
|
203
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
31
|
.2
|
|
Officer Certification of Richard Houghton, Chief Financial
Officer of Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited, as adopted pursuant
to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed
with this report
|
|
32
|
.1
|
|
Officer Certification of Christopher OKane, Chief
Executive Officer of Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited, and
Richard Houghton, Chief Financial Officer of Aspen Insurance
Holdings Limited, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,
as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002, submitted with this report
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
This exhibit is a management
contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
|
|
**
|
|
Confidential treatment has been
requested with respect to certain portions of this exhibit.
Omitted portions have been separately filed with the SEC.
|
204
EXCHANGE
RATE INFORMATION
Unless this report provides a different rate, the translations
of British Pounds into U.S. Dollars have been made at the
rate of £1 to $1.5458, which was the closing exchange rate
on December 31, 2010 for the British Pound/U.S. Dollar
exchange rate as displayed on Reuters. Using this rate does not
mean that British Pound amounts actually represent those
U.S. Dollars amounts or could be converted into
U.S. Dollars at that rate.
The following table sets forth the history of the exchange rates
of one British Pound to U.S. Dollars for the periods
indicated.
BRITISH
POUND/U.S. DOLLAR EXCHANGE RATE HISTORY(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Last(2)
|
|
High
|
|
Low
|
|
Average(3)
|
|
|
|
Month Ended January 31, 2011
|
|
|
1.6014
|
|
|
|
1.6014
|
|
|
|
1.5473
|
|
|
|
1.5788
|
|
|
|
|
|
Month Ended December 31, 2010
|
|
|
1.5612
|
|
|
|
1.5862
|
|
|
|
1.5368
|
|
|
|
1.5599
|
|
|
|
|
|
Month Ended November 30, 2010
|
|
|
1.5562
|
|
|
|
1.6268
|
|
|
|
1.5562
|
|
|
|
1.5952
|
|
|
|
|
|
Month Ended October 31, 2010
|
|
|
1.6038
|
|
|
|
1.6038
|
|
|
|
1.5682
|
|
|
|
1.5857
|
|
|
|
|
|
Month Ended September 30, 2010
|
|
|
1.5716
|
|
|
|
1.5827
|
|
|
|
1.5358
|
|
|
|
1.5575
|
|
|
|
|
|
Month Ended August 31, 2010
|
|
|
1.5348
|
|
|
|
1.5953
|
|
|
|
1.5348
|
|
|
|
1.5652
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2010
|
|
|
1.5612
|
|
|
|
1.6362
|
|
|
|
1.4334
|
|
|
|
1.5458
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2009
|
|
|
1.6170
|
|
|
|
1.6989
|
|
|
|
1.3753
|
|
|
|
1.5670
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2008
|
|
|
1.4593
|
|
|
|
2.0335
|
|
|
|
1.4392
|
|
|
|
1.8524
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2007
|
|
|
1.9849
|
|
|
|
2.1074
|
|
|
|
1.9205
|
|
|
|
2.0019
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2006
|
|
|
1.9589
|
|
|
|
1.9815
|
|
|
|
1.7199
|
|
|
|
1.8436
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2005
|
|
|
1.7230
|
|
|
|
1.9291
|
|
|
|
1.7142
|
|
|
|
1.8196
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2004
|
|
|
1.9183
|
|
|
|
1.9467
|
|
|
|
1.7663
|
|
|
|
1.8323
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2003
|
|
|
1.7902
|
|
|
|
1.7902
|
|
|
|
1.5500
|
|
|
|
1.6450
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2002
|
|
|
1.6099
|
|
|
|
1.6099
|
|
|
|
1.4088
|
|
|
|
1.5033
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Data obtained from Bloomberg LP.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Last is the closing
exchange rate on the last business day of each of the periods
indicated.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Average for the
monthly exchange rates is the average of the daily closing
exchange rates during the periods indicated. Average
for the year ended periods is also calculated using daily
closing exchange rate during those periods.
|
205
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Registrant has duly caused
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized.
ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Christopher
OKane
|
Name: Christopher OKane
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Chief Executive Officer
|
Date: February 25, 2011
POWER OF
ATTORNEY
Know all men by these presents, that the undersigned directors
and officers of the Company, a Bermuda limited liability
company, which is filing a
Form 10-K
with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
Washington, D.C. 20549 under the provisions of the
Securities Act of 1934 hereby constitute and appoint Christopher
OKane and Richard Houghton, and each of them, the
individuals true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents,
with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for the
person and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign such
Form 10-K
therewith and any and all amendments thereto to be filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them full power and
authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as
fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in
person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said
attorneys-in-fact as agents or any of them, or their substitute
or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue
hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1934, this
Form 10-K
has been signed by the following persons in the capacities
indicated on the 25th day of February, 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Glyn
Jones
Glyn
Jones
|
|
Chairman and Director
|
|
|
|
/s/ Christopher
OKane
Christopher
OKane
|
|
Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
|
|
|
|
/s/ Richard
Houghton
Richard
Houghton
|
|
Chief Financial Officer and Director
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
|
|
|
|
/s/ Albert
Beer
Albert
Beer
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
/s/ Liaquat
Ahamed
Liaquat
Ahamed
|
|
Director
|
206
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Matthew
Botein
Matthew
Botein
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
/s/ Richard
Bucknall
Richard
Bucknall
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
/s/ John
Cavoores
John
Cavoores
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
/s/ Ian
Cormack
Ian
Cormack
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
/s/ Julian
Cusack
Julian
Cusack
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
/s/ Heidi
Hutter
Heidi
Hutter
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
/s/ David
Kelso
David
Kelso
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
/s/ Peter
OFlinn
Peter
OFlinn
|
|
Director
|
207
ASPEN
INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
INDEX TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND REPORTS
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
|
F-3
|
Consolidated Financial Statements for the Twelve Months ended
December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31,
2008
|
|
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
|
F-7
|
|
|
F-8
|
|
|
F-9
|
|
|
F-11
|
F-1
ASPEN
INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
MANAGEMENTS
REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining
adequate internal control over financial reporting, as is
defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(f)
and as contemplated by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act. Our internal control system was designed to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles. All internal control systems, no matter
how well designed, have inherent limitations. These limitations
include the possibility that judgments in decision-making can be
faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of error or
mistake. Therefore, any internal control system can provide only
reasonable assurance and may not prevent or detect all
misstatements or omissions. In addition, our evaluation of
effectiveness is as of a particular point in time and there can
be no assurance that any system will succeed in achieving its
goals under all future conditions.
Management assessed the effectiveness of the Companys
internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2010. In making this assessment, management
used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal
Control-Integrated Framework. Based on our
assessment in accordance with the criteria, we believe that our
internal control over financial reporting is effective as of
December 31, 2010.
The Companys internal control over financial reporting as
of December 31, 2010 has been audited by KPMG Audit Plc, an
independent registered public accounting firm, who also audited
our consolidated financial statements. KPMG Audit Plcs
attestation report on internal control over financial reporting
appears on
page F-3.
F-2
ASPEN
INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
REPORT OF
THE INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and
Shareholders of Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited and subsidiaries (the
Company) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the
related consolidated statements of operations,
shareholders equity, comprehensive income, and cash flows
for each of the years in the three-year period ended
December 31, 2010. In addition we have audited the
financial statement schedules on pages
S-2 to
S-8. We also
have audited the Companys internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on the criteria
established in Internal Control Integrated
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The
Companys management is responsible for these consolidated
financial statements and financial statement schedules, for
maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting,
and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control
over financial reporting, included in the accompanying
Managements Report on Internal Control Over Financial
Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
these consolidated financial statements, on the financial
statement schedules, and an opinion on the Companys
internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement and whether effective internal
control over financial reporting was maintained in all material
respects. Our audits of the consolidated financial statements
included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the
amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing
the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial
reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal
control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a
material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design
and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the
assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other
procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinions.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A companys
internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions
are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company
are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and (3) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred
to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of the Company as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and
the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the
years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010, in
conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles. In addition, in our opinion, the related financial
statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic
consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present
fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth
therein. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all
material respects, effective internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on the criteria
established in Internal Control Integrated
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of
the Treadway Commission.
/s/ KPMG Audit Plc
KPMG Audit Plc
London, United Kingdom
February 25, 2011
F-3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earned premium
|
|
$
|
1,898.9
|
|
|
$
|
1,823.0
|
|
|
$
|
1,701.7
|
|
Net investment income
|
|
|
232.0
|
|
|
|
248.5
|
|
|
|
139.2
|
|
Net realized and unrealized investment gains/(losses)
|
|
|
50.6
|
|
|
|
11.4
|
|
|
|
(47.9
|
)
|
Change in fair value of derivatives
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
|
|
(8.0
|
)
|
|
|
(7.8
|
)
|
Other income
|
|
|
9.1
|
|
|
|
8.0
|
|
|
|
5.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Revenues
|
|
|
2,190.4
|
|
|
|
2,082.9
|
|
|
|
1,790.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
|
|
|
1,248.7
|
|
|
|
948.1
|
|
|
|
1,119.5
|
|
Policy acquisition expenses
|
|
|
328.5
|
|
|
|
334.1
|
|
|
|
299.3
|
|
General, administrative and corporate expenses
|
|
|
258.6
|
|
|
|
252.4
|
|
|
|
208.1
|
|
Interest on long-term debt
|
|
|
16.5
|
|
|
|
15.6
|
|
|
|
15.6
|
|
Net realized and unrealized exchange gains/(losses)
|
|
|
(2.2
|
)
|
|
|
(2.0
|
)
|
|
|
8.2
|
|
Total Expenses
|
|
|
1,850.1
|
|
|
|
1,548.2
|
|
|
|
1,650.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations before income tax
|
|
|
340.3
|
|
|
|
534.7
|
|
|
|
140.2
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
(27.6
|
)
|
|
|
(60.8
|
)
|
|
|
(36.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
$
|
312.7
|
|
|
$
|
473.9
|
|
|
$
|
103.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per share data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average number of ordinary share & share
equivalents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
76,342,632
|
|
|
|
82,698,325
|
|
|
|
82,962,882
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
80,014,738
|
|
|
|
85,327,212
|
|
|
|
85,532,102
|
|
Basic earnings per ordinary share adjusted for preference share
dividends
|
|
$
|
3.80
|
|
|
$
|
5.82
|
|
|
$
|
0.92
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted earnings per ordinary share adjusted for preference
share dividends
|
|
$
|
3.62
|
|
|
$
|
5.64
|
|
|
$
|
0.89
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to the
consolidated financial statements.
F-4
ASPEN
INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE
SHEETS
As at December 31, 2010 and 2009
($ in millions, except share and per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed income maturities, available for sale at fair value
(amortized cost $5,120.8 and $5,064.3)
|
|
$
|
5,360.4
|
|
|
$
|
5,249.9
|
|
Fixed income maturities, trading at fair value (amortized
cost $388.8 and $332.5)
|
|
|
406.2
|
|
|
|
348.1
|
|
Other investments, equity method
|
|
|
30.0
|
|
|
|
27.3
|
|
Short-term investments, available for sale at fair value
(amortized cost $286.1 and $368.2)
|
|
|
286.0
|
|
|
|
368.2
|
|
Short-term investments, trading at fair value (amortized
cost $3.7 and $3.5)
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
|
|
3.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total investments
|
|
|
6,086.3
|
|
|
|
5,997.0
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
1,179.1
|
|
|
|
748.4
|
|
Reinsurance recoverable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unpaid losses
|
|
|
279.9
|
|
|
|
321.5
|
|
Ceded unearned premiums
|
|
|
62.4
|
|
|
|
103.8
|
|
Receivables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriting premiums
|
|
|
821.7
|
|
|
|
708.3
|
|
Other
|
|
|
67.9
|
|
|
|
64.1
|
|
Funds withheld
|
|
|
83.3
|
|
|
|
85.1
|
|
Deferred policy acquisition costs
|
|
|
166.8
|
|
|
|
165.5
|
|
Derivatives at fair value
|
|
|
6.8
|
|
|
|
6.7
|
|
Receivable for securities sold
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
11.9
|
|
Office properties and equipment
|
|
|
34.8
|
|
|
|
27.5
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
21.9
|
|
|
|
9.2
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
21.0
|
|
|
|
8.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
8,832.1
|
|
|
$
|
8,257.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to the
consolidated financial statements.
F-5
ASPEN
INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
As at December 31, 2010 and 2009
($ in millions, except share and per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
LIABILITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Insurance reserves
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
|
|
$
|
3,820.5
|
|
|
$
|
3,331.1
|
|
Unearned premiums
|
|
|
859.0
|
|
|
|
907.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total insurance reserves
|
|
|
4,679.5
|
|
|
|
4,238.7
|
|
Payables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reinsurance premiums
|
|
|
113.7
|
|
|
|
110.8
|
|
Deferred taxation
|
|
|
49.1
|
|
|
|
83.9
|
|
Current taxation
|
|
|
11.1
|
|
|
|
10.3
|
|
Accrued expenses and other payables
|
|
|
238.0
|
|
|
|
249.3
|
|
Liabilities under derivative contracts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total payables
|
|
|
411.9
|
|
|
|
463.5
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
498.8
|
|
|
|
249.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
$
|
5,590.2
|
|
|
$
|
4,951.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingent liabilities (see Note 18)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ordinary shares: 76,342,632 shares of 0.15144558¢ each
(2009 83,327,594 )
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
Preference shares:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,600,000 5.625% shares of par value 0.15144558¢ each
(2009 4,600,000)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,327,500 7.401% shares of par value 0.15144558¢ each
(2009 5,327,500)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Controlling interest
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
1,388.3
|
|
|
|
1,763.0
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
1,528.7
|
|
|
|
1,285.0
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
324.3
|
|
|
|
257.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
|
3,241.9
|
|
|
|
3,305.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and shareholders equity
|
|
$
|
8,832.1
|
|
|
$
|
8,257.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to the
consolidated financial statements.
F-6
ASPEN
INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS
EQUITY
For The Twelve Months Ended December 31,
2010, 2009 and 2008
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Ordinary shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning and end of year
|
|
$
|
0.1
|
|
|
$
|
0.1
|
|
|
$
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preference shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning and end of year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Controlling interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial investment
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share of net income/(loss) for the year
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
End of period
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning of year
|
|
|
1,763.0
|
|
|
|
1,754.8
|
|
|
|
1,846.1
|
|
New ordinary shares issued
|
|
|
20.3
|
|
|
|
25.1
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
Ordinary shares repurchased and cancelled
|
|
|
(407.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(100.3
|
)
|
Preference shares repurchased and cancelled
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(34.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Share-based compensation
|
|
|
12.8
|
|
|
|
17.2
|
|
|
|
7.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
End of year
|
|
|
1,388.3
|
|
|
|
1,763.0
|
|
|
|
1,754.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning of year
|
|
|
1,285.0
|
|
|
|
884.7
|
|
|
|
858.8
|
|
Net income for the year
|
|
|
312.7
|
|
|
|
473.9
|
|
|
|
103.8
|
|
Dividends on ordinary shares
|
|
|
(46.5
|
)
|
|
|
(49.8
|
)
|
|
|
(50.2
|
)
|
Dividends on preference shares
|
|
|
(22.8
|
)
|
|
|
(23.8
|
)
|
|
|
(27.7
|
)
|
Share of net (income)/loss due to Non-Controlling interest
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
End of year
|
|
|
1,528.7
|
|
|
|
1,285.0
|
|
|
|
884.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments, net of
taxes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning of year
|
|
|
103.4
|
|
|
|
87.6
|
|
|
|
80.2
|
|
Change for the year, net of income tax
|
|
|
10.0
|
|
|
|
15.8
|
|
|
|
7.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
End of year
|
|
|
113.4
|
|
|
|
103.4
|
|
|
|
87.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on derivatives, net of taxes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning of year
|
|
|
(1.2
|
)
|
|
|
(1.4
|
)
|
|
|
(1.6
|
)
|
Reclassification to interest payable
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
End of year
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)
|
|
|
(1.2
|
)
|
|
|
(1.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized appreciation/(depreciation) on investments, net of
taxes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning of year
|
|
|
155.1
|
|
|
|
53.3
|
|
|
|
34.0
|
|
Change for the year, net of income tax credit of $2.8 and tax
expense of $16.4
|
|
|
56.8
|
|
|
|
101.8
|
|
|
|
19.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
End of year
|
|
|
211.9
|
|
|
|
155.1
|
|
|
|
53.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total accumulated other comprehensive income, net of taxes
|
|
|
324.3
|
|
|
|
257.3
|
|
|
|
139.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
$
|
3,241.9
|
|
|
$
|
3,305.4
|
|
|
$
|
2,779.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to the
consolidated financial statements.
F-7
ASPEN
INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME
For The Twelve Months Ended December 31,
2010, 2009 and 2008
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
312.7
|
|
|
$
|
473.9
|
|
|
$
|
103.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other comprehensive income, net of taxes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Available for sale investments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reclassification adjustment for net realized (gains)/losses on
investments included in net income
|
|
|
(21.0
|
)
|
|
|
3.8
|
|
|
|
24.3
|
|
Change in net unrealized gains/(losses) on available for sale
securities held
|
|
|
77.8
|
|
|
|
98.0
|
|
|
|
(5.0
|
)
|
Amortization of loss on derivative contract
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
Change in foreign currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
10.0
|
|
|
|
15.8
|
|
|
|
7.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other comprehensive income
|
|
|
67.0
|
|
|
|
117.8
|
|
|
|
26.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
$
|
379.7
|
|
|
$
|
591.7
|
|
|
$
|
130.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to the
consolidated financial statements.
F-8
ASPEN
INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For the Twelve Months Ended December 31,
2010, 2009 and 2008
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
312.7
|
|
|
$
|
473.9
|
|
|
$
|
103.8
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows from
operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
21.4
|
|
|
|
10.5
|
|
|
|
10.6
|
|
Share-based compensation expense
|
|
|
12.8
|
|
|
|
17.2
|
|
|
|
7.0
|
|
Net realized and unrealized (gains)/losses
|
|
|
(47.9
|
)
|
|
|
(9.1
|
)
|
|
|
47.9
|
|
Net realized (gains)/losses included in net investment income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(19.6
|
)
|
|
|
96.6
|
|
Other investment (gains)
|
|
|
(2.7
|
)
|
|
|
(2.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on derivative contract
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
Changes in:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Insurance reserves:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
|
|
|
509.2
|
|
|
|
171.5
|
|
|
|
332.9
|
|
Unearned premiums
|
|
|
(42.8
|
)
|
|
|
96.9
|
|
|
|
53.1
|
|
Reinsurance recoverables:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unpaid losses
|
|
|
40.0
|
|
|
|
(38.6
|
)
|
|
|
22.1
|
|
Ceded unearned premiums
|
|
|
39.5
|
|
|
|
(57.5
|
)
|
|
|
30.7
|
|
Accrued investment income and other receivables
|
|
|
(3.1
|
)
|
|
|
(17.6
|
)
|
|
|
13.3
|
|
Deferred policy acquisition costs
|
|
|
(2.3
|
)
|
|
|
(15.8
|
)
|
|
|
(15.8
|
)
|
Reinsurance premiums payable
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
22.5
|
|
Funds withheld
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
19.5
|
|
Premiums receivable
|
|
|
(119.7
|
)
|
|
|
(55.9
|
)
|
|
|
(144.6
|
)
|
Deferred taxes
|
|
|
(29.9
|
)
|
|
|
20.3
|
|
|
|
3.9
|
|
Income tax payable
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
(51.5
|
)
|
Accrued expenses and other payable
|
|
|
(50.2
|
)
|
|
|
56.8
|
|
|
|
(17.6
|
)
|
Fair value of derivatives and settlement of liabilities under
derivatives
|
|
|
(9.3
|
)
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
|
|
(2.4
|
)
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
(11.3
|
)
|
|
|
6.3
|
|
|
|
(1.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash generated by operating activities
|
|
$
|
624.6
|
|
|
$
|
646.6
|
|
|
$
|
530.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to the
consolidated financial statements.
F-9
ASPEN
INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For the Twelve Months Ended December 31,
2010, 2009 and 2008
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Cash flows generated from/(used in) investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of fixed income maturities
|
|
$
|
(2,807.2
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,927.2
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,627.0
|
)
|
Net sales/(purchases) from other investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
282.1
|
|
|
|
177.1
|
|
Proceeds from sales and maturities of fixed income maturities
|
|
|
2,712.0
|
|
|
|
1,898.9
|
|
|
|
2,358.8
|
|
Net sales/(purchases) of short-term investments
|
|
|
91.8
|
|
|
|
(97.0
|
)
|
|
|
24.3
|
|
Net change in receivable/(payable) for securities
sold/(purchased)
|
|
|
52.3
|
|
|
|
165.4
|
|
|
|
(177.1
|
)
|
Payments for acquisitions net of cash acquired
|
|
|
(13.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of equipment
|
|
|
(17.9
|
)
|
|
|
(4.6
|
)
|
|
|
(11.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash generated from/(used in) investing activities
|
|
|
17.6
|
|
|
|
(682.4
|
)
|
|
|
(255.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows used in financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from the issuance of ordinary shares, net of issuance
costs
|
|
|
20.3
|
|
|
|
25.1
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
Ordinary shares repurchased
|
|
|
(407.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(100.3
|
)
|
Costs from the redemption of preference shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(34.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Minority interest
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
|
|
|
249.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends paid on ordinary shares
|
|
|
(46.5
|
)
|
|
|
(49.8
|
)
|
|
|
(50.2
|
)
|
Dividends paid on preference shares
|
|
|
(22.8
|
)
|
|
|
(23.8
|
)
|
|
|
(27.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in financing activities
|
|
|
(207.1
|
)
|
|
|
(82.6
|
)
|
|
|
(176.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of exchange rate movements on cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(4.4
|
)
|
|
|
57.7
|
|
|
|
58.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
430.7
|
|
|
|
(60.7
|
)
|
|
|
157.7
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
|
|
|
748.4
|
|
|
|
809.1
|
|
|
|
651.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
|
|
$
|
1,179.1
|
|
|
$
|
748.4
|
|
|
$
|
809.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid during the year for income tax
|
|
$
|
56.0
|
|
|
$
|
55.5
|
|
|
$
|
76.2
|
|
Cash paid during the year for interest
|
|
$
|
15.0
|
|
|
$
|
15.0
|
|
|
$
|
15.0
|
|
See accompanying notes to the
consolidated financial statements.
F-10
ASPEN
INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and
2008
($ in millions, except share and per share amounts)
|
|
1.
|
History
and organization
|
Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited (Aspen Holdings)
was incorporated on May 23, 2002 and holds subsidiaries
that provide insurance and reinsurance on a worldwide basis. Its
principal operating subsidiaries are Aspen Insurance UK Limited
(Aspen U.K.), Aspen Insurance Limited (Aspen
Bermuda), Aspen Specialty Insurance Company (Aspen
Specialty) and Aspen Underwriting Limited (corporate
member of Lloyds Syndicate 4711, AUL)
(collectively, the Insurance Subsidiaries).
References to the Company, we,
us or our refer to Aspen Holdings or
Aspen Holdings and its wholly-owned subsidiaries.
|
|
2.
|
Basis of
preparation and significant accounting policies
|
The consolidated financial statements of Aspen Holdings are
prepared in accordance with United States Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles (U.S. GAAP) and are
presented on a consolidated basis including the transactions of
all operating subsidiaries. Transactions between Aspen Holdings
and its subsidiaries are eliminated within the consolidated
financial statements.
Assumptions and estimates made by the directors have a
significant effect on the amounts reported within the
consolidated financial statements. The most significant of these
relate to the losses and loss adjustment expenses, reinsurance
recoverables, gross written premiums and commissions which have
not been reported to the company such as those relating to
proportional treaty reinsurance contracts, the fair value of
derivatives and other level 3 investments and the fair
value of other investments. All material assumptions and
estimates are regularly reviewed and adjustments made as
necessary, but actual results could turn out significantly
different from those expected when the assumptions or estimates
were made.
|
|
(b)
|
Accounting
for Insurance and Reinsurance Operations
|
Premiums Earned. Premiums are recognized as
revenues proportionately over the coverage period. Premiums
earned are recorded in the statement of operations, net of the
cost of purchased reinsurance. Premiums written which are not
yet recognized as earned premium are recorded in the
consolidated balance sheet as unearned premiums, gross of any
ceded unearned premiums. Written and earned premiums, and the
related costs, which have not yet been reported to the Company
are estimated and accrued. Due to the time lag inherent in
reporting of premiums by cedants, such estimated premiums
written and earned, as well as related costs, may be
significant. Differences between such estimates and actual
amounts will be recorded in the period in which the actual
amounts are determined.
We exercise judgment in determining the adjustment premiums,
which represent a small portion of total premiums receivable.
The proportion of adjustable premiums included in the premium
estimates varies between business lines with the largest
adjustment premiums being in property and casualty reinsurance
and the smallest in property and casualty insurance.
Premiums on proportional treaty contracts are generally not
reported to the Company until after the reinsurance coverage is
in force. As a result, an estimate of these pipeline
premiums is recorded. The Company estimates pipeline premiums
based on estimates of ultimate premium, calculated unearned
premium and premiums reported from ceding companies. The Company
estimates commissions, losses and loss adjustment expenses
related to these premiums.
Reinstatement premiums and additional premiums on excess of loss
contracts are provided for based on experience under such
contracts. Reinstatement premiums are the premiums charged for
the
F-11
restoration of the reinsurance limit of an excess of loss
contract to its full amount after payment by the reinsurer of
losses as a result of an occurrence. These premiums relate to
the future coverage obtained during the remainder of the initial
policy term. Additional premiums are premiums charged after
coverage has expired, related to experience during the policy
term. An allowance for uncollectible premiums is established for
possible non-payment of such amounts due, as deemed necessary.
Outward reinsurance premiums are accounted for in the same
accounting methodology as inwards premiums. Reinsurance
contracts that operate on a losses occurring during
basis are accounted for in full over the period of coverage
while risk attaching during policies are expensed
using the same ratio as the underlying premiums on a daily pro
rata basis.
Insurance Losses and Loss Adjustment
Expenses. Losses represent the amount paid or
expected to be paid to claimants in respect of events that have
occurred on or before the balance sheet date. The costs of
investigating, resolving and processing these claims are known
as loss adjustment expenses (LAE). The statement of
operations records these losses net of reinsurance, meaning that
gross losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred are reduced
by the amounts recovered or expected to be recovered under
reinsurance contracts.
Reinsurance. Written premiums, earned
premiums, incurred claims and LAE and policy acquisition costs
all reflect the net effect of assumed and ceded reinsurance
transactions. Assumed reinsurance refers to the Companys
acceptance of certain insurance risks that other insurance
companies have underwritten. Ceded reinsurance arises from
contracts under which other insurance companies agreed to share
certain risks with this Company.
Reinsurance accounting is followed when there is significant
timing risk, significant underwriting risk and a reasonable
possibility of significant loss.
Reinsurance does not isolate the Company from its obligations to
policyholders. In the event a reinsurer fails to meet its
obligations the Companys obligations remain.
The Company regularly evaluates the financial condition of its
reinsurers and monitors the concentration of credit risk to
minimize its exposure to financial loss from reinsurers
insolvency. Where it is considered required, appropriate
provision is made for balances deemed irrecoverable from
reinsurers.
Insurance Reserves. Insurance reserves are
established for the total unpaid cost of claims and LAE, which
cover events that have occurred by the balance sheet date. These
reserves also reflect the Companys estimates of the total
cost of claims incurred but not yet reported (IBNR).
Claim reserves are reduced for estimated amounts of salvage and
subrogation recoveries. Estimated amounts recoverable from
reinsurers on unpaid losses and LAE are reflected as assets.
For reported claims, reserves are established on a
case-by-case
basis within the parameters of coverage provided in the
insurance policy or reinsurance agreement. For IBNR claims,
reserves are estimated using a number of established actuarial
methods to establish a range of estimates from which a
management best estimate is selected. Both case and IBNR reserve
estimates consider such variables as past loss experience,
changes in legislative conditions, changes in judicial
interpretation of legal liability policy coverages and inflation.
Because many of the coverages underwritten involve claims that
may not be ultimately settled for many years after they are
incurred, subjective judgments as to the ultimate exposure to
losses are an integral and necessary component of the loss
reserving process. The Company regularly reviews its reserves,
using a variety of statistical and actuarial techniques to
analyze current claims costs, frequency and severity data, and
prevailing economic, social and legal factors. Reserves
established in prior periods are adjusted as claim experience
develops and new information becomes available.
Adjustments to previously estimated reserves are reflected in
the financial results of the period in which the adjustments are
made.
F-12
While the reported reserves make a reasonable provision for
unpaid claims and LAE obligations, it should be noted that the
process of estimating required reserves does, by its very
nature, involve considerable uncertainty. The level of
uncertainty can be influenced by factors such as the existence
of coverage with long duration payment patterns and changes in
claims handling practices, as well as the factors noted above.
Ultimate actual payments for claims and LAE could turn out to be
significantly different from our estimates.
Policy Acquisition Expenses. The costs
directly related to writing an insurance policy are referred to
as policy acquisition expenses and consist of commissions,
premium taxes and profit commissions. With the exception of
profit commissions, these expenses are incurred when a policy is
issued and are deferred and amortized over the same period as
the corresponding premiums are recorded as revenues.
On a regular basis a recoverability analysis is performed of the
deferred policy acquisition costs in relation to the expected
recognition of revenues, including anticipated investment
income, and adjustments, if any, are reflected as period costs.
Should the analysis indicate that the acquisition costs are
unrecoverable, further analyses are performed to determine if a
reserve is required to provide for losses which may exceed the
related unearned premium.
General, Administrative and Corporate
Expenses. These costs represent the expenses
incurred in running the business and include, but are not
limited to: remunerations costs for employees; rentals costs; IT
development and support costs; and professional and consultancy
fees, including audit fees. When reporting the results for our
operating segments, the Company includes expenses which are
directly attributable to the segment plus an allocation of
central administrative costs. Corporate expenses are not
allocated to the Companys operating segments as they
typically do not fluctuate with the levels of premium written
and are related to the Companys operations. They include
group executive costs, group finance, legal and actuarial costs,
non-underwriting share-based compensation and certain strategic
costs including new teams which have not commenced underwriting.
|
|
(c)
|
Accounting
for Investments
|
Fixed Income Maturities. The fixed maturity
portfolio comprises corporate bonds, mortgage and asset backed
securities and U.S., U.K. and other government securities. The
Company classifies its portfolio as either trading or available
for sale according to the facts and circumstances of the
investments held. The entire fixed maturity investment portfolio
is carried on the consolidated balance sheet at estimated fair
value. Fair values are based on quoted market prices from
third-party pricing services. Realized gains and losses from the
available for sale portfolio are the result of actual sales of
securities or
other-than-temporary
impairments. Unrealized gains and losses represent the
difference between the carrying value of the security and its
market value at the reporting date and are included in other
comprehensive income for securities classified as available for
sale and as realized gains and losses for securities classified
as trading. The Company uses quoted values and other data
provided by internationally recognized independent pricing
sources as inputs into its process for determining the fair
value of its fixed income investments. Where multiple quotes or
prices are obtained, a price source hierarchy is maintained in
order to determine which price source provides the fair value
(i.e., a price obtained from a pricing service with more
seniority in the hierarchy will be used over a less senior one
in all cases). The hierarchy prioritizes pricing services based
on availability and reliability and assigns the highest priority
to index providers. For mortgage-backed and other asset-backed
debt securities, fair value includes estimates regarding
prepayment assumptions, which are based on current market
conditions.
Mortgage and Asset-Backed Securities. The
Company classifies its mortgage-backed and asset-backed
securities as either trading or available for sale according to
the facts and circumstances of the investments held.
Accordingly, that portfolio is carried on the consolidated
balance sheet at estimated fair value. Fair values are based on
quoted market prices from a third-party pricing service.
Realized gains and losses from the available for sale portfolio
are the result of actual sales of securities or
other-than-temporary
impairments. Unrealized gains and losses represent the
difference between the carrying value of the security and its
market value at the reporting date and are included in other
comprehensive income for securities classified as available for
sale and as realized gains and losses for securities classified
as trading.
F-13
Other Investments. Other investments represent
our investments that are recorded using the equity method of
accounting. Adjustments to the carrying value of these
investments are made based on the net asset value of the
investee.
Short-term Investments. Short-term investments
primarily comprise highly liquid debt securities with a maturity
greater than three months but less than one year from the date
of purchase and are held as part of the investment portfolio of
the Company. Short-term investments are classified as either
trading or available for sale according to the facts and
circumstances of the investment held, and carried at estimated
fair value.
Cash and Cash Equivalents. Cash and cash
equivalents are carried at fair value. Cash and cash equivalents
comprise cash on hand, deposits held on call with banks and
other short-term highly liquid investments due to mature within
three months from the date of purchase and which are subject to
insignificant risk of change in fair value.
Other-than-temporary
Impairment of Investments. The difference between
the cost and the estimated fair market value of available for
sale investments is monitored to determine whether any
investment has experienced a decline in value that is believed
to be
other-than-temporary.
Impairment occurs when there is no objective evidence to support
recovery in value before disposal and we intend to sell the
security or more likely than not will be required to sell the
security before recovery of its adjusted amortized cost basis or
it is deemed probable that we will be unable to collect all
amounts due according to the contractual terms of the individual
security.
These impairments will be included within realized losses and
the cost basis of the investment reduced accordingly.
We review all of our fixed maturities on an individual security
basis for potential impairment each quarter based on criteria
including issuer-specific circumstances, credit ratings actions
and general macro-economic conditions.
Investment Income. Investment income is
recognized when earned and includes interest income together
with amortization of premium and accretion of discount on
available for sale and trading investments and included the
change in estimated fair value of investments in funds of hedge
funds, which the Company exited in 2009.
|
|
(d)
|
Accounting
for Derivative Financial Instruments
|
The Company enters into derivative instruments such as swaps and
forward contracts in order to manage certain investment
portfolio risk and exposures, foreign currency exposures and
credit exposures in relation to our reinsurance counterparties.
The Company accounts for its derivatives in accordance with FASB
ASC 815 Topic Derivatives and Hedging, which requires all
derivatives to be recorded at fair value on the Companys
balance sheet as either assets or liabilities, depending on
their rights and obligations. Changes in fair value are reported
as gains or losses in earnings as they occur.
The accounting for the gain or loss due to the changes in the
fair value of these instruments is dependent on whether the
derivative qualifies as a hedge. If the derivative does not
qualify as a hedge, the gains or losses are reported in earnings
when they occur. If the derivative does qualify as a hedge, the
accounting treatment varies based on the type of risk being
hedged. The Company does not apply hedge accounting at this time.
Acquired insurance licenses are held in the consolidated balance
sheet at cost. Acquired insurance licenses are not currently
being amortized as the directors believe that these will have an
indefinite life.
On April 5, 2005, the Company entered into an agreement
with Aspen (Actuaries and Pension Consultants) Plc to acquire
the right to use the Aspen trademark for a period of
99 years in the United Kingdom. The consideration paid was
approximately $1.6 million. The consideration paid was
initially
F-14
capitalized and recognized as an intangible asset on the
Companys balance sheet and was amortized on a
straight-line basis over the useful economic life of the
trademark which was considered to be 99 years. On
November 10, 2009, the Company purchased for approximately
$800 the right to use the Aspen trademark indefinitely from the
Capita Group PLC, parent to Capita Hartshead (Actuaries &
Pension Consultants) Ltd formerly known as Aspen (Actuaries
& Pension Consultants) Plc.
On January 22, 2010, the Company entered into a sale and
purchase agreement to purchase APJ Continuation Limited and its
subsidiaries (APJ) for an aggregate consideration of
$4.8 million. The Company closed the transaction on
March 22, 2010. The directors of Aspen Holdings have
assessed the fair value of the net tangible and financial assets
acquired at $1.2 million. The $3.6 million intangible
asset is attributable to distribution and employees in the ratio
of 60:40. The distribution share of $2.2 million is
amortized over four years reflecting the additional protection
rights to protect the book of business if the lead underwriter
were to resign. The amortization of the employee element of
$1.4 million is amortized over three years which is in line
with lead underwriters lock-in period and earn-out period.
On February 14, 2010, we entered into a stock purchase
agreement to purchase a U.S. insurance company with licenses to
write insurance business on an admitted basis in the U.S. The
value of these licenses was $10.0 million. We completed the
transaction on August 16, 2010.
The directors test for impairment of intangible assets annually
or when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the
asset might be impaired.
|
|
(f)
|
Office
Properties and Equipment
|
Office equipment is carried at fair value. These assets are
depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful
lives of the assets. Computer equipment and software is
depreciated over three years with depreciation for software
commencing on the date the software is brought into use.
Leasehold improvements are depreciated over 15 years.
Furniture and fittings are depreciated over four years. The
total depreciation in the income statement was
$12.1 million for the twelve months ended December 31,
2010 (2009 $9.0 million).
|
|
(g)
|
Foreign
Currencies Translation
|
The reporting currency of the Company is the U.S. Dollar.
The functional currencies of the Companys foreign
operations and branches are the currencies in which the majority
of the business is transacted. The Company, its foreign
operations and branches also transact business in non-functional
currencies. The gain or loss resulting from the revaluation of
non-functional currency assets and liabilities are recorded in
the income statement. Revenue and expenses of foreign operations
are recorded at the exchange rate prevailing at the date of the
transaction. Assets and liabilities of foreign operations are
translated into U.S. Dollars at the exchange rate
prevailing at the balance sheet date. The unrealized gain or
loss from the translation of non-function currency assets and
liabilities are recorded as part of shareholders equity,
net of tax. The unrealized foreign currency translation gain or
loss during the year, net of tax, is a component of other
comprehensive income.
Basic earnings per share is determined by dividing net income
available to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average
number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. Diluted
earnings per share reflect the effect on earnings of the average
number of shares outstanding associated with dilutive securities.
|
|
(i)
|
Accounting
for Income Tax
|
Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability
method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for
the future tax consequences attributable to differences between
the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and
liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating
F-15
loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and
liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to
apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary
differences are expected to be recovered or settled. When the
Company does not believe that, on the basis of available
information, it is more likely than not that the deferred tax
asset will be fully recovered, it recognizes a valuation
allowance against its deferred tax assets to reduce assets to
the recoverable amount. The effect on deferred tax assets and
liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in
the period that includes the enactment date.
The Company has issued two classes of perpetual preference
shares which are only redeemable at our option. We have no
obligation to pay interest on these securities but they do carry
entitlements to dividends payable at the discretion of the board
of directors. In the event of non-payment of dividends for six
consecutive periods, holders of preference shares have director
appointment rights. They are therefore accounted for as equity
instruments and included within total shareholders equity.
|
|
(k)
|
Share
Based Employee Compensation
|
The Company operates a share and option-based employee
compensation plan, the terms and conditions of which are
described in Note 16. The Company applies a fair-value
based measurement method and an estimate of future forfeitures
in the calculation of the compensation costs of stock options
and restricted share units.
|
|
(l)
|
New
Accounting Policies
|
New
Accounting Pronouncements adopted in 2010
In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU
2010-6,
Improving Disclosures About Fair Value Measurements,
which requires reporting entities to make new disclosures about
recurring or nonrecurring fair-value measurements including
significant transfers into and out of Level 1 and
Level 2 fair-value measurements and information on
purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements on a gross basis in
the reconciliation of Level 3 fair- value measurements. ASU
2010-6 is
effective for annual reporting periods beginning after
December 15, 2009, except for Level 3 reconciliation
disclosures which are effective for annual periods beginning
after December 15, 2010. The Company does not expect the
provision of the new guidance will have a material impact on our
consolidated financial statements.
Accounting
standards not yet adopted
In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU
2010-28,
When to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for
Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts. Step
1 requires reporting entities to identify any potential
impairments, on either an annual or interim basis, by comparing
the estimated fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying
value. If the estimated fair value is less than the carrying
value and, it is more likely than not that an impairment exists,
then the amount of the impairment will be assessed in the
updated guidance in Step 2. Evaluating an impairment in Step 2
requires the evaluation of qualitative factors including the
factors presented in existing guidance that trigger an interm
impariment test of goodwill such as an adverse change in the
business climate, unanticipated competition, or the expectation
that a reporting unit will be sold or disposed. ASU
2010-28 is
effective for annual reporting periods beginning after
December 15, 2010. The Company does not expect the
provision of the new guidance will have a material impact on its
consolidated financial statements.
In 2010, the FASBs Emerging Issues Task Force issued ASU
2010-26,
Accounting for Costs Associated with Acquiring or Renewing
Insurance Contracts, which require costs to be incrementally
or directly related to the successful acquisition of new or
renewal insurance contracts to be capitalized as deferred
acquisitions costs. This decision would require us to write back
the proportion of our general and administrative deferred
acquisition costs which relate to quoted business which does not
successfully
F-16
convert into a policy. We have undertaken a review to quantify
the impact of the change. The maximum impact would be if we were
required to write back all of the deferred underwriting costs
and would result in a $14.2 million increase in cumulative
operating expenses with the change being spread across the
current and prior years. ASU
2010-26 is
effective for annual reporting periods beginning after
December 15, 2011 and we will not be early adopting this
standard.
|
|
3.
|
Related
Party Transactions
|
The following summarizes the related party transactions of the
Company.
Wellington
Underwriting plc, now part of Catlin Group Limited
(Wellington)
Wellington Options. As disclosed in
Note 16, the Company granted options to subscribe to its
shares to Wellington and to a trust established for the benefit
of the unaligned members of Syndicate 2020 (the Names
Trust) in consideration for the transfer of an underwriting team
from Wellington, the right to seek to renew certain business
written by Syndicate 2020, an agreement in which Wellington
agreed not to compete with Aspen U.K. through March 31,
2004, the use of the Wellington name and logo and the provision
of certain outsourced services to the Company. These options
have been recorded at a value of $Nil, equal to the
transferors historical cost basis of the assets
transferred to the Company. Wellington Investment Holdings
(Jersey) Limited (Wellington Investment) exercised
all of its options on a cashless basis on March 28, 2007 at
an exercise price of $22.52 per share. This resulted in the
issue of 426,083 ordinary shares by the Company. As at
February 15, 2011, the Names Trust held 1,123,772 options.
APJ
Continuation Limited
On January 22, 2010, the Company entered into a sale and
purchase agreement to purchase APJ for an aggregate
consideration of $4.8 million. The Company closed the
transaction on March 22, 2010. The business writes a
specialist account of K&R insurance which complements our
existing political and financial risk line of business. The
directors of Aspen Holdings have assessed the fair value of the
net tangible and financial assets acquired at $1.2 million.
An amount of $3.8 million is the estimated goodwill on
acquisition that is treated as an intangible asset.
Mr. Villers, an executive officer, was previously a
director of APJ and was a 30% shareholder.
|
|
4.
|
Earnings
Per Ordinary Share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income as reported
|
|
$
|
312.7
|
|
|
$
|
473.9
|
|
|
$
|
103.8
|
|
Preference dividends
|
|
|
(22.8
|
)
|
|
|
(23.8
|
)
|
|
|
(27.7
|
)
|
Preference stock repurchase gain
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted net income available to ordinary shareholders
|
|
$
|
289.9
|
|
|
$
|
481.6
|
|
|
$
|
76.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ordinary shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic weighted average ordinary shares
|
|
|
76,342,632
|
|
|
|
82,698,325
|
|
|
|
82,962,882
|
|
Weighted average effect of dilutive securities
|
|
|
3,672,106
|
|
|
|
2,628,887
|
|
|
|
2,569,220
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total diluted weighted average ordinary shares
|
|
|
80,014,738
|
|
|
|
85,327,212
|
|
|
|
85,532,102
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per ordinary share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
3.80
|
|
|
$
|
5.82
|
|
|
$
|
0.92
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
3.62
|
|
|
$
|
5.33
|
|
|
$
|
0.89
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-17
Dilutive securities comprise; employee options, performance
shares associated with the Companys long term incentive
program, restricted stock units, and preferred income equity
replacement shares in issue over the Companys ordinary
shares.
On February 4, 2011, the Companys Board of Directors
declared the following quarterly dividends:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividend
|
|
Payable on:
|
|
Record Date:
|
|
Ordinary shares
|
|
$
|
0.15
|
|
|
|
March 4, 2011
|
|
|
|
February 18, 2011
|
|
5.625% preference shares
|
|
$
|
0.703125
|
|
|
|
April 1, 2011
|
|
|
|
March 15, 2011
|
|
7.401% preference shares
|
|
$
|
0.462563
|
|
|
|
April 1, 2011
|
|
|
|
March 15, 2011
|
|
On January 14, 2010, the Company announced a new
organizational structure in accordance with the way the group is
managed in two underwriting segments; insurance and reinsurance,
Aspen Insurance and Aspen Reinsurance, to enhance and better
serve our global customer base. In arriving at these reporting
segments, we have considered similarities in economic
characteristics, products, customers, distribution, and the
regulatory environment.
Reinsurance Segment. Our reinsurance segment
consists of property catastrophe reinsurance, other property
reinsurance (risk excess, pro rata, risk solutions and
facultative), casualty reinsurance (U.S. treaty,
international treaty, and global facultative) and specialty
reinsurance (credit and surety, structured, agriculture and
specialty).
Property Catastrophe Reinsurance: Property
catastrophe reinsurance is generally written on a treaty excess
of loss basis where we provide protection to an insurer for an
agreed portion of the total losses from a single event in excess
of a specified loss amount. In the event of a loss, most
contracts provide for coverage of a second occurrence following
the payment of a premium to reinstate the coverage under the
contract, which is referred to as a reinstatement premium. The
coverage provided under excess of loss reinsurance contracts may
be on a worldwide basis or limited in scope to selected regions
or geographical areas.
Other Property Reinsurance: Other property
reinsurance is written on excess of loss, pro rata and
facultative basis (U.S. and international) and includes our
risk solutions business. Treaty excess of loss property treaty
reinsurance provides coverage to a reinsured where it
experiences a loss in excess of its retention level on a single
risk basis. A risk in this context might
mean the insurance coverage on one building or a group of
buildings for fire or explosion or the insurance coverage under
a single policy which the reinsured treats as a single risk.
This line of business is generally less exposed to accumulations
of exposures and losses but can still be impacted by natural
catastrophes, such as earthquakes and hurricanes.
Our treaty pro rata reinsurance product provides proportional
coverage to the reinsured. We share original losses in the same
proportion as our share of premium and policy amounts within
contractual terms. Pro rata contracts typically involve close
client relationships including regular audits of the
cedants data and is written on an excess of loss basis for
primary insurers in the U.S. as well as worldwide. This
line of business is not typically driven by natural perils. Our
risk solutions business writes property insurance risks for a
select group of U.S. program managers.
Casualty Reinsurance: Casualty reinsurance is
written on an excess of loss, pro rata and facultative basis and
consists of U.S. treaty, international treaty, and casualty
facultative. The casualty treaty reinsurance business we write
in the U.S. and internationally includes excess of loss and
pro rata reinsurance which are applied to portfolios of primary
insurance policies. Our U.S. treaty business comprises
exposures to workers compensation (including catastrophe),
medical malpractice, general liability, auto liability,
professional liability and excess liability including umbrella
liability. Our international treaty business reinsures exposures
mainly with respect to general liability, auto liability,
professional liability, workers compensation and excess
liability. We also write casualty facultative
F-18
reinsurance, both U.S. and international. Our excess of
loss positions come most commonly from layered reinsurance
structures with underlying ceding company retentions.
Specialty Reinsurance: Specialty reinsurance
is written on an excess of loss and pro rata basis and consists
of credit and surety reinsurance, structured risks, agriculture
reinsurance and specialty lines (marine, aviation, satellite).
Our credit and surety reinsurance business consists of trade
credit reinsurance, international surety reinsurance (mainly
European, Japanese and Latin American risks and excluding the
U.S.) and a political risks reinsurance portfolio. In February
2010, we started writing agricultural reinsurance out of our
Zurich office. This business consists of European and Latin
American agriculture reinsurance primarily written on a treaty
basis covering crop and multi-peril business. Our specialty line
of business is composed principally of reinsurance treaties
covering interests similar to those underwritten in marine,
energy, liability and aviation insurance, as well as
contingency, terrorism, nuclear, personal accident and crop
reinsurance. We also write satellite insurance and reinsurance.
A very high percentage of the property reinsurance contracts
that we write excludes coverage for losses arising from the
peril of terrorism. Within the U.S., our reinsurance contracts
generally exclude or limit our liability to acts that are
certified as acts of terrorism by the
U.S. Treasury Department under the Terrorism Risk Insurance
Act (TRIA), the Terrorism Risk Insurance Extension
Act of 2005 (TRIEA) and now the Terrorism Risk
Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2007
(TRIPRA) (currently set to expire on
December 31, 2014). With respect to personal lines risks,
losses arising from the peril of terrorism that do not involve
nuclear, biological or chemical attack are usually covered by
our reinsurance contracts. Such losses relating to commercial
lines risks are generally covered on a limited basis; for
example, where the covered risks fall below a stated insured
value or into classes or categories we deem less likely to be
targets of terrorism than others. We have written a limited
number of reinsurance contracts in this segment, both on a pro
rata and risk excess basis, specifically covering the peril of
terrorism. These contracts typically exclude coverage protecting
against nuclear, biological or chemical attack.
Insurance Segment. Our insurance segment
consists of property insurance, casualty insurance, marine,
energy and transportation insurance and financial and
professional lines insurance.
Property Insurance: Our property insurance
line comprises U.K. commercial property and construction and
U.S. commercial property (excess and surplus lines basis),
written on a primary, excess, quota share and facultative basis.
In 2010, we established ARML, which will primarily distribute
U.K. regional commercial property and liability business.
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Property: The U.S. commercial property team
covers mercantile, manufacturing, municipal and commercial real
estate business.
|
|
|
|
U.K. Property: The U.K. commercial property insurance team
provides physical damage and business interruption coverage as a
result of weather, fire, theft and other causes. Our client base
is predominantly U.K. institutional property owners, middle
market corporate and public sector clients.
|
Casualty Insurance: Our casualty insurance
line comprises U.K. commercial liability, global excess casualty
and U.S. casualty insurance, written on a primary, quota
share and facultative basis. In 2010, we significantly reduced
the amount of contractor business written in the U.S.
|
|
|
|
|
U.K. Commercial Liability: The U.K. commercial liability team
provides employers liability coverage and public liability
coverage for insureds domiciled in the U.K. and Ireland.
|
|
|
|
Global Excess Casualty: The global excess
casualty line writes large, sophisticated and risk-managed
insureds worldwide and covers broad-based risks at high
attachment points, including general liability, commercial and
residential construction liability, life science, railroads,
trucking, product and public liability and associated types of
cover found in general liability policies in the global
insurance market.
|
F-19
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Casualty: The U.S. casualty account primarily
consists of lines written within the general liability and
umbrella liability insurance segments. Coverage on our general
liability line is offered on those risks that are primarily
miscellaneous, products liability, contractors (general
contractors and artisans), real estate and retail risks and
other general liability business.
|
Marine, Energy and Transportation Insurance Our marine,
energy and transportation insurance line comprises marine,
energy and construction (M.E.C.) liability, energy
physical damage, marine hull, specie, and aviation, written on a
primary, quota share and facultative basis. In 2010, we hired a
team in the U.S. which writes U.S. inland marine and
ocean risks.
|
|
|
|
|
M.E.C. Liability: The M.E.C. liability business includes marine
liability cover mainly related to the liabilities of ship-owners
and port operators, including reinsurance of Protection and
Indemnity Clubs (P&I Clubs). It also provides
liability cover for companies in the oil and gas sector, both
onshore and offshore and in the power generation and
U.S. commercial construction sectors.
|
|
|
|
Energy Physical Damage: Energy physical damage
provides insurance cover against physical damage losses in
addition to Operators Extra Expenses (OEE) for
companies operating in the oil and gas exploration and
production sector.
|
|
|
|
Marine Hull: The marine hull team insures
physical damage for ships (including war and associated perils)
and related marine assets.
|
|
|
|
Specie: The specie business line focuses on
the insurance of high value property items on an all risks
basis, including fine art, general and bank related specie,
jewelers block and armored car.
|
|
|
|
Aviation: The aviation team writes physical
damage insurance on hulls and spares (including war and
associated perils) and comprehensive legal liability for
airlines, smaller operators of airline equipment, airports and
associated business and non-critical component part
manufacturers. We also provide aviation hull deductible cover.
|
Financial and Professional Lines
Insurance: Our financial and professional lines
comprise financial institutions, professional liability
(including management & technology liability) and
financial and political risks, written on a primary, quota share
and facultative basis.
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Institutions: Our financial
institutions business is written on both a primary and excess of
loss basis and consists of professional liability, crime
insurance and D&O cover, with the largest exposure
comprising risks headquartered in the U.K., followed by
Australia and the U.S. and then Canada and Western Europe.
We cover financial institutions including commercial and
investment banks, asset managers, insurance companies,
stockbrokers and insureds with hybrid business models.
|
|
|
|
Professional Liability: Our professional
liability business is written out of the U.S. (including
Errors and Omissions (E&O)) and the U.K. and is
written on both a primary and excess of loss basis. The U.K.
team focuses on risks in the U.K. with some Australian and
European business while the U.S. team focuses on the
U.S. and Canada. We insure a wide range of professions
including lawyers, surveyors, accountants, architects and
engineers.
|
|
|
|
Management & Technology
Liability: We write on both a primary and excess
basis D&O insurance, technology-related policies in the
areas of network privacy, misuse of data and cyber liability and
warranty and indemnity insurance in connection with, or to
facilitate, corporate transactions.
|
|
|
|
Financial and Political Risks: The financial
and political risks team writes business covering the
credit/default risk on a variety of project and trade
transactions, as well as political risks, terrorism (including
multi-year war on land cover), piracy and K&R. We write
financial and political risks worldwide but with concentrations
in a number of countries, such as China, Egypt, Kazakhstan,
Russia, South Korea, Switzerland, U.K. and Turkey.
|
F-20
Non-underwriting Disclosures: We have provided
additional disclosures for corporate and other
(non-underwriting) income and expenses. Corporate and other
includes net investment income, net realized and unrealized
investment gains or losses, corporate expense, interest expense,
net realized and unrealized foreign exchange gains or losses and
income taxes, which are not allocated to the underwriting
segments. Corporate expenses are not allocated to the
Companys operating segments as they typically do not
fluctuate with the levels of premium written and are related to
our operations. They include group executive costs, group
finance, legal and actuarial costs, non-underwriting share-based
compensation and certain strategic costs including new teams
which have not commenced underwriting.
We do not allocate our assets by segment as we evaluate
underwriting results of each segment separately from the results
of our investment portfolio. Segment profit or loss for each of
the Companys operating segments is measured by
underwriting profit or loss. Underwriting profit or loss
provides a basis for management to evaluate the segments
underwriting performance.
The following tables provide a summary of gross and net written
and earned premiums, underwriting results, ratios and reserves
for each of our business segments for the twelve months ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
Reinsurance
|
|
|
Insurance
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriting revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross written premiums
|
|
$
|
1,162.2
|
|
|
$
|
914.6
|
|
|
$
|
2,076.8
|
|
Net written premiums
|
|
|
1,118.5
|
|
|
|
772.6
|
|
|
|
1,891.1
|
|
Gross earned premiums
|
|
|
1,186.4
|
|
|
|
907.9
|
|
|
|
2,094.3
|
|
Net earned premiums
|
|
|
1,141.8
|
|
|
|
757.1
|
|
|
|
1,898.9
|
|
Underwriting Expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Losses and loss expenses
|
|
|
693.5
|
|
|
|
555.2
|
|
|
|
1,248.7
|
|
Policy acquisition expenses
|
|
|
202.4
|
|
|
|
126.1
|
|
|
|
328.5
|
|
Operating and administrative expenses
|
|
|
112.3
|
|
|
|
99.4
|
|
|
|
211.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriting income/(loss)
|
|
$
|
133.6
|
|
|
$
|
(23.6
|
)
|
|
|
110.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(46.9
|
)
|
Net investment income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
232.0
|
|
Net realized investment gains
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50.6
|
|
Change in fair value of derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
Interest expense on long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(16.5
|
)
|
Net foreign exchange gains
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
Other income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
340.3
|
|
Income tax (expense)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(27.6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
312.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net reserves for loss and loss adjustment expenses
|
|
$
|
2,283.1
|
|
|
$
|
1,257.5
|
|
|
$
|
3,540.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ratios
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss ratio
|
|
|
60.7
|
%
|
|
|
73.3
|
%
|
|
|
65.8
|
%
|
Policy acquisition expense ratio
|
|
|
17.7
|
%
|
|
|
16.7
|
%
|
|
|
17.3
|
%
|
Operating and administrative expense ratio
|
|
|
9.8
|
%
|
|
|
13.1
|
%
|
|
|
13.6
|
%
|
Expense ratio
|
|
|
27.5
|
%
|
|
|
29.8
|
%
|
|
|
30.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Combined ratio
|
|
|
88.2
|
%
|
|
|
103.1
|
%
|
|
|
96.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Reinsurance
|
|
|
Insurance
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriting revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross written premiums
|
|
$
|
1,176.0
|
|
|
$
|
891.1
|
|
|
$
|
2,067.1
|
|
Net written premiums
|
|
|
1,116.7
|
|
|
|
720.1
|
|
|
|
1,836.8
|
|
Gross earned premiums
|
|
|
1,164.4
|
|
|
|
871.0
|
|
|
|
2,035.4
|
|
Net earned premiums
|
|
|
1,108.1
|
|
|
|
714.9
|
|
|
|
1,823.0
|
|
Underwriting Expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Losses and loss expenses
|
|
|
467.3
|
|
|
|
480.8
|
|
|
|
948.1
|
|
Policy acquisition expenses
|
|
|
214.6
|
|
|
|
119.5
|
|
|
|
334.1
|
|
Operating and administrative expenses
|
|
|
97.5
|
|
|
|
100.7
|
|
|
|
198.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriting income
|
|
$
|
328.7
|
|
|
$
|
13.9
|
|
|
|
342.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(54.2
|
)
|
Net investment income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
248.5
|
|
Net realized investment gains
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11.4
|
|
Change in fair value of derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8.0
|
)
|
Interest on long term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(15.6
|
)
|
Net foreign exchange gains
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
Other (expenses)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
534.7
|
|
Income tax (expense)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(60.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
473.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net reserves for loss and loss adjustment expenses
|
|
$
|
1,988.4
|
|
|
$
|
1,021.2
|
|
|
$
|
3,009.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ratios
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss ratio
|
|
|
42.2
|
%
|
|
|
67.3
|
%
|
|
|
52.0
|
%
|
Policy acquisition expense ratio
|
|
|
19.4
|
%
|
|
|
16.7
|
%
|
|
|
18.3
|
%
|
Operating and administrative expense ratio
|
|
|
8.8
|
%
|
|
|
14.1
|
%
|
|
|
13.8
|
%
|
Expense ratio
|
|
|
28.2
|
%
|
|
|
30.8
|
%
|
|
|
32.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Combined ratio
|
|
|
70.4
|
%
|
|
|
98.1
|
%
|
|
|
84.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
Reinsurance
|
|
|
Insurance
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriting revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross written premiums
|
|
$
|
1,114.3
|
|
|
$
|
887.4
|
|
|
$
|
2,001.7
|
|
Net written premiums
|
|
|
1,086.3
|
|
|
|
749.2
|
|
|
|
1,835.5
|
|
Gross earned premiums
|
|
|
1,121.6
|
|
|
|
767.5
|
|
|
|
1,889.1
|
|
Net earned premiums
|
|
|
1,056.8
|
|
|
|
644.9
|
|
|
|
1,701.7
|
|
Underwriting Expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Losses and loss expenses
|
|
|
644.0
|
|
|
|
475.5
|
|
|
|
1,119.5
|
|
Policy acquisition expenses
|
|
|
183.6
|
|
|
|
115.7
|
|
|
|
299.3
|
|
Operating and administrative expenses
|
|
|
102.2
|
|
|
|
73.1
|
|
|
|
175.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriting income/(loss)
|
|
$
|
127.0
|
|
|
$
|
(19.4
|
)
|
|
|
107.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(32.8
|
)
|
Net investment income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
139.2
|
|
Realized investment (losses)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(47.9
|
)
|
Change in fair value of derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7.8
|
)
|
Interest expense on long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(15.6
|
)
|
Net foreign exchange (losses)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8.2
|
)
|
Other income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
140.2
|
|
Income tax (expense)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(36.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
103.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net reserves for loss and loss adjustment expenses
|
|
$
|
1,928.3
|
|
|
$
|
858.7
|
|
|
$
|
2,787.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ratios
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss ratio
|
|
|
60.9
|
%
|
|
|
73.7
|
%
|
|
|
65.8
|
%
|
Policy acquisition expense ratio
|
|
|
17.4
|
%
|
|
|
17.9
|
%
|
|
|
17.6
|
%
|
Operating and administrative expense ratio
|
|
|
9.7
|
%
|
|
|
11.3
|
%
|
|
|
12.2
|
%
|
Expense ratio
|
|
|
27.1
|
%
|
|
|
29.2
|
%
|
|
|
29.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Combined ratio
|
|
|
88.0
|
%
|
|
|
102.9
|
%
|
|
|
95.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-23
Geographical Areas The following summary presents
the Companys gross written premiums based on the location
of the insured risk.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Australia/Asia
|
|
$
|
102.2
|
|
|
$
|
84.4
|
|
|
$
|
70.4
|
|
Caribbean
|
|
|
7.9
|
|
|
|
2.5
|
|
|
|
3.0
|
|
Europe
|
|
|
104.9
|
|
|
|
78.8
|
|
|
|
102.8
|
|
United Kingdom
|
|
|
141.1
|
|
|
|
131.6
|
|
|
|
188.1
|
|
United States & Canada(1)
|
|
|
840.4
|
|
|
|
924.5
|
|
|
|
926.7
|
|
Worldwide excluding United States(2)
|
|
|
145.8
|
|
|
|
150.6
|
|
|
|
112.9
|
|
Worldwide including United States(3)
|
|
|
672.4
|
|
|
|
659.8
|
|
|
|
553.4
|
|
Others
|
|
|
62.1
|
|
|
|
34.9
|
|
|
|
44.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
2,076.8
|
|
|
$
|
2,067.1
|
|
|
$
|
2,001.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
United States and
Canada comprises individual policies that insure risks
specifically in the United States and/or Canada, but not
elsewhere.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Worldwide excluding the
United States comprises individual policies that insure
risks wherever they may be across the world but specifically
excludes the United States.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Worldwide including the
United States comprises individual policies that insure
risks wherever they may be across the world but specifically
includes the United States.
|
Fixed Maturities-Available for Sale. The
following presents the cost, gross unrealized gains and losses,
and estimated fair value of available for sale investments in
fixed maturities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost or
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Fair Market
|
|
|
|
Amortized Cost
|
|
|
Gains
|
|
|
Losses
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. government securities
|
|
$
|
701.5
|
|
|
$
|
25.5
|
|
|
$
|
(1.6
|
)
|
|
$
|
725.4
|
|
U.S. agency securities
|
|
|
278.7
|
|
|
|
23.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
302.3
|
|
Municipal securities
|
|
|
31.1
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
|
|
30.7
|
|
Corporate securities
|
|
|
2,208.4
|
|
|
|
121.0
|
|
|
|
(3.7
|
)
|
|
|
2,325.7
|
|
Foreign government securities
|
|
|
601.0
|
|
|
|
16.9
|
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)
|
|
|
616.9
|
|
Asset-backed securities
|
|
|
54.0
|
|
|
|
4.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
58.8
|
|
Non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities
|
|
|
119.7
|
|
|
|
8.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
128.1
|
|
Agency mortgage-backed securities
|
|
|
1,126.4
|
|
|
|
48.7
|
|
|
|
(2.6
|
)
|
|
|
1,172.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total fixed maturities available for sale
|
|
$
|
5,120.8
|
|
|
$
|
249.3
|
|
|
$
|
(9.7
|
)
|
|
$
|
5,360.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost or
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Fair Market
|
|
|
|
Amortized Cost
|
|
|
Gains
|
|
|
Losses
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. government securities
|
|
$
|
492.1
|
|
|
$
|
17.4
|
|
|
$
|
(2.0
|
)
|
|
$
|
507.5
|
|
U.S. agency securities
|
|
|
368.6
|
|
|
|
20.7
|
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
|
|
389.1
|
|
Municipal securities
|
|
|
20.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
|
19.5
|
|
Corporate securities
|
|
|
2,178.1
|
|
|
|
90.3
|
|
|
|
(3.8
|
)
|
|
|
2,264.6
|
|
Foreign Government Securities
|
|
|
509.9
|
|
|
|
13.9
|
|
|
|
(1.5
|
)
|
|
|
522.3
|
|
Asset-backed securities
|
|
|
110.0
|
|
|
|
5.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
115.1
|
|
Non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities
|
|
|
34.2
|
|
|
|
8.6
|
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
|
42.2
|
|
Non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities
|
|
|
178.5
|
|
|
|
2.5
|
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)
|
|
|
180.0
|
|
Agency mortgage-backed securities
|
|
|
1,172.9
|
|
|
|
40.2
|
|
|
|
(3.5
|
)
|
|
|
1,209.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total fixed maturities available for sale
|
|
$
|
5,064.3
|
|
|
$
|
198.7
|
|
|
$
|
(13.1
|
)
|
|
$
|
5,249.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The scheduled maturity distribution of available for sale fixed
maturity securities as of December 31, 2010 and
December 31, 2009 is set forth below. Actual maturities may
differ from contractual maturities because issuers of securities
may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without
call or prepayment penalties.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
|
Fair Market
|
|
|
Ratings by
|
|
|
Cost or Cost
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Maturity
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
Due one year or less
|
|
$
|
337.7
|
|
|
$
|
343.8
|
|
|
|
AA+
|
|
Due after one year through five years
|
|
|
2,236.3
|
|
|
|
2,330.9
|
|
|
|
AA+
|
|
Due after five years through ten years
|
|
|
1,146.6
|
|
|
|
1,222.2
|
|
|
|
AA
|
|
Due after ten years
|
|
|
100.1
|
|
|
|
104.1
|
|
|
|
AA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal
|
|
|
3,820.7
|
|
|
|
4,001.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities
|
|
|
119.7
|
|
|
|
128.1
|
|
|
|
AA+
|
|
Agency mortgage-backed securities
|
|
|
1,126.4
|
|
|
|
1,172.5
|
|
|
|
AAA
|
|
Other asset-backed securities
|
|
|
54.0
|
|
|
|
58.8
|
|
|
|
AAA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total fixed maturities available for sale
|
|
$
|
5,120.8
|
|
|
$
|
5,360.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Cost or
|
|
|
Market
|
|
|
Ratings by
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Maturity
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
Due one year or less
|
|
$
|
296.4
|
|
|
$
|
301.4
|
|
|
|
AA
|
|
Due after one year through five years
|
|
|
2,057.1
|
|
|
|
2,133.2
|
|
|
|
AA+
|
|
Due after five years through ten years
|
|
|
1,094.2
|
|
|
|
1,143.5
|
|
|
|
AA
|
|
Due after ten years
|
|
|
121.0
|
|
|
|
124.9
|
|
|
|
AA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal
|
|
|
3,568.7
|
|
|
|
3,703.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities
|
|
|
34.2
|
|
|
|
42.2
|
|
|
|
BBB-
|
|
Non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities
|
|
|
178.5
|
|
|
|
180.0
|
|
|
|
AAA
|
|
Agency mortgage-backed securities
|
|
|
1,172.9
|
|
|
|
1,209.6
|
|
|
|
AAA
|
|
Other asset-backed securities
|
|
|
110.0
|
|
|
|
115.1
|
|
|
|
AAA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total fixed maturities available for sale
|
|
$
|
5,064.3
|
|
|
$
|
5,249.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed Maturities Trading. The
following tables present the cost, gross unrealized gains and
losses, and estimated fair value of trading investments in fixed
maturities as at December 31, 2010 and 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
Cost or
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Fair Market
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Gains
|
|
|
Losses
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. government securities
|
|
$
|
48.9
|
|
|
$
|
0.1
|
|
|
$
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
$
|
48.3
|
|
U.S. agency securities
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
Municipal Securities
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.3
|
|
Corporate securities
|
|
|
322.4
|
|
|
|
18.4
|
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)
|
|
|
339.8
|
|
Foreign government securities
|
|
|
8.9
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.4
|
|
Asset-backed securities
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total fixed maturities trading
|
|
$
|
388.8
|
|
|
$
|
19.1
|
|
|
$
|
(1.7
|
)
|
|
$
|
406.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Cost or
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Fair Market
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Gains
|
|
|
Losses
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. government securities
|
|
$
|
7.3
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.8
|
)
|
|
$
|
6.5
|
|
U.S. agency securities
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
Municipal securities
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
Corporate securities
|
|
|
313.2
|
|
|
|
16.6
|
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)
|
|
|
329.4
|
|
Foreign government securities
|
|
|
4.8
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
Asset-backed securities
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total fixed maturities trading
|
|
$
|
332.5
|
|
|
$
|
16.8
|
|
|
$
|
(1.2
|
)
|
|
$
|
348.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company classifies these financial instruments as held for
trading as this most closely reflects the facts and
circumstances of the investments held. The trading portfolio was
established in 2009.
F-26
Other investments. Other investments as at
December 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Undistributed
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
|
Aspens
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Funds
|
|
|
Value of
|
|
As at December 31, 2010
|
|
Investment
|
|
|
Realized Gain
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Distributed
|
|
|
Investment
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
Cartesian Iris 2009 A L.P.
|
|
$
|
27.3
|
|
|
$
|
0.5
|
|
|
$
|
27.8
|
|
|
$
|
(27.8
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
Cartesian Iris Offshore Fund L.P.
|
|
$
|
27.8
|
|
|
$
|
2.2
|
|
|
$
|
30.0
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
30.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Undistributed
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
|
Aspens
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Funds
|
|
|
Value of
|
|
As at December 31, 2009
|
|
Investment
|
|
|
Realized Gain
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Distributed
|
|
|
Investment
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
Cartesian Iris 2009 A L.P.
|
|
$
|
25.0
|
|
|
$
|
2.3
|
|
|
$
|
27.3
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
27.3
|
|
On May 19, 2009, Aspen Holdings invested $25.0 million
in Cartesian Iris 2009A L.P. through our wholly-owned
subsidiary, Acorn Limited. Cartesian Iris 2009A L.P. is a
Delaware Limited Partnership formed to provide capital to Iris
Re, a Class 3 Bermudian reinsurer focusing on
insurance-linked securities. On June 1, 2010, the
investment in Cartesian Iris 2009A L.P. matured and was
reinvested in the Cartesian Iris Offshore Fund L.P. The
Companys involvement with Cartesian Iris Offshore
Fund L.P. is limited to its investment in the fund, and it
is not committed to making further investments in Cartesian Iris
Offshore Fund L.P.; accordingly, the carrying value of the
investment represents the Companys maximum exposure to a
loss as a result of its involvement with the partnership at each
balance sheet date.
In addition to returns on our investment, we provide services on
risk selection, pricing and portfolio design in return for a
percentage of profits from Iris Re. In the twelve months ended
December 30, 2010, fees of $0.3 million
(2009 $0.1 million), were payable to us.
The Company has determined that each of Cartesian Iris 2009A
L.P. and Cartesian Iris Offshore Fund L.P. has the
characteristics of a variable interest entity that are addressed
by the guidance in ASC 810, Consolidation. Neither
Cartesian Iris 2009A L.P. nor Cartesian Iris Offshore
Fund L.P. is consolidated by the Company. The Company has
no decision-making power, those powers having been reserved for
the general partner. The arrangement with Cartesian Iris
Offshore Fund L.P. is simply that of an investee to which
the Company provides additional services.
The Company accounts for its investments in Cartesian Iris 2009A
L.P. and Cartesian Offshore Fund L.P. in accordance with
the equity method of accounting. Adjustments to the carrying
value of this investment are made based on our share of capital
including our share of income and expenses, which is provided in
the quarterly management accounts of the partnership. The
adjusted carrying value approximates fair value. In the twelve
months ended December 31, 2010, our share of gains and
losses increased the value of our investment by
$2.7 million (2009 $2.3 million).The
increase in value has been recognized in realized and unrealized
gains and losses in the condensed consolidated statement of
operations. For more information, please see Note 18 (c).
Investment funds. Investment funds have
historically represented our investments in funds of hedge funds
which were recorded using the equity method of accounting.
Adjustments to the carrying value of these investments were made
based on the net asset values reported by the fund managers,
resulting in a carrying value that approximated fair value. We
invested $150.0 million in the share capital of two funds
in 2006, a further $247.5 million in one of these funds and
$112.5 million in the share capital of a third fund in
2007. In 2008, we sold share capital in the funds that cost
$198.6 million for proceeds of $177.2 million
realizing a loss of $21.4 million. In February 2009, we
gave notice to redeem the balance of the funds with effect at
June 30, 2009. As a result, we recognized proceeds from the
redemption of funds of $307.1 million at June 30,
2009. Our involvement with the funds of hedge funds ceased at
June 30, 2009.
F-27
Realized and unrealized gains of $Nil (2009
$19.8 million) were recognized through the statement of
operations in the year ended December 31, 2010.
Gross unrealized loss. The following tables
summarize as at December 31, 2010 and December 31,
2009, by type of security, the aggregate fair value and gross
unrealized loss by length of time the security has been in an
unrealized loss position for our available for sale portfolio.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
0-12 months
|
|
|
Over 12 months
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Government Securities
|
|
$
|
112.9
|
|
|
$
|
(1.6
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
112.9
|
|
|
$
|
(1.6
|
)
|
U.S. Agency Securities
|
|
|
5.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
Municipal Securities
|
|
|
16.0
|
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16.0
|
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
Foreign Government Securities
|
|
|
110.0
|
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
115.0
|
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)
|
Corporate Securities
|
|
|
212.5
|
|
|
|
(3.7
|
)
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
214.7
|
|
|
|
(3.7
|
)
|
Asset-backed Securities
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Agency Mortgage-backed Securities
|
|
|
182.6
|
|
|
|
(2.6
|
)
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
182.9
|
|
|
|
(2.6
|
)
|
Non-agency Commercial Mortgage-backed Securities
|
|
|
2.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Fixed Income
|
|
|
642.6
|
|
|
|
(9.7
|
)
|
|
|
7.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
650.1
|
|
|
|
(9.7
|
)
|
Short term Investments
|
|
|
45.8
|
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45.8
|
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
688.4
|
|
|
$
|
(9.8
|
)
|
|
$
|
7.5
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
695.9
|
|
|
$
|
(9.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
0-12 months
|
|
|
Over 12 months
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Government Securities
|
|
$
|
121.2
|
|
|
$
|
(2.0
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
121.2
|
|
|
$
|
(2.0
|
)
|
U.S. Agency Securities
|
|
|
9.9
|
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.9
|
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
Municipal Securities
|
|
|
15.1
|
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15.1
|
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
Foreign Government Securities
|
|
|
113.2
|
|
|
|
(1.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
113.2
|
|
|
|
(1.5
|
)
|
Corporate Securities
|
|
|
319.5
|
|
|
|
(3.6
|
)
|
|
|
20.0
|
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
|
|
339.5
|
|
|
|
(3.8
|
)
|
Asset-backed Securities
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
Agency Mortgage-backed Securities
|
|
|
307.5
|
|
|
|
(3.5
|
)
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
308.7
|
|
|
|
(3.5
|
)
|
Non-agency Residential Mortgage-backed Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.5
|
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
|
6.5
|
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
Non-agency Commercial Mortgage-backed Securities
|
|
|
14.6
|
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
43.8
|
|
|
|
(0.9
|
)
|
|
|
58.4
|
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
901.5
|
|
|
$
|
(11.4
|
)
|
|
$
|
71.5
|
|
|
$
|
(1.7
|
)
|
|
$
|
973.0
|
|
|
$
|
(13.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2010, we held 221 fixed maturities
(December 31, 2009 277 fixed maturities) in an
unrealized loss position with a fair value of
$650.1 million (2009 $973.0 million) and
gross unrealized losses of $9.7 million (2009
$13.1 million). We believe that the gross unrealized losses
are attributable mainly to interest rate movements and we
believe that the period of those investments in an unrealized
loss position is temporary.
Other-than-temporary
Impairment of Investments. The difference between
the cost and the estimated fair market value of available for
sale investments is monitored to determine whether any
F-28
investment has experienced a decline in value that is believed
to be
other-than-temporary.
Impairment occurs when there is no objective evidence to support
recovery in value before disposal and we intend to sell the
security or more likely than not will be required to sell the
security before recovery of its adjusted amortized cost basis or
it is deemed probable that we will be unable to collect all
amounts due according to the contractual terms of the individual
security.
These impairments will be included within realized losses and
the cost basis of the investment reduced accordingly.
We review all of our fixed maturities on an individual security
basis for potential impairment each quarter based on criteria
including issuer-specific circumstances, credit ratings actions
and general macro-economic conditions. The total
other-than-temporary
impairment for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010,
was $0.3 million (2009 $23.2 million).
Fair Value Measurements. The Companys
estimates of fair value for financial assets and liabilities are
based on the framework established in the fair value accounting
guidance included in ASC Topic 820, Fair Value
Measurements and Disclosures. The framework prioritizes the
inputs, which refer broadly to assumptions market participants
would use in pricing an asset or liability, into three levels,
which are described in more detail below.
The Company considers prices for actively traded Treasury
securities to be derived based on quoted prices in an active
market for identical assets, which are Level 1 inputs in
the fair value hierarchy. The Company considers prices for other
securities priced via vendors, indices and broker-dealers, or
with reference to interest rates and yield curves, to be derived
based on inputs that are observable for the asset, either
directly or indirectly, which are Level 2 inputs in the
fair value hierarchy. The Company considers securities, other
financial instruments and derivative insurance contracts subject
to fair value measurement whose valuation is derived by internal
valuation models to be based largely on unobservable inputs,
which are Level 3 inputs in the fair value hierarchy.
Fixed income securities are traded on the over-the-counter
market, based on prices provided by one or more market makers in
each security. Securities such as U.S. Government,
U.S. Agency, Foreign Government and investment grade
corporate bonds have multiple market makers in addition to
readily observable market value indicators such as expected
credit spread, except for Treasury securities, over the yield
curve. The Company uses a variety of pricing sources to value
our fixed income securities including those securities that have
pay down/prepay features such as mortgage-backed securities and
asset-backed securities in order to ensure fair and accurate
pricing. The fair value estimates for the investment grade
securities in the Companys portfolio do not use
significant unobservable inputs or modelling techniques.
The following tables present the level within the fair value
hierarchy at which the Companys financial assets are
measured on a recurring basis at December 31, 2010 and
December 31, 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
Fixed income maturities available for sale, at fair value
|
|
$
|
1,232.9
|
|
|
$
|
4,120.7
|
|
|
$
|
6.8
|
|
|
$
|
5,360.4
|
|
Short-term investments available for sale, at fair value
|
|
|
246.8
|
|
|
|
39.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
286.0
|
|
Fixed income maturities, trading at fair value
|
|
|
52.4
|
|
|
|
353.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
406.2
|
|
Short-term investments, trading at fair value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
Derivatives at fair value
(interest-rate
swaps)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,532.1
|
|
|
$
|
4,524.2
|
|
|
$
|
6.8
|
|
|
$
|
6,063.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-29
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed income maturities available for sale, at fair value
|
|
$
|
1,029.8
|
|
|
$
|
4,205.2
|
|
|
$
|
14.9
|
|
|
$
|
5,249.9
|
|
Short-term investments available for sale, at fair value
|
|
|
293.1
|
|
|
|
75.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
368.2
|
|
Fixed income maturities, trading at fair value
|
|
|
11.6
|
|
|
|
336.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
348.1
|
|
Short-term investments, trading at fair value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.5
|
|
Derivatives at fair value (credit insurance contract)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.7
|
|
|
|
6.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,334.5
|
|
|
$
|
4,620.3
|
|
|
$
|
21.6
|
|
|
$
|
5,976.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed income maturities classified as Level 3 include
holdings where there are significant unobservable inputs in
determining the assets fair value. As at December 31,
2010, these were purely securities of Lehman Brothers Holdings,
Inc. (Lehman Brothers). Although the market value of
Lehman Brothers bonds was based on broker-dealer quoted prices,
management believes that the valuation is based, in part, on
market expectations of future recoveries out of bankruptcy
proceedings, which involve significant unobservable inputs to
the valuation. Derivatives at fair value at December 31,
2009 consisted of the credit insurance contract as described in
Note 9.
The following table presents a reconciliation of the beginning
and ending balances for all assets measured at fair value on a
recurring basis using Level 3 inputs for the twelve months
ended December 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
Fixed Maturity
|
|
|
Derivatives at
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investments
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 3 assets as of January 1, 2010
|
|
$
|
14.9
|
|
|
$
|
6.7
|
|
|
$
|
21.6
|
|
Total unrealized gains or (losses):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Included in earnings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6.7
|
)
|
|
|
(6.7
|
)
|
Included in comprehensive income
|
|
|
(1.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1.1
|
)
|
Settlements
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
(10.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 3 assets as of December 31, 2010
|
|
$
|
6.8
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
6.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Fixed Maturity
|
|
|
Derivatives at
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investments
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 3 assets as of January 1, 2009
|
|
$
|
2.8
|
|
|
$
|
11.8
|
|
|
$
|
14.6
|
|
Securities transferred in/(out) of Level 3
|
|
|
14.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14.0
|
|
Total unrealized gains or (losses):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Included in earnings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7.4
|
)
|
|
|
(7.4
|
)
|
Included in comprehensive income
|
|
|
3.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.8
|
|
Settlements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2.7
|
)
|
|
|
(2.7
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
(5.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 3 assets as of December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
14.9
|
|
|
$
|
6.7
|
|
|
$
|
21.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-30
The following table presents the Companys liabilities
within the fair value hierarchy at which the Companys
financial liabilities are measured on a recurring basis at
December 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
Liabilities under derivative contracts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit insurance contract
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
Liabilities under derivative contracts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit insurance contract
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
9.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table presents a reconciliation of the beginning
and ending balances for the liabilities under derivative
contracts measured at fair value on a recurring basis using
Level 3 inputs during the twelve months ended
December 31, 2010 and 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
Beginning Balance
|
|
$
|
9.2
|
|
|
$
|
11.1
|
|
Fair value changes included in earnings
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
Settlements
|
|
|
(9.5
|
)
|
|
|
(6.2
|
)
|
Purchases/Premiums
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending Balance
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
9.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On October 26, 2010, we gave notice at our intention to
cancel our credit insurance contract with effect from
November 28, 2010. The notice of cancellation has triggered
a final payment of $1.9 million to contract
counter-parties. During the year ended December 31, 2009,
the Company recognized the extension of the credit derivative
contract beyond the first cancellation period which resulted in
an increase in the liability of $5.0 million.
|
|
7.
|
Investment
Transactions
|
The following table sets out an analysis of investment
purchases/sales and maturities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of fixed income maturities
|
|
$
|
2,807.2
|
|
|
$
|
2,927.2
|
|
|
$
|
2,627.0
|
|
Proceeds from sales and maturities of fixed income maturities
|
|
|
(2,712.0
|
)
|
|
|
(1,898.9
|
)
|
|
|
(2,358.8
|
)
|
Net (sales)/purchases of other investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(282.1
|
)
|
|
|
(177.1
|
)
|
Net (sales)/purchases of short-term investments
|
|
|
(91.8
|
)
|
|
|
97.0
|
|
|
|
(24.3
|
)
|
Net change in (receivable)/payable for securities
(sold)/purchased
|
|
|
(52.3
|
)
|
|
|
(165.4
|
)
|
|
|
177.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (sales)/purchases for the year
|
|
$
|
(48.9
|
)
|
|
$
|
677.8
|
|
|
$
|
243.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-31
The following is a summary of investment income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed income maturities Available for sale
|
|
$
|
217.0
|
|
|
$
|
230.5
|
|
|
$
|
210.1
|
|
Fixed income maturities Trading portfolio
|
|
|
17.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short-term investments Available for sale
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
5.6
|
|
|
|
32.0
|
|
Short-term investments Trading portfolio
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed term deposits (included in cash and equivalents)
|
|
|
2.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other investments
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
19.8
|
|
|
|
(97.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
239.4
|
|
|
|
255.9
|
|
|
|
144.8
|
|
Investment expenses
|
|
|
(7.4
|
)
|
|
|
(7.4
|
)
|
|
|
(5.6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net investment income
|
|
$
|
232.0
|
|
|
$
|
248.5
|
|
|
$
|
139.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table summarizes the pre-tax realized investment
gains and losses, and the change in unrealized gains and losses
on investments recorded in shareholders equity and in
comprehensive income.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-tax realized investment gains and losses included in income
statement:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Available for sale short-term investments and fixed maturities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross realized gains
|
|
$
|
45.3
|
|
|
$
|
24.6
|
|
|
$
|
12.1
|
|
Gross realized (losses)
|
|
|
(7.3
|
)
|
|
|
(10.9
|
)
|
|
|
(60.0
|
)
|
Trading portfolio short-term investments and fixed maturities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross realized gains
|
|
|
11.3
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross realized (losses)
|
|
|
(2.9
|
)
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Net change in gross unrealized gains
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
|
|
15.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impairments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
other-than-temporary
impairments
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
|
(23.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Equity accounted investments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross realized gains in Cartesian Iris
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total pre-tax realized and unrealized investment gains/(losses)
included in income statement
|
|
$
|
50.6
|
|
|
$
|
11.4
|
|
|
$
|
(47.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in available for sale unrealized gains and (losses)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed maturities
|
|
|
53.9
|
|
|
|
118.2
|
|
|
|
25.7
|
|
Short-term investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total change in pre-tax available for sale unrealized
gains/(losses)
|
|
$
|
53.9
|
|
|
$
|
118.2
|
|
|
$
|
25.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in taxes
|
|
|
2.9
|
|
|
|
(16.4
|
)
|
|
|
(5.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total change in unrealized gains/(losses), net of tax
|
|
$
|
56.8
|
|
|
$
|
101.8
|
|
|
$
|
19.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We purchase retrocession and reinsurance to limit and diversify
our own risk exposure and to increase our own insurance
underwriting capacity. These agreements provide for recovery of
a portion of losses and loss expenses from reinsurers. As is the
case with most reinsurance treaties, we remain liable to the
extent that reinsurers do not meet their obligations under these
agreements, and therefore, in line
F-32
with our risk management objectives, we evaluate the financial
condition of our reinsurers and monitor concentrations of credit
risk.
Balances pertaining to reinsurance transactions are reported
gross on the consolidated balance sheet, meaning
that reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses and ceded unearned
premiums are not deducted from insurance reserves but are
recorded as assets.
Of the balance at December 31, 2010, 33.2% is with
Lloyds of London Syndicates which are rated A by
A.M. Best and A+ by S&P and 13.2% is with Munich Re
which is rated A+ by A.M. Best and AA- by S&P. These
are the Companys largest exposures to individual
reinsurers.
The effect of assumed and ceded reinsurance on premiums written,
premiums earned and insurance losses and loss adjustment
expenses is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Premiums written:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Direct
|
|
$
|
914.6
|
|
|
$
|
641.6
|
|
|
$
|
624.6
|
|
Assumed
|
|
|
1,162.2
|
|
|
|
1,425.5
|
|
|
|
1,377.1
|
|
Ceded
|
|
|
(185.7
|
)
|
|
|
(230.3
|
)
|
|
|
(166.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net premiums written
|
|
$
|
1,891.1
|
|
|
$
|
1,836.8
|
|
|
$
|
1,835.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Premiums earned:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Direct
|
|
$
|
907.9
|
|
|
$
|
616.2
|
|
|
$
|
505.1
|
|
Assumed
|
|
|
1,186.4
|
|
|
|
1,419.2
|
|
|
|
1,384.0
|
|
Ceded
|
|
|
(195.4
|
)
|
|
|
(212.4
|
)
|
|
|
(187.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net premiums earned
|
|
$
|
1,898.9
|
|
|
$
|
1,823.0
|
|
|
$
|
1,701.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Insurance losses and loss adjustment expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Direct
|
|
$
|
639.1
|
|
|
$
|
432.0
|
|
|
$
|
357.0
|
|
Assumed
|
|
|
695.2
|
|
|
|
617.5
|
|
|
|
876.8
|
|
Ceded
|
|
|
(85.6
|
)
|
|
|
(101.4
|
)
|
|
|
(114.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net insurance losses and loss adjustment expense
|
|
$
|
1,248.7
|
|
|
$
|
948.1
|
|
|
$
|
1,119.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In respect of our insurance lines of business, we have different
reinsurance covers in place for each of line of business.
|
|
9.
|
Derivative
Financial Instruments
|
The following table summarizes information on the location and
amounts of derivative fair values on the consolidated balance
sheet as at December 31, 2010 and 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31,
|
|
Derivatives Not Designated as
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
Hedging Instruments
|
|
|
|
Notional
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Notional
|
|
|
|
|
Under ASC 815
|
|
Balance Sheet Location
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate swaps
|
|
Derivatives at Fair Value
|
|
$
|
500.0
|
|
|
$
|
6.8
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Credit insurance contract
|
|
Derivatives at Fair Value
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
452.4
|
|
|
$
|
6.7
|
|
Credit insurance contract
|
|
Liabilities under Derivatives
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
452.4
|
|
|
$
|
(9.2
|
)
|
F-33
The following table provides the total unrealized and realized
gains/(losses) recorded in earnings for the twelve months ended
December 31, 2010 and 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of Gain/(Loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recognized in Income
|
|
Derivatives Not Designated as
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
Hedging Instruments
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
Under ASC 815
|
|
Location of Gain/(Loss) Recognized in Income
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
Interest rate swaps
|
|
Change in Fair Value of Derivatives
|
|
$
|
6.8
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Credit insurance contract
|
|
Change in Fair Value of Derivatives
|
|
$
|
(7.0
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8.0
|
)
|
Credit insurance contract. On
November 28, 2006, the Company entered into a credit
insurance contract which, subject to its terms, insured the
Company against losses due to the inability of one or more of
our reinsurance counterparties to meet their financial
obligations to the Company.
The Company considered the contract to be a derivative
instrument because the final settlement is expected to take
place two years after expiry of cover and included an amount
attributable to outstanding and IBNR claims which may not at
that point in time be due and payable to the Company. The
contract was treated as an asset or a liability and measured at
the directors estimate of fair value.
The contract was for five years and provides 90% cover for a
named panel of reinsurers up to individual defined
sub-limits.
The contract did allow, subject to certain conditions, for
substitution and replacement of panel members if the
Companys panel of reinsurers changes. Payments were made
on a quarterly basis throughout the period of the contract based
on the aggregate limit, which was set initially at
$477.0 million but subject to adjustment had a value of
$452.0 million. On October 26, 2010, we gave notice of
our intention to cancel our credit insurance contract with
effect from November 28, 2010. The notice of cancellation
has triggered a final payment of $1.9 million to the
contract counter-parties.
Interest rate swaps. During 2010, the Company
entered into interest rate swaps with a total notional amount of
$500.0 million. The contracts are due to mature between
August 2, 2012 and November 9, 2020. The swaps are
part of its ordinary course investment activities to partially
mitigate the negative impact of rises in interest rates on the
market value of its fixed income portfolio. As at
December 31, 2010, there was a credit in respect of the
interest rate swaps of $6.8 million (2009
$Nil). Non-cash collateral with a fair value of
$7.7 million as at December 31, 2010 (2009
$Nil) was transferred by our counterparty. In accordance with
FASB ASC 860 Topic Transfers and Servicing, no amount has
been recorded in our balance sheet for the pledged assets. None
of the collateral has been sold or re-pledged.
As a result of the application of derivative accounting
guidance, none of the derivatives meets the requirements for
hedge accounting. Changes in the estimated fair value was
included in the consolidated statement of operations.
F-34
|
|
10.
|
Reserves
for Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses
|
The following table represents a reconciliation of beginning and
ending consolidated loss and loss adjustment expenses
(LAE) reserves:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for losses and LAE at start of year
|
|
$
|
3,331.1
|
|
|
$
|
3,070.3
|
|
|
$
|
2,946.0
|
|
Less reinsurance recoverable
|
|
|
(321.5
|
)
|
|
|
(283.3
|
)
|
|
|
(304.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss and LAE at start of year
|
|
|
3,009.6
|
|
|
|
2,787.0
|
|
|
|
2,641.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss and loss expenses (disposed)
|
|
|
(35.5
|
)
|
|
|
(10.0
|
)
|
|
|
(15.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for losses and LAE for claims incurred:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current year
|
|
|
1,270.1
|
|
|
|
1,032.5
|
|
|
|
1,203.0
|
|
Prior years
|
|
|
(21.4
|
)
|
|
|
(84.4
|
)
|
|
|
(83.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total incurred
|
|
|
1,248.7
|
|
|
|
948.1
|
|
|
|
1,119.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Losses and LAE payments for claims incurred:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current year
|
|
|
(116.5
|
)
|
|
|
(131.6
|
)
|
|
|
(205.2
|
)
|
Prior years
|
|
|
(550.3
|
)
|
|
|
(677.0
|
)
|
|
|
(534.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total paid
|
|
|
(666.8
|
)
|
|
|
(808.6
|
)
|
|
|
(739.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange (gains)/losses
|
|
|
(15.4
|
)
|
|
|
93.1
|
|
|
|
(219.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net losses and LAE reserves at year end
|
|
|
3,540.6
|
|
|
|
3,009.6
|
|
|
|
2,787.0
|
|
Plus reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses at end of year
|
|
|
279.9
|
|
|
|
321.5
|
|
|
|
283.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for losses and LAE at end of year
|
|
$
|
3,820.5
|
|
|
$
|
3,331.1
|
|
|
$
|
3,070.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, there was a
reduction of $21.4 million in our estimate of the ultimate
claims to be paid in respect of prior accident years compared to
$84.4 million for the twelve months ended December 31,
2009.
The net loss and loss expenses disposed of as at
December 31, 2010 of $35.5 million (2009
$10.0 million) relates to commuted contracts. The net loss
and loss expenses disposed of as at December 31, 2008 of
$15.4 million represent reductions in reserves for several
Lloyds syndicates which we originally assumed under
reinsurance to close arrangements accounted for by the
syndicates prior to 2006.
Aspen Holdings and Aspen Bermuda are incorporated under the laws
of Bermuda. Under current Bermudian law, they are not taxed on
any Bermuda income or capital gains taxes and they have received
an undertaking from the Bermuda Minister of Finance that, in the
event of any Bermuda income or capital gains being imposed, they
will be exempt from those taxes until 2016. The Companys
U.S. operating companies are subject to United States
corporate tax at a rate of 35%. Under the current laws of
England and Wales, Aspen U.K., AUL and Aspen Managing Agency
Limited are taxed at the U.K. corporate tax rate of 28%. On
January 1, 2011, the U.K corporate tax rate has decreased
to 27%.
The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits at
December 31, 2010 was $Nil. In addition, the Company does
not anticipate any significant changes to its total unrecognized
tax benefits within the next twelve months and classifies all
income tax associated with interest and penalties as income tax
expense. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2010,
the Company did not recognize or accrue interest and penalties
in respect of tax liabilities.
F-35
Income tax returns that have been filed by the
U.S. operating subsidiaries are subject to examination for
2003 and later tax years. The U.K. operating subsidiaries
income tax returns are subject to examination for the 2008, 2009
and 2010 tax years.
Total income tax for the twelve months ended December 31,
2010, 2009 and 2008 is allocated as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax on income
|
|
$
|
27.6
|
|
|
$
|
60.8
|
|
|
$
|
36.4
|
|
Income (recovery)/tax on other comprehensive income
|
|
|
(2.9
|
)
|
|
|
16.1
|
|
|
|
5.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total income tax
|
|
$
|
24.7
|
|
|
$
|
76.9
|
|
|
$
|
42.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income/(loss) before tax and income tax expense/(benefit)
attributable to that income consists of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Before Tax
|
|
|
Income Taxes
|
|
|
Income Taxes
|
|
|
Income Taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
$
|
(67.1
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.2
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(2.2
|
)
|
Non-U.S.
|
|
|
407.4
|
|
|
|
33.4
|
|
|
|
(3.6
|
)
|
|
|
29.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
340.3
|
|
|
$
|
31.2
|
|
|
$
|
(3.6
|
)
|
|
$
|
27.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Before Tax
|
|
|
Income Taxes
|
|
|
Income Taxes
|
|
|
Income Taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
$
|
(13.6
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Non-U.S.
|
|
|
548.3
|
|
|
|
45.3
|
|
|
|
15.5
|
|
|
|
60.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
534.7
|
|
|
$
|
45.3
|
|
|
$
|
15.5
|
|
|
$
|
60.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Before Tax
|
|
|
Income Taxes
|
|
|
Income Taxes
|
|
|
Income Taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
$
|
(10.8
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Non-U.S.
|
|
|
151.0
|
|
|
|
12.2
|
|
|
|
24.2
|
|
|
|
36.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
140.2
|
|
|
$
|
12.2
|
|
|
$
|
24.2
|
|
|
$
|
36.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The weighted average expected tax provision has been calculated
using the pre-tax accounting income/loss in each jurisdiction
multiplied by that jurisdictions applicable statutory tax
rate. The
F-36
reconciliation between the provision for income taxes and the
expected tax at the weighted average rate provision is provided
below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
Income Tax Reconciliation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected tax provision at weighted average rate
|
|
$
|
6.8
|
|
|
$
|
53.4
|
|
|
$
|
36.3
|
|
Prior year adjustment
|
|
|
3.4
|
|
|
|
(3.7
|
)
|
|
|
(2.4
|
)
|
Valuation provision on U.S. deferred tax assets
|
|
|
16.9
|
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
Other
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
6.5
|
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total income tax expense
|
|
$
|
27.6
|
|
|
$
|
60.8
|
|
|
$
|
36.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax returns for our U.S. and U.K. operating
subsidiaries are filed with the U.S. and U.K. tax
authorities after the submission date of our Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
The time delay between submission of the
Form 10-K
and the finalization of tax returns does result in differences
between the estimated tax provision included in the
Form 10-K
and the final tax charge levied.
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to
deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are presented
in the following table:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share options
|
|
$
|
6.5
|
|
|
$
|
6.3
|
|
Operating loss carry forwards
|
|
|
28.3
|
|
|
|
13.3
|
|
Insurance reserves
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
1.7
|
|
Other temporary differences
|
|
|
(1.4
|
)
|
|
|
7.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total gross deferred tax assets
|
|
|
35.7
|
|
|
|
28.6
|
|
Less valuation allowance
|
|
|
(33.5
|
)
|
|
|
(16.6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
2.2
|
|
|
$
|
12.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Insurance equalization provision reserves
|
|
$
|
(58.7
|
)
|
|
$
|
(61.0
|
)
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
Unrealized gains on investments
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)
|
|
|
(32.8
|
)
|
Deferred policy acquisition costs
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
(1.2
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
8.7
|
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total gross deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(51.3
|
)
|
|
|
(95.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax liability
|
|
$
|
(49.1
|
)
|
|
$
|
(83.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities and assets represent the tax effect of
temporary differences between the value of assets and
liabilities for financial statement purposes and such values as
measured by U.K. and U.S. tax laws and regulations.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities from the same tax
jurisdiction have been netted off resulting in assets and
liabilities being recorded under the other receivable and
deferred income taxes captions on the balance sheet.
F-37
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets,
management considers whether it is more likely than not that
some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be
realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is
dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during
the periods in which those temporary differences and operating
losses become deductible. Management considers the scheduled
reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable
income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.
At December 31, 2010, the Company had net operating loss
carryforwards for U.S. Federal income tax purposes of
$83.2 million (2009 $4.6 million) which
are available to offset future U.S. Federal taxable income,
if any, and expire in the year 2026. A full valuation provision
on U.S. deferred tax assets has been recognized at
December 31, 2010 as management believes that it is more
likely than not that a tax benefit will not be realized in the
short term. A valuation allowance of $33.5 million has been
established against U.S. deferred tax assets.
The Companys authorized and issued share capital at
December 31, 2010 is set out below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
U.S. $000
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
U.S. $000
|
|
|
Authorized Share Capital
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ordinary Shares 0.15144558¢ per share
|
|
|
969,629,030
|
|
|
|
1,469
|
|
|
|
969,629,030
|
|
|
|
1,469
|
|
Non-Voting Shares 0.15144558¢ per share
|
|
|
6,787,880
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
6,787,880
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
Preference Shares 0.15144558¢ per share
|
|
|
100,000,000
|
|
|
|
152
|
|
|
|
100,000,000
|
|
|
|
152
|
|
Issued Share Capital
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issued ordinary shares of 0.15144558¢ per share
|
|
|
70,508,013
|
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
|
83,327,594
|
|
|
|
126
|
|
Issued preference shares of 0.15144558¢ each with a
liquidation preference of $50 per share
|
|
|
4,600,000
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
4,600,000
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Issued preference shares of 0.15144558¢ each with a
liquidation preference of $25 per share
|
|
|
5,327,500
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
5,327,500
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total issued share capital
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
122
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
141
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
$ in millions
|
|
|
$ in millions
|
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
$
|
1,388.3
|
|
|
$
|
1,763.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional paid-in capital includes the aggregate liquidation
preferences of our preference shares of $363.2 million
(2009 $363.2 million) less issue costs of
$9.6 million (2009 $9.6 million).
Purchase of preference shares. On
March 31, 2009, we purchased 2,672,500 of our 7.401% $25
liquidation price preference shares (NYSE : AHL-PA) at a price
of $12.50 per share. For earnings per share purposes, the
purchase resulted in a $31.5 million gain, net of a
non-cash charge of $1.2 million reflecting the write off of
the pro-rata portion of the original issuance costs of the
7.401% preference shares.
F-38
The following table summarizes transactions in our ordinary
shares during the three-year period ended December 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Shares in issue at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
85,510,673
|
|
Share transactions in 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
Shares issued to the Names Trust upon the exercise of
investor options
|
|
|
3,369
|
|
Shares issued to employees under the share incentive plan
|
|
|
224,263
|
|
Repurchase of shares from the Names Trust
|
|
|
(11,447
|
)
|
Repurchase of shares from shareholders(1)
|
|
|
(4,220,355
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares in issue at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
81,506,503
|
|
Share transactions in 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
Shares issued to the Names trust upon exercise of investor
options
|
|
|
3,056
|
|
Shares issued to employees under the share incentive plan
|
|
|
598,035
|
|
Shares issued through registered public offerings
|
|
|
1,220,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares in issue at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
83,327,594
|
|
Share transactions in 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
Shares issued to the Names trust upon exercise of investor
options (refer to Note 12)
|
|
|
46,749
|
|
Shares issued to employees under the share incentive plan
|
|
|
863,178
|
|
Shares issued to non-employee directors
|
|
|
59,415
|
|
Repurchase of ordinary shares from shareholders
|
|
|
(13,788,923
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares in issue at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
70,508,013
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
139,555 shares were acquired
and cancelled on March 20, 2008 in accordance with the
accelerated share repurchase contract described below and
4,080,800 were acquired and cancelled on May 19, 2008
through a privately-negotiated transaction with the last of our
founding shareholders, Candover Partners Limited and its
affiliates and the trustee to a Candover employee trust.
|
Ordinary Share Repurchases. On
November 9, 2007, we entered into a contract with Goldman
Sachs & Co. (Goldman Sachs) for the
purchase of ordinary shares to the fixed value of
$50 million (the ASR). Under this arrangement
we acquired and cancelled the minimum number of shares of
1,631,138 shares on November 28, 2007. On
March 20, 2008, the ASR was completed pursuant to which we
cancelled an additional 139,555 ordinary shares.
On May 13, 2008, we entered into a share purchase agreement
with one of the Companys founding shareholders, Candover
Investments plc, its subsidiaries and funds under management and
Halifax EES Trustees International Limited, as trustees to a
Candover employee trust, to repurchase a total of 4,080,800
ordinary shares for a total purchase price is $100 million.
The ordinary shares were purchased and cancelled on May 19,
2008.
On January 5, 2010, we entered into an accelerated share
repurchase program with Goldman Sachs to repurchase
$200 million of our ordinary shares. The transaction was
completed on May 26, 2010, when a total of 7,226,084
ordinary shares were received and cancelled. The repurchase
completes the share repurchase program authorized by our Board
of Directors and announced on February 6, 2008. The
purchase was funded with cash available and the sale of
investment assets.
On February 9, 2010, our Board of Directors authorized a
new repurchase program for up to $400 million of our
ordinary shares. The authorization for the repurchase program
covers the period to March 1, 2012. This share repurchase
program was in addition to the completed accelerated share
F-39
repurchase program entered into on January 5, 2010. On
September 22, 2010, we initiated an open market repurchase
program to repurchase ordinary shares in the open market and
subsequently cancelled a total of 6,552,004 ordinary shares
under the repurchase program.
On June 23, 2010, an agreement was signed to repurchase
10,835 shares from the Names Trustee, as defined in
Note 16. The shares were repurchased on July 7, 2010
and subsequently cancelled.
On November 10, 2010, we entered into an accelerated share
repurchase program with Barclays Capital to repurchase
$184 million of our ordinary shares. The hedge period for
the transaction was completed on December 15, 2010, when a
total of 5,737,449 ordinary shares were received and cancelled.
As at December 31, 2010, $192 million of the
authorized share repurchase program remains.
During 2005, the Company issued 4,000,000 Perpetual Preferred
Income Equity Replacement Securities (Perpetual
PIERS). Each Perpetual PIERS has a liquidation preference
of $50 and will receive dividends on a non-cumulative basis only
when declared by our Board of Directors at an annual rate of
5.625% of the $50 Liquidation Preference of each Perpetual
PIERS. Each Perpetual PIERS is convertible at the holders
option at any time, initially based on a conversion rate of
1.7077 ordinary shares per share, into one Perpetual Preference
Share (as defined below) and a number of ordinary shares based
on the average of twenty daily share prices of the ordinary
shares adjusted by the conversion rate. We raised proceeds of
$193.8 million, net of total costs of $6.2 million
from this issuance.
In January 2006, an additional 600,000 Perpetual PIERS were
issued following the exercise of an over-allotment option by the
underwriters of the initial Perpetual PIERS issue and we
received proceeds of $29.1 million net of total costs of
$0.9 million from this issuance.
On November 15, 2006, the Company issued 8,000,000
preference shares with a liquidation preference of $25 for an
aggregate amount of $200 million (the Perpetual
Preference Shares). Each share will receive dividends on a
non-cumulative basis only when declared by our Board of
Directors initially at an annual rate of 7.401%. Starting on
January 1, 2017, the dividend rate will be paid at a
floating annual rate, reset quarterly, equal to
3-month
LIBOR plus 3.28%. These shares have no stated maturity but are
callable at the option of the Company on or after the
10th anniversary of the date of issuance. We raised
proceeds of $196.3 million, net of total costs of
$3.7 million, from this issuance.
On March 31, 2009, we purchased 2,672,500 of our 7.401% $25
liquidation price preference shares (NYSE : AHL-PA) at a price
of $12.50 per share. For earnings per share purposes, the
purchase resulted in a $31.5 million gain, net of a
non-cash charge of $1.2 million reflecting the write off of
the pro-rata portion of the original issuance costs of the
7.401% preference shares.
In the event of liquidation of the Company, the holders of
outstanding preference shares would have preference over the
ordinary shareholders and would receive a distribution equal to
the liquidation preference per share, subject to availability of
funds. In connection with the issuance of the Perpetual
Preference Shares, the Company entered into a Replacement
Capital Covenant with respect to the Perpetual Preference
Shares, initially for the benefit of persons that hold the
Companys Senior Notes, that the Company will not redeem or
repurchase the Perpetual Preference Shares on or before
November 15, 2046, unless, during the six months prior to
the date of that redemption or repurchase, the Company receives
a specified amount of proceeds from the sale of ordinary shares.
|
|
14.
|
Statutory
Requirements and Dividends Restrictions
|
As a holding company, Aspen Holdings relies on dividends and
other distributions from its insurance subsidiaries to provide
cash flow to meet ongoing cash requirements, including any
future debt service payments and other expenses, and to pay
dividends, if any, to our preference and ordinary shareholders.
F-40
The ability of our Insurance Subsidiaries to pay us dividends or
other distributions is subject to the laws and regulations
applicable to each jurisdiction, as well as the Insurance
Subsidiaries need to maintain capital requirements
adequate to maintain their insurance and reinsurance operations
and their financial strength ratings issued by independent
rating agencies. There were no significant restrictions on the
ability of Aspen U.K. and Aspen Bermuda to pay dividends funded
from their respective accumulated balances of retained income as
at December 31, 2010 of approximately $235.0 million
and $120.0 million, respectively. Aspen Specialty could pay
a dividend without regulatory approval of approximately
$8.8 million. AUL had no distributable reserves as at
December 31, 2010.
As of December 31, 2010, there were no restrictions under
Bermuda law or the law of any other jurisdiction on the payment
of dividends from retained earnings by Aspen Holdings.
Actual and required statutory capital and surplus for the
principal operating subsidiaries of the Company as at
December 31, 2010 is approximately:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
|
Lloyds
|
|
|
Bermuda
|
|
|
U.K.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Required statutory capital and surplus
|
|
$
|
20.9
|
|
|
$
|
230.3
|
|
|
$
|
911.0
|
|
|
$
|
212.5
|
|
Statutory capital and surplus
|
|
$
|
96.0
|
|
|
$
|
230.3
|
|
|
$
|
1,882.0
|
|
|
$
|
981.3
|
|
The Company operates defined contribution retirement plans for
the majority of its employees at varying rates of their
salaries, up to a maximum of 20%. Total contributions by the
Company to the retirement plan were $5.9 million in the
twelve months ended December 31, 2010, $6.7 million in
the twelve months ended December 31, 2009 and
$6.2 million in the twelve months ended December 31,
2008.
The Company has issued options and other equity incentives under
three arrangements: investor options, employee incentive plan
and non-employee director plan. When options are exercised or
other equity awards have vested, new shares are issued as the
Company does not currently hold treasury shares. The Company
applies a fair-value based measurement method and an estimate of
future forfeitures in the calculation of the compensation costs
of stock options and other equity incentives.
The investor options were issued on June 21, 2002 in
consideration for: the transfer of an underwriting team from
Wellington; the right to seek to renew certain business written
by Syndicate 2020; an agreement in which Wellington agreed not
to compete with Aspen U.K. through March 31, 2004; and the
use of the Wellington name and logo and the provision of certain
outsourced services to the Company. The Company conferred the
option to subscribe for up to 6,787,880 ordinary shares of Aspen
Holdings to Wellington and members of Syndicate 2020 who were
not corporate members of Wellington. The options conferred to
the members of Syndicate 2020 are held for their benefit by
Appleby Services (Bermuda) Ltd. (formerly Appleby Trust
(Bermuda) Limited) (the Names Trustee). The
options held by Wellington were transferred to one of its
affiliates in December 2005, Wellington Investment. The
subscription price payable under the options is initially
£10 and increases by 5% per annum, less any dividends paid.
Option holders are not entitled to participate in any dividends
prior to exercise and would not rank as a creditor in the event
of liquidation. If not exercised, the options will expire after
a period of ten years.
Wellington Investment exercised all of its options on a cashless
basis on March 28, 2007 at an exercise price of $22.52 per
share. This resulted in the issuance of 426,083 ordinary shares
by the Company.
F-41
The table below shows the number of Names options
exercised and the number of shares issued since our initial
public offering:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options Granted
|
|
|
Options Exercised
|
|
|
Ordinary Shares Issued
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
3,006,760
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
440,144
|
|
|
|
152,583
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
856,218
|
|
|
|
135,321
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
303,321
|
|
|
|
56,982
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,155
|
|
|
|
3,757
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
66,759
|
|
|
|
7,381
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,641
|
|
|
|
3,369
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,342
|
|
|
|
3,056
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
149,895
|
|
|
|
49,538
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total as at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
3,006,760
|
|
|
|
1,880,475
|
|
|
|
411,987
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table summarizes information about investor
options to purchase ordinary shares outstanding at
December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2010
|
|
|
At December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
|
|
Option Holder
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Expiration
|
|
|
Names Trustee
|
|
|
1,126,285
|
|
|
|
1,126,285
|
|
|
|
1,276,180
|
|
|
|
1,276,180
|
|
|
$
|
18.98
|
(1)
|
|
|
June 21, 2012
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Exercise price at
December 15, 2010 being the most recent exercise date.
Exercise price at any date is the amount in U.S. Dollars
converted at an average exchange rate over a
five-day
period from an underlying price of £10 per share increased
by 5% per annum from June 21, 2002 to date of exercise,
less the amount of any prior dividend or distribution per share.
|
|
|
(b)
|
Employee
equity incentives
|
Employee options and other awards are granted under the Aspen
2003 Share Incentive Plan, as amended. When options are
converted, new shares are issued as the Company does not
currently hold treasury shares.
Options. The following table summarizes
information about employee options outstanding to purchase
ordinary shares at December 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted Average
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Options
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Fair Value at
|
|
Contractual
|
Option Holder
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
Price
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
Time
|
|
2003 Option grants
|
|
|
1,462,125
|
|
|
|
1,462,125
|
|
|
$
|
16.20
|
|
|
$
|
5.31
|
|
|
|
2 yrs 8 mths
|
|
2004 Option grants
|
|
|
113,849
|
|
|
|
113,849
|
|
|
$
|
24.44
|
|
|
$
|
5.74
|
|
|
|
4 yrs
|
|
2006 Option grants February 16
|
|
|
487,696
|
|
|
|
487,696
|
|
|
$
|
23.65
|
|
|
$
|
6.99
|
|
|
|
5 yrs 2 mths
|
|
2006 Option grants August 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
23.19
|
|
|
$
|
4.41
|
|
|
|
5 yrs 8 mths
|
|
2007 Option grants May 4
|
|
|
453,152
|
|
|
|
453,152
|
|
|
$
|
27.28
|
|
|
$
|
6.13
|
|
|
|
3 yrs 4 mths
|
|
2007 Option grants October 22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
27.52
|
|
|
$
|
5.76
|
|
|
|
3 yrs 9 mths
|
|
With respect to the 2003 options, 65% of the options were
subject to time-based vesting with 20% vesting upon grant and
20% vesting on each December 31 of the calendar years 2003,
2004, 2005 and 2006. The remaining 35% of the initial grant
options are subject to performance-based vesting.
The 2004 options vest over a three-year period with vesting
subject to the achievement of Company performance targets. The
options lapse if the criteria are not met. As at
December 31, 2004, not all performance targets were met and
242,626 options were cancelled.
F-42
The 525,881 employee options granted in 2005 were cancelled
because the applicable performance targets were not met.
The 2006 options vest at the end of a three-year period with
vesting subject to the achievement of one-year and three-year
performance targets. The options lapse if the criteria are not
met. As at December 31, 2008, all of the one-year
performance targets were met and therefore 250,556 options
vested and 88.3% or 445,087 of the remaining two-thirds vested.
The 2007 option grants are not subject to performance conditions
and 476,250 options vested at the end of the three-year period
from the date of grant on May 4, 2010. The options will be
exercisable for a period of seven years from the date of grant.
The table below shows the number of options exercised and
forfeited by each type of option grant as at December 31,
2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options
|
Option Holder
|
|
Exercised
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
2003 Option grants
|
|
|
1,712,999
|
|
|
|
708,906
|
|
2004 Option grants
|
|
|
111,441
|
|
|
|
274,823
|
|
2005 Option grants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
525,881
|
|
2006 Option grants
|
|
|
186,158
|
|
|
|
540,794
|
|
2007 Option grants
|
|
|
23,098
|
|
|
|
146,583
|
|
The intrinsic value of options exercised in the twelve months
ended December 31, 2010 was $8.4 million
(2009 $5.7 million).
The following table shows the compensation costs
charged/(credited) in the twelve months ended December 31,
2010, 2009 and 2008 by each type of option granted.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31,
|
|
Option Holder
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003 Option grants
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(1.8
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.8
|
|
2006 Option grants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1.4
|
)
|
|
|
1.6
|
|
2007 Option grants
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.0
|
)
|
|
$
|
3.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table shows the per share weighted average fair
value and the related underlying assumptions using a modified
Black-Scholes option pricing model by date of grant:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant date
|
|
|
October 22,
|
|
May 4,
|
|
August 4,
|
|
February 16,
|
|
December 23,
|
|
August 20,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2006
|
|
2004
|
|
2003(1)
|
|
Per share weighted average fair value
|
|
$
|
5.76
|
|
|
$
|
6.14
|
|
|
$
|
4.41
|
|
|
$
|
6.99
|
|
|
$
|
5.74
|
|
|
$
|
5.31
|
|
Risk free interest rate
|
|
|
4.09
|
%
|
|
|
4.55
|
%
|
|
|
5.06
|
%
|
|
|
4.66
|
%
|
|
|
3.57
|
%
|
|
|
4.70
|
%
|
Dividend yield
|
|
|
2.1
|
%
|
|
|
2.2
|
%
|
|
|
2.6
|
%
|
|
|
2.7
|
%
|
|
|
0.5
|
%
|
|
|
0.6
|
%
|
Expected life
|
|
|
5 years
|
|
|
|
5 years
|
|
|
|
5 years
|
|
|
|
5 years
|
|
|
|
5 years
|
|
|
|
7 years
|
|
Share price volatility
|
|
|
20.28
|
%
|
|
|
23.76
|
%
|
|
|
19.33
|
%
|
|
|
35.12
|
%
|
|
|
19.68
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
Foreign currency volatility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.40
|
%
|
|
|
9.40
|
%
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
The 2003 options had a price
volatility of zero. The minimum value method was utilized
because the Company was unlisted on the date that the options
were issued. Foreign currency volatility of 9.40% was applied as
the exercise price was initially in British Pounds and the share
price of the Company is in U.S. Dollars.
|
F-43
The above table does not show the per share weighted average
fair value and the related underlying assumptions for the 2005
options as the performance targets were not met.
The total tax charge recognized by the Company in relation to
employee options in the twelve months ended December 31,
2010 was $Nil (2009 $0.2 million;
2008 credit of $0.6 million).
Restricted Share Units. The following table
summarizes information about restricted share units by year of
grant as at December 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
Restricted Share Units
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
RSU Holder
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
2004 Grants
|
|
|
95,850
|
|
|
|
95,850
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 Grants
|
|
|
48,913
|
|
|
|
47,793
|
|
|
|
1,120
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 Grants
|
|
|
184,356
|
|
|
|
184,356
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007 Grants
|
|
|
120,387
|
|
|
|
117,316
|
|
|
|
3,071
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008 Grants
|
|
|
67,290
|
|
|
|
35,127
|
|
|
|
22,321
|
|
|
|
9,842
|
|
2009 Grants
|
|
|
97,389
|
|
|
|
32,465
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
64,924
|
|
2010 Grants
|
|
|
168,707
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
168,707
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
782,892
|
|
|
|
512,907
|
|
|
|
26,512
|
|
|
|
243,473
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted share units typically vest over a three-year period,
with one-third of the grant vesting each year, subject to the
participants continued employment. Some of the grants vest
at year-end, while other grants vest on the anniversary of the
date of grant over a three-year period. Holders of restricted
share units will be paid one ordinary share for each unit that
vests as soon as practicable following the vesting date. Holders
of restricted share units generally will not be entitled to any
rights of a holder of ordinary shares, including the right to
vote, unless and until their units vest and ordinary shares are
issued but they are entitled to receive dividend equivalents.
Dividend equivalents will be denominated in cash and paid in
cash if and when the underlying units vest.
The fair value of the restricted share units is based on the
closing price on the date of the grant. The fair value is
expensed through the income statement evenly over the vesting
period.
Compensation cost in respect of restricted share units charged
against income was $2.7 million for the twelve months ended
December 31, 2010 (2009 $1.9 million;
2008 $2.8 million).
F-44
Performance Shares. The following table
summarizes information about performance shares by year of grant
as at December 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
Performance Share Awards
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
Earned
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
2004 Grants
|
|
|
150,074
|
|
|
|
25,187
|
|
|
|
124,887
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 Grants
|
|
|
131,227
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
131,227
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 Grants
|
|
|
317,954
|
|
|
|
196,187
|
|
|
|
121,767
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007 Grants
|
|
|
439,205
|
|
|
|
285,109
|
|
|
|
154,096
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008 Grants
|
|
|
587,095
|
|
|
|
282,110
|
|
|
|
304,985
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009 Grants
|
|
|
928,152
|
|
|
|
695,000
|
|
|
|
92,815
|
|
|
|
140,337
|
(1)
|
2010 Grants
|
|
|
750,137
|
|
|
|
186,214
|
|
|
|
97,518
|
|
|
|
466,405
|
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
3,303,844
|
|
|
|
1,669,807
|
|
|
|
1,027,295
|
|
|
|
606,742
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
These balances could increase
depending on future performance.
|
Performance share awards are not entitled to dividends before
they vest. Performance shares that vest will only be issued
following the approval of the Board of Directors of the final
performance target in the three-year period, and subject to the
participants continued employment.
Performance share awards for the years 2004, 2005 and 2006 were
fully vested at December 31, 2009.
The 2007 performance shares are subject to a four-year vesting
period. Twenty-five percent (25%) of the grant will be eligible
for vesting each year based on the following formula, and will
only be issuable at the end of the four-year period. If the
Return on Equity (ROE) achieved in any given year is
less than 10%, then the portion of the performance shares
subject to the vesting conditions in such year will be forfeited
(i.e., 25% of the initial grant). If the ROE achieved in any
given year is between 10% and 15%, then the percentage of the
performance shares eligible for vesting in such year will be
between 10% and 100% on a straight-line basis. If the ROE
achieved in any given year is between 15% and 25%, then the
percentage of the performance shares eligible for vesting in
such year will be between 100% and 200% on a straight-line basis.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007 Performance Shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
Split
|
|
|
ROE
|
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
25.0
|
%
|
|
|
21.6
|
%
|
|
|
41.5
|
%
|
2008
|
|
|
25.0
|
%
|
|
|
3.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
25.0
|
%
|
|
|
18.4
|
%
|
|
|
33.5
|
%
|
2010
|
|
|
25.0
|
%
|
|
|
11.2
|
%
|
|
|
7.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The total number of shares that have vested for the 2007
performance shares were 285,109.
The 2008 performance shares are subject to a three-year vesting
period with a separate annual ROE test for each year. One-third
of the grant will be eligible for vesting each year based on the
following formula, and will only be issuable at the end of the
three-year period. If the ROE achieved in any given year is less
than 10%, then the portion of the performance shares subject to
the vesting conditions in such year will be forfeited (i.e.,
33.33% of the initial grant). If the ROE achieved in any given
year is between 10% and 15%, then the percentage of the
performance shares eligible for vesting in such year will be
between 10% and 100% on a straight-line basis. If the ROE
achieved in any given year is between 15% and 25%, then the
percentage of the performance shares eligible for vesting in
such year
F-45
will be between 100% and 200% on a straight-line basis. There is
no additional vesting if the ROE is greater than 25%.
Notwithstanding the vesting criteria for each given year, if in
any given year, the shares eligible for vesting are greater than
100% for the portion of such years grant (i.e., the ROE
was greater than 15% in such year) and the average ROE over such
year and the preceding year is less than 10%, then only 100%
(and no more) of the shares that are eligible for vesting in
such year shall vest. If the average ROE over the two years is
greater than 10%, then there will be no diminution in vesting
and the shares eligible for vesting in such year will vest in
accordance with the vesting schedule without regard to the
average ROE over the two-year period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008 Performance Shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
Split
|
|
|
ROE
|
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
33.3
|
%
|
|
|
3.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
33.3
|
%
|
|
|
18.4
|
%
|
|
|
44.7
|
%
|
2010
|
|
|
33.3
|
%
|
|
|
11.2
|
%
|
|
|
10.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55.2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The total number of shares that have vested for the 2008
performance shares were 282,110.
On April 28, 2009, the Compensation Committee approved the
grant of 928,152 performance shares of which 912,931 were
granted with a grant date of May 1, 2009 and 15,221 were
granted with a grant date of October 30, 2009. The
performance shares are subject to a three-year vesting period
with a separate annual ROE test for each year. One-third of the
grant will be eligible for vesting each year based on the
following formula, and will only be issuable at the end of the
three-year period. If the ROE achieved in any given year is less
than 7%, then the portion of the performance shares subject to
the vesting conditions in such year will be forfeited (i.e.
33.33% of the initial grant). If the ROE achieved in any given
year is between 7% and 12%, then the percentage of the
performance shares eligible for vesting in such year will be
between 10% and 100% on a straight-line basis. If the ROE
achieved in any given year is between 12% and 22%, then the
percentage of the performance shares eligible for vesting in
such year will be between 100% and 200% on a straight-line
basis. Notwithstanding the vesting criteria for each given year,
if in any given year, the shares eligible for vesting are
greater than 100% for the portion of such years grant
(i.e. the ROE was greater than 12% in such year) and the average
ROE over such year and the preceding year is less than 7%, then
only 100% (and no more) of the shares that are eligible for
vesting in such year shall vest. If the average ROE over the two
years is greater than 7%, then there will be no diminution in
vesting and the shares eligible for vesting in such year will
vest in accordance with the vesting schedule without regard to
the average ROE over the two-year period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009 Performance Shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
Split
|
|
|
ROE
|
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
33.3
|
%
|
|
|
18.4
|
%
|
|
|
54.7
|
%
|
2010
|
|
|
33.3
|
%
|
|
|
11.2
|
%
|
|
|
28.5
|
%
|
2011
|
|
|
33.3
|
%
|
|
|
NA
|
|
|
|
NA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
83.2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The total number of shares that have vested for the 2009
performance shares were 695,000.
On April 27, 2010, the Compensation Committee approved the
grant of 732,444 performance shares of which 720,098 were
granted with a grant date of February 11, 2010 and 12,346
were granted with a grant date of April 16, 2010. On
October 26, 2010, the Compensation Committee approved the
grant of 17,693 additional performance shares with a grant date
of November 1, 2010. The performance shares are subject to
a three-year vesting period with a separate annual ROE test for
each year. One-third of the grant will be eligible for vesting
each year based on the following formula, and will only be
issuable at the end of the three-year period. If the ROE
achieved in any given year is less than 7%, then the portion of
the performance shares subject to the vesting conditions in such
year will be forfeited (i.e. 33.33% of the initial grant). If
the ROE achieved in any given year is between 7% and 12%, then
the percentage of
F-46
the performance shares eligible for vesting in such year will be
between 10% and 100% on a straight-line basis. If the ROE
achieved in any given year is between 12% and 22%, then the
percentage of the performance shares eligible for vesting in
such year will be between 100% and 200% on a straight-line
basis. Notwithstanding the vesting criteria for each given year,
if in any given year, the shares eligible for vesting are
greater than 100% for the portion of such years grant
(i.e. the ROE was greater than 12% in such year) and the average
ROE over such year and the preceding year is less than 7%, then
only 100% (and no more) of the shares that are eligible for
vesting in such year shall vest. If the average ROE over the two
years is greater than 7%, then there will be no diminution in
vesting and the shares eligible for vesting in such year will
vest in accordance with the vesting schedule without regard to
the average ROE over the two-year period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 Performance Shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
Split
|
|
|
ROE
|
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
33.3
|
%
|
|
|
11.2
|
%
|
|
|
28.5
|
%
|
2011
|
|
|
33.3
|
%
|
|
|
NA
|
|
|
|
NA
|
|
2012
|
|
|
33.3
|
%
|
|
|
NA
|
|
|
|
NA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The total number of shares that have vested for the 2010
performance shares were 186,214.
The fair value of the performance share awards is based on the
value of the average of the high and the low of the share price
on the date of the grant less a deduction for expected dividends
which would not accrue during the vesting period.
Compensation cost charged against income in respect of
performance shares was $10.3 million for the twelve months
ended December 31, 2010 (2009
$17.7 million; 2008 $1.8 million).
A summary of performance share activity under Aspens
2003 Share Incentive Plan for the twelve months ended
December 31, 2010 is presented below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted Average
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Outstanding performance share awards, beginning of period
|
|
|
727,904
|
|
|
$
|
23.19
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
750,139
|
|
|
|
24.32
|
|
Earned
|
|
|
(615,046
|
)
|
|
|
23.73
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(256,256
|
)
|
|
|
23.66
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding performance share awards, end of period
|
|
|
606,742
|
|
|
$
|
23.83
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee Share Purchase Plans. On
April 30, 2008, the shareholders of the Company approved
the Employee Share Purchase Plan (the ESPP), the
U.K. Sharesave Plan and the International Plan, which are
implemented by a series of consecutive offering periods as
determined by the Board. In respect of the ESPP, employees can
save up to $500 per month over a two-year period, at the end of
which they will be eligible to purchase Company shares at a
discounted price. In respect of the U.K. Sharesave Plan,
employees can save up to £250 per month over a three-year
period, at the end of which they will be eligible to purchase
Company shares at a discounted price. The purchase price will be
eighty-five percent (85%) of the fair market value of a share on
the offering date which may be adjusted upon changes in
capitalization of the Company. For the year ended
December 31, 2010, 2,669 options were exercised equating to
1,618 number of shares issued under the plan.
F-47
The amounts for the employee options granted were estimated on
the date of grant using a modified Black-Scholes option pricing
model under the following assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
November 4,
|
|
December 4,
|
|
November 23,
|
|
December 21,
|
|
December 22,
|
|
December 22,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
2010
|
|
Per share weighted average fair value
|
|
$
|
3.18
|
|
|
$
|
2.87
|
|
|
$
|
3.76
|
|
|
$
|
3.82
|
|
|
$
|
4.24
|
|
|
$
|
4.46
|
|
Risk free interest rate
|
|
|
0.48
|
%
|
|
|
(0.41
|
)%
|
|
|
0.01
|
%
|
|
|
0.04
|
%
|
|
|
0.13
|
%
|
|
|
0.13
|
%
|
Dividend yield
|
|
|
2.70
|
%
|
|
|
3.16
|
%
|
|
|
2.28
|
%
|
|
|
2.34
|
%
|
|
|
2.07
|
%
|
|
|
2.07
|
%
|
Expected life
|
|
|
3 years
|
|
|
|
2 years
|
|
|
|
3 years
|
|
|
|
2 years
|
|
|
|
3 years
|
|
|
|
2 years
|
|
Share price volatility
|
|
|
68.00
|
%
|
|
|
102.00
|
%
|
|
|
22.00
|
%
|
|
|
18.00
|
%
|
|
|
14.00
|
%
|
|
|
14.00
|
%
|
|
|
c)
|
Non-employee
equity incentives
|
Non-employee director options are granted under the Aspen 2006
Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors (the Director
Stock Option Plan). On May 2, 2007, the shareholders
approved the amendment to the Director Stock Option Plan to
allow the issuance of restricted share units and to rename the
Plan the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan for Non-Employee
Directors.
Options. The following table summarizes
information about non-employee director options outstanding to
purchase ordinary shares at December 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Fair Value at
|
|
Remaining
|
Option Holder
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
Price
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
Contractual Time
|
|
Non-Employee Directors 2006 Option grants (May 25)
|
|
|
13,305
|
|
|
|
13,305
|
|
|
$
|
21.96
|
|
|
$
|
4.24
|
|
|
|
5 yrs 5 months
|
|
Non-Employee Directors 2007 Option grants (July 30)
|
|
|
4,024
|
|
|
|
4,024
|
|
|
$
|
24.76
|
|
|
$
|
4.97
|
|
|
|
6 yrs 7 months
|
|
The options issued in 2006 and 2007 vest at the end of a
three-year period from the date of grant subject to continued
service as a director. Vested options are exercisable for a
period of ten years from the date of grant.
The amounts for the non-employee director options granted were
estimated on the date of grant using a modified Black-Scholes
option pricing model under the following assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
|
July 30, 2007
|
|
|
May 25, 2006
|
|
|
Per share weighted average fair value
|
|
$
|
4.97
|
|
|
$
|
4.24
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
4.64
|
%
|
|
|
4.85
|
%
|
Dividend yield
|
|
|
2.4
|
%
|
|
|
2.7
|
%
|
Expected life
|
|
|
5 years
|
|
|
|
5 years
|
|
Share price volatility
|
|
|
19.55
|
%
|
|
|
20.05
|
%
|
F-48
Restricted Share Units. The following table
summarizes information about restricted share units issued to
non-employee directors as at December 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
Restricted Share Units
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Non-Employee Directors 2007
|
|
|
15,915
|
|
|
|
(12,532
|
)
|
|
|
(3,383
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Employee Directors 2008
|
|
|
16,150
|
|
|
|
(16,150
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Employee Directors 2009
|
|
|
25,320
|
|
|
|
(25,320
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Employee Directors 2010
|
|
|
28,640
|
|
|
|
(16,704
|
)
|
|
|
(997
|
)
|
|
|
10,939
|
|
Chairman 2007
|
|
|
7,380
|
|
|
|
(7,380
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chairman 2008
|
|
|
7,651
|
|
|
|
(5,101
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,550
|
|
Chairman 2009
|
|
|
8,439
|
|
|
|
(2,813
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,626
|
|
Chairman 2010
|
|
|
17,902
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,902
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
127,397
|
|
|
|
(86,000
|
)
|
|
|
(4,380
|
)
|
|
|
37,017
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
One-twelfth of the restricted share units will vest on each one
month anniversary of the date of grant, with 100% of the
restricted share units becoming vested and issued on the first
anniversary of the grant date, or on the date of departure of a
director (for the amount vested through such date). Restricted
share units entitle the holder to receive one ordinary share
unit for each unit that vests. Holders of restricted share units
are not entitled to any of the rights of a holder of ordinary
shares, including the right to vote, unless and until their
units vest and ordinary shares are issued but they are entitled
to receive dividend equivalents with respect to their units.
Dividend equivalents will be denominated in cash and paid in
cash if and when the underlying units vest.
In respect of the restricted share units granted to the
Chairman, one-third of the grants vests on the anniversary date
of grant over a three-year period.
The fair value of the restricted share units is based on the
closing price on the date of the grant.
Compensation cost charged against income was $1.0 million
for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010
(2009 $0.8 million).
|
|
|
|
(d)
|
Summary of investor options and employee and non-employee
share options and restricted share units.
|
A summary of option activity and restricted share unit activity
discussed above is presented in the tables below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Weighted Average
|
|
Option activity
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
Outstanding options, beginning of period
|
|
|
4,625,814
|
|
|
$
|
19.67
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(950,068
|
)
|
|
|
18.26
|
|
Forfeited or expired
|
|
|
(15,310
|
)
|
|
|
23.94
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding options, end of period
|
|
|
3,660,436
|
|
|
$
|
19.47
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable options, end of period
|
|
|
3,660,436
|
|
|
$
|
19.47
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-49
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted Average
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
Restricted share unit activity
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Outstanding restricted stock, beginning of period
|
|
|
190,311
|
|
|
$
|
25.49
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
215,249
|
|
|
|
27.27
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
(117,865
|
)
|
|
|
26.23
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(7,204
|
)
|
|
|
26.98
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding restricted stock, end of period
|
|
|
280,491
|
|
|
$
|
26.57
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
Trade
|
|
|
Insurance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Insurance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mark
|
|
|
Licenses
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Trade Mark
|
|
|
Licenses
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
Intangible Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning of the period
|
|
$
|
1.6
|
|
|
$
|
6.6
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
8.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.6
|
|
|
$
|
6.6
|
|
|
$
|
8.2
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.0
|
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
|
|
13.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
|
|
(0.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
End of the period
|
|
$
|
1.5
|
|
|
$
|
16.6
|
|
|
$
|
2.9
|
|
|
$
|
21.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.6
|
|
|
$
|
6.6
|
|
|
$
|
8.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
License to use the Aspen
Trademark. On April 5, 2005, the Company
entered into an agreement with Aspen (Actuaries and Pension
Consultants) Plc to acquire the right to use the Aspen trademark
for a period of 99 years in the United Kingdom. The
consideration paid was approximately $1.6 million. The
consideration paid was initially capitalized and recognized as
an intangible asset on the Companys balance sheet and was
amortized on a straight-line basis over the useful economic life
of the trademark which was considered to be 99 years. On
November 10, 2009, the Company purchased for approximately $800
the right to use the Aspen trademark indefinitely from the
Capita Group PLC, parent to Capita Hartshead (Actuaries &
Pension Consultants) Ltd, formerly known as Aspen (Actuaries
& Pension Consultants) Plc.
On February 4, 2010, the Company entered into a stock
purchase agreement to purchase a U.S. insurance company
with licenses to write insurance business on an admitted basis
in the U.S. The value of these licenses was
$10.0 million. The Company closed the transaction on
August 16, 2010.
On January 22, 2010, the Company entered into a sale and
purchase agreement to purchase APJ for an aggregate
consideration of $4.8 million. The Company closed the
transaction on March 22, 2010. The business writes a
specialist account of K&R insurance which complements our
existing political and financial risk line of business. The
directors of Aspen Holdings have assessed the fair value of the
net tangible and financial assets acquired at $1.2 million.
The $3.6 million intangible asset represents our assessment
of the value of renewal rights, distribution channels and
employees associated with the business.
Insurance Licenses. The insurance licenses are
considered to have an indefinite life and are not being
amortized. The licenses are tested for impairment annually or
when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset
might be impaired.
|
|
18.
|
Commitments
and Contingencies
|
(a) Restricted assets
We are obliged by the terms of our contractual obligations to
U.S. policyholders and by undertakings to certain
regulatory authorities to facilitate the issue of letters of
credit or maintain certain balances in trust funds for the
benefit of policyholders.
F-50
The following table shows the forms of collateral or other
security provided to policyholders as at December 31, 2010
and 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
Assets held in multi-beneficiary trusts
|
|
$
|
1,895.7
|
|
|
$
|
1,448.4
|
|
Assets held in single-beneficiary trusts
|
|
|
58.2
|
|
|
|
55.7
|
|
Secured letters of credit(1)
|
|
|
533.8
|
|
|
|
528.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
2,487.7
|
|
|
$
|
2,032.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total as a percentage of cash and invested assets
|
|
|
34.2
|
%
|
|
|
30.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
As of December 31, 2010, the
Company had funds on deposit of $699.9 million and
£30.0 million (December 31, 2009
$667.1 million and £18.8 million) as collateral
for the secured letters of credit.
|
Letters of credit. Our current arrangements
with our bankers for the issue of letters of credit require us
to provide collateral in the form of cash and investments for
the full amount of all secured and undrawn letters of credit
that are outstanding. We monitor the proportion of our otherwise
liquid assets that are committed to trust funds or to the
collateralization of letters of credit. As at December 31,
2010 and 2009, these funds amounted to approximately 34% of the
$7.3 billion and approximately 30% of the $6.7 billion
of cash and investments held by the Company, respectively. We do
not consider that this unduly restricts our liquidity at this
time.
In the normal course of business, letters of credit are issued
as collateral on behalf of the business, as required within our
reinsurance operations. On July 30, 2010, a
$280.0 million credit facility was established to enable
the Company to issue unsecured letters of credit and meet
short-term funding requirements. This credit facility replaced
the $400.0 million agreement established in 2005 and
increased to $450.0 million with effect from
September 1, 2006, which would have expired on
August 2, 2010, but was terminated upon the effectiveness
of the new credit agreement. The credit agreement is discussed
in more detail in Note 21. We also have a
$550.0 million letter of credit facility with Citibank
which is available to Aspen Bermuda for the provision of
collateral to its cedants.
On October 6, 2009, Aspen U.K. and Aspen Bermuda entered
into a $200.0 million secured letter of credit facility
with Barclays Bank plc. All letters of credit issued under the
facility will be used to support reinsurance obligations of the
parties to the agreement and their respective subsidiaries. The
Company had $42.4 million of outstanding collateralized
letter of credit under this facility at December 31, 2010.
Funds at Lloyds. AUL operates in
Lloyds as the corporate member for Syndicate 4711.
Lloyds determines Syndicate 4711s required
regulatory capital principally through the syndicates
annual business plan. Such capital, called Funds at
Lloyds, comprises: cash, investments and a fully
collateralized letter of credit. The amounts of cash,
investments and letter of credit at December 31, 2010
amount to $230.3 million (December 31,
2009 $219.8 million).
The amounts provided as Funds at Lloyds will be drawn upon
and become a liability of the Company in the event of the
syndicate declaring a loss at a level that cannot be funded from
other resources, or if the syndicate requires funds to cover a
short term liquidity gap. The amount which the Company provides
as Funds at Lloyds is not available for distribution to
the Company for the payment of dividends. AMAL is also required
by Lloyds to maintain a minimum level of capital which as
at December 31, 2010, the minimum amount was
$0.6 million (December 31, 2009
$0.6 million). This is not available for distribution by
the Company for the payment of dividends.
U.S. Reinsurance Trust Fund. For its
U.S. reinsurance activities, Aspen U.K. has established and
must retain a multi-beneficiary U.S. trust fund for the
benefit of its U.S. cedants so that they are able to take
financial statement credit without the need to post
cedant-specific security. The minimum trust fund
F-51
amount is $20 million plus a minimum amount equal to 100%
of Aspen U.K.s U.S. reinsurance liabilities, which
were $1,065.5 million at December 31, 2010 and
$937.1 million at December 31, 2009. At
December 31, 2010, the total value of assets held in the
trust was $1,227.3 million (2009
$1,096.6 million).
U.S. Surplus Lines Trust Fund. Aspen
U.K. has also established a U.S. surplus lines trust fund
with a U.S. bank to secure liabilities under
U.S. surplus lines policies. The balance held in the trust
at December 31, 2010 was $140.1 million
(2009 $80.4 million).
U.S. Regulatory Deposits. As at
December 31, 2010, Aspen Specialty had a total of
$7.1 million (2009 $6.6 million) on
deposit with seven U.S. states in order to satisfy state
regulations for writing business in those states.
Canadian Trust Fund. Aspen U.K. has
established a Canadian trust fund with a Canadian bank to secure
a Canadian insurance license. As at December 31, 2010, the
balance held in trust was CAD$329.4 million
(2009 CAD$276.5 million).
Australian Trust Fund. Aspen U.K. has
established an Australian trust fund with an Australian bank to
secure an Australian insurance license. As at December 31,
2010, the balance held in trust was AUD$122.0 million
(2009 AUD$41.5).
Swiss Trust Fund. Aspen U.K. has
established a Swiss trust fund with a Swiss bank to secure a
Swiss insurance license. As at December 31, 2010, the
balance held in trust was CHF3.1 million (2009
CHFNil).
Singapore Trust Fund. Aspen U.K. has
established a Singapore trust fund with a Singapore bank to
secure a Singapore insurance license. As at December 31,
2010, the balance held in trust was SGD$68.4 million
(2009 SGD$10.4).
(b) Operating leases
Amounts outstanding under operating leases as of
December 31, 2010 were:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Later
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2010
|
|
2010
|
|
2011
|
|
2012
|
|
2013
|
|
2014
|
|
Years
|
|
Total
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
Operating Lease Obligations
|
|
$
|
7.9
|
|
|
|
6.8
|
|
|
|
6.0
|
|
|
|
6.2
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
|
|
15.1
|
|
|
$
|
47.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Later
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2009
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
2011
|
|
2012
|
|
2013
|
|
Years
|
|
Total
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
Operating Lease Obligations
|
|
$
|
7.8
|
|
|
|
7.4
|
|
|
|
6.5
|
|
|
|
6.4
|
|
|
|
6.5
|
|
|
|
20.8
|
|
|
$
|
55.4
|
|
We entered into an agreement in July 2004 to lease three floors
comprising a total of approximately 15,000 square feet in
Hamilton, Bermuda for our holding company and Bermuda
operations. The term of the rental lease agreement is for six
years from September 1, 2005 to August 31, 2011, with
an additional three year option commencing September 1,
2011. We agreed a three-year extension effective
September 1, 2011. The current annual rent is
$1.3 million per year. We moved into these premises on
January 30, 2006.
For our U.K.-based reinsurance and insurance operations, on
April 1, 2005, Aspen U.K. signed an agreement for under
leases (following our entry in October 2004 into a heads of
terms agreement) with B.L.C.T. (29038) Limited (the
landlord), Tamagon Limited and Cleartest Limited in connection
with leasing office space in London of approximately a total of
49,500 square feet covering three floors. The term of each
lease for each floor commenced in November 2004 and runs for
15 years. In 2007, the building was sold to Tishman
International. The terms of the lease remain unchanged. We began
paying the yearly basic rent of approximately
£2.7 million per annum in November 2007. Each lease
will be subject to
5-yearly
upwards-only rent reviews. We also license office space within
the Lloyds building on the basis of a renewable
twelve-month lease. We have also leased additional premises in
London covering 9,800 square feet for a period of five
years.
F-52
The Company also has entered into leases for office space in
locations of our subsidiary operations. These locations include
Boston, Massachusetts; Rocky Hill, Connecticut; Alpharetta,
Georgia; Scottsdale, Arizona; Pasadena, California; Manhattan
Beach, California; Atlanta, Georgia; Miami, Florida; and
Jersey City, New Jersey. In 2010, the Company entered into
a five-year lease for office space in Manhattan, New York,
covering 24,000 square feet. Our international offices for our
subsidiaries include locations in Paris, Zurich, Singapore,
Cologne and Dublin.
Total rental and premises expenses for 2010 was
$13.9 million (2009 $13.7 million). For
all leases, all rent incentives, including reduced-rent and
rent-free periods, are spread on a straight-line basis over the
term of the lease. We believe that our office space is
sufficient for us to conduct our operations for the foreseeable
future.
(c) Variable interest entities
Cartesian Iris 2009A L.P. and Cartesian Iris Offshore
Fund L.P. As disclosed in Note 6, on
May 19, 2009, Aspen Holdings invested $25.0 million in
Cartesian Iris 2009A L.P. through our wholly-owned subsidiary,
Acorn Limited. Cartesian Iris 2009A L.P. is a Delaware Limited
Partnership formed to provide capital to Iris Re, a Class 3
Bermudian reinsurer focusing on insurance-linked securities. On
June 1, 2010, the investment in Cartesian Iris 2009A L.P.
matured and was reinvested in the Cartesian Iris Offshore
Fund L.P. The Companys involvement with Cartesian
Iris Offshore Fund L.P. is limited to its investment in the
fund, and it is not committed to making further investments in
Cartesian Iris Offshore Fund L.P.; accordingly, the
carrying value of the investment represents the Companys
maximum exposure to a loss as a result of its involvement with
the partnership at each balance sheet date.
In addition to returns on our investment, we provide services on
risk selection, pricing and portfolio design in return for a
percentage of profits from Iris Re. In the twelve months ended
December 30, 2010, fees of $0.3 million
(2009 $0.1 million), were payable to us.
The Company has determined that each of Cartesian Iris 200A L.P.
and Cartesian Iris Offshore Fund L.P. has the
characteristics of a variable interest entity that are addressed
by the guidance in ASC 810, Consolidation. Neither
Cartesian Iris 2009A L.P. nor Cartesian Iris Offshore
Fund L.P. is consolidated by the Company. The Company has
no decision-making power, those powers having been reserved for
the general partner. The arrangement with Cartesian Iris
Offshore Fund L.P. is simply that of an investee to which
the Company provides additional services.
The Company accounts for its investments in Cartesian Iris 2009A
L.P. and Cartesian Offshore Fund L.P. in accordance with
the equity method of accounting. Adjustments to the carrying
value of this investment are made based on our share of capital
including our share of income and expenses, which is provided in
the quarterly management accounts of the partnership. The
adjusted carrying value approximates fair value. In the twelve
months ended December 31, 2010, our share of gains and
losses increased the value of our investment by
$2.7 million (2009 $2.3 million).The
increase in value has been recognized in realized and unrealized
gains and losses in the condensed consolidated statement of
operations.
|
|
19.
|
Concentrations
of credit risk
|
The Company is potentially exposed to concentrations of credit
risk in respect of amounts recoverable from reinsurers,
investments and cash and cash equivalents, and insurance and
reinsurance balances owed by the brokers with whom the Company
transacts business.
The Companys Reinsurance Security Committee defines credit
risk tolerances in line with the risk appetite set by our Board
and they, together with the groups risk management
function, monitor exposures to individual counterparties. Any
exceptions are reported to senior management and our
Boards Risk Committee.
F-53
Reinsurance
recoverables
The total amount recoverable by the Company from reinsurers at
December 31, 2010 is $279.9 million (2009
$321.5 million).
Of the balance at December 31, 2010, 33.2% is with
Lloyds of London Syndicates which are rated A by
A.M. Best and A+ by S&P and 13.2% is with Munich Re
which is rated A+ by A.M. Best and AA- by S&P. These
are the Companys largest exposures to individual
reinsurers.
Underwriting
premium receivables
The total underwriting premium receivable by the Company at
December 31, 2010 was $821.7 million (2009
$708.3 million).
Of the balance receivable at December 31, 2010,
$61.4 million was due for settlement in greater than one
year. The Company assesses the recoverability of premium
receivables through a review of policies and the concentration
of receivables by broker. The Company considers the long-term
receivables balance to be collectable in full. No provision has
been included for credit risk on the grounds that past
experience has proved that when there is an indication that a
premium receivable is unlikely to be collected we are to cancel
the policy and release associated claims, provisions and
unearned premium reserves.
Investments
and cash and cash equivalents
The Companys investment policies include specific
provisions that limit the allowable holdings of a single issue
and issuer. At December 31, 2010, there were no investments
in any single issuer, other than the U.S. government,
U.S. government agencies, U.S. government sponsored
enterprises and the U.K. government in excess of 2% of the
aggregate investment portfolio.
Balances
owed by brokers
The Company underwrites a significant amount of its business
through brokers and a credit risk exists should any of these
brokers be unable to fulfill their contractual obligations in
respect of insurance or reinsurance balances due to the Company.
The following table shows the largest brokers that the Company
transacted business with in the three years ended
December 31, 2010 and the proportion of gross written
premiums from each of those brokers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross Written Premiums in the
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Broker
|
|
%
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Aon Corporation(1)
|
|
|
19.4
|
|
|
|
23.1
|
|
|
|
16.0
|
|
Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc.
|
|
|
19.0
|
|
|
|
14.6
|
|
|
|
18.0
|
|
Benfield Group Limited(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.4
|
|
Willis Group Holdings, Ltd.
|
|
|
14.9
|
|
|
|
14.2
|
|
|
|
14.5
|
|
Others(2)
|
|
|
46.7
|
|
|
|
48.1
|
|
|
|
44.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross written premiums ($ millions)
|
|
$
|
2,076.8
|
|
|
$
|
2,067.1
|
|
|
$
|
2,001.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Benfield Group Limited was an
independent company prior to its acquisition by Aon Corporation
on November 28, 2008 and is therefore shown separately in
2008 in the above table.
|
|
(2)
|
|
No other individual broker
accounted for more than 10% of gross written premiums.
|
F-54
|
|
20.
|
Other
Comprehensive Income
|
Other comprehensive income is defined as any change in the
Companys equity from transactions and other events
originating from non-owner sources. These changes comprise our
reported adjustments, net of taxes.
The following table sets out the components of the
Companys other comprehensive income, for the following
periods:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
Pre-Tax
|
|
|
Income Tax Effect
|
|
|
After Tax
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized gains on investments
|
|
$
|
54.0
|
|
|
$
|
2.8
|
|
|
$
|
56.8
|
|
Loss on derivatives
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
Change in currency translation
|
|
|
10.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other comprehensive income/(loss)
|
|
$
|
64.2
|
|
|
$
|
2.8
|
|
|
$
|
67.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Pre-Tax
|
|
|
Income Tax Effect
|
|
|
After Tax
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized gains on investments
|
|
$
|
118.2
|
|
|
$
|
(16.4
|
)
|
|
$
|
101.8
|
|
Loss on derivatives
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
Change in currency translation
|
|
|
15.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other comprehensive income/(loss)
|
|
$
|
134.2
|
|
|
$
|
(16.4
|
)
|
|
$
|
117.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
Pre-Tax
|
|
|
Income Tax Effect
|
|
|
After Tax
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized gains on investments
|
|
$
|
25.2
|
|
|
$
|
(5.9
|
)
|
|
$
|
19.3
|
|
Loss on derivatives
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
Change in currency translation
|
|
|
7.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other comprehensive income/(loss)
|
|
$
|
32.8
|
|
|
$
|
(5.9
|
)
|
|
$
|
26.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21.
|
Credit
Facility and Long-term Debt
|
On August 2, 2005, the Company entered into a five-year
revolving credit facility with a syndicate of commercial banks
under which it may, subject to the terms of the credit
agreements, borrow up to $400 million or issue letters of
credit with an aggregate value of up to $400 million. On
September 1, 2006, the aggregate limit available under the
credit facility was increased to $450 million. The facility
will be used by any of the Borrowers (as defined in the
agreement) to provide funding for the insurance subsidiaries of
the Company, to finance the working capital needs of the Company
and its subsidiaries and for general corporate purposes of the
Company and its subsidiaries. The revolving credit facility
provides for a $250 million
sub-facility
for collateralized letters of credit or up to $450 million
of unsecured letters of credit. As of December 31, 2010 and
2009, letters of credit totaling $Nil and $Nil, respectively,
were issued under this facility. The facility expired on
August 2, 2010.
F-55
On July 30, 2010, the Company entered into a three-year
revolving credit facility with a syndicate of commercial banks
under which it may, subject to the terms of the credit
agreements, borrow up to $280.0 million or issue letters of
credit with an aggregate value of up to $280.0 million. The
facility can be used by any of the Borrowers (as defined in the
agreement) to provide funding for the insurance subsidiaries of
the Company, to finance the working capital needs of the Company
and its subsidiaries and for general corporate purposes of the
Company and its subsidiaries. The revolving credit facility
further provides for the issuance of collateralized letters of
credit. Initial availability under the facility is
$280.0 million, and the Company has the option (subject to
obtaining commitments from acceptable lenders) to increase the
facility by up to $75.0 million. The facility will expire
on July 30, 2013. As of December 31, 2010, no
borrowings were outstanding under the credit facilities.
Under the credit facilities, the Company must maintain at all
times a consolidated tangible net worth of not less than
approximately $2.3 billion plus 50% of consolidated net
income and 50% of aggregate net cash proceeds from the issuance
by the Company of its capital stock, each as accrued from
January 1, 2010. The Company must also not permit its
consolidated leverage ratio of total consolidated debt to
consolidated debt plus consolidated tangible net worth to exceed
35%. In addition, the credit facilities contain other customary
affirmative and negative covenants as well as certain customary
events of default, including with respect to a change in
control. Under the credit facilities, we would be in default if
Aspen U.K.s or Aspen Bermudas insurer financial
strength ratings fall below A.M. Best financial strength
rating of B++.
On August 16, 2004, we closed our offering of
$250.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the Senior
Notes under Rule 144A and Regulation S under the
Securities Act. The net proceeds from the Senior Notes offering
were $249.3 million. The remainder of the net proceeds has
been contributed to Aspen Bermuda in order to increase its
capital and surplus, and consequently, its underwriting capacity.
Subject to certain exceptions, so long as any of the Senior
Notes remains outstanding, we have agreed that neither we nor
any of our subsidiaries will (i) create a lien on any
shares of capital stock of any designated subsidiary (currently
Aspen U.K. and Aspen Bermuda, as defined in the Indenture), or
(ii) issue, sell, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of
any shares of capital stock of any designated subsidiary.
Certain events will constitute an event of default under the
Indenture, including default in payment at maturity of any of
our other indebtedness in excess of $50.0 million.
Under the Notes Registration Rights Agreement, we agreed to file
a registration statement for the Senior Notes within
150 days after the issue date of the Senior Notes. The
Senior Notes were registered on January 13, 2005.
On December 15, 2010, we closed our offering of
$250.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the Senior
Notes which were registered with the SEC. The net proceeds from
the Senior Notes offering were $247.5 million, before
offering expenses, and are to be used for general corporate
purposes.
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations under
the long-term debts as of December 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due By Period
|
|
|
|
|
Less Than
|
|
|
|
|
|
More Than
|
Contractual Basis
|
|
Total
|
|
1 year
|
|
1-3 Years
|
|
3-5 Years
|
|
5 years
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
Long-term Debt Obligations
|
|
$
|
500.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
250.0
|
|
|
$
|
250.0
|
|
The Senior Notes obligation disclosed above does not include the
$30 million annual interest payable.
F-56
|
|
22.
|
Unaudited
Quarterly Financial Data
|
The following is a summary of the quarterly financial data for
the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Full Year
|
|
|
|
($ in millions except for per share amounts)
|
|
|
Gross written premium
|
|
$
|
702.8
|
|
|
$
|
545.4
|
|
|
$
|
415.8
|
|
|
$
|
412.8
|
|
|
$
|
2,076.8
|
|
Gross earned premium
|
|
|
517.1
|
|
|
|
523.5
|
|
|
|
503.3
|
|
|
|
550.4
|
|
|
|
2,094.3
|
|
Net earned premium
|
|
|
467.6
|
|
|
|
479.9
|
|
|
|
451.7
|
|
|
|
499.7
|
|
|
|
1,898.9
|
|
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
|
|
|
(378.8
|
)
|
|
|
(276.7
|
)
|
|
|
(285.8
|
)
|
|
|
(307.4
|
)
|
|
|
(1,248.7
|
)
|
Policy acquisition, general, administrative and corporate
expenses
|
|
|
(137.0
|
)
|
|
|
(140.4
|
)
|
|
|
(140.6
|
)
|
|
|
(169.1
|
)
|
|
|
(587.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriting profit/(loss), including corporate expenses
|
|
$
|
(48.2
|
)
|
|
$
|
62.8
|
|
|
$
|
25.3
|
|
|
$
|
23.2
|
|
|
$
|
63.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net investment income
|
|
|
59.4
|
|
|
|
57.5
|
|
|
|
58.1
|
|
|
|
57.0
|
|
|
|
232.0
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(3.8
|
)
|
|
|
(4.0
|
)
|
|
|
(3.9
|
)
|
|
|
(4.8
|
)
|
|
|
(16.5
|
)
|
Other (expense) income
|
|
|
(0.9
|
)
|
|
|
1.6
|
|
|
|
(1.9
|
)
|
|
|
10.1
|
|
|
|
8.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other operating revenue
|
|
$
|
54.7
|
|
|
$
|
55.1
|
|
|
$
|
52.3
|
|
|
$
|
62.3
|
|
|
$
|
224.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income/(loss) before tax
|
|
$
|
6.5
|
|
|
$
|
117.9
|
|
|
$
|
77.6
|
|
|
$
|
85.5
|
|
|
$
|
287.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net exchange gains/(losses)
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
(2.6
|
)
|
|
|
3.4
|
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
Net realized investment gains (losses)
|
|
|
12.3
|
|
|
|
5.7
|
|
|
|
22.1
|
|
|
|
10.5
|
|
|
|
50.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before tax
|
|
$
|
20.3
|
|
|
$
|
121.0
|
|
|
$
|
103.1
|
|
|
$
|
95.9
|
|
|
$
|
340.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
|
(2.0
|
)
|
|
|
(12.1
|
)
|
|
|
(10.3
|
)
|
|
|
(3.2
|
)
|
|
|
(27.6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income after tax
|
|
$
|
18.3
|
|
|
$
|
108.9
|
|
|
$
|
92.8
|
|
|
$
|
92.7
|
|
|
$
|
312.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ordinary Shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic weighted average ordinary shares
|
|
|
77,394,967
|
|
|
|
77,289,082
|
|
|
|
76,722,965
|
|
|
|
73,996,399
|
|
|
|
76,342,632
|
|
Weighted average effect of dilutive securities
|
|
|
3,243,684
|
|
|
|
3,438,173
|
|
|
|
3,640,775
|
|
|
|
3,737,316
|
|
|
|
3,672,106
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total diluted weighted average ordinary shares
|
|
|
80,638,651
|
|
|
|
80,727,255
|
|
|
|
80,363,740
|
|
|
|
77,733,716
|
|
|
|
80,014,738
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per ordinary shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
$
|
1.34
|
|
|
$
|
1.14
|
|
|
$
|
1.18
|
|
|
$
|
3.80
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
$
|
1.28
|
|
|
$
|
1.08
|
|
|
$
|
1.12
|
|
|
$
|
3.62
|
|
F-57
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Full Year
|
|
|
|
($ in millions except per share amounts)
|
|
|
Gross written premium
|
|
$
|
636.8
|
|
|
$
|
534.3
|
|
|
$
|
490.3
|
|
|
$
|
405.7
|
|
|
$
|
2,067.1
|
|
Gross earned premium
|
|
|
493.2
|
|
|
|
491.3
|
|
|
|
522.2
|
|
|
|
528.7
|
|
|
|
2,035.4
|
|
Net earned premium
|
|
|
447.3
|
|
|
|
428.6
|
|
|
|
470.9
|
|
|
|
476.2
|
|
|
|
1,823.0
|
|
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
|
|
|
(250.8
|
)
|
|
|
(234.7
|
)
|
|
|
(235.1
|
)
|
|
|
(227.5
|
)
|
|
|
(948.1
|
)
|
Policy acquisition, general, administrative and corporate
expenses
|
|
|
(127.1
|
)
|
|
|
(140.7
|
)
|
|
|
(143.3
|
)
|
|
|
(175.4
|
)
|
|
|
(586.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriting income/(loss), including corporate expenses
|
|
$
|
69.4
|
|
|
$
|
53.2
|
|
|
$
|
92.5
|
|
|
$
|
73.3
|
|
|
$
|
288.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net investment income
|
|
|
59.2
|
|
|
|
72.2
|
|
|
|
58.9
|
|
|
|
58.2
|
|
|
|
248.5
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(3.9
|
)
|
|
|
(4.0
|
)
|
|
|
(3.9
|
)
|
|
|
(3.8
|
)
|
|
|
(15.6
|
)
|
Other (expense) income
|
|
|
(2.7
|
)
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other operating revenue
|
|
$
|
52.6
|
|
|
$
|
68.9
|
|
|
$
|
56.1
|
|
|
$
|
55.3
|
|
|
$
|
232.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income/(loss) before tax
|
|
$
|
122.0
|
|
|
$
|
122.1
|
|
|
$
|
148.6
|
|
|
$
|
128.6
|
|
|
$
|
521.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net exchange gains/(losses)
|
|
|
(2.3
|
)
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
7.9
|
|
|
|
(6.7
|
)
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
Net realized investment losses
|
|
|
(12.2
|
)
|
|
|
4.8
|
|
|
|
14.6
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
|
|
11.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before tax
|
|
$
|
107.5
|
|
|
$
|
130.0
|
|
|
$
|
171.1
|
|
|
$
|
126.1
|
|
|
$
|
534.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
|
(16.1
|
)
|
|
|
(19.6
|
)
|
|
|
(25.3
|
)
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
(60.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income after tax
|
|
$
|
91.4
|
|
|
$
|
110.4
|
|
|
$
|
145.8
|
|
|
$
|
126.3
|
|
|
$
|
473.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ordinary Shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic weighted average ordinary shares
|
|
|
81,534,704
|
|
|
|
82,940,270
|
|
|
|
83,056,587
|
|
|
|
83,239,074
|
|
|
|
82,698,325
|
|
Weighted average effect of dilutive securities
|
|
|
2,037,148
|
|
|
|
2,705,862
|
|
|
|
2,936,702
|
|
|
|
3,172,155
|
|
|
|
2,628,887
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total diluted weighted average ordinary shares
|
|
|
83,571,852
|
|
|
|
85,646,132
|
|
|
|
85,993,289
|
|
|
|
86,411,229
|
|
|
|
85,327,212
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per ordinary shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
1.42
|
|
|
$
|
1.26
|
|
|
$
|
1.69
|
|
|
$
|
1.45
|
|
|
$
|
5.82
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
1.39
|
|
|
$
|
1.22
|
|
|
$
|
1.63
|
|
|
$
|
1.40
|
|
|
$
|
5.64
|
|
F-58
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Full Year
|
|
|
|
($ in millions except per share amounts)
|
|
|
Gross written premium
|
|
$
|
596.2
|
|
|
$
|
528.8
|
|
|
$
|
441.3
|
|
|
$
|
435.4
|
|
|
$
|
2,001.7
|
|
Gross earned premium
|
|
|
427.3
|
|
|
|
440.4
|
|
|
|
482.9
|
|
|
|
538.5
|
|
|
|
1,889.1
|
|
Net earned premium
|
|
|
391.6
|
|
|
|
397.3
|
|
|
|
434.2
|
|
|
|
478.6
|
|
|
|
1,701.7
|
|
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
|
|
|
(207.2
|
)
|
|
|
(188.3
|
)
|
|
|
(413.4
|
)
|
|
|
(310.6
|
)
|
|
|
(1,119.5
|
)
|
Policy acquisition, general, administrative and corporate
expenses
|
|
|
(127.2
|
)
|
|
|
(122.1
|
)
|
|
|
(122.0
|
)
|
|
|
(136.1
|
)
|
|
|
(507.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriting income, including corporate expenses
|
|
$
|
57.2
|
|
|
$
|
86.9
|
|
|
$
|
(101.2
|
)
|
|
$
|
31.9
|
|
|
$
|
74.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net investment income
|
|
|
39.1
|
|
|
|
70.5
|
|
|
|
19.3
|
|
|
|
10.3
|
|
|
|
139.2
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(3.9
|
)
|
|
|
(4.0
|
)
|
|
|
(3.8
|
)
|
|
|
(3.9
|
)
|
|
|
(15.6
|
)
|
Other (expense)
|
|
|
(2.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
|
(2.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other operating revenue
|
|
$
|
33.0
|
|
|
$
|
66.5
|
|
|
$
|
16.1
|
|
|
$
|
5.9
|
|
|
$
|
121.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income before tax
|
|
$
|
90.2
|
|
|
$
|
153.4
|
|
|
$
|
(85.1
|
)
|
|
$
|
37.8
|
|
|
$
|
196.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net exchange gains/(losses)
|
|
|
4.3
|
|
|
|
(5.0
|
)
|
|
|
(2.7
|
)
|
|
|
(4.8
|
)
|
|
|
(8.2
|
)
|
Net realized investment losses
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
(58.1
|
)
|
|
|
8.4
|
|
|
|
(47.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before tax
|
|
$
|
95.5
|
|
|
$
|
149.2
|
|
|
$
|
(145.9
|
)
|
|
$
|
41.4
|
|
|
$
|
140.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax
|
|
|
(14.3
|
)
|
|
|
(22.3
|
)
|
|
|
19.8
|
|
|
|
(19.6
|
)
|
|
|
(36.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income after tax
|
|
$
|
81.2
|
|
|
$
|
126.9
|
|
|
$
|
(126.1
|
)
|
|
$
|
21.8
|
|
|
$
|
103.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ordinary Shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic weighted average ordinary shares
|
|
|
85,510,759
|
|
|
|
83,513,097
|
|
|
|
81,375,969
|
|
|
|
81,485,424
|
|
|
|
82,962,882
|
|
Weighted average effect of dilutive securities
|
|
|
2,446,077
|
|
|
|
2,497,582
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,938,214
|
|
|
|
2,569,220
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total diluted weighted average ordinary shares
|
|
|
87,956,836
|
|
|
|
86,010,679
|
|
|
|
81,375,969
|
|
|
|
83,423,638
|
|
|
|
85,532,102
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per ordinary shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.87
|
|
|
$
|
1.44
|
|
|
$
|
(1.63
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.18
|
|
|
$
|
0.92
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.85
|
|
|
$
|
1.39
|
|
|
$
|
(1.63
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.18
|
|
|
$
|
0.89
|
|
F-59
INDEX OF
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
S-1
ASPEN
INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
BALANCE
SHEETS
As at
December 31, 2010 and 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at
|
|
|
As at
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
($ in millions, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
354.0
|
|
|
$
|
33.5
|
|
Investments in subsidiaries
|
|
|
2,767.2
|
|
|
|
2,719.9
|
|
Other investments
|
|
|
30.0
|
|
|
|
27.3
|
|
Eurobond issued by subsidiary
|
|
|
550.0
|
|
|
|
550.0
|
|
Intercompany funds due from affiliates
|
|
|
44.7
|
|
|
|
233.1
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
8.0
|
|
|
|
11.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
$
|
3,753.9
|
|
|
$
|
3,575.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued expenses and other payables
|
|
|
13.2
|
|
|
|
20.2
|
|
Intercompany funds due to affiliates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-Term Debt
|
|
|
498.8
|
|
|
|
249.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities
|
|
$
|
512.0
|
|
|
$
|
269.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ordinary shares: 76,342,632 ordinary shares of 0.15144558¢
each (2009 83,327,594)
|
|
$
|
0.1
|
|
|
$
|
0.1
|
|
Preference shares: 4,600,000 5.625% shares of par value
0.15144558¢ each (2009 4,600,000)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,327,500 7.401% shares of par value 0.15144558¢ each
(2009 5,327,500)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional paid in capital
|
|
|
1,388.3
|
|
|
|
1,763.0
|
|
Non-controlling interest
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
1,528.7
|
|
|
|
1,285.0
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized gains on investments
|
|
|
211.9
|
|
|
|
155.1
|
|
Loss on derivatives
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)
|
|
|
(1.2
|
)
|
Gains on foreign currency translation
|
|
|
113.4
|
|
|
|
103.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
324.3
|
|
|
|
257.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Shareholders Equity
|
|
|
3,241.9
|
|
|
|
3,305.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities and Shareholders Equity
|
|
$
|
3,753.9
|
|
|
$
|
3,575.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
S-3
ASPEN
INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
SCHEDULE II
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF
REGISTRANT Continued
STATEMENTS
OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
Operating Activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity in net earnings of subsidiaries
|
|
$
|
(19.3
|
)
|
|
$
|
65.6
|
|
|
$
|
33.5
|
|
Net investment income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
Net realized and unrealized gains
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividend income
|
|
|
323.1
|
|
|
|
401.0
|
|
|
|
70.0
|
|
Interest on Eurobond
|
|
|
36.5
|
|
|
|
36.5
|
|
|
|
36.5
|
|
Change in fair value of derivatives
|
|
|
(7.0
|
)
|
|
|
(8.0
|
)
|
|
|
(7.8
|
)
|
Realized investment gains
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income
|
|
|
8.1
|
|
|
|
7.2
|
|
|
|
6.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Revenues
|
|
|
344.1
|
|
|
|
503.2
|
|
|
|
139.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating and Administrative expenses
|
|
|
(14.6
|
)
|
|
|
(13.7
|
)
|
|
|
(20.4
|
)
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(16.8
|
)
|
|
|
(15.6
|
)
|
|
|
(15.6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations before income tax
|
|
|
312.7
|
|
|
|
473.9
|
|
|
|
103.8
|
|
Income tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
$
|
312.7
|
|
|
$
|
473.9
|
|
|
$
|
103.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of taxes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in unrealized losses on investments
|
|
$
|
56.8
|
|
|
$
|
101.8
|
|
|
$
|
19.3
|
|
Loss on derivatives reclassified to interest expense
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
Change in unrealized gains on foreign currency translation
|
|
|
10.0
|
|
|
|
15.8
|
|
|
|
7.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other comprehensive income
|
|
|
67.0
|
|
|
|
117.8
|
|
|
|
26.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
$
|
379.7
|
|
|
$
|
591.7
|
|
|
$
|
130.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
S-4
ASPEN
INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
SCHEDULE II
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF
REGISTRANT Continued
STATEMENTS
OF CASH FLOWS
For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months
|
|
|
Twelve Months
|
|
|
Twelve Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
Cash Flows Provided By Operating Activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (excluding equity in net earnings of subsidiaries)
|
|
$
|
332.0
|
|
|
$
|
408.3
|
|
|
$
|
70.3
|
|
Adjustments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share based compensation expenses
|
|
|
12.8
|
|
|
|
17.2
|
|
|
|
7.0
|
|
Net realized and unrealized (gains)
|
|
|
(2.7
|
)
|
|
|
(0.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on derivative reclassified to interest expense
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
Change in other assets
|
|
|
(4.8
|
)
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
Change in accrued expenses and other payables
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
Change in intercompany activities
|
|
|
188.4
|
|
|
|
(317.2
|
)
|
|
|
111.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash generated by/(used in) operating activities
|
|
|
528.1
|
|
|
|
108.7
|
|
|
|
191.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Flows Used in Investing Activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investment in subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
(Purchase) of other investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(25.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(25.0
|
)
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Flows Used in Financing Activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from the issuance of ordinary shares, net of issuance
costs
|
|
|
20.3
|
|
|
|
25.1
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
Ordinary share repurchases
|
|
|
(407.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(100.3
|
)
|
Costs from the redemption of preference shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(34.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from long term debt
|
|
|
249.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends paid
|
|
|
(69.3
|
)
|
|
|
(73.6
|
)
|
|
|
(77.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
(207.6
|
)
|
|
|
(82.6
|
)
|
|
|
(176.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
320.5
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
14.5
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents beginning of period
|
|
|
33.5
|
|
|
|
32.4
|
|
|
|
17.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents end of period
|
|
$
|
354.0
|
|
|
$
|
33.5
|
|
|
$
|
32.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
S-5
ASPEN
INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
For the
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and
2008
Supplementary
Information
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
Reserves
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
|
Policy
|
|
|
Reserves
|
|
|
for
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
Losses and
|
|
|
Policy
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
Acquisition
|
|
|
for Losses
|
|
|
Unearned
|
|
|
Net Premiums
|
|
|
Investment
|
|
|
LAE
|
|
|
Acquisition
|
|
|
Premium
|
|
|
Administrative
|
|
Year-ended December 31, 2010
|
|
Costs
|
|
|
and LAE
|
|
|
Premiums
|
|
|
Earned
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
expenses
|
|
|
Expenses
|
|
|
Written
|
|
|
Expenses
|
|
|
Reinsurance
|
|
$
|
93.8
|
|
|
$
|
2,243.9
|
|
|
$
|
460.3
|
|
|
$
|
1,141.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
693.5
|
|
|
$
|
202.4
|
|
|
$
|
1,118.5
|
|
|
$
|
112.3
|
|
Insurance
|
|
|
73.0
|
|
|
|
1,296.7
|
|
|
|
336.3
|
|
|
|
757.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
555.2
|
|
|
|
126.1
|
|
|
|
772.6
|
|
|
|
99.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
166.8
|
|
|
$
|
3,540.6
|
|
|
$
|
796.6
|
|
|
$
|
1,898.9
|
|
|
$
|
232.0
|
|
|
$
|
1,248.7
|
|
|
$
|
328.5
|
|
|
$
|
1,891.1
|
|
|
$
|
211.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
Reserves
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
|
Policy
|
|
|
Reserves
|
|
|
for
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
Losses and
|
|
|
Policy
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
Acquisition
|
|
|
for Losses
|
|
|
Unearned
|
|
|
Net Premiums
|
|
|
Investment
|
|
|
LAE
|
|
|
Acquisition
|
|
|
Premium
|
|
|
Administrative
|
|
Year-ended December 31, 2009
|
|
Costs
|
|
|
and LAE
|
|
|
Premiums
|
|
|
Earned
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Expenses
|
|
|
Expenses
|
|
|
Written
|
|
|
Expenses
|
|
|
Reinsurance
|
|
$
|
76.8
|
|
|
$
|
1,988.4
|
|
|
$
|
424.1
|
|
|
$
|
1,108.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
467.3
|
|
|
$
|
214.6
|
|
|
$
|
1,116.7
|
|
|
$
|
97.5
|
|
Insurance
|
|
|
88.7
|
|
|
|
1,021.2
|
|
|
|
379.7
|
|
|
|
714.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
480.8
|
|
|
|
119.5
|
|
|
|
720.1
|
|
|
|
100.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
165.5
|
|
|
$
|
3,009.6
|
|
|
$
|
803.8
|
|
|
$
|
1,823.0
|
|
|
$
|
248.5
|
|
|
$
|
948.1
|
|
|
$
|
334.1
|
|
|
$
|
1,836.8
|
|
|
$
|
198.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
Reserves
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
|
Policy
|
|
|
Reserves
|
|
|
for
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
Losses and
|
|
|
Policy
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
Acquisition
|
|
|
Losses
|
|
|
Unearned
|
|
|
Net Premiums
|
|
|
Investment
|
|
|
LAE
|
|
|
Acquisition
|
|
|
Premium
|
|
|
Administrative
|
|
Year-ended December 31, 2008
|
|
Costs
|
|
|
and LAE
|
|
|
Premiums
|
|
|
Earned
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Expenses
|
|
|
Expenses
|
|
|
Written
|
|
|
Expenses
|
|
|
Reinsurance
|
|
$
|
72.7
|
|
|
$
|
1,928.3
|
|
|
$
|
429.7
|
|
|
$
|
1,056.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
644.0
|
|
|
$
|
183.6
|
|
|
$
|
1,086.3
|
|
|
$
|
102.2
|
|
Insurance
|
|
|
77.0
|
|
|
|
858.7
|
|
|
|
334.7
|
|
|
|
644.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
183.6
|
|
|
|
115.7
|
|
|
|
749.2
|
|
|
|
73.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
149.7
|
|
|
$
|
2,787.0
|
|
|
$
|
764.4
|
|
|
$
|
1,701.7
|
|
|
$
|
139.2
|
|
|
$
|
827.6
|
|
|
$
|
299.3
|
|
|
$
|
1,835.5
|
|
|
$
|
175.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
S-6
ASPEN
INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
For the Twelve Months Ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
Premiums
Written
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Direct
|
|
|
Assumed
|
|
|
Ceded
|
|
|
Net Amount
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
914.6
|
|
|
$
|
1,162.2
|
|
|
$
|
(185.7
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,891.1
|
|
2009
|
|
$
|
641.6
|
|
|
$
|
1,425.5
|
|
|
$
|
(230.3
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,836.8
|
|
2008
|
|
$
|
624.6
|
|
|
$
|
1,377.1
|
|
|
$
|
(166.2
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,835.5
|
|
Premiums
Earned
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assumed From
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ceded to Other
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assumed
|
|
|
|
Gross Amount
|
|
|
Companies
|
|
|
Companies
|
|
|
Net Amount
|
|
|
to Net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in millions. except for percentages)
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
907.9
|
|
|
$
|
(195.4
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,186.4
|
|
|
$
|
1,898.9
|
|
|
|
62.5
|
%
|
2009
|
|
$
|
616.2
|
|
|
$
|
(212.4
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,419.2
|
|
|
$
|
1,823.0
|
|
|
|
77.8
|
%
|
2008
|
|
$
|
505.1
|
|
|
$
|
(187.4
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,384.0
|
|
|
$
|
1,701.7
|
|
|
|
81.3
|
%
|
S-7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
Charged to
|
|
|
Charged to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning of
|
|
|
Costs and
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
Expenses
|
|
|
Accounts
|
|
|
Deductions
|
|
|
End of Year
|
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Premiums receivable from underwriting activities
|
|
$
|
1.4
|
|
|
$
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.5
|
|
Reinsurance
|
|
$
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.2
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Premiums receivable from underwriting activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.4
|
|
Reinsurance
|
|
$
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.2
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Premiums receivable from underwriting activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reinsurance
|
|
$
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.2
|
|
S-8